ShareHim Documentation - User contributions [en]

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Database Tables-Fields, sharehim main

2012-05-22T17:41:43Z

Allan Jensen: Site graphics language now only used in homeland

= Database Tables/Fields - sharehim_main =

== Divisions (main_divisions) ==

Containing the 13 SDA divisions in the world

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| 
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| req.
|-
| initials 
| Initials
| 3-letter abbreviation
| req.
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| division_secretaries 
| Division officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Unions (main_unions) ==

List of all the unions within the 13 world divisions. Occasionally we pull the data from AdventistDirectory to update our list of unions. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| Division this union belongs to 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Union officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Is participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
Not really used because all participating organizations will have a record in the conference table, even though it might be fake. ||

|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Conferences or missions (main_conferences) ==

List of SDA conferences/missions/fields. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID (AdmFieldID)
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| sda_orgmastID 
| SDA OrgMastID
| 6-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org. This is the master ID from eadventist.com.
| 
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| name_contracted 
| Name contracted
| Short name for the conference. Used in homeland system.
| 
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| conf_email 
| Conference e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| conference_officers 
| Conference officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| homeland_particip 
| Participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| eadventist_authorized 
| Churches & pastors synchronization setting
|
'''Churches:''' 1 : pull from eAdventist.net all others : pull from AdventistDirectory

'''Pastors:''' 0 : entered manually 1 : authorized to pull from eAdventist 2 : authorized to pull from Adventist.org.uk

For 2 and up we also ask them to fill in the local ID for the church on the Church List page since we need that to be able to automatically link the pastors that are being fed by the local conference's database. ((Can add more values for each different synchronization scheme we encounter with different conferences))

| 
|-
| allow_pastors_assign_speakers 
| Allow pastor to do final acceptance of new applicants?
|
yes/no

1 : pastoral approval, no notification to conference organizer when approved 2 : pastoral approval, with notication to conference organizer when approved 0 : pastor's recommendation, conference-staff final approval 

(fieldname should have been allow_pastors_approve_speakers!)

| 
|-
| last_eadventist_update 
| Last updated via eAdventist
| For non-NAD conferences this indicates last time we updated the '''church''' list from AdventistDirectory.org
| 
|-
| internal_comments 
| Internal comments
| ONLY coadmin and admin may see/edit this.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Public comments
| 
| 
|-
| world_x 
| World map, X-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| world_y 
| World map, Y-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Conferences' Wire Information ==

Information used for wiring money to the different conferences.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| Bank account no.
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Name of account holder/owner
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Address of account holder
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank location
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Use correspondent/intermediary bank?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank location
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Account no. of beneficiary's bank (the bank above) at the correspondent bank
| 
| 
|}

== Conference accepted people ==

People's acceptance or rejection to preach in a specific conference. Only applicable to homeland date blocks.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference acceptance ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: - waiting - accepted - rejected

| req. 
|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| Values set by the system: 
- "Done campaign" (when accepted) (value also used to unset it in case an qualifying event(s) are deleted, so it should not be modified) - "Int'l recommended" (when accepted) - "Auto-accepted eA pastor" (when automatically set to accepted by the Obtain Pastor Login procedure in login_link_pastor.php)

Values set AND used by the system (only when status=waiting): - "Pastor: ?": pending pastor response - "Pastor: yes": pastor consented - "Pastor: caution: [a reason]": pastor cautioned

| req. if rejected 
|}

== Hub cities - Previously Hotel cities (main_hotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| Only used for homeland (some hub cities for international campaigns also contain a conference because ALL records were assigned the ID when we created this field)
| req. for homeland
|-
| 
| City
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : not necessary

| req. 
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting from orientation to hotel city
| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Is non-hotel?
| yes/no
For homeland date blocks the hotel info is not required and this field should be set to yes (but not mandatory)

| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Date blocks' hotels (main_dateblockhotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID (= hub city)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| Optional and ONLY used for linking a specific orientation to this hotel city in case the date block has multiple orientation sites.
| 
|}

== Date blocks ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Opening date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Closing date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Applications closing date
| Should be the final cut-off date for new applicants.
Date is inclusive, so after this date no new applications are accepted. When converted to a Unix timestamp we add one day minus one second, so that the calculation is correct AND if converted back to only a date it is still the same date.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Data lock date
| After this date only administrators and co-administrators will be allowed to change all data concerning a date block: 
- teams - groups - site info (incl. translations) - hotel info - orientation hotel info - rank sites - rank speakers

This date MUST be after applications closed date.

As of 2007-12-05 the detailed definition was: - people cannot remove themselves from campaigns after this date, but all other accesslevels can (eventdelete.php). - conference coordinators for international campaigns (not conference organizers) cannot do these things after this date (but admin and coadmin can always do all of these things): * add campaign sites * edit campaign sites * add hub cities to a date block * edit orientation hotel info - people cannot themselves re-arrange their team and group membership after this date. - ranking of sites and speakers can only be changed by admin and coadmin after this date.

(PS. Hotel reservation is locked on date block opening date)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Campaign title (Homeland: Additional label)
| Usually the country wherein the campaigns will be held.
Homeland: optional additional label like "SWAU"

| req. for international opt. for homeland 
|-
| 
| Total sites
| Total number of campaign sites in this date block - must ALWAYS be kept up-to-date as available sites are calculated from this.
For homeland campaigns this is currently kept updated to equal the number sites that have been set up for this date. Would be more useful to only count the sites where a speaker had been matched...

| 
|-
| 
| Questions recipient
| LoginID of the person from External logins who will receive questions about this date block. This person will also be the lead date block manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Pre-campaign manager
| LoginID of a coadmin person from External logins who will be the pre-campaign manager if different from the lead manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 2nd
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 2nd
| Just before the campaign
| 
|-
| 
| Last incomplete notification
| The date we last sent a notification to unions/conferences/campaign manager about incomplete information entered for this date block (if any)
| 
|-
| 
| Default sermon notes language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Divide homeland dateblocks into different languages on sign-up sheet for some conferences.) || req. for international

|-
| 
| Default sermon graphics language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Displayed in the popup box for approving and selecting material for an applicant.) || req. for international opt. for homeland

|-
| 
| Division secretaries
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses for one or more division secretaries. Eg. they receive e-mail reminding about insurance.
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| Extended public description of the date block
| 
|-
| 
| Note for applicants
| Special information for potential applicants before applying
| 
|-
| 
| Application monitors
| List of e-mail addresses (comma-seperated) to which an e-mail is sent everytime an application to this date block is submitted. Added because of problems in India where the division wants to monitor all applications, espacially STMs.
| 
|-
| 
| Hide date block details for the public?
| yes/no
Because of problems in India where the public should not be allowed seeing the information about the date block. ||

|-
| 
| Media folder
| Base folder for uploading media files (pictures, video etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Show predefined unions only
| yes/no
Only show predefined organizations down to the union level (= excl. conferences) In connection with the table Date blocks' predefined conferences. ||

|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Date blocks' orientations ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| 
|}

== Date blocks' predefined conferences ==

This is used primarily before sites are added to the date block. After that we'll automatically know the conferences based on where the hotels are located. For homeland date blocks, though, we retain this information in order to have a quick way of determining the date blocks of a conference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block predefined conference ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|}

== Campaign sites (main_sites) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| siteID 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master campaign site ID
| Record ID in master sites table that this site originates from
| 
|-
| dateblockhotelID 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| req.
|-
| campaign_date 
| Campaign date
|
- Homeland: the date from the matching record in main_dateblocks - International: null 

'''This field can currently be used to determine if the campaign site is homeland or international.''' 

| req. for homeland. currently prohibited for intl. 
|-
| campaign_type 
| Campaign type
|
Possible options: - NULL : regular campaign - 'spk-init' : speaker-initiated campaign

Homeland only.

| 
|-
| name 
| Site name
|
- International: full site name (req.) - Homeland: only an optional additional label (req. for Speaker-Initiated Events though) that is added to the date (and the church name, which we get from the site's master site).

Tried to name variable 'campaign_label' when used in the homeland context.

| see description
|-
| campaign_begin_time 
| Beginning time
| time (hh:mm:ss)
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_end_date 
| Ending date
| date
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_weekdays 
| Weekdays
| Comma-separated list of 3-letter abbreviation of the weekdays the campaign will be held.
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| city 
| Town/city
| 
| req.
|-
| site_addr 
| Address
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_state 
| State
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_zip 
| Zip
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_phone 
| Phone
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_email 
| E-mail
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_website 
| Website
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| venue_type 
| Venue type
| church/rented hall/open field/stadium etc. according to table list_venue_types
| Intl:
always req. Homeland: req. for spk-init events

|-
| personeventID 
| Personevent ID
| Link to the speaker
| 
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Sermon graphics language
|
dropdown

Only used in homeland.

| req. homeland only
|-
| lifeochrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| video_format 
| Desired video format
| NOT USED ANYMORE. No longer applicable because we now use DVDs instead of VHS tapes.
dropdown

| 
|-
| congregations 
| Congregations
| number of congr. supp. this site
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| membership 
| Membership
| total members in supp. congr.
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| est_attendance 
| Est. attendance
| incl. SDA & non-SDA
| req.
|-
| baptismal_goal 
| Baptismal goal
| conservative number
| req.
|-
| km_from_hotel 
| Km from hotel
| 
| req.
|-
| pastor_workerIDs 
| Pastor Officer IDs
| Comma-separated list of officerIDs.
The pastors of this church (master site) from eAdventist at the time the site was set up or when a speaker was assigned. Automatically set by the system. ||

|-
| ranking 
| Ranking
| 
| req.
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| planned_precamp_acts 
| Planned pre-campaign activities
| text
Homeland only.

|-
| campaign_status 
| Campaign status
|
Possible options: - NULL - 'await_approv' 

Homeland only.

|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| copyof 
| Copy of site ID
| If this is a copy of another site the original site's ID is saved here
| 
|-
| date_added
| Date added
|
|
|}

 

== Outreach Teams - Previous: Master Campaign sites (main_master_sites) ==

List of Outreach Teams 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master site ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organization ID
| Reference to the church this OLT belongs to
| req. for all new records
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference ID
| Conference this OLT is in
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
|
Name of the OLT, usually the church name.

Usually renamed to 'olt_name' or 'church_name2' in SQL output. Also named 'church_name' occasionally but that is deprecated.

|
|-
| ms_personID 
| Person ID
| In case a personal team is created this holds the link to the person (used for speaker-initiated campaigns)
| 
|-
| hotelID 
| Hotel ID
| 2009-11-16: deleted all values since homeland do not use hub cities anymore - field can be deleted entirely, once SQL queries have been checked
- search for "main_master_sites" and "'tblname' => 'master_sites'" and edit acl_add_master_site() and i_master_sites.php/php_functions_i_master_sites.php

|
|-
| city 
| City
| 2010-11-01: Is officially no longer used but I didn't dare deleted it in the database yet. Delete it later.
Search for "main_master_sites" to try to find location where it might still be used.

|
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Graphics language
| Default graphics language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| lifeofchrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| Default video language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| pw 
| Password
| Password OLT members can use to access information for this OLT. Not really used at the moment.
| 
|-
| date_added 
| Date added
| 
| 
|}

== Outreach Leadership Team members ==

Table with all memberships for the Outreach Leadership Teams (main_olts)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| OLT member ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person who is the member
| req.
|-
| 
| Master site ID
| Team person is a member of
| req.
|-
| 
| Is OLT clerk?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| 
| req. for all new records
|-
| 
| Date removed
| Once this field has a value the member is considered removed.
| 
|}

== Churches ==

List of churches we have retrieved from AdventistDirectory.org and eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| SDA org ID
| OrgMastID from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| SDA entity ID
| OMEntity from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| Church name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 2-letter ISO-3166 country code
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Ethnic group
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sector
| Our own sector value, set by the conference organizers
| 
|-
| 
| Latitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Longitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Parent SDA AdmFieldID
|
ID of parent conference.

(I believe we always have this one)

|-
| 
| Parent SDA OrgMastID
|
ID of parent conference.

(this one we don't yet have for the churches we've retrieved through the webpages) CAN WE JUST DROP THIS FIELD BECAUSE IT SEEMS TO THE CHURCH'S SDAORGID REPLACED WITH "11" ON THE END?!

|-
| 
| Parent is not a conference?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Inactive?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| Date added to our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Date modifed
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| 
|}

== Workers / Officers ==

List of officers (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB) or other Adventist services/fields

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| Conference the pastor is in.
Not used for NAD conferences, since Officer ID (from eAdventist) is used. If we change use assign_pastor_to_church() must be reviewed.

| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| ID originates from SDA-DB
This is the same ID as main_people. sda_membershipID. Used only for records coming from eAdventist.net.

| cond. 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| The local conference's own ID for the person
| 
|-
| 
| First name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Last name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Suffix
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing country
| 2-letter country name (ISO-3166)
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative e-mail addresses
| Comma-separated list (with space between comma and next address)
| opt.
|-
| 
| Cell phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Allow SMS?
| Is ShareHim allowed to send the pastor an SMS to notify him about new applicants from his church?
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Link to this person's record in our main people table if present.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Default password
| Password that will be used to auto-create a login when this pastors tries to login
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| req.
|}

== Church offices ==

List of church offices (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church office ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Church SDA org ID
| OrgMastID of church
| 
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| From main_officers table
| 
|-
| 
| Office name
| Name of office the person holds.
NOTE!! If this is expanded to be anything else than pastors we need to change the method in assign_campaign_site() we use to determine if speaker is pastor as well in get_pastors_churches() and probably other functions as well (since they only check for the existence of a church office record and not the office name value) ||

|-
| 
| Is evangelistic decision-maker?
| yes/no
In case a church has multiple pastors this can indicate which pastor is responsible for evangelistic decisions. Used to know which pastor we can ask to recommend a speaker. ||

|-
| 
| Date modified
| Last date this record was modified in our own database.
| 
|}

== Campaign site statistics ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Statistical data
| serialize PHP array with statistics on attendance, Bible class attendance, and baptisms
(only used for international)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the speakers. (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Adjusted baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Projected baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the speakers (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Actual baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Did campaign with OLT?
| yes/no
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of meetings
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of visitors
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Planning another campaign?
|
Possible values: 0 : no 1 : yes 2 : maybe

| Homeland only 
|}

== Campaign site statistics per conference ==

This data "overrides" data entered for each individual campaign site.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference date block statistics ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Total baptisms during campaign in this conference
| number
| 
|-
| 
| Baptisms within 6 months after the campaign in this conference (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
| 
|}

== People ==

Guest speakers, support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA membership ID
| ID from eAdventist of OLT members and pastors.
(This ID is the same as main_officers.officerID. Brian: "Yes, the PersonID is the same Officer ID that we use for Pastors web service.")

| 
|-
| 
| Active person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Legal firstname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Legal lastname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Title
| dropdown
Prefered to be set as the option "Pastor" is sometimes used to identify pastors.

|-
| 
| Birth date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Gender
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marital status
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street address
| this is also their shipping address
| req.
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| req.
Required for different reasons (and more I haven't written here): These people go in to the regular table of people where we have speakers and so on, and that field has always been required. Besides having a name without connected to a country can be pretty ambigious. The more information we have about a person the better. It also helps us to know which division they are in which is required in case they apply for a campaign.

|-
| 
| E-mail
| also their username
Sometimes noemail@noemail.com or none@none.com has been put in if we don't know the address. 

| req. (except for special cases, eg. speakers assigned to past homeland campaigns, or check donations where we don't know the e-mail) 
|-
| 
| E-mail invalid
| date
If the e-mail address is not working register here the date it was discovered. Reminders, news letters etc. will not be sent to this person then.

|-
| 
| Home phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Office phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Cell phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Residence division
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Residence union
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence conference
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence church
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Application date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Remmendation status
|
Possible values: (by sending fields/recommenders) - NULL (when not recom. processed) - waiting - recommended - unrecommended

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender
|
Pastor/layman/academy in NAD: - stores the ID of the recommender to which an e-mail was sent at time of application 

College students: - college date block ID

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sermon notes language
|
dropdown

VALIDATION: - check if this from-language is available within the desired date block. If not, give option to select another language. 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Preferred CD format
|
Possible values: - DVD (means using a DVD player) - DVD-R (means using a computer) 

(old values: CD, DVD-Combo)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Done boot camp?
|
Has person taken the ShareHim boot camp training program?

Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : is an ordained/licensed pastor - 3 : is a retired pastor 

(Being any type of pastor resolves to the same effect as saying yes)

| 
|-
| 
| Done a campaign?
| yes/no
Determined automatically by the system, cannot be manually set (as of today at least). No means only that we '''do not know if''' they have done a campaign. NOTE: now this does not only include international campaigns, even though the field name indicates that. Also having done a homeland campaign will now result in this being set to yes.

| 
|-
| 
| First campaign
| text
First ShareHim campaign that this person participated in as a speaker. Used for people applying for homeland campaigns.

| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary
Lay applicants: pastor Academy students: academy & contact 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference home phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy & contact

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference office phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary 

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference cell phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference e-mail
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receive newsletter?
|
Is person signed up for the Evangeliving newsletter? 

NULL: has not been set 0: no 1: yes, in e-mail format 2: yes, in hardcopy format 

| opt. 
|-
| 
| Received mentorship material
| yes/no
Did we send them the mentorship material? ||

|
|-
| 
| Portrait filename
| File for thumbnail image used in stories.
| 
|-
| 
| Portrait is authorized?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team of master site ID
| The church with this master site ID that this person is an OLT member of
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team special status
|
number

0 = ordinary OLT member (default) 1 = is OLT leader 2 = is OLT secretary

NOTE: cannot move this field to main_olts because we have people set as leaders/secretaries who are not member of any particular OLT.

|
|-
| 
| Is editor?
|
Possible values: - executive (edit text/graphics, approve, add/delete stories) - associate (edit text/graphics) - text - graphics - advreview (Adventist Review editor)

|
|-
| 
| Do not contact
|
date

When person should not receive any correspondence or be contacted, register the date this was set.

|
|-
| 
| Reason for not contacting
| text
(eg. do not want info from us, is deceased etc.)

| req. if "Do not contact" is set 
|-
| 
| Hide person from public?
|
number

0 = no 1 = yes 2 = yes and also hide from any logged in users not part of the same campaign 3 = yes and also hide from any logged in users except admins

'''NOTE!! CURRENTLY''' 1, 2 and 3 makes no difference on the website. All cause a behaviour equal to 3.

Should the person name and critical personal details (name, address, and phone numbers) be hidden from public/non-logged in users (or from logged in users except those participating in the same date block, or even everybody but admins and co-admins)? If yes: - hidden on mainly the campaign overview - if they are organizers they are currently NOT hidden - hidden in get_dateblock_people() - hidden in get_people_availability() - hidden in get_person_info() - skip showing personal portrait on stories - hidden in other functions too...

| req.
|-
| 
| Person requested check for duplicate
| Person indicated that they might already exist in our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Source
|
Indication of how this person originally got into the database. Possible values (also defined in main_peopleedit.php): 1 : applied internationally 2 : applied homeland acceptance 3 : homeland pastor 4 : made a donation/pledge 5 : conference organizer/sector leader 6 : OLT member 7 : signed up for newsletter 8 : order received from GoodSalt.com 9 : is translator for homeland system 10 : homeland speaker (assigned to past campaign => not accepted in conf) 11 : non-ShareHim related homeland speaker 12 : given a ShareSynch serial number (version C sermons) 99 : other manually added record

| 
|}

== Person events (main_personevents) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| personeventID 
| Person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| personID 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| dateblockID 
| Date block ID
| Only for non-college/university applicants
| 
|-
| eff_dateblockID 
| Effective date block ID
| Updated to always hold the effective date block ID for this event (also when event has been deleted)
| 
|-
| categorymoved 
| Category
|
Possible values: - pastor - layman - college - academy - stm - organizer

|
|-
| collegedateblockIDmoved 
| College date block ID
| Only for college/university applicants
| 
|-
| is_standby 
| Is standby
|
yes/no

Is this a standby event?

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| clusterID 
| Cluster ID
| Only for speakers
(the link to groups must of course match this link.)

|-
| groupID 
| Group ID
| Only for speakers
| 
|-
| teamID 
| Team ID
| Only for STMs - linking them to their speaker (Team ID in main_teams)
| 
|-
| rankingID 
| Ranking ID
| 
| 
|-
| cospeaker 
| Associate speaker
| yes/no
(we know the main speaker by the team the associate speaker is member of) ||

|-
| 
| Preferred hub city (date block hotel ID)
| The hub city the person him/herself wishes to go to
| 
|-
| 
| Site-funding required
| yes/no
CURRENTLY NOT USED (use 'funding_required' instead) MAY NEED TO USE IT THOUGH, INSTEAD OF CALCULATING IT WITH A JOIN TO main_groups ALL THE TIME! Is currently only set a group level and must be determine through field table main_groups. grp_funding_source

|-
| 
| Site-funding fulfilled
| If fulfilled, it has the ID of the belonging log entry from sharehim_log.system_operations.operationID
| 
|-
| 
| Need housing?
| yes/no
Only used for homeland date blocks: Does the speaker need the host church to provide housing if the meeting is outside his area? ||

|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: (by host fields) - NULL - accepted - rejected

(Currently only used for homeland campaigns. Automatically accepted for international campaigns.)

|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival date
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival time
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, airline
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight no.
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Self-arranged travel to orientation
| yes/no
If yes none of the four fields above must be filled out ||

|-
| 
| Hotel city, arrival airport
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, airline
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Last deposit reminder
| Days after application date that this reminder was last sent
| 
|-
| 
| Last site-funding reminder
| Days before opening date that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last hotel reservation reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last flight arrival reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last generic reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last equipment rental reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Consent form for minors
|
NULL = not a minor 1 = pending receiving the consent form 2 = consent form received 3 = is minor, parent/guardian is coming too

Is set to NULL when event is deleted if it was 1 or 3.

|-
| 
| No sermon notes
|
yes/no

Whether or not the person should receive sermon notes/graphics for this event. Used with the "missing notes" report. This value is basically only informational. Extended to this use:

0 : nothing skipped 1 : skip sermon notes 2 : skip Jesus video 3 : skip both sermon notes and Jesus video

(3 is automatically set when setting a speaker for past homeland campaign or when setting a non-ShareHim-related speaker for a homeland campaign)

|-
| 
| Reported on the first insurance/service requests report that we sent out?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Is deleted?
| yes/no
Is set to yes when we delete an event but keep the database record because material has been shipped concerning this event, and because we want to keep a historical record.

|-
| 
| Is event request?
| yes/no (when person does not fill out the main application form, value is not changed but kept forever event if event is deleted)
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deposit received
|
datetime

Date we have received the deposit for the direct campaign cost (international only). The field Site-funding required will determine if this is necessary. If it is, only after that point we initiate the application process.

Set to 2000-01-01 when bypassed by admins (when auto-approved was requested when event was added)

Set to 2000-01-02 for events before we implemented this procedure

Set to 2000-01-03 when event is in an individually funded group (where leader has already paid the deposit)

|-
| 
| Date approved
| datetime (by administration)
Must have a value for the event to be considered approved, no matter what the category is.

Set to 2000-01-01 when it is unknown.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date standby expire
| date
The date the standby event will expire.

|-
| 
| Date activated
| datetime
The date a standby event was activated.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deleted
| datetime
| 
|}

== Person comments ==

Internal comments only visible for administrators

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Comment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Possible to reference a comment to a person's event
| opt.
|-
| 
| Comment
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Comment type
|
Possible values: - 'phonecall'

| opt.
|-
| 
| Flag
|
dropdown

Possible values: - 1 : encourage mentorship - 2 : block all future participation - 3 : block future intl. participation - 4 : block future homeland participation

| opt.
|-
| 
| Date and time entered
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Submitter
| Local ID of user from table below
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| Origin table of this user
| 
|}

== Personal salutations ==

Table with personal salutations for each user in the system

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| The person the salutation is for
| req.
|-
| 
| From table
| The table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
Same format as $_SESSION['user_fromtable']

| req.
|-
| 
| From local ID
| The ID from the table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
| req.
|-
| 
| Salutation
| The salutation itself. Must be the full line.
| req.
|}

== Colleges ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Initials
| Abbreviation of name
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| For shipping equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Contact person
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| Use this to login and recommend students
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Colleges' date blocks ==

Bob Sr, 2008-07: College date-block information must remain read-only for all except for the administrative few.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Dateblock ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| opt.
|-
| 
| Student sites to reserve equip. for
| numeric
| req.
|-
| 
| Funding source
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date site-funding received
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Total site-funding amount received
| number
In USD.

|-
| 
| Date travel funds requested
| The date we requested Quiet Hour Ministries to send the travel funds to the college/students.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Last status reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| opt.
|}

== Recommenders ==

Only for North-American division

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Recommender ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marker for last applicant
| a marker so we can cycle through these recommenders
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Translations ==

Per campaign site

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| From language
| dropdown acc. to available sermon notes language
| 
|}

== Campaign material ==

Shipments that are due (or waiting for payment before they are due)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Shipment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Personevent ID
| 
| req. to be a speaker
|-
| 
| Shipper
| A main_ext_shippers.ext_shipperID reference
| 
|-
| 
| Paid
| date
Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a ||

|-
| 
| Postpone date
| date
This item will not shown on the shipping list until this date ||

|-
| 
| Shipped date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped method
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped tracking no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty billed
| date
Only used for graphics CDs, reporting to It Is Written ||

|}

== Clusters ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Clusters are a larger scope compared to groups. Groups can be linked to clusters. Only speakers can be members of clusters.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster name
| For homeland date blocks this is not used for anything really - other than it shows up on the campaign overview.
| 
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|}

== Cluster leaders ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster leader ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Speakers or organizers
| 
|}

== Groups ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Only speakers can be members of groups

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Group ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| 
|-
| 
| Group name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Recommender personID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reserved sites
| Will effectively always be filled out.
| 
|-
| 
| Funding source (site-funding)
|
Possible values: - 'sharehim': ShareHim is responsible - 'individually': each group member is responsible, but deposit for ALL must be received before any can apply - ' indiv_owndep': each group member is responsible, all applicants must pay their own deposit at time of application - 'collectively': group is responsible collectively

| req.
|-
| 
| Deposit received?
| yes/no
No one excepts organizers can apply before deposit has been received if funding source is 'individually'.

|-
| 
| Partial payment date
| date
Has no effect if amount is not set or 0.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Partial payment amount
| number
Has no effect if date is not set.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Last site-fund reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show group on availability report?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Max subdivide
| Max number of hotel cities the group is allowed to span across. Default one.
| req.
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled?
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Teams ==

Speaker linked with support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Team ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (speaker)
| 
| 
|}

== Orientation sites ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - no (0) - yes (1) - not necessary (2)

| req.
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting to the orientation site
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment booking ==

Booking of equipment Time frame of booking is decided by the period of the date block

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Booking ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| req. if no person ID
|-
| 
| Speaker ID (= Person ID)
| 
| req. if no college date block ID
|-
| 
| Case ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Booking date
| The date the booking was made (just for the information)
| 
|-
| 
| Paid amount
| Only for non-student related
| 
|-
| 
| Paid date
| Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound tracking no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance
| text (100)
E-mail of person received the insurance information ||

|-
| 
| Return date
| Date it was sent from the renter
| 
|-
| 
| Return method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Return tracking no.
| text (30)
If filled out it's a call tag, otherwise not

|-
| 
| Return received date
| Date it was received by ShareHim
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked by initials
| text (10)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, cases ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Case ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Case purchase date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the case is under repair or for another reason is not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| Down status
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Discharged
| date
When the case has been sold and we no longer have anything to do with it ||

|-
| 
| Discharged status
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, laptops ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment base ID
| ID of the equipment base where we administrate a set of graphics equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| OS product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Office product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Service Tag
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Express service code
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop value
| numeric
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty type
|
dropdown: - Next day service - Next day service + complete care

|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Quote no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the laptop is under repair or has been sold and hence not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| AC adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
Remote control for mouse ||

|-
| 
| Floppy drive
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, projectors ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Projector value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Power cord
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VGA cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VCR cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| International adapters
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Ground adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Extension cord
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Material stock ==

Sermon notes/graphics, Life of Christ videos, etc. Note: The Life of Christ videos that are active and have no format were previously those records that were the PAL version. The inactive NTSC versions are kept for historic purposes.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material group
|
Current list: - Notes/graphics CD - Graphics CD - Life of Christ video - Hardcopy (language must correspond exactly with sermon languages)

Must '''not''' be changed without considering consequences for rest of the system. Some of these values are used hard-coded in the script code

|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Code
| Short easy-to-read code identifying this product to use it when printing labels
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Format
|
NTSC/PAL/SECAM

CD/(DVD/VCD)

|-
| 
| Qty in stock
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Minimum qty in stock
| Espacially for Life of Christ videos
| 
|-
| 
| Available from
| Date from which this material will be available
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty organization
|
Current list: - It Is Written - Present Solutions

If royalties must be paid when issueing this item select here which organization it must be reported to.

|-
| 
| Shipper
| ID of external shipper (from main_ext_shippers.ext_shipperID) (blank/null if internal)
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Stories ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story type
|
dropdown

Possible values: - sitereport (report about campaign site) - testimonial (personal testimony)

| req.
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of the person who created this story, speaker or STMs
| 
|-
| 
| Purpose
|
dropdown:

- public (for publishing on website)

- internal (raw material for internal use)

| req.
|-
| 
| Headline
| self made headline/title on story
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Copy of Narrative
| Copy of narrative before people changes an authorized story.
| 
|-
| 
| Keywords
| Optional additional keywords used when searching
| 
|-
| 
| Author name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Author notes
| Scratch-board for author and/or editors. Not shown publicly.
| 
|-
| 
| Internal notes
| Scratch-board for editors.
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Pictures authorized
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Content authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Authorized for display on Adventist Review website?
| yes/no (set by ShareHim)
| 
|-
| 
| Approved for display on Adventist Review website?
| null/yes/no (set by Adventist Review)
Labels: Approved/Disabled/Not reviewed ||

|-
| 
| Show thumbnail? (for testimonies)
| yes/no
Show thumbnail of person (of course only effective if thumbnail is uploaded) ||

|-
| 
| Is news item?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Show from (only news items)
| date (from now if blank)
Date is inclusive.

|-
| 
| Show to (only news items)
| date (indefinitely if blank)
Date is exclusive.

|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| req.
|-
| 
| Date last modified
| datetime
| req.
|}

== Story pictures ==

Attached to the stories

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Picture ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Caption
| long text
| req.
|-
| 
| Filename (given by the system)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Original filename
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is retouched?
| yes/no
Set to yes when original picture was retouched, either manually or cropped - as intermediate stage between original and final picture

| req.
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| For rearranging the order of pictures
| 
|-
| 
| Upload date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Surveys ==

Evaluation forms filled out by the speakers and STMs.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Survey ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| No. of campaigns participated in
| Number of campaigns the person has participated in to date.
| req.
|-
| 
| [questions] x13
| 1-5 or null
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| date
| req.
|-
| 
| Is reviewed?
| yes/no
| req.
|}

== Donations ==

Received donations

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Donation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date received
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation amount
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation type
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Pledge ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ...many more fields
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receipt sent
| Date receipt was sent.
If we don't know the date it is set to 2001-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent method
| Possible values:
- letter - email - authorize.net ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent
| Date letter was sent.
If no letter was sent date is set to 2000-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Follow-Up done?
| yes/no
Used for non-sitefunding donations only ||

|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|}

== External logins ==

E.g. Caroline Conference, Quiet Hour

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Login ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 1
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 2
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone
| An alternative phone number to campaign managers, mainly for entering local phone numbers that they use when they supervise campaigns.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone until
| The last date that the phone number is scheduled to be usable.
| req. if phone number is specified
|-
| 
| Access level
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Superadmin
|
0 / 1 / 2

1 = is superadmin 2 = is associate admin (lower than regular admin).

Only superadmin can see password, change information, add and delete users in external logins.

Only superadmin can emulate and set password (set_pw.php) for admin and coadmin.

Associate admins: the only difference between associate admins and normal admins is that they have less menu item on the menuadmin.php page (no restrictions or anything else).

|
|-
| 
| Fulltime
|
yes/no

If coadmins are full-time or part-time managers

|
|-
| 
| Approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Password questions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Table
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Question
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Answer
| 
| 
|}

== Field descriptions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Description ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Table name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Field name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Public description
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Internal description
| 
| 
|}

== News ==

Information shown on the main page of the website

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| News ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Headline
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| ShowFrom
| date
| 
|-
| 
| ShowTo
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show all on home?
| yes/no
Show entire news item on the front page? (normally there is a max length for items shown there) || req.

|}

== ShareSynch Serial Numbers ==

Created serial numbers for the ShareSynch software

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Serial Number ID
| Internal ID
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| GS)-XXXX-XXXX
| req.
|-
| 
| Expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person this serial number is connected to
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Event this serial number is connected to (and that usually causes an expiration date)
| 
|-
| 
| Owner name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Owner e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Activations allowed
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is printed?
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Date created
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== ShareSynch activations ==

Activations that have been done for the different ShareSynch serial numbers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Activation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation Code
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation date
| timestamp
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation IP
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware Operating System
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ShareSynch software version
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reactivation dates
| The dates this activation code was resent or reactivated
| 
|-
| 
| Is withdrawn?
|
Possible values: 0 = is not withdrawn (default) 1 = withdrawn, allow re-activation 2 = withdrawn, disallow re-activation

Activation code can be withdrawn, either by the user deactivating the computer (1) or ShareHim revoking it (2).

In case of 2, the software needs to register that this activation code is now invalid, so that later attempts to use the same activation code we fail (but what if they format the hardware?!). But, if the code is then regranted, we can only reactivation the software through online activation, otherwise we can't be sure that the revoked code is now active again! Well, for a solid solution the hardware should actually be encrypted together with a date, so that the activation code would be different when the computer was reactivated, and then this whole matter woudn't be an issue. (Or we could also just issue a completely new serial number...)

| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== System settings ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| System administrator name
| General
| 
|-
| 
| System administrator e-mail
| General
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender name
| Name that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender e-mail
| E-mail that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| Days to resend unprocessed applicant
| Days after application date to resend recommendation e-mails for unprocessed applicants
| 
|-
| 
| Days to mark unproccessed applicant
| Number of days until applicant will be highlighted as 'not processed' in the unapproved applicants list
| 
|-
| 
| Days before orientation to ship Life of Christ video
| Days before orientation date that we issue the shipment
| 
|-
| 
| Days after date block closing date to remind about entering experience
| Only used for those who have received sponsorship
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding insurance coverage
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding service requests
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (name) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (e-mail) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance information e-mail recipient
| E-mail to which we send insurance information on shipped equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Case lock combination
| numeric (3)
Case lock on equipment cases ||

|-
| 
| Min. days to opening date to allow person use key for bypassing closing date (because of insurance and service requests reports/reminders, so should therefore always be before we send out the last insurance/serv. req. reminder)
| 
| 
|}

== E-mail templates ==

E-mail templates for e-mails that are sent out automatically

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| E-mail template ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| identification name for this template
| 
|-
| 
| Subject
| Subject for the e-mail
| 
|-
| 
| Body
| Body for the e-mail
| 
|}

== Email log, group e-mails ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mail reference
| reference to the mail sent (an ID or a file reference)
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|}

== Email log, service requests reports ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| CC
| Carbon Copy recipients
| 
|-
| 
| Attached files
| )
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Target
| "host" or "sending" organization (division/union/conference)
| 
|-
| 
| Batch
| "first" or "second" batch of reports to this organization
| 
|}

== Mail queue ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Mail queue ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| By local ID
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| By from table
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| Sender name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sender e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Query ID
| Query ID that this queue is based upon.
In case we want to make queues that are special and not based on a query this can just be left empty.

|
|-
| 
| Custom subject
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Attach files
| Serialized PHP array with documents to attach to the e-mails in this queue.
| 
|-
| 
| Use personal salutations?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| 
|-
| 
| Date completed
| datetime
Is set when all e-mails in this queue have been sent.

|
|}

== System translations ==

Pieces of text used in the interface and which can be translated into other languages

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Category
| Not really used
| 
|-
| 
| Tag
| The tag use in the PHP code
| 
|-
| 
| Langugage [en|es|da|...]
| The text for this tag in the given language
| 
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| Not used
| 
|-
| 
| Explanation
| Any useful instructions for the translator about this piece of text
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Timestamp for when the text or tag for the primary language (English) was last modified
| 
|}

== System translators ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translator ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| Two-letter abbreviation for the language
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
|
Person ID from main_people of the person who is the translator for this language.

Set to 0 if we currently have no translator.

|
|-
| 
| Last notified
| Last time translator was notified about new or changed text to be translated
| 
|}

== System log ==

Table is placed in a separate database.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Operation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| By name
| Name of user who caused this operation
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By local ID
| ...his local ID
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By from table
| ...originates from this table
Note: Because of programming mistake this field has incorrect values until 2006-08-22 after a user has emulated somebody. Unsure when problem started (maybe 2006-06-08 or 2006-03-27). || Req. if avail.

|-
| 
| Visit ID
| VisitID from WebStory statistics
| 
|-
| 
| IP
| User's IP address at time of logging
| 
|-
| 
| Emulated by
| Full name of person who was emulating
| 
|-
| 
| Action
| Main name for for this action
| Req.
|-
| 
| Subaction
| Subname for this action
| 
|-
| 
| For name
| Name of user/record this action was executed upon
NOTE: This can be either firstname lastname or lastname, firstname ||

|-
| 
| For local ID
| ...caused upon this ID in the table below
| 
|-
| 
| For from table
| ...caused upon a record in this table
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of person it was caused upon (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| DateblockID that this action is related to (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Parameters
| Any extra parameters to log. Default format: field=value¤field=value...
| 
|}

If a field is fit for having a value but we don't have it readily available when making the logentry then we set the value to "N/A" (or "0" for number fields) so that we later can run some queries to easily replace all these "missing" information pieces.

=== List tables ===

== Venue types ==

- eg.: Church, open field etc. - 'venueno' only added and sorted by for the sake of Tamara entering the data

== Countries ==

*column prefix: 'cntry_'
*connected to which division it's in
*including the ISO-3166 two-letter codes (where codes starting with underscore (_) is self-made in order to not have empty field)
*do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain country names are used hard-coded in the script code (eg. ship_material.php)
*as of 2006-09-21 used in:
**main_divisions
**main_unions
**main_conferences
**main_orientations
**main_hotels
**main_colleges
**main_people
*the divisionID is taken from Jon Brauer's XML file "2006-08 OMCountries (Jon Brauer).xml".

== Currencies ==

- code, name, rate, date of rate, and source of rate

== Sponsors ==

- eg.: Quiet Hour Ministries, and later on maybe The Voice of Prophecy

== Material groups ==

- eg.: Sermon notes, Graphics CD, Life of Christ video - make no possibility to edit records, only add (and maybe delete) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain material groups are used hard-coded in the script code (ship_material.php)

== Equipment bases ==

- the different locations at which we administrate a set of graphics equipment, eg. North Carolina

== Shipping methods ==

- eg.: UPS, FedEx

== US states ==

== Titles ==

- eg.: Mr., Mrs. etc.

== Access levels ==

- eg.: admin etc.

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Misc documentation

2012-05-21T19:40:07Z

Allan Jensen: Updated login session variables to new login system

<pre>The conversion of this information from the Word document Structure.doc has not yet been quality checked from the section "Rules, standards, notes, etc." and onwards.
</pre>
 

 

== Security ==

==== Login session variables ====

REMEMBER that these variables also needs to be set (or at least managed) when emulating and unemulating.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Is user logged in?
| ['usrinfo']['logged_in']
|-
| Username (e-mail)
| ['usrinfo']['username']
|-
| E-mail 
| ['usrinfo']['email']
|-
| Person/div./un./conf. ID
(Local ID)

|
['usrinfo']['localID']

(MUST correspond to $accesslevel in order to identify the user on his own level - certain users from ext_logins has to be "mapped" to an existing record in the table for his level, so that it will actually just be an alias. We cannot transfer the localID field from ext_logins to localID field in temp_users, because we would not have the reverse identification of that user in temp_users then, so we have to manually check the session variable to see if the user comes from ext_logins table and lookup the localID manually. If we are only concerned about the current user the localID can be found in "user_eff_localID" though.)

|-
| Ext. logins loginID
| ['usrinfo']['ext_logins_loginID']
(only made for logins in main_ext_logins. Saves the loginID as the localID will only contain the mapped localID - if any)

|-
| Effective local ID
| ['usrinfo']['eff_localID']
(holds the effective local ID for the current user. For ext. logins that means the value of "user_ext_logins_loginID" and for all other user the value of "user_localID")

|-
| Access levels (number)
|
['usrinfo']['accesslevels_num']  (array)

['usrinfo']['accesslevels_num_max']  (number - the highest in the array)

|-
| Access levels (text)
| ['usrinfo']['accesslevels']
|-
| From table
| ['usrinfo']['fromtable']
(values are as MySQL table names except without the "main_" part)

|-
| Full name
| ['usrinfo']['fullname']
|-
| If admin is superadmin
| ['usrinfo']['is_superadmin']
|-
| If admin is associate admin
| ['usrinfo']['is_assoc_admin']
|-
| Is conference organizer
|
['usrinfo']['is_conf_organizer'] (true, false)

If user is a conference organizer for homeland campaigns

 

|-
| Is conference organizer for sectors
|
['usrinfo']['is_conf_organizer_for_sectors']

Array of sectors a conference organizer is limited to. Non-existing if no limits.

|-
| Is pastor
|
['usrinfo']['is_pastor'] (true, false)

|-
| Is editor
| ['usrinfo']['is_editor']
('executive','associative','text','graphics', or false)

|-
| User's active event
| ['usrinfo']['active_personeventID']
|-
| Emulating mode
| ['usrinfo']['is_emulating'] (true or not set)
(whether the current login is being emulated)

|-
| Responsible date blocks
| ['usrinfo']['resp_dateblocks']
(array of dateblockIDs that this coadmin is responsible for/has access to maintain. Only used for 'coadmin' access level, otherwise it's an empty array)

|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID
| verified_openid
|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID short version
| verified_openid_short
|}

 

==== Other session variables generally used ====

Only lasting during the page execution for all pages that goes through the security check.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Dateblock ID
| $dateblockID
(the date block that an administrator is currently working in)

|}

 

==== Access levels ====

Each usergroup must also have a numeric value because of the login system's way of behaviour.

Access levels from 70-79 and 0-10 should on the pages be set specifically (in $requiredUserLevel) to avoid unwanted inherited permissions.

 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| '''Group'''
| '''Abbrev.'''
| '''Range'''
| '''General'''
'''(if range)'''

|-
| System
| system
| 
| 899
|-
| Administrators
| admin
|
70+

    90+

| 100
|-
|
Campaign managers *

Equipment managers 

|
coadmin

equip

| 70-89
|
80

79

|-
| Divisions
| div
| 60-69
| 65
|-
| Unions
| un
| 50-59
| 55
|-
| Conferences/missions
| conf
| 40-49
| 45
|-
| People (clusters, groups, college leaders)
| people
| 26-39
| 30
|-
| Recommenders
| recom
| 15
| 
|-
| Colleges
| college
| 14
| 
|-
|
ShareSynch Technical Supporter

(OBS! Probably not fully configured in set_pw.php...!)

| ssynchsupp
| 9
| 
|-
| **(Quiet Hour Ministries) (communic?)
| qhmsponsor
| 8
| 
|-
| **Travel agents
| travelag
| 7
| 
|-
| Insurance agents
| insuragent
| 6
| 
|}

*one star: mostly same as administrators but only within selected date blocks, and no access to certain system wide features
*two stars: planned access levels - but probably just make it an extension to their main_people record - to avoid multiple l

 

When creating new access levels use this checklist:

*try to make unique abbreviations/access level names so they can be searched for
*add to table list_accesslevels
*add to get_user_main_menu(), format_accesslevel(), get_common_table_info()
*add to js_functions_phpmaker.js (syncLocalToAccesslevel() function)
*add to main_ext_loginslist.php (in section "Show mappings/localID")
*add to temp_userslist.php (add to switch() making the $emulate_qstr variable)
*add to php_functions_login.php => format_accesslevel()
*add permission and setup in set_pw.php to emulate and set user/password (if emulation should be possible)

 

==== Table permissions ====

Important notes: No records must be deleted if it has attached records in underlying levels ''Divisions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Date blocks'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Unions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Conferences/missions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Orientations sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

Note: Only admin can edit orientation date and city ''Hotel cities'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Campaign sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

 

==== Field permissions ====

- only admin is allowed to change Active-fields - password field may never be entered/changed manually

 

==== File and folder permissions ====

Modify (666): php/files/*.* except index.php

Modify (777): php/files/logs_scheduled_jobs

Modify (777): php/files/satellite_exports

Modify (777): php/files/temp

Modify (777): php/files/uploads_shortlife

Modify (777): php/files/var_dumps

Modify (777): php/docs

Modify (777): php/docs -ALL SUBFOLDERS-

Modify (666): php/docs/exec_directors_B84H81BN8KBS8F/*Planning_Form*.xls

Modify (777): php/multimedia/ -ALL SUBFOLDERS -

Modify (666): php/multimedia/ -ALL FILES except index.php -

Modify (777): php/pdf_generated/ -ALL SUBFOLDERS-

Modify (666): php/pdf_generated/ -ALL FILES IN SUBFOLDERS- (in order to be able to overwrite them)

Modify (666): php/supportchat/log.txt

Modify (666): php/includes/jensenfw/*.js|*.js.php -ALL FILES - (for phpJSO to obfuscate the files)

Modify (666): php/includes/*.js|*.js.php -ALL FILES except those skipped in _obfuscate_js.php - (for phpJSO to obfuscate the files)

Modify (666): php/error_log (PHP's error logging (warnings, parse errors etc))

Modify ??? : OpenID filestorage location

 

== Scheduler ==

*checking if we have all necessary information in time before campaigns begin
*sending reminders to people

 

== Page layouts ==

==== General guidelines ====

*if information is missing write something like "Awaiting information..."
*hide all e-mail addresses for public users and also for logged in users where they don't need to know the address

 

== Rules, standards, notes, etc. ==

==== Abbreviations & definitions (terminology/glossary) ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| STM
| support team member
|-
| OLT
| Outreach Leadership Team
|-
|
div (not the HTML tag) 

| division
|-
| un
| union
|-
| conf
| conference/mission
|-
| lang
| language
|-
| local ID
| ID from div, un, conf etc.
|-
| equipment
| = 1 case
|-
| co-speaker
| associate speaker
|-
| conf org / conforg
| conference organizer
|-
| n/a
| not applicable
|-
| shcfg
| name of global variable that is an array with hardcoded configuration/settings for the entire project
|-
| shrun
| name of global variable that is an array with values that have been set at runtime, usually in ini.php
|-
| acl
| Access Control Layer (permissions)
|-
| NAD
| North-American Division
|-
| number of open sites for a dateblock
| number of sites minus applicants that has been approved by admin but not necessarily assigned to a site yet
|-
| event request
| when a person requests to go to another campaign (paraphrased: "applying a second time at Global Evangelism" or technically "applying using eventrequest.php instead of apply.php)
|-
| date block
| one series of mettings in a specific geographical area, with an opening date and a closing date
|-
| campaign
| same as date block
|-
| NWM
| Not Worth Mentioning
|-
| curr
| current
|-
|
valerr valerrHTML 

| used in naming convention for variables holding validation error message for a field/piece of information - in plain text and HTML 
|-
| hub city
| exactly the same as a hotel city. We renamed the term hotel city to hub city.
|-
| ccard
| credit card
|-
| authnet
| Authorize.net
|-
| Centralizer
| a system developed by Allan Jensen to easily set up webpages for maintaining data in database tables
|-
| pid
| Person ID
|-
| offid
| Officer ID
|-
| wrkid
| Worker ID
|-
| choffid
| Church office ID
|-
| cid / confid
| Conference ID
|-
| chid
| Church ID
|-
| insttid
| Institution ID
|-
| evbdgid
| Event budget ID
|-
| pavid
| Person availability ID
|-
| pcacid
| Person/conference acceptance ID
|-
| pceid
| Pre-campaign event ID
|-
| stid
| Story ID
|-
| teid
| Training Entity ID
|-
| taid
| Training Accept ID
|-
| conforgid
| Conference organizer ID
|-
| pressynch
| Presentaion Synchronizer/Sermon Synchronizer (software)
|-
| ws
| webservice
|-
| cspd
| correspondent
|-
| site-fund
| people or groups who needs to contribute financially to their own campaigns (1,200 $/site).
REMEMBER! Instead of using the word "pay" we must always phrase it as "contributing" (or "donating") for tax-deductible reasons (see note in format_sitefund_indicatorHTML() ).

|-
| pre-funded
| sites that are being funded by ShareHim or somebody else with the $1,200, that is, the speaker is not responsible for providing the funds
|-
| normal deadline
| the latest date we will accept site-funding (the $1,200) before a campaign without adding the $100 rush processing fee. The date is fixed at 3 months before. The date is inclusive so that payments on this date does not enforce the extra fee.
|-
| TQH
| The Quiet Hour / Quiet Hour Ministries
|-
| ARM
| Adventist Risk Management
|}

==== ====

==== Applicant categories ====

A description of the different categories of applicants (IMPORTANT: '''Remember''' to consider co-speaker option, too).

Notation in brackets means is for a '''co-speaker''' in that category. Only used where applicable and where there is a difference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''pastor'''
| '''layman'''
| '''academy'''
| '''college'''
| '''stm'''
'''(support team member) '''

| '''organizer''' 
|-
| Table containing date block reference field
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_collegedateblocks
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
|-
| Can be co-speaker?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Can be team leader?
(record in main_teams) 

| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| No 
| No 
|-
| Can be team member? (use teamID field)
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| Yes
| No
|-
| Can be group member (and group leader)?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| Yes
|-
| Facilitator value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Needs recommendation for international campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Needs acceptance for homeland campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Allow standby event?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Recommender value?
|
If NAD division: RecommenderID 

| If NAD division: RecommenderID 
| If NAD division: RecommenderID 
| CollegedateblockID 
| No 
| No 
|-
| Recommender comments value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Reference
| Ministerial secretary
| Pastor
| Academy
| -none-
| -none-
| -none-
|-
| Reference value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Ranking value?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Flight information?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Room sharing value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Subject to cluster, group, and date block size limitations?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Can have graphics equipment booking?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| Yes???
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Table with possible related records
|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions 

|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
main_teams [no] - main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
- - - - - main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
- - - - - - - main_pwquestions

|}

Common for all:

*a record in main_personevents

 

==== Operations allowed at the different stages in the application process ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''Waiting for recommendation'''
| '''Waiting for acceptance'''
| '''Waiting for approval'''
| '''Waiting on standby'''
|-
|
Select as active event

(eventchange.php)

| No
| No
| No
| No
|-
|
Enter flight arrival info

(menupeople.php)

| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
|-
|
Select room sharing preferences

(menupeople.php)

| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
|-
|
People themselves delete the event

(eventdelete.php)

| No
| No
| Yes
| Yes
|}

==== ====

==== Possible combinations of 'category' and 'cospeaker' and their allowed selection of dateblocks ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:'''

*we have 3 different definitions of allowed dateblock selections:
**dateblocks within a college
**dateblocks that still has open sites (see definition above under 'Abbreviation & definitions')
**dateblocks that has not passed their closing date, and therefore still accepts applications
*a cospeaker from a college, can only select date blocks defined for that same college (similar to a def. in next analyses)

 

''Complete definition table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''cospeaker = 0'''
| '''cospeaker = 1'''
| 
|-
| '''pastor'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''layman'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''college'''
| college defined
| college defined
| 
|-
| '''academy'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''stm'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|-
| '''organizer'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|}

 

''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
|
category = college &

cospeaker = 0|1 

| Only dateblocks defined for that college 
| Note: Since cospeaker doesn't matter, we don't consider that when dealing with a category=college. 
|-
|
category = pastor|layman|academy &

cospeaker = 0

| Only dateblocks that still has open sites 
| 
|-
|
category = pastor|layman|academy &

cospeaker = 1

| All unclosed dateblocks 
| 
|-
|
category = stm|organizer &

cospeaker = 0

| All unclosed dateblocks 
| 
|-
|
category = stm|organizer &

 

| ''-invalid combination-'' 
| Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with stm & organizers 
|}

==== ====

==== Possible combinations of speaker's support team members and their dateblock link (for when selecting members) ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:'''

*a cospeaker from a college, can only be a cospeaker to a speaker from that same college (similar to a def. in former analyses)
*a speaker can have 2 types of support team members:
**stm (normal)
**pastor|layman|academy (but not college) cospeakers
*of course a non-cospeaker cannot be a support team member
*of course stm & organizers cannot be cospeakers - the dateblock link of college students is, contrary to the other types, stored in collegedateblocks

 

''Complete definition table'' 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3" border="1"
|-
| '''Speaker''' 
| '''Possible support team members''' 
| '''Speaker dateblock link table''' 
| '''STM dateblock link table''' 
|-
| pastor 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| personevents 
| personevents 
|-
| layman 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| personevents 
| personevents 
|-
| college 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| collegedateblocks 
| personevents 
|-
| college 
| - college & cospeaker 
| collegedateblocks 
| collegedateblocks 
|-
| academy 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| personevents 
| personevents 
|}

''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table'' Note: keeping the dateblockID link in collegedateblocks makes it possible to move all college students from one college to another dateblock with a simple change (considering strict normalization of databases this is the correct way to do it). On the other hand it complicates when dealing with dateblockID for speakers. (At the point of time of writing this the question is whether to do one or the other - whether I already have figured out the ways to go about this difference - which I ''think'' I have... since I have made SQL queries for both finding all speakers within a dateblock and finding all stm within a dateblock) speaker category = pastor|layman|academy All has the same possible dateblock link tables speaker category = college & stm category <> college & cospeaker = 1 Speaker dateblock link is in 'collegedateblocks', stm dateblock link is in either 'personevents' or 'collegedateblocks' speaker category = college & stm category = college & cospeaker = 1 speaker category = [any] & stm category = [any] & cospeaker = 0 ''-invalid combination-'' Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with category=college

Update: To simplify the SQL statement the field eff_dateblockID (effective dateblockID)

==== Organizer's responsibility group/scope ====

'''NOTE: This is our goal but it doesn't mean that the system is working exactly like this yet! Some development probably needed in this area.''' An organizer can be responsible for the following groups of people depending on his setup: '''Setting''' '''Responsibility group''' Not in any group or cluster All people in date block Member of a group All people in the same group Member of a cluster All people in the same cluster For his group of people the areas he can work in include (but is not limited to): - maintaining their personal record - entering flight information - making hotel room reservation - booking or unbooking graphics equipment - probably also assigning/unassigning team members???

==== Multiple events ====

- on the people's own menu they work with one event at a time - they select themselves which one they want to work with

==== Website Layout & Coding Format ====

- generally aim at a minimum screen resolution of 1024x768 pixels - most website users use IE so it's must be compatible with the newest versions - but most browsers can be expected (because of a large user group) - a menu area and a main area - light background color/texture - use default font sizes/families and styles unless something needs to be emphasized or de-emphasized - use '''to emphasize - use or the CSS class "dimmed" for less important text - don't follow coding structure of main_*.php and list_*.php (generated by PHPMaker) but rather story_menu_admin.php - complexity of search and sorting features needs to be considered for every case (sometimes needed, otherwise just simple) - standard date format: mm/dd/yyyy - started writing LOCAL-DATE places where we eventually will localize the date format for user's country - consider if strftime() (or strftime_new() in adventsangerne.no) can be used for something - standard number format: ##,###,###.## - always use require_function() for defining functions to use. Never include file directly. - when validating date use $err_occurs_on_page to count how many errors occur. The validation functions also uses this variable. - recommended to use query string variable "act" when requesting a page with a command to do some operation - see additional coding format specifications in "Programming principles - Allan.txt"'''

 

==== E-mails ====

- e-mail addresses must never be shown to the public. They must be presented with a form to be filled out instead. - general e-mails should bounce to bounce@sharehim.org, while all other e-mails should bounce to the sender address - format of the unique Mailer ID that can be used in e-mails: X-Mailer-ID: #SRCID#MAIL#FEST07-2#PID686#

==== Check queries ====

- IMPORTANT: check that all speakers in a college within a cluster have personevents.clusterID filled out accordingly - check that all homeland date blocks have at least one conference defined in main_dateblockconfs - SELECT main_dateblocks.* FROM main_dateblocks LEFT JOIN main_dateblockconfs USING (dateblockID) WHERE homeland = 1 AND main_dateblockconfs.conferenceID IS NULL ORDER BY title - conferences, unions etc. have their upper level record - orphaned group members - speakers both being group leader and group member - check that group date block matches the members date blocks - speaker who haven't been issued any material (use code from _db-query.php) - check that STMs that are member of teams are also member of that date block - check that no delete-marked events are found in main_people.active_personeventID - delete active_personeventIDs that do not exist in main_personevents (maybe obsolete now) _db-query.php: "CLEAR ACTIVE_PERSONEVENTIDs THAT ARE NOT EXISTING IN PERSONEVENTS" - check that all people in homeland campaigns are members of clusters - check date block dates: SELECT dateblockID, title, opening_date, appl_closed_date, data_lock_date, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) AS days_duration, TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) AS days_before_appl_close, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) AS days_lock_date_before_closingdate FROM main_dateblocks WHERE TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) <> 15 /* days_duration */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) < 0 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) > 90 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) < -10 /* days_lock_date_before_closingdate */ ORDER BY opening_date - check if we have any visits with any of the user agents currently listed in class webstory -> $skip_useragent_keywords - occasionally removed unused queries: delete_query(false, array('queryID' => 0, 'queryID_compare' => '>=')); //it will auto probibit deleting used queries - check that pastor e-mail addresses match e-mail address in our records (system should prohibit it though so any records shown here might be a result of a problem in the system. Also see e-mails with subject "E-mail changed" of 2010-09-06 and 2011-03-10): SELECT main_people.personID, legal_firstname, legal_lastname, main_people.email, main_officers.email AS conf_email, pw FROM main_people INNER JOIN main_officers ON main_people.personID = main_officers.personID WHERE main_people.email <> main_officers.email

==== Dropdowns ====

- dropdowns binding a record to it's upper level must only show the upper level values within that branch of the tree

==== Boolean fields ====

All boolean fields (yes/no) have the field type TINYINT. 1 = yes / true 0 = no / false This makes it easier to determine false and true in PHP. Some fields also have additional special values like -1 or 2. Use the label "- not set -" if the boolean value has not been set.

==== Adding/removing fields for, or links to, person record in main_people ====

- when deleting a person (main_persondelete.php and delete_person() ) consider this new field - when merging a person (merge_person() ) consider this new field - for foreign keys linking to main_people.personID, add a reference in person_alldata.php - consider necessary changes to ShareHim Satellite

==== Deleting applicants ====

Deleting an applicant (meaning that he doesn't want to participate in the program anyway or he has been denied) does not result in an actual removal of the person from the database. We only delete the personevent record.

==== Deactivating records ====

To deactivate a record would be a very rare occurrence, only for example if a division re-organizes it's unions. In that case we deactive the unions that are no longer existing and by that we also cancel all current activities for those unions, like equipment booking and scheduled material shipments. This must/can then be re-booked and re-scheduled for the new unions created in stead. This is an example of the principle of deactivating records and theirs effects on the system.

==== User menus ====

Procedures (= links) that aren't applicable at present should be grayed out e.g.: only make active link to match speakers if there are any speakers that need to be matched This will make an easy todo-list overview for the user Group these kind of procedures together on the menu

==== External links and webservice consumers ====

The following describes which external places are linking into our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /add-new-campaign 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for people to apply for a homeland Speaker-Initiated Campaign)

|-
| /sharesynch 
|
ShareSynch software (for manual activation)

|-
| /hiswayofhope-order-new-disc 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for upgrade to newer version where they need new disc)

|}

 

The following system are calling webservices on our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /php/sharesynch_activate_online.php 
| ShareSynch software (automatic activation) 
|-
| /php/ws.php?ws=add_goodsalt_order&f=json 
| GoodSalt order system 
|}

==== Address formats ====

3 different formats (currently not differencing USA/Canada): - USA - Street/PO - City, State, Zip - Country - Canada - Street/PO - City, Province, X#X-#X# - Country - Other - Street/PO - Postal information - Country

==== Telephone formats ====

On forms where people enter their phone number they need to enter the number WITHOUT country code and WITH area number. On forms where people edit their phone number we will show a plus (+) and the country code in front of that number. We can do that since we have the country code for all countries in the table list_countries.

==== Log actions ====

Used in `sharehim_log` database in table `system_operations`, fields `action` and `subaction` person added deleted updated merged name corrected changed recommendation status acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent to the conference) accepted (by receiving field => homeland conference) rejected (by receiving field => homeland conference) acceptance reverted acceptance request cancelled person event updated activated (standby event was activated) downgrade to standby (actual event was downgraded to standby event) changed main speaker site-funding fulfilled revoked event added standby added deleted standby deleted undeleted moved (so far only used in move_college_group() ) email sent [blank] site-funding reminder pastor passwords category changed application new recommendation requested (= e-mail requesting recommendation has been sent) recommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) unrecommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': accepted (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': rejected (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) approved (by ShareHim administrator) denied (= event denied) (by ShareHim administrator) status reverted availability added deleted moved people search login success failed emulated logout password generated/changed group created deleted (not yet implemented as of 8/4-05) leader changed cluster leader changed college dateblock leader changed campaign site added (type=speaker-init comes under this as well) moved approved (used for speaker-init events) declined (used for speaker-init events) dateblock added modified deleted hub city/sites moved story deleted donation deleted equipment caseID replaced equipment booking created deleted changed Table might not yet be complete. (use SQL from file "Code pieces/SQL statements.txt" to make it complete)

'''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' - to minimize number of records the following log actions are deleted once in a while (after taking a local backup of the whole database so we have the information just in case we need it): DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'campaign site' AND subaction = 'added'; /* date added is registered in main_sites anyway */ DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'success'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'failed'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'emulated'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'logout' AND subaction IS NULL;

==== Change Log prefixes ====

The following prefixes are used when entering comments in the CVS repository (see notes below the table):

ADD When features/functional behaviours are added CHG When features/functional behaviours are changed FIX When a bug has been fixed IMPROV When features/functional behaviours have been improved (and it's neither a decided FIX, CHG, or ADD) REMOVE When a functional behaviour or out-dated code has been removed UNDO Undo a previous commit (usually the previous one of that file)

Any prefix can have " NWM" appended when it is a change that is "Not Worth Mentioning". For example: Any prefix can have " MAJOR" appended when it involves a major functionality change or upgrade. The prefix is following by a colon, a space, and then the description. Examples:

'''ADD: link to change password'''

'''FIX NWM: corrected spelling'''

'''ADD MAJOR: donation management system'''

In very rare cases a prefix is not applicable and therefore not used.

If '''only''' functions have been changed we write a comma-seperated list of their names with "()" appended. For example:

'''ADD: get_dateblocks(), get_dateblock_info(): also return mediafolder field'''

If '''both''' functions '''and''' code in other places have been changed, we write the description normaly, but in the end list the functions that have been changed and/or added. For example:

'''ADD: interface for the new date block field mediafolder. Functions modified: get_dateblocks(), set_dateblock(). Functions added: get_mediafolder()'''

The same applies for JavaScript functions, but then we write "JS" with the parenthesis, for example: '''get_field_value(JS)'''

For PHP classes we write like this: ''''''class webservice_server''''''

The point here is to always add the names of functions and classes that are changed, so that it's possible to search CVS for all changes regarding those functions/classes.

Possible improvement (=not yet used): there should actually also be a keyword for deciding whether or not the entry should be seen for the general users of the website, so they know which changes have been made to the website that affect their work. Eg. "technical modification" or "functional modification".

==== Code-related tags ====

Codes that are put different places in the source code to link together different pieces of code that are related - to make it easier to maintain it and remember other places where we are dealing with the same thing. It's important that these tags are unique through ALL text files in the project so that they are easy to search for. Always write them in upper case.

{| border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1"
|-
| KOREAN-EXCEPTION
| Code dealing with the Korean Council customization in NAD division.
|-
| SHOW-CURRENT-DATES-FOR-MASTER-SITE
| The places that we show current existing campaign dates for a master site.
|-
| TERMS-FOR-ASSIGNING-HOMELAND-SPEAKER
| Places where we write the terms for assigning a speaker to a homeland campaign date
|-
| DIALOGBOX-LIKE-MESSAGE
|
|-
| LIST-CHURCH-PASTORS
|
|-
| CHECK-STORIES-LINKED-TO-SITE
|
|-
| CHECK-STATS-LINKED-TO-SITE
|
|-
| SEND_EMAIL_WHEN_ACCEPTED
|
|-
| DETERMINE-SENIOR-PASTOR
| Places where we determine who is the senior pastor for a church
|-
| BLOCK-SAME-DIVISION-APPLICANTS
| Block applicants from applying to date blocks in their own residence division
|-
| NOTIFY-NON-EUD-HOMELAND-APPLICANTS
| Code for notifying non-EUD applicants about homeland campaigns in EUD
|-
| HOMELAND-JESUSVIDEO-USES
| Places where we determine if we should deal with the Jesus video language in the homeland
|-
| OPENID-ENTRY-CODE
| Places with code for OpenID that public users see. Can hide these pieces in case we want to disable it.
|-
| SKIPPED-TRANSL
| Places in homeland system where I have skipped translating something
|-
| QUEST or QUEST-EXPERT
| Questions I have for other (expert) programmers about issues I'm unsure about.
|-
| WATCHFUTURE
| Things we need to keep an eye on in the future as project develops
|-
| TODO
| Places in the code where I need to do something.
|}

==== System entry points ====

Places where user will enter this system (might not be a complete list - check also with login.php) - index.php - login.php - menu*.php - recommend.php (recommenders go directly to here)

==== ====

==== SQL sentences ====

''Relationships up through the main line:'' main_translations INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_translations.siteID = main_sites.sideID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_sites.hotelID = main_hotels.hotelID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_hotels.conferenceID = main_conferences.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_conferences.unionID = main_unions.unionID INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_unions.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_divisions ON main_dateblocks.divisionID = main_divisions.divisionID ''Return all sites for a orientation/dateblock (the opposite direction of above):'' SELECT main_sites.* FROM main_orientations INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_orientations.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_dateblocks.dateblockID = main_unions.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_unions.unionID = main_conferences.unionID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_conferences.conferenceID = main_hotels.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_hotels.hotelID = main_sites.hotelID ''UNION query to obtain all users:'' SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'div' AS accesslevel FROM main_divisions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION ALL SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'un' AS accesslevel FROM main_unions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'conf' AS accesslevel FROM main_conferences WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, 'people' AS accesslevel FROM main_people WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, accesslevel FROM main_ext_logins WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Set up new material shipper

2012-05-16T01:21:47Z

Allan Jensen: Added

= Set up new material shipper =

*Shipper must have a Dymo LabelWriter printer.
*Shipper must install DYMO Label software, minimum version 8.3.0.xxx, on the computer from which they want to print the labels. (Firefox browser extensions is no longer needed)
*Ensure shipper has a record in People table that can be used.
*Set up shipper record in External shippers, and link it to the People record.
*Determine rules for when this shipper should be used and program that into the system - in the function issue_material_for_shipping().
*If shipper will also be shipping out Prayer & Friendship booklets that have been ordered through our system the following functions will need to be modified:
**Add country to prayer_friendship_booklet.php
**Adjust add_order() - allow the given country and set the external shipper ID (search for "Determine external shipper")
**Adjust calc_prayer_friendship_booklet_shipping_cost() to calculate shipping cost for the given country

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Set up new material shipper

2012-05-14T17:15:36Z

Allan Jensen: Added details about Prayer & Friendship booklets

= Set up new material shipper =

*Shipper must have a Dymo LabelWriter printer.
*Shipper must install DYMO Label software, minimum version 8.3.0.xxx, on the computer from which they want to print the labels. (Firefox browser extensions is no longer needed)
*Ensure shipper has a record in People table that can be used.
*Set up shipper record in External shippers, and link it to the People record.
*Determine rules for when this shipper should be used and program that into the system - in the function issue_material_for_shipping().
*If shipper will also be shipping out Prayer & Friendship booklets that have been ordered through our system the following functions will need to be modified:
**Adjust add_order() - allow the given country and set the external shipper ID (search for "Determine external shipper")
**Adjust calc_prayer_friendship_booklet_shipping_cost() to calculate shipping cost for the given country

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Misc documentation

2012-05-01T13:43:38Z

Allan Jensen: Change regarding new login system

<pre>The conversion of this information from the Word document Structure.doc has not yet been quality checked from the section "Rules, standards, notes, etc." and onwards.
</pre>
 

 

== Security ==

==== Login session variables ====

REMEMBER that these variables also needs to be set (or at least managed) when emulating and unemulating.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Username (e-mail)
| user_login
|-
| Password
| user_password
|-
| Person/div./un./conf. ID
(Local ID)

|
user_localID

(MUST correspond to $accesslevel in order to identify the user on his own level - certain users from ext_logins has to be "mapped" to an existing record in the table for his level, so that it will actually just be an alias. We cannot transfer the localID field from ext_logins to localID field in temp_users, because we would not have the reverse identification of that user in temp_users then, so we have to manually check the session variable to see if the user comes from ext_logins table and lookup the localID manually. If we are only concerned about the current user the localID can be found in "user_eff_localID" though.)

|-
| Ext. logins loginID
| user_ext_logins_loginID
(only made for logins in main_ext_logins. Saves the loginID as the localID will only contain the mapped localID - if any)

|-
| Effective local ID
| user_eff_localID
(holds the effective local ID for the current user. For ext. logins that means the value of "user_ext_logins_loginID" and for all other user the value of "user_localID")

|-
| Access level (number)
| user_accesslevel_num
|-
| Access level (text)
| user_accesslevel
|-
| From table
| user_fromtable
(values are as MySQL table names except without the "main_" part)

|-
| Full name
| user_fullname
|-
| If admin is superadmin
| user_is_superadmin
|-
| If admin is associate admin
| user_is_assoc_admin
|-
| Is conference organizer
|
user_is_conf_organizer (true, false)

If user is a conference organizer for homeland campaigns

 

|-
| Is conference organizer for sectors
|
user_is_conf_organizer_for_sectors

Array of sectors a conference organizer is limited to. Non-existing if no limits.

|-
| Is pastor
|
user_is_pastor (true, false)

|-
| Is editor
| user_is_editor
('executive','associative','text','graphics', or false)

|-
| User's active event
| user_active_personeventID
|-
| Emulating mode
| user_login_emulated (true or not set)
(whether the current login is being emulated)

|-
| Responsible date blocks
| user_resp_dateblocks
(array of dateblockIDs that this coadmin is responsible for/has access to maintain. Only used for 'coadmin' access level, otherwise it's an empty array)

|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID
| verified_openid
|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID short version
| verified_openid_short
|}

 

==== Other session variables generally used ====

Only lasting during the page execution for all pages that goes through the security check.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Dateblock ID
| $dateblockID
(the date block that an administrator is currently working in)

|}

 

==== Access levels ====

Each usergroup must also have a numeric value because of the login system's way of behaviour.

Access levels from 70-79 and 0-10 should on the pages be set specifically (in $requiredUserLevel) to avoid unwanted inherited permissions.

 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| '''Group'''
| '''Abbrev.'''
| '''Range'''
| '''General'''
'''(if range)'''

|-
| System
| system
| 
| 899
|-
| Administrators
| admin
|
70+

    90+

| 100
|-
|
Campaign managers *

Equipment managers 

|
coadmin

equip

| 70-89
|
80

79

|-
| Divisions
| div
| 60-69
| 65
|-
| Unions
| un
| 50-59
| 55
|-
| Conferences/missions
| conf
| 40-49
| 45
|-
| People (clusters, groups, college leaders)
| people
| 26-39
| 30
|-
| Recommenders
| recom
| 15
| 
|-
| Colleges
| college
| 14
| 
|-
|
ShareSynch Technical Supporter

(OBS! Probably not fully configured in set_pw.php...!)

| ssynchsupp
| 9
| 
|-
| **(Quiet Hour Ministries) (communic?)
| qhmsponsor
| 8
| 
|-
| **Travel agents
| travelag
| 7
| 
|-
| Insurance agents
| insuragent
| 6
| 
|}

*one star: mostly same as administrators but only within selected date blocks, and no access to certain system wide features
*two stars: planned access levels - but probably just make it an extension to their main_people record - to avoid multiple l

 

When creating new access levels use this checklist:

*try to make unique abbreviations/access level names so they can be searched for
*add to table list_accesslevels
*add to get_user_main_menu(), format_accesslevel(), get_common_table_info()
*add to js_functions_phpmaker.js (syncLocalToAccesslevel() function)
*add to main_ext_loginslist.php (in section "Show mappings/localID")
*add to temp_userslist.php (add to switch() making the $emulate_qstr variable)
*add to php_functions_login.php => format_accesslevel()
*add permission and setup in set_pw.php to emulate and set user/password (if emulation should be possible)

 

==== Table permissions ====

Important notes: No records must be deleted if it has attached records in underlying levels ''Divisions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Date blocks'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Unions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Conferences/missions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Orientations sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

Note: Only admin can edit orientation date and city ''Hotel cities'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Campaign sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

 

==== Field permissions ====

- only admin is allowed to change Active-fields - password field may never be entered/changed manually

 

==== File and folder permissions ====

Modify (666): php/files/*.* except index.php

Modify (777): php/files/logs_scheduled_jobs

Modify (777): php/files/satellite_exports

Modify (777): php/files/temp

Modify (777): php/files/uploads_shortlife

Modify (777): php/files/var_dumps

Modify (777): php/docs

Modify (777): php/docs -ALL SUBFOLDERS-

Modify (666): php/docs/exec_directors_B84H81BN8KBS8F/*Planning_Form*.xls

Modify (777): php/multimedia/ -ALL SUBFOLDERS -

Modify (666): php/multimedia/ -ALL FILES except index.php -

Modify (777): php/pdf_generated/ -ALL SUBFOLDERS-

Modify (666): php/pdf_generated/ -ALL FILES IN SUBFOLDERS- (in order to be able to overwrite them)

Modify (666): php/supportchat/log.txt

Modify (666): php/includes/jensenfw/*.js|*.js.php -ALL FILES - (for phpJSO to obfuscate the files)

Modify (666): php/includes/*.js|*.js.php -ALL FILES except those skipped in _obfuscate_js.php - (for phpJSO to obfuscate the files)

Modify (666): php/error_log (PHP's error logging (warnings, parse errors etc))

Modify ??? : OpenID filestorage location

 

== Scheduler ==

*checking if we have all necessary information in time before campaigns begin
*sending reminders to people

 

== Page layouts ==

==== General guidelines ====

*if information is missing write something like "Awaiting information..."
*hide all e-mail addresses for public users and also for logged in users where they don't need to know the address

 

== Rules, standards, notes, etc. ==

==== Abbreviations & definitions (terminology/glossary) ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| STM
| support team member
|-
| OLT
| Outreach Leadership Team
|-
|
div (not the HTML tag) 

| division
|-
| un
| union
|-
| conf
| conference/mission
|-
| lang
| language
|-
| local ID
| ID from div, un, conf etc.
|-
| equipment
| = 1 case
|-
| co-speaker
| associate speaker
|-
| conf org / conforg
| conference organizer
|-
| n/a
| not applicable
|-
| shcfg
| name of global variable that is an array with hardcoded configuration/settings for the entire project
|-
| shrun
| name of global variable that is an array with values that have been set at runtime, usually in ini.php
|-
| acl
| Access Control Layer (permissions)
|-
| NAD
| North-American Division
|-
| number of open sites for a dateblock
| number of sites minus applicants that has been approved by admin but not necessarily assigned to a site yet
|-
| event request
| when a person requests to go to another campaign (paraphrased: "applying a second time at Global Evangelism" or technically "applying using eventrequest.php instead of apply.php)
|-
| date block
| one series of mettings in a specific geographical area, with an opening date and a closing date
|-
| campaign
| same as date block
|-
| NWM
| Not Worth Mentioning
|-
| curr
| current
|-
|
valerr valerrHTML 

| used in naming convention for variables holding validation error message for a field/piece of information - in plain text and HTML 
|-
| hub city
| exactly the same as a hotel city. We renamed the term hotel city to hub city.
|-
| ccard
| credit card
|-
| authnet
| Authorize.net
|-
| Centralizer
| a system developed by Allan Jensen to easily set up webpages for maintaining data in database tables
|-
| pid
| Person ID
|-
| offid
| Officer ID
|-
| wrkid
| Worker ID
|-
| choffid
| Church office ID
|-
| cid / confid
| Conference ID
|-
| chid
| Church ID
|-
| insttid
| Institution ID
|-
| evbdgid
| Event budget ID
|-
| pavid
| Person availability ID
|-
| pcacid
| Person/conference acceptance ID
|-
| pceid
| Pre-campaign event ID
|-
| stid
| Story ID
|-
| teid
| Training Entity ID
|-
| taid
| Training Accept ID
|-
| conforgid
| Conference organizer ID
|-
| pressynch
| Presentaion Synchronizer/Sermon Synchronizer (software)
|-
| ws
| webservice
|-
| cspd
| correspondent
|-
| site-fund
| people or groups who needs to contribute financially to their own campaigns (1,200 $/site).
REMEMBER! Instead of using the word "pay" we must always phrase it as "contributing" (or "donating") for tax-deductible reasons (see note in format_sitefund_indicatorHTML() ).

|-
| pre-funded
| sites that are being funded by ShareHim or somebody else with the $1,200, that is, the speaker is not responsible for providing the funds
|-
| normal deadline
| the latest date we will accept site-funding (the $1,200) before a campaign without adding the $100 rush processing fee. The date is fixed at 3 months before. The date is inclusive so that payments on this date does not enforce the extra fee.
|-
| TQH
| The Quiet Hour / Quiet Hour Ministries
|-
| ARM
| Adventist Risk Management
|}

==== ====

==== Applicant categories ====

A description of the different categories of applicants (IMPORTANT: '''Remember''' to consider co-speaker option, too).

Notation in brackets means is for a '''co-speaker''' in that category. Only used where applicable and where there is a difference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''pastor'''
| '''layman'''
| '''academy'''
| '''college'''
| '''stm'''
'''(support team member) '''

| '''organizer''' 
|-
| Table containing date block reference field
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_collegedateblocks
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
|-
| Can be co-speaker?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Can be team leader?
(record in main_teams) 

| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| No 
| No 
|-
| Can be team member? (use teamID field)
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| Yes
| No
|-
| Can be group member (and group leader)?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| Yes
|-
| Facilitator value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Needs recommendation for international campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Needs acceptance for homeland campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Allow standby event?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Recommender value?
|
If NAD division: RecommenderID 

| If NAD division: RecommenderID 
| If NAD division: RecommenderID 
| CollegedateblockID 
| No 
| No 
|-
| Recommender comments value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Reference
| Ministerial secretary
| Pastor
| Academy
| -none-
| -none-
| -none-
|-
| Reference value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Ranking value?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Flight information?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Room sharing value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Subject to cluster, group, and date block size limitations?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Can have graphics equipment booking?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| Yes???
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Table with possible related records
|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions 

|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
main_teams [no] - main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
- - - - - main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
- - - - - - - main_pwquestions

|}

Common for all:

*a record in main_personevents

 

==== Operations allowed at the different stages in the application process ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''Waiting for recommendation'''
| '''Waiting for acceptance'''
| '''Waiting for approval'''
| '''Waiting on standby'''
|-
|
Select as active event

(eventchange.php)

| No
| No
| No
| No
|-
|
Enter flight arrival info

(menupeople.php)

| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
|-
|
Select room sharing preferences

(menupeople.php)

| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
|-
|
People themselves delete the event

(eventdelete.php)

| No
| No
| Yes
| Yes
|}

==== ====

==== Possible combinations of 'category' and 'cospeaker' and their allowed selection of dateblocks ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:'''

*we have 3 different definitions of allowed dateblock selections:
**dateblocks within a college
**dateblocks that still has open sites (see definition above under 'Abbreviation & definitions')
**dateblocks that has not passed their closing date, and therefore still accepts applications
*a cospeaker from a college, can only select date blocks defined for that same college (similar to a def. in next analyses)

 

''Complete definition table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''cospeaker = 0'''
| '''cospeaker = 1'''
| 
|-
| '''pastor'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''layman'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''college'''
| college defined
| college defined
| 
|-
| '''academy'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''stm'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|-
| '''organizer'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|}

 

''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
|
category = college &

cospeaker = 0|1 

| Only dateblocks defined for that college 
| Note: Since cospeaker doesn't matter, we don't consider that when dealing with a category=college. 
|-
|
category = pastor|layman|academy &

cospeaker = 0

| Only dateblocks that still has open sites 
| 
|-
|
category = pastor|layman|academy &

cospeaker = 1

| All unclosed dateblocks 
| 
|-
|
category = stm|organizer &

cospeaker = 0

| All unclosed dateblocks 
| 
|-
|
category = stm|organizer &

 

| ''-invalid combination-'' 
| Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with stm & organizers 
|}

==== ====

==== Possible combinations of speaker's support team members and their dateblock link (for when selecting members) ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:'''

*a cospeaker from a college, can only be a cospeaker to a speaker from that same college (similar to a def. in former analyses)
*a speaker can have 2 types of support team members:
**stm (normal)
**pastor|layman|academy (but not college) cospeakers
*of course a non-cospeaker cannot be a support team member
*of course stm & organizers cannot be cospeakers - the dateblock link of college students is, contrary to the other types, stored in collegedateblocks

 

''Complete definition table'' 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3" border="1"
|-
| '''Speaker''' 
| '''Possible support team members''' 
| '''Speaker dateblock link table''' 
| '''STM dateblock link table''' 
|-
| pastor 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| personevents 
| personevents 
|-
| layman 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| personevents 
| personevents 
|-
| college 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| collegedateblocks 
| personevents 
|-
| college 
| - college & cospeaker 
| collegedateblocks 
| collegedateblocks 
|-
| academy 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| personevents 
| personevents 
|}

''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table'' Note: keeping the dateblockID link in collegedateblocks makes it possible to move all college students from one college to another dateblock with a simple change (considering strict normalization of databases this is the correct way to do it). On the other hand it complicates when dealing with dateblockID for speakers. (At the point of time of writing this the question is whether to do one or the other - whether I already have figured out the ways to go about this difference - which I ''think'' I have... since I have made SQL queries for both finding all speakers within a dateblock and finding all stm within a dateblock) speaker category = pastor|layman|academy All has the same possible dateblock link tables speaker category = college & stm category <> college & cospeaker = 1 Speaker dateblock link is in 'collegedateblocks', stm dateblock link is in either 'personevents' or 'collegedateblocks' speaker category = college & stm category = college & cospeaker = 1 speaker category = [any] & stm category = [any] & cospeaker = 0 ''-invalid combination-'' Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with category=college

Update: To simplify the SQL statement the field eff_dateblockID (effective dateblockID)

==== Organizer's responsibility group/scope ====

'''NOTE: This is our goal but it doesn't mean that the system is working exactly like this yet! Some development probably needed in this area.''' An organizer can be responsible for the following groups of people depending on his setup: '''Setting''' '''Responsibility group''' Not in any group or cluster All people in date block Member of a group All people in the same group Member of a cluster All people in the same cluster For his group of people the areas he can work in include (but is not limited to): - maintaining their personal record - entering flight information - making hotel room reservation - booking or unbooking graphics equipment - probably also assigning/unassigning team members???

==== Multiple events ====

- on the people's own menu they work with one event at a time - they select themselves which one they want to work with

==== Website Layout & Coding Format ====

- generally aim at a minimum screen resolution of 1024x768 pixels - most website users use IE so it's must be compatible with the newest versions - but most browsers can be expected (because of a large user group) - a menu area and a main area - light background color/texture - use default font sizes/families and styles unless something needs to be emphasized or de-emphasized - use '''to emphasize - use or the CSS class "dimmed" for less important text - don't follow coding structure of main_*.php and list_*.php (generated by PHPMaker) but rather story_menu_admin.php - complexity of search and sorting features needs to be considered for every case (sometimes needed, otherwise just simple) - standard date format: mm/dd/yyyy - started writing LOCAL-DATE places where we eventually will localize the date format for user's country - consider if strftime() (or strftime_new() in adventsangerne.no) can be used for something - standard number format: ##,###,###.## - always use require_function() for defining functions to use. Never include file directly. - when validating date use $err_occurs_on_page to count how many errors occur. The validation functions also uses this variable. - recommended to use query string variable "act" when requesting a page with a command to do some operation - see additional coding format specifications in "Programming principles - Allan.txt"'''

 

==== E-mails ====

- e-mail addresses must never be shown to the public. They must be presented with a form to be filled out instead. - general e-mails should bounce to bounce@sharehim.org, while all other e-mails should bounce to the sender address - format of the unique Mailer ID that can be used in e-mails: X-Mailer-ID: #SRCID#MAIL#FEST07-2#PID686#

==== Check queries ====

- IMPORTANT: check that all speakers in a college within a cluster have personevents.clusterID filled out accordingly - check that all homeland date blocks have at least one conference defined in main_dateblockconfs - SELECT main_dateblocks.* FROM main_dateblocks LEFT JOIN main_dateblockconfs USING (dateblockID) WHERE homeland = 1 AND main_dateblockconfs.conferenceID IS NULL ORDER BY title - conferences, unions etc. have their upper level record - orphaned group members - speakers both being group leader and group member - check that group date block matches the members date blocks - speaker who haven't been issued any material (use code from _db-query.php) - check that STMs that are member of teams are also member of that date block - check that no delete-marked events are found in main_people.active_personeventID - delete active_personeventIDs that do not exist in main_personevents (maybe obsolete now) _db-query.php: "CLEAR ACTIVE_PERSONEVENTIDs THAT ARE NOT EXISTING IN PERSONEVENTS" - check that all people in homeland campaigns are members of clusters - check date block dates: SELECT dateblockID, title, opening_date, appl_closed_date, data_lock_date, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) AS days_duration, TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) AS days_before_appl_close, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) AS days_lock_date_before_closingdate FROM main_dateblocks WHERE TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) <> 15 /* days_duration */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) < 0 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) > 90 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) < -10 /* days_lock_date_before_closingdate */ ORDER BY opening_date - check if we have any visits with any of the user agents currently listed in class webstory -> $skip_useragent_keywords - occasionally removed unused queries: delete_query(false, array('queryID' => 0, 'queryID_compare' => '>=')); //it will auto probibit deleting used queries - check that pastor e-mail addresses match e-mail address in our records (system should prohibit it though so any records shown here might be a result of a problem in the system. Also see e-mails with subject "E-mail changed" of 2010-09-06 and 2011-03-10): SELECT main_people.personID, legal_firstname, legal_lastname, main_people.email, main_officers.email AS conf_email, pw FROM main_people INNER JOIN main_officers ON main_people.personID = main_officers.personID WHERE main_people.email <> main_officers.email

==== Dropdowns ====

- dropdowns binding a record to it's upper level must only show the upper level values within that branch of the tree

==== Boolean fields ====

All boolean fields (yes/no) have the field type TINYINT. 1 = yes / true 0 = no / false This makes it easier to determine false and true in PHP. Some fields also have additional special values like -1 or 2. Use the label "- not set -" if the boolean value has not been set.

==== Adding/removing fields for, or links to, person record in main_people ====

- when deleting a person (main_persondelete.php and delete_person() ) consider this new field - when merging a person (merge_person() ) consider this new field - for foreign keys linking to main_people.personID, add a reference in person_alldata.php - consider necessary changes to ShareHim Satellite

==== Deleting applicants ====

Deleting an applicant (meaning that he doesn't want to participate in the program anyway or he has been denied) does not result in an actual removal of the person from the database. We only delete the personevent record.

==== Deactivating records ====

To deactivate a record would be a very rare occurrence, only for example if a division re-organizes it's unions. In that case we deactive the unions that are no longer existing and by that we also cancel all current activities for those unions, like equipment booking and scheduled material shipments. This must/can then be re-booked and re-scheduled for the new unions created in stead. This is an example of the principle of deactivating records and theirs effects on the system.

==== User menus ====

Procedures (= links) that aren't applicable at present should be grayed out e.g.: only make active link to match speakers if there are any speakers that need to be matched This will make an easy todo-list overview for the user Group these kind of procedures together on the menu

==== External links and webservice consumers ====

The following describes which external places are linking into our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /add-new-campaign 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for people to apply for a homeland Speaker-Initiated Campaign)

|-
| /sharesynch 
|
ShareSynch software (for manual activation)

|-
| /hiswayofhope-order-new-disc 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for upgrade to newer version where they need new disc)

|}

 

The following system are calling webservices on our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /php/sharesynch_activate_online.php 
| ShareSynch software (automatic activation) 
|-
| /php/ws.php?ws=add_goodsalt_order&f=json 
| GoodSalt order system 
|}

==== Address formats ====

3 different formats (currently not differencing USA/Canada): - USA - Street/PO - City, State, Zip - Country - Canada - Street/PO - City, Province, X#X-#X# - Country - Other - Street/PO - Postal information - Country

==== Telephone formats ====

On forms where people enter their phone number they need to enter the number WITHOUT country code and WITH area number. On forms where people edit their phone number we will show a plus (+) and the country code in front of that number. We can do that since we have the country code for all countries in the table list_countries.

==== Log actions ====

Used in `sharehim_log` database in table `system_operations`, fields `action` and `subaction` person added deleted updated merged name corrected changed recommendation status acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent to the conference) accepted (by receiving field => homeland conference) rejected (by receiving field => homeland conference) acceptance reverted acceptance request cancelled person event updated activated (standby event was activated) downgrade to standby (actual event was downgraded to standby event) changed main speaker site-funding fulfilled revoked event added standby added deleted standby deleted undeleted moved (so far only used in move_college_group() ) email sent [blank] site-funding reminder pastor passwords category changed application new recommendation requested (= e-mail requesting recommendation has been sent) recommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) unrecommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': accepted (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': rejected (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) approved (by ShareHim administrator) denied (= event denied) (by ShareHim administrator) status reverted availability added deleted moved people search login success failed emulated logout password generated/changed group created deleted (not yet implemented as of 8/4-05) leader changed cluster leader changed college dateblock leader changed campaign site added (type=speaker-init comes under this as well) moved approved (used for speaker-init events) declined (used for speaker-init events) dateblock added modified deleted hub city/sites moved story deleted donation deleted equipment caseID replaced equipment booking created deleted changed Table might not yet be complete. (use SQL from file "Code pieces/SQL statements.txt" to make it complete)

'''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' - to minimize number of records the following log actions are deleted once in a while (after taking a local backup of the whole database so we have the information just in case we need it): DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'campaign site' AND subaction = 'added'; /* date added is registered in main_sites anyway */ DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'success'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'failed'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'emulated'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'logout' AND subaction IS NULL;

==== Change Log prefixes ====

The following prefixes are used when entering comments in the CVS repository (see notes below the table):

ADD When features/functional behaviours are added CHG When features/functional behaviours are changed FIX When a bug has been fixed IMPROV When features/functional behaviours have been improved (and it's neither a decided FIX, CHG, or ADD) REMOVE When a functional behaviour or out-dated code has been removed UNDO Undo a previous commit (usually the previous one of that file)

Any prefix can have " NWM" appended when it is a change that is "Not Worth Mentioning". For example: Any prefix can have " MAJOR" appended when it involves a major functionality change or upgrade. The prefix is following by a colon, a space, and then the description. Examples:

'''ADD: link to change password'''

'''FIX NWM: corrected spelling'''

'''ADD MAJOR: donation management system'''

In very rare cases a prefix is not applicable and therefore not used.

If '''only''' functions have been changed we write a comma-seperated list of their names with "()" appended. For example:

'''ADD: get_dateblocks(), get_dateblock_info(): also return mediafolder field'''

If '''both''' functions '''and''' code in other places have been changed, we write the description normaly, but in the end list the functions that have been changed and/or added. For example:

'''ADD: interface for the new date block field mediafolder. Functions modified: get_dateblocks(), set_dateblock(). Functions added: get_mediafolder()'''

The same applies for JavaScript functions, but then we write "JS" with the parenthesis, for example: '''get_field_value(JS)'''

For PHP classes we write like this: ''''''class webservice_server''''''

The point here is to always add the names of functions and classes that are changed, so that it's possible to search CVS for all changes regarding those functions/classes.

Possible improvement (=not yet used): there should actually also be a keyword for deciding whether or not the entry should be seen for the general users of the website, so they know which changes have been made to the website that affect their work. Eg. "technical modification" or "functional modification".

==== Code-related tags ====

Codes that are put different places in the source code to link together different pieces of code that are related - to make it easier to maintain it and remember other places where we are dealing with the same thing. It's important that these tags are unique through ALL text files in the project so that they are easy to search for. Always write them in upper case.

{| border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1"
|-
| KOREAN-EXCEPTION
| Code dealing with the Korean Council customization in NAD division.
|-
| SHOW-CURRENT-DATES-FOR-MASTER-SITE
| The places that we show current existing campaign dates for a master site.
|-
| TERMS-FOR-ASSIGNING-HOMELAND-SPEAKER
| Places where we write the terms for assigning a speaker to a homeland campaign date
|-
| DIALOGBOX-LIKE-MESSAGE
|
|-
| LIST-CHURCH-PASTORS
|
|-
| CHECK-STORIES-LINKED-TO-SITE
|
|-
| CHECK-STATS-LINKED-TO-SITE
|
|-
| SEND_EMAIL_WHEN_ACCEPTED
|
|-
| DETERMINE-SENIOR-PASTOR
| Places where we determine who is the senior pastor for a church
|-
| BLOCK-SAME-DIVISION-APPLICANTS
| Block applicants from applying to date blocks in their own residence division
|-
| NOTIFY-NON-EUD-HOMELAND-APPLICANTS
| Code for notifying non-EUD applicants about homeland campaigns in EUD
|-
| HOMELAND-JESUSVIDEO-USES
| Places where we determine if we should deal with the Jesus video language in the homeland
|-
| OPENID-ENTRY-CODE
| Places with code for OpenID that public users see. Can hide these pieces in case we want to disable it.
|-
| SKIPPED-TRANSL
| Places in homeland system where I have skipped translating something
|-
| QUEST or QUEST-EXPERT
| Questions I have for other (expert) programmers about issues I'm unsure about.
|-
| WATCHFUTURE
| Things we need to keep an eye on in the future as project develops
|-
| TODO
| Places in the code where I need to do something.
|}

==== System entry points ====

Places where user will enter this system (might not be a complete list - check also with login.php) - index.php - login.php - menu*.php - recommend.php (recommenders go directly to here)

==== ====

==== SQL sentences ====

''Relationships up through the main line:'' main_translations INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_translations.siteID = main_sites.sideID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_sites.hotelID = main_hotels.hotelID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_hotels.conferenceID = main_conferences.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_conferences.unionID = main_unions.unionID INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_unions.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_divisions ON main_dateblocks.divisionID = main_divisions.divisionID ''Return all sites for a orientation/dateblock (the opposite direction of above):'' SELECT main_sites.* FROM main_orientations INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_orientations.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_dateblocks.dateblockID = main_unions.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_unions.unionID = main_conferences.unionID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_conferences.conferenceID = main_hotels.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_hotels.hotelID = main_sites.hotelID ''UNION query to obtain all users:'' SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'div' AS accesslevel FROM main_divisions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION ALL SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'un' AS accesslevel FROM main_unions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'conf' AS accesslevel FROM main_conferences WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, 'people' AS accesslevel FROM main_people WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, accesslevel FROM main_ext_logins WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Misc documentation

2012-05-01T13:40:45Z

Allan Jensen: Removed section about PHPMaker

<pre>The conversion of this information from the Word document Structure.doc has not yet been quality checked from the section "Rules, standards, notes, etc." and onwards.
</pre>
 

 

== Security ==

==== Login session variables ====

REMEMBER that these variables also needs to be set (or at least managed) when emulating and unemulating.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Username (e-mail)
| user_login
|-
| Password
| user_password
|-
| Person/div./un./conf. ID
(Local ID)

|
user_localID

(MUST correspond to $accesslevel in order to identify the user on his own level - certain users from ext_logins has to be "mapped" to an existing record in the table for his level, so that it will actually just be an alias. We cannot transfer the localID field from ext_logins to localID field in temp_users, because we would not have the reverse identification of that user in temp_users then, so we have to manually check the session variable to see if the user comes from ext_logins table and lookup the localID manually. If we are only concerned about the current user the localID can be found in "user_eff_localID" though.)

|-
| Ext. logins loginID
| user_ext_logins_loginID
(only made for logins in main_ext_logins. Saves the loginID as the localID will only contain the mapped localID - if any)

|-
| Effective local ID
| user_eff_localID
(holds the effective local ID for the current user. For ext. logins that means the value of "user_ext_logins_loginID" and for all other user the value of "user_localID")

|-
| Access level (number)
| user_accesslevel_num
|-
| Access level (text)
| user_accesslevel
|-
| From table
| user_fromtable
(values are as MySQL table names except without the "main_" part)

|-
| Full name
| user_fullname
|-
| If admin is superadmin
| user_is_superadmin
|-
| If admin is associate admin
| user_is_assoc_admin
|-
| Is conference organizer
|
user_is_conf_organizer (true, false)

If user is a conference organizer for homeland campaigns

 

|-
| Is conference organizer for sectors
|
user_is_conf_organizer_for_sectors

Array of sectors a conference organizer is limited to. Non-existing if no limits.

|-
| Is pastor
|
user_is_pastor (true, false)

|-
| Is editor
| user_is_editor
('executive','associative','text','graphics', or false)

|-
| User's active event
| user_active_personeventID
|-
| Emulating mode
| user_login_emulated (true or not set)
(whether the current login is being emulated)

|-
| Responsible date blocks
| user_resp_dateblocks
(array of dateblockIDs that this coadmin is responsible for/has access to maintain. Only used for 'coadmin' access level, otherwise it's an empty array)

|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID
| verified_openid
|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID short version
| verified_openid_short
|}

 

==== Other session variables generally used ====

Only lasting during the page execution for all pages that goes through the security check.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Dateblock ID
| $dateblockID
(the date block that an administrator is currently working in)

|}

 

==== Access levels ====

Each usergroup must also have a numeric value because of the login system's way of behaviour.

Access levels from 70-79 and 0-10 should on the pages be set specifically (in $requiredUserLevel) to avoid unwanted inherited permissions.

 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| '''Group'''
| '''Abbrev.'''
| '''Range'''
| '''General'''
'''(if range)'''

|-
| System
| system
| 
| 899
|-
| Administrators
| admin
|
70+

    90+

| 100
|-
|
Campaign managers *

Equipment managers 

|
coadmin

equip

| 70-89
|
80

79

|-
| Divisions
| div
| 60-69
| 65
|-
| Unions
| un
| 50-59
| 55
|-
| Conferences/missions
| conf
| 40-49
| 45
|-
| People (clusters, groups, college leaders)
| people
| 26-39
| 30
|-
| Recommenders
| recom
| 15
| 
|-
| Colleges
| college
| 14
| 
|-
|
ShareSynch Technical Supporter

(OBS! Probably not fully configured in set_pw.php...!)

| ssynchsupp
| 9
| 
|-
| **(Quiet Hour Ministries) (communic?)
| qhmsponsor
| 8
| 
|-
| **Travel agents
| travelag
| 7
| 
|-
| Insurance agents
| insuragent
| 6
| 
|}

*one star: mostly same as administrators but only within selected date blocks, and no access to certain system wide features
*two stars: planned access levels - but probably just make it an extension to their main_people record - to avoid multiple l

 

When creating new access levels use this checklist:

*try to make unique abbreviations/access level names so they can be searched for
*add to table list_accesslevels
*add to login/checklogin.php
*add to js_functions_phpmaker.js (syncLocalToAccesslevel() function)
*add to main_ext_loginslist.php (in section "Show mappings/localID")
*add to temp_userslist.php (add to switch() making the $emulate_qstr variable)
*add to php_functions_login.php => format_accesslevel()
*add permission and setup in set_pw.php to emulate and set user/password (if emulation should be possible)

 

==== Table permissions ====

Important notes: No records must be deleted if it has attached records in underlying levels ''Divisions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Date blocks'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Unions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Conferences/missions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Orientations sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

Note: Only admin can edit orientation date and city ''Hotel cities'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Campaign sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

 

==== Field permissions ====

- only admin is allowed to change Active-fields - password field may never be entered/changed manually

 

==== File and folder permissions ====

Modify (666): php/files/*.* except index.php

Modify (777): php/files/logs_scheduled_jobs

Modify (777): php/files/satellite_exports

Modify (777): php/files/temp

Modify (777): php/files/uploads_shortlife

Modify (777): php/files/var_dumps

Modify (777): php/docs

Modify (777): php/docs -ALL SUBFOLDERS-

Modify (666): php/docs/exec_directors_B84H81BN8KBS8F/*Planning_Form*.xls

Modify (777): php/multimedia/ -ALL SUBFOLDERS -

Modify (666): php/multimedia/ -ALL FILES except index.php -

Modify (777): php/pdf_generated/ -ALL SUBFOLDERS-

Modify (666): php/pdf_generated/ -ALL FILES IN SUBFOLDERS- (in order to be able to overwrite them)

Modify (666): php/supportchat/log.txt

Modify (666): php/includes/jensenfw/*.js|*.js.php -ALL FILES - (for phpJSO to obfuscate the files)

Modify (666): php/includes/*.js|*.js.php -ALL FILES except those skipped in _obfuscate_js.php - (for phpJSO to obfuscate the files)

Modify (666): php/error_log (PHP's error logging (warnings, parse errors etc))

Modify ??? : OpenID filestorage location

 

== Scheduler ==

*checking if we have all necessary information in time before campaigns begin
*sending reminders to people

 

== Page layouts ==

==== General guidelines ====

*if information is missing write something like "Awaiting information..."
*hide all e-mail addresses for public users and also for logged in users where they don't need to know the address

 

== Rules, standards, notes, etc. ==

==== Abbreviations & definitions (terminology/glossary) ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| STM
| support team member
|-
| OLT
| Outreach Leadership Team
|-
|
div (not the HTML tag) 

| division
|-
| un
| union
|-
| conf
| conference/mission
|-
| lang
| language
|-
| local ID
| ID from div, un, conf etc.
|-
| equipment
| = 1 case
|-
| co-speaker
| associate speaker
|-
| conf org / conforg
| conference organizer
|-
| n/a
| not applicable
|-
| shcfg
| name of global variable that is an array with hardcoded configuration/settings for the entire project
|-
| shrun
| name of global variable that is an array with values that have been set at runtime, usually in ini.php
|-
| acl
| Access Control Layer (permissions)
|-
| NAD
| North-American Division
|-
| number of open sites for a dateblock
| number of sites minus applicants that has been approved by admin but not necessarily assigned to a site yet
|-
| event request
| when a person requests to go to another campaign (paraphrased: "applying a second time at Global Evangelism" or technically "applying using eventrequest.php instead of apply.php)
|-
| date block
| one series of mettings in a specific geographical area, with an opening date and a closing date
|-
| campaign
| same as date block
|-
| NWM
| Not Worth Mentioning
|-
| curr
| current
|-
|
valerr valerrHTML 

| used in naming convention for variables holding validation error message for a field/piece of information - in plain text and HTML 
|-
| hub city
| exactly the same as a hotel city. We renamed the term hotel city to hub city.
|-
| ccard
| credit card
|-
| authnet
| Authorize.net
|-
| Centralizer
| a system developed by Allan Jensen to easily set up webpages for maintaining data in database tables
|-
| pid
| Person ID
|-
| offid
| Officer ID
|-
| wrkid
| Worker ID
|-
| choffid
| Church office ID
|-
| cid / confid
| Conference ID
|-
| chid
| Church ID
|-
| insttid
| Institution ID
|-
| evbdgid
| Event budget ID
|-
| pavid
| Person availability ID
|-
| pcacid
| Person/conference acceptance ID
|-
| pceid
| Pre-campaign event ID
|-
| stid
| Story ID
|-
| teid
| Training Entity ID
|-
| taid
| Training Accept ID
|-
| conforgid
| Conference organizer ID
|-
| pressynch
| Presentaion Synchronizer/Sermon Synchronizer (software)
|-
| ws
| webservice
|-
| cspd
| correspondent
|-
| site-fund
| people or groups who needs to contribute financially to their own campaigns (1,200 $/site).
REMEMBER! Instead of using the word "pay" we must always phrase it as "contributing" (or "donating") for tax-deductible reasons (see note in format_sitefund_indicatorHTML() ).

|-
| pre-funded
| sites that are being funded by ShareHim or somebody else with the $1,200, that is, the speaker is not responsible for providing the funds
|-
| normal deadline
| the latest date we will accept site-funding (the $1,200) before a campaign without adding the $100 rush processing fee. The date is fixed at 3 months before. The date is inclusive so that payments on this date does not enforce the extra fee.
|-
| TQH
| The Quiet Hour / Quiet Hour Ministries
|-
| ARM
| Adventist Risk Management
|}

==== ====

==== Applicant categories ====

A description of the different categories of applicants (IMPORTANT: '''Remember''' to consider co-speaker option, too).

Notation in brackets means is for a '''co-speaker''' in that category. Only used where applicable and where there is a difference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''pastor'''
| '''layman'''
| '''academy'''
| '''college'''
| '''stm'''
'''(support team member) '''

| '''organizer''' 
|-
| Table containing date block reference field
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_collegedateblocks
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
|-
| Can be co-speaker?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Can be team leader?
(record in main_teams) 

| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| No 
| No 
|-
| Can be team member? (use teamID field)
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| Yes
| No
|-
| Can be group member (and group leader)?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| Yes
|-
| Facilitator value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Needs recommendation for international campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Needs acceptance for homeland campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Allow standby event?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Recommender value?
|
If NAD division: RecommenderID 

| If NAD division: RecommenderID 
| If NAD division: RecommenderID 
| CollegedateblockID 
| No 
| No 
|-
| Recommender comments value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Reference
| Ministerial secretary
| Pastor
| Academy
| -none-
| -none-
| -none-
|-
| Reference value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Ranking value?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Flight information?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Room sharing value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Subject to cluster, group, and date block size limitations?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Can have graphics equipment booking?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| Yes???
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Table with possible related records
|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions 

|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
main_teams [no] - main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
- - - - - main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
- - - - - - - main_pwquestions

|}

Common for all:

*a record in main_personevents

 

==== Operations allowed at the different stages in the application process ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''Waiting for recommendation'''
| '''Waiting for acceptance'''
| '''Waiting for approval'''
| '''Waiting on standby'''
|-
|
Select as active event

(eventchange.php)

| No
| No
| No
| No
|-
|
Enter flight arrival info

(menupeople.php)

| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
|-
|
Select room sharing preferences

(menupeople.php)

| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
|-
|
People themselves delete the event

(eventdelete.php)

| No
| No
| Yes
| Yes
|}

==== ====

==== Possible combinations of 'category' and 'cospeaker' and their allowed selection of dateblocks ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:'''

*we have 3 different definitions of allowed dateblock selections:
**dateblocks within a college
**dateblocks that still has open sites (see definition above under 'Abbreviation & definitions')
**dateblocks that has not passed their closing date, and therefore still accepts applications
*a cospeaker from a college, can only select date blocks defined for that same college (similar to a def. in next analyses)

 

''Complete definition table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''cospeaker = 0'''
| '''cospeaker = 1'''
| 
|-
| '''pastor'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''layman'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''college'''
| college defined
| college defined
| 
|-
| '''academy'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''stm'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|-
| '''organizer'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|}

 

''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
|
category = college &

cospeaker = 0|1 

| Only dateblocks defined for that college 
| Note: Since cospeaker doesn't matter, we don't consider that when dealing with a category=college. 
|-
|
category = pastor|layman|academy &

cospeaker = 0

| Only dateblocks that still has open sites 
| 
|-
|
category = pastor|layman|academy &

cospeaker = 1

| All unclosed dateblocks 
| 
|-
|
category = stm|organizer &

cospeaker = 0

| All unclosed dateblocks 
| 
|-
|
category = stm|organizer &

 

| ''-invalid combination-'' 
| Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with stm & organizers 
|}

==== ====

==== Possible combinations of speaker's support team members and their dateblock link (for when selecting members) ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:'''

*a cospeaker from a college, can only be a cospeaker to a speaker from that same college (similar to a def. in former analyses)
*a speaker can have 2 types of support team members:
**stm (normal)
**pastor|layman|academy (but not college) cospeakers
*of course a non-cospeaker cannot be a support team member
*of course stm & organizers cannot be cospeakers - the dateblock link of college students is, contrary to the other types, stored in collegedateblocks

 

''Complete definition table'' 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3" border="1"
|-
| '''Speaker''' 
| '''Possible support team members''' 
| '''Speaker dateblock link table''' 
| '''STM dateblock link table''' 
|-
| pastor 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| personevents 
| personevents 
|-
| layman 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| personevents 
| personevents 
|-
| college 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| collegedateblocks 
| personevents 
|-
| college 
| - college & cospeaker 
| collegedateblocks 
| collegedateblocks 
|-
| academy 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| personevents 
| personevents 
|}

''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table'' Note: keeping the dateblockID link in collegedateblocks makes it possible to move all college students from one college to another dateblock with a simple change (considering strict normalization of databases this is the correct way to do it). On the other hand it complicates when dealing with dateblockID for speakers. (At the point of time of writing this the question is whether to do one or the other - whether I already have figured out the ways to go about this difference - which I ''think'' I have... since I have made SQL queries for both finding all speakers within a dateblock and finding all stm within a dateblock) speaker category = pastor|layman|academy All has the same possible dateblock link tables speaker category = college & stm category <> college & cospeaker = 1 Speaker dateblock link is in 'collegedateblocks', stm dateblock link is in either 'personevents' or 'collegedateblocks' speaker category = college & stm category = college & cospeaker = 1 speaker category = [any] & stm category = [any] & cospeaker = 0 ''-invalid combination-'' Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with category=college

Update: To simplify the SQL statement the field eff_dateblockID (effective dateblockID)

==== Organizer's responsibility group/scope ====

'''NOTE: This is our goal but it doesn't mean that the system is working exactly like this yet! Some development probably needed in this area.''' An organizer can be responsible for the following groups of people depending on his setup: '''Setting''' '''Responsibility group''' Not in any group or cluster All people in date block Member of a group All people in the same group Member of a cluster All people in the same cluster For his group of people the areas he can work in include (but is not limited to): - maintaining their personal record - entering flight information - making hotel room reservation - booking or unbooking graphics equipment - probably also assigning/unassigning team members???

==== Multiple events ====

- on the people's own menu they work with one event at a time - they select themselves which one they want to work with

==== Website Layout & Coding Format ====

- generally aim at a minimum screen resolution of 1024x768 pixels - most website users use IE so it's must be compatible with the newest versions - but most browsers can be expected (because of a large user group) - a menu area and a main area - light background color/texture - use default font sizes/families and styles unless something needs to be emphasized or de-emphasized - use '''to emphasize - use or the CSS class "dimmed" for less important text - don't follow coding structure of main_*.php and list_*.php (generated by PHPMaker) but rather story_menu_admin.php - complexity of search and sorting features needs to be considered for every case (sometimes needed, otherwise just simple) - standard date format: mm/dd/yyyy - started writing LOCAL-DATE places where we eventually will localize the date format for user's country - consider if strftime() (or strftime_new() in adventsangerne.no) can be used for something - standard number format: ##,###,###.## - always use require_function() for defining functions to use. Never include file directly. - when validating date use $err_occurs_on_page to count how many errors occur. The validation functions also uses this variable. - recommended to use query string variable "act" when requesting a page with a command to do some operation - see additional coding format specifications in "Programming principles - Allan.txt"'''

 

==== E-mails ====

- e-mail addresses must never be shown to the public. They must be presented with a form to be filled out instead. - general e-mails should bounce to bounce@sharehim.org, while all other e-mails should bounce to the sender address - format of the unique Mailer ID that can be used in e-mails: X-Mailer-ID: #SRCID#MAIL#FEST07-2#PID686#

==== Check queries ====

- IMPORTANT: check that all speakers in a college within a cluster have personevents.clusterID filled out accordingly - check that all homeland date blocks have at least one conference defined in main_dateblockconfs - SELECT main_dateblocks.* FROM main_dateblocks LEFT JOIN main_dateblockconfs USING (dateblockID) WHERE homeland = 1 AND main_dateblockconfs.conferenceID IS NULL ORDER BY title - conferences, unions etc. have their upper level record - orphaned group members - speakers both being group leader and group member - check that group date block matches the members date blocks - speaker who haven't been issued any material (use code from _db-query.php) - check that STMs that are member of teams are also member of that date block - check that no delete-marked events are found in main_people.active_personeventID - delete active_personeventIDs that do not exist in main_personevents (maybe obsolete now) _db-query.php: "CLEAR ACTIVE_PERSONEVENTIDs THAT ARE NOT EXISTING IN PERSONEVENTS" - check that all people in homeland campaigns are members of clusters - check date block dates: SELECT dateblockID, title, opening_date, appl_closed_date, data_lock_date, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) AS days_duration, TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) AS days_before_appl_close, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) AS days_lock_date_before_closingdate FROM main_dateblocks WHERE TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) <> 15 /* days_duration */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) < 0 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) > 90 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) < -10 /* days_lock_date_before_closingdate */ ORDER BY opening_date - check if we have any visits with any of the user agents currently listed in class webstory -> $skip_useragent_keywords - occasionally removed unused queries: delete_query(false, array('queryID' => 0, 'queryID_compare' => '>=')); //it will auto probibit deleting used queries - check that pastor e-mail addresses match e-mail address in our records (system should prohibit it though so any records shown here might be a result of a problem in the system. Also see e-mails with subject "E-mail changed" of 2010-09-06 and 2011-03-10): SELECT main_people.personID, legal_firstname, legal_lastname, main_people.email, main_officers.email AS conf_email, pw FROM main_people INNER JOIN main_officers ON main_people.personID = main_officers.personID WHERE main_people.email <> main_officers.email

==== Dropdowns ====

- dropdowns binding a record to it's upper level must only show the upper level values within that branch of the tree

==== Boolean fields ====

All boolean fields (yes/no) have the field type TINYINT. 1 = yes / true 0 = no / false This makes it easier to determine false and true in PHP. Some fields also have additional special values like -1 or 2. Use the label "- not set -" if the boolean value has not been set.

==== Adding/removing fields for, or links to, person record in main_people ====

- when deleting a person (main_persondelete.php and delete_person() ) consider this new field - when merging a person (merge_person() ) consider this new field - for foreign keys linking to main_people.personID, add a reference in person_alldata.php - consider necessary changes to ShareHim Satellite

==== Deleting applicants ====

Deleting an applicant (meaning that he doesn't want to participate in the program anyway or he has been denied) does not result in an actual removal of the person from the database. We only delete the personevent record.

==== Deactivating records ====

To deactivate a record would be a very rare occurrence, only for example if a division re-organizes it's unions. In that case we deactive the unions that are no longer existing and by that we also cancel all current activities for those unions, like equipment booking and scheduled material shipments. This must/can then be re-booked and re-scheduled for the new unions created in stead. This is an example of the principle of deactivating records and theirs effects on the system.

==== User menus ====

Procedures (= links) that aren't applicable at present should be grayed out e.g.: only make active link to match speakers if there are any speakers that need to be matched This will make an easy todo-list overview for the user Group these kind of procedures together on the menu

==== External links and webservice consumers ====

The following describes which external places are linking into our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /add-new-campaign 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for people to apply for a homeland Speaker-Initiated Campaign)

|-
| /sharesynch 
|
ShareSynch software (for manual activation)

|-
| /hiswayofhope-order-new-disc 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for upgrade to newer version where they need new disc)

|}

 

The following system are calling webservices on our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /php/sharesynch_activate_online.php 
| ShareSynch software (automatic activation) 
|-
| /php/ws.php?ws=add_goodsalt_order&f=json 
| GoodSalt order system 
|}

==== Address formats ====

3 different formats (currently not differencing USA/Canada): - USA - Street/PO - City, State, Zip - Country - Canada - Street/PO - City, Province, X#X-#X# - Country - Other - Street/PO - Postal information - Country

==== Telephone formats ====

On forms where people enter their phone number they need to enter the number WITHOUT country code and WITH area number. On forms where people edit their phone number we will show a plus (+) and the country code in front of that number. We can do that since we have the country code for all countries in the table list_countries.

==== Log actions ====

Used in `sharehim_log` database in table `system_operations`, fields `action` and `subaction` person added deleted updated merged name corrected changed recommendation status acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent to the conference) accepted (by receiving field => homeland conference) rejected (by receiving field => homeland conference) acceptance reverted acceptance request cancelled person event updated activated (standby event was activated) downgrade to standby (actual event was downgraded to standby event) changed main speaker site-funding fulfilled revoked event added standby added deleted standby deleted undeleted moved (so far only used in move_college_group() ) email sent [blank] site-funding reminder pastor passwords category changed application new recommendation requested (= e-mail requesting recommendation has been sent) recommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) unrecommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': accepted (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': rejected (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) approved (by ShareHim administrator) denied (= event denied) (by ShareHim administrator) status reverted availability added deleted moved people search login success failed emulated logout password generated/changed group created deleted (not yet implemented as of 8/4-05) leader changed cluster leader changed college dateblock leader changed campaign site added (type=speaker-init comes under this as well) moved approved (used for speaker-init events) declined (used for speaker-init events) dateblock added modified deleted hub city/sites moved story deleted donation deleted equipment caseID replaced equipment booking created deleted changed Table might not yet be complete. (use SQL from file "Code pieces/SQL statements.txt" to make it complete)

'''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' - to minimize number of records the following log actions are deleted once in a while (after taking a local backup of the whole database so we have the information just in case we need it): DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'campaign site' AND subaction = 'added'; /* date added is registered in main_sites anyway */ DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'success'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'failed'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'emulated'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'logout' AND subaction IS NULL;

==== Change Log prefixes ====

The following prefixes are used when entering comments in the CVS repository (see notes below the table):

ADD When features/functional behaviours are added CHG When features/functional behaviours are changed FIX When a bug has been fixed IMPROV When features/functional behaviours have been improved (and it's neither a decided FIX, CHG, or ADD) REMOVE When a functional behaviour or out-dated code has been removed UNDO Undo a previous commit (usually the previous one of that file)

Any prefix can have " NWM" appended when it is a change that is "Not Worth Mentioning". For example: Any prefix can have " MAJOR" appended when it involves a major functionality change or upgrade. The prefix is following by a colon, a space, and then the description. Examples:

'''ADD: link to change password'''

'''FIX NWM: corrected spelling'''

'''ADD MAJOR: donation management system'''

In very rare cases a prefix is not applicable and therefore not used.

If '''only''' functions have been changed we write a comma-seperated list of their names with "()" appended. For example:

'''ADD: get_dateblocks(), get_dateblock_info(): also return mediafolder field'''

If '''both''' functions '''and''' code in other places have been changed, we write the description normaly, but in the end list the functions that have been changed and/or added. For example:

'''ADD: interface for the new date block field mediafolder. Functions modified: get_dateblocks(), set_dateblock(). Functions added: get_mediafolder()'''

The same applies for JavaScript functions, but then we write "JS" with the parenthesis, for example: '''get_field_value(JS)'''

For PHP classes we write like this: ''''''class webservice_server''''''

The point here is to always add the names of functions and classes that are changed, so that it's possible to search CVS for all changes regarding those functions/classes.

Possible improvement (=not yet used): there should actually also be a keyword for deciding whether or not the entry should be seen for the general users of the website, so they know which changes have been made to the website that affect their work. Eg. "technical modification" or "functional modification".

==== Code-related tags ====

Codes that are put different places in the source code to link together different pieces of code that are related - to make it easier to maintain it and remember other places where we are dealing with the same thing. It's important that these tags are unique through ALL text files in the project so that they are easy to search for. Always write them in upper case.

{| border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1"
|-
| KOREAN-EXCEPTION
| Code dealing with the Korean Council customization in NAD division.
|-
| SHOW-CURRENT-DATES-FOR-MASTER-SITE
| The places that we show current existing campaign dates for a master site.
|-
| TERMS-FOR-ASSIGNING-HOMELAND-SPEAKER
| Places where we write the terms for assigning a speaker to a homeland campaign date
|-
| DIALOGBOX-LIKE-MESSAGE
|
|-
| LIST-CHURCH-PASTORS
|
|-
| CHECK-STORIES-LINKED-TO-SITE
|
|-
| CHECK-STATS-LINKED-TO-SITE
|
|-
| SEND_EMAIL_WHEN_ACCEPTED
|
|-
| DETERMINE-SENIOR-PASTOR
| Places where we determine who is the senior pastor for a church
|-
| BLOCK-SAME-DIVISION-APPLICANTS
| Block applicants from applying to date blocks in their own residence division
|-
| NOTIFY-NON-EUD-HOMELAND-APPLICANTS
| Code for notifying non-EUD applicants about homeland campaigns in EUD
|-
| HOMELAND-JESUSVIDEO-USES
| Places where we determine if we should deal with the Jesus video language in the homeland
|-
| OPENID-ENTRY-CODE
| Places with code for OpenID that public users see. Can hide these pieces in case we want to disable it.
|-
| SKIPPED-TRANSL
| Places in homeland system where I have skipped translating something
|-
| QUEST or QUEST-EXPERT
| Questions I have for other (expert) programmers about issues I'm unsure about.
|-
| WATCHFUTURE
| Things we need to keep an eye on in the future as project develops
|-
| TODO
| Places in the code where I need to do something.
|}

==== System entry points ====

Places where user will enter this system (might not be a complete list - check also with login.php) - index.php - login.php - menu*.php - recommend.php (recommenders go directly to here)

==== ====

==== SQL sentences ====

''Relationships up through the main line:'' main_translations INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_translations.siteID = main_sites.sideID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_sites.hotelID = main_hotels.hotelID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_hotels.conferenceID = main_conferences.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_conferences.unionID = main_unions.unionID INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_unions.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_divisions ON main_dateblocks.divisionID = main_divisions.divisionID ''Return all sites for a orientation/dateblock (the opposite direction of above):'' SELECT main_sites.* FROM main_orientations INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_orientations.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_dateblocks.dateblockID = main_unions.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_unions.unionID = main_conferences.unionID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_conferences.conferenceID = main_hotels.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_hotels.hotelID = main_sites.hotelID ''UNION query to obtain all users:'' SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'div' AS accesslevel FROM main_divisions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION ALL SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'un' AS accesslevel FROM main_unions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'conf' AS accesslevel FROM main_conferences WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, 'people' AS accesslevel FROM main_people WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, accesslevel FROM main_ext_logins WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Set up new material shipper

2012-04-26T21:10:55Z

Allan Jensen: No longer need to edit assign_campaign_site()

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Misc documentation

2012-04-26T18:58:59Z

Allan Jensen: Added HOMELAND-JESUSVIDEO-USES

<pre>The conversion of this information from the Word document Structure.doc has not yet been quality checked from the section "Rules, standards, notes, etc." and onwards.
</pre>
 

 

== Security ==

==== Login session variables ====

REMEMBER that these variables also needs to be set (or at least managed) when emulating and unemulating.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Username (e-mail)
| user_login
|-
| Password
| user_password
|-
| Person/div./un./conf. ID
(Local ID)

|
user_localID

(MUST correspond to $accesslevel in order to identify the user on his own level - certain users from ext_logins has to be "mapped" to an existing record in the table for his level, so that it will actually just be an alias. We cannot transfer the localID field from ext_logins to localID field in temp_users, because we would not have the reverse identification of that user in temp_users then, so we have to manually check the session variable to see if the user comes from ext_logins table and lookup the localID manually. If we are only concerned about the current user the localID can be found in "user_eff_localID" though.)

|-
| Ext. logins loginID
| user_ext_logins_loginID
(only made for logins in main_ext_logins. Saves the loginID as the localID will only contain the mapped localID - if any)

|-
| Effective local ID
| user_eff_localID
(holds the effective local ID for the current user. For ext. logins that means the value of "user_ext_logins_loginID" and for all other user the value of "user_localID")

|-
| Access level (number)
| user_accesslevel_num
|-
| Access level (text)
| user_accesslevel
|-
| From table
| user_fromtable
(values are as MySQL table names except without the "main_" part)

|-
| Full name
| user_fullname
|-
| If admin is superadmin
| user_is_superadmin
|-
| If admin is associate admin
| user_is_assoc_admin
|-
| Is conference organizer
|
user_is_conf_organizer (true, false)

If user is a conference organizer for homeland campaigns

 

|-
| Is conference organizer for sectors
|
user_is_conf_organizer_for_sectors

Array of sectors a conference organizer is limited to. Non-existing if no limits.

|-
| Is pastor
|
user_is_pastor (true, false)

|-
| Is editor
| user_is_editor
('executive','associative','text','graphics', or false)

|-
| User's active event
| user_active_personeventID
|-
| Emulating mode
| user_login_emulated (true or not set)
(whether the current login is being emulated)

|-
| Responsible date blocks
| user_resp_dateblocks
(array of dateblockIDs that this coadmin is responsible for/has access to maintain. Only used for 'coadmin' access level, otherwise it's an empty array)

|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID
| verified_openid
|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID short version
| verified_openid_short
|}

 

==== Other session variables generally used ====

Only lasting during the page execution for all pages that goes through the security check.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Dateblock ID
| $dateblockID
(the date block that an administrator is currently working in)

|}

 

==== Access levels ====

Each usergroup must also have a numeric value because of the login system's way of behaviour.

Access levels from 70-79 and 0-10 should on the pages be set specifically (in $requiredUserLevel) to avoid unwanted inherited permissions.

 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| '''Group'''
| '''Abbrev.'''
| '''Range'''
| '''General'''
'''(if range)'''

|-
| System
| system
| 
| 899
|-
| Administrators
| admin
|
70+

    90+

| 100
|-
|
Campaign managers *

Equipment managers 

|
coadmin

equip

| 70-89
|
80

79

|-
| Divisions
| div
| 60-69
| 65
|-
| Unions
| un
| 50-59
| 55
|-
| Conferences/missions
| conf
| 40-49
| 45
|-
| People (clusters, groups, college leaders)
| people
| 26-39
| 30
|-
| Recommenders
| recom
| 15
| 
|-
| Colleges
| college
| 14
| 
|-
|
ShareSynch Technical Supporter

(OBS! Probably not fully configured in set_pw.php...!)

| ssynchsupp
| 9
| 
|-
| **(Quiet Hour Ministries) (communic?)
| qhmsponsor
| 8
| 
|-
| **Travel agents
| travelag
| 7
| 
|-
| Insurance agents
| insuragent
| 6
| 
|}

*one star: mostly same as administrators but only within selected date blocks, and no access to certain system wide features
*two stars: planned access levels - but probably just make it an extension to their main_people record - to avoid multiple l

 

When creating new access levels use this checklist:

*try to make unique abbreviations/access level names so they can be searched for
*add to table list_accesslevels
*add to login/checklogin.php
*add to js_functions_phpmaker.js (syncLocalToAccesslevel() function)
*add to main_ext_loginslist.php (in section "Show mappings/localID")
*add to temp_userslist.php (add to switch() making the $emulate_qstr variable)
*add to php_functions_login.php => format_accesslevel()
*add permission and setup in set_pw.php to emulate and set user/password (if emulation should be possible)

 

==== Table permissions ====

Important notes: No records must be deleted if it has attached records in underlying levels ''Divisions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Date blocks'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Unions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Conferences/missions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Orientations sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

Note: Only admin can edit orientation date and city ''Hotel cities'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Campaign sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

 

==== Field permissions ====

- only admin is allowed to change Active-fields - password field may never be entered/changed manually

 

==== File and folder permissions ====

Modify (666): php/files/*.* except index.php

Modify (777): php/files/logs_scheduled_jobs

Modify (777): php/files/satellite_exports

Modify (777): php/files/temp

Modify (777): php/files/uploads_shortlife

Modify (777): php/files/var_dumps

Modify (777): php/docs

Modify (777): php/docs -ALL SUBFOLDERS-

Modify (666): php/docs/exec_directors_B84H81BN8KBS8F/*Planning_Form*.xls

Modify (777): php/multimedia/ -ALL SUBFOLDERS -

Modify (666): php/multimedia/ -ALL FILES except index.php -

Modify (777): php/pdf_generated/ -ALL SUBFOLDERS-

Modify (666): php/pdf_generated/ -ALL FILES IN SUBFOLDERS- (in order to be able to overwrite them)

Modify (666): php/supportchat/log.txt

Modify (666): php/includes/jensenfw/*.js|*.js.php -ALL FILES - (for phpJSO to obfuscate the files)

Modify (666): php/includes/*.js|*.js.php -ALL FILES except those skipped in _obfuscate_js.php - (for phpJSO to obfuscate the files)

Modify (666): php/error_log (PHP's error logging (warnings, parse errors etc))

Modify ??? : OpenID filestorage location

 

== Scheduler ==

*checking if we have all necessary information in time before campaigns begin
*sending reminders to people

 

== Page layouts ==

==== General guidelines ====

*if information is missing write something like "Awaiting information..."
*hide all e-mail addresses for public users and also for logged in users where they don't need to know the address

 

== Rules, standards, notes, etc. ==

==== Abbreviations & definitions (terminology/glossary) ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| STM
| support team member
|-
| OLT
| Outreach Leadership Team
|-
|
div (not the HTML tag) 

| division
|-
| un
| union
|-
| conf
| conference/mission
|-
| lang
| language
|-
| local ID
| ID from div, un, conf etc.
|-
| equipment
| = 1 case
|-
| co-speaker
| associate speaker
|-
| conf org / conforg
| conference organizer
|-
| n/a
| not applicable
|-
| shcfg
| name of global variable that is an array with hardcoded configuration/settings for the entire project
|-
| shrun
| name of global variable that is an array with values that have been set at runtime, usually in ini.php
|-
| acl
| Access Control Layer (permissions)
|-
| NAD
| North-American Division
|-
| number of open sites for a dateblock
| number of sites minus applicants that has been approved by admin but not necessarily assigned to a site yet
|-
| event request
| when a person requests to go to another campaign (paraphrased: "applying a second time at Global Evangelism" or technically "applying using eventrequest.php instead of apply.php)
|-
| date block
| one series of mettings in a specific geographical area, with an opening date and a closing date
|-
| campaign
| same as date block
|-
| NWM
| Not Worth Mentioning
|-
| curr
| current
|-
|
valerr valerrHTML 

| used in naming convention for variables holding validation error message for a field/piece of information - in plain text and HTML 
|-
| hub city
| exactly the same as a hotel city. We renamed the term hotel city to hub city.
|-
| ccard
| credit card
|-
| authnet
| Authorize.net
|-
| Centralizer
| a system developed by Allan Jensen to easily set up webpages for maintaining data in database tables
|-
| pid
| Person ID
|-
| offid
| Officer ID
|-
| wrkid
| Worker ID
|-
| choffid
| Church office ID
|-
| cid / confid
| Conference ID
|-
| chid
| Church ID
|-
| insttid
| Institution ID
|-
| evbdgid
| Event budget ID
|-
| pavid
| Person availability ID
|-
| pcacid
| Person/conference acceptance ID
|-
| pceid
| Pre-campaign event ID
|-
| stid
| Story ID
|-
| teid
| Training Entity ID
|-
| taid
| Training Accept ID
|-
| conforgid
| Conference organizer ID
|-
| pressynch
| Presentaion Synchronizer/Sermon Synchronizer (software)
|-
| ws
| webservice
|-
| cspd
| correspondent
|-
| site-fund
| people or groups who needs to contribute financially to their own campaigns (1,200 $/site).
REMEMBER! Instead of using the word "pay" we must always phrase it as "contributing" (or "donating") for tax-deductible reasons (see note in format_sitefund_indicatorHTML() ).

|-
| pre-funded
| sites that are being funded by ShareHim or somebody else with the $1,200, that is, the speaker is not responsible for providing the funds
|-
| normal deadline
| the latest date we will accept site-funding (the $1,200) before a campaign without adding the $100 rush processing fee. The date is fixed at 3 months before. The date is inclusive so that payments on this date does not enforce the extra fee.
|-
| TQH
| The Quiet Hour / Quiet Hour Ministries
|-
| ARM
| Adventist Risk Management
|}

==== ====

==== Applicant categories ====

A description of the different categories of applicants (IMPORTANT: '''Remember''' to consider co-speaker option, too).

Notation in brackets means is for a '''co-speaker''' in that category. Only used where applicable and where there is a difference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''pastor'''
| '''layman'''
| '''academy'''
| '''college'''
| '''stm'''
'''(support team member) '''

| '''organizer''' 
|-
| Table containing date block reference field
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_collegedateblocks
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
|-
| Can be co-speaker?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Can be team leader?
(record in main_teams) 

| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| No 
| No 
|-
| Can be team member? (use teamID field)
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| Yes
| No
|-
| Can be group member (and group leader)?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| Yes
|-
| Facilitator value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Needs recommendation for international campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Needs acceptance for homeland campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Allow standby event?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Recommender value?
|
If NAD division: RecommenderID 

| If NAD division: RecommenderID 
| If NAD division: RecommenderID 
| CollegedateblockID 
| No 
| No 
|-
| Recommender comments value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Reference
| Ministerial secretary
| Pastor
| Academy
| -none-
| -none-
| -none-
|-
| Reference value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Ranking value?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Flight information?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Room sharing value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Subject to cluster, group, and date block size limitations?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Can have graphics equipment booking?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| Yes???
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Table with possible related records
|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions 

|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
main_teams [no] - main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
- - - - - main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
- - - - - - - main_pwquestions

|}

Common for all:

*a record in main_personevents

 

==== Operations allowed at the different stages in the application process ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''Waiting for recommendation'''
| '''Waiting for acceptance'''
| '''Waiting for approval'''
| '''Waiting on standby'''
|-
|
Select as active event

(eventchange.php)

| No
| No
| No
| No
|-
|
Enter flight arrival info

(menupeople.php)

| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
|-
|
Select room sharing preferences

(menupeople.php)

| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
|-
|
People themselves delete the event

(eventdelete.php)

| No
| No
| Yes
| Yes
|}

==== ====

==== Possible combinations of 'category' and 'cospeaker' and their allowed selection of dateblocks ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:'''

*we have 3 different definitions of allowed dateblock selections:
**dateblocks within a college
**dateblocks that still has open sites (see definition above under 'Abbreviation & definitions')
**dateblocks that has not passed their closing date, and therefore still accepts applications
*a cospeaker from a college, can only select date blocks defined for that same college (similar to a def. in next analyses)

 

''Complete definition table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''cospeaker = 0'''
| '''cospeaker = 1'''
| 
|-
| '''pastor'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''layman'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''college'''
| college defined
| college defined
| 
|-
| '''academy'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''stm'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|-
| '''organizer'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|}

 

''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
|
category = college &

cospeaker = 0|1 

| Only dateblocks defined for that college 
| Note: Since cospeaker doesn't matter, we don't consider that when dealing with a category=college. 
|-
|
category = pastor|layman|academy &

cospeaker = 0

| Only dateblocks that still has open sites 
| 
|-
|
category = pastor|layman|academy &

cospeaker = 1

| All unclosed dateblocks 
| 
|-
|
category = stm|organizer &

cospeaker = 0

| All unclosed dateblocks 
| 
|-
|
category = stm|organizer &

 

| ''-invalid combination-'' 
| Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with stm & organizers 
|}

==== ====

==== Possible combinations of speaker's support team members and their dateblock link (for when selecting members) ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:'''

*a cospeaker from a college, can only be a cospeaker to a speaker from that same college (similar to a def. in former analyses)
*a speaker can have 2 types of support team members:
**stm (normal)
**pastor|layman|academy (but not college) cospeakers
*of course a non-cospeaker cannot be a support team member
*of course stm & organizers cannot be cospeakers - the dateblock link of college students is, contrary to the other types, stored in collegedateblocks

 

''Complete definition table'' 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3" border="1"
|-
| '''Speaker''' 
| '''Possible support team members''' 
| '''Speaker dateblock link table''' 
| '''STM dateblock link table''' 
|-
| pastor 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| personevents 
| personevents 
|-
| layman 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| personevents 
| personevents 
|-
| college 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| collegedateblocks 
| personevents 
|-
| college 
| - college & cospeaker 
| collegedateblocks 
| collegedateblocks 
|-
| academy 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| personevents 
| personevents 
|}

''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table'' Note: keeping the dateblockID link in collegedateblocks makes it possible to move all college students from one college to another dateblock with a simple change (considering strict normalization of databases this is the correct way to do it). On the other hand it complicates when dealing with dateblockID for speakers. (At the point of time of writing this the question is whether to do one or the other - whether I already have figured out the ways to go about this difference - which I ''think'' I have... since I have made SQL queries for both finding all speakers within a dateblock and finding all stm within a dateblock) speaker category = pastor|layman|academy All has the same possible dateblock link tables speaker category = college & stm category <> college & cospeaker = 1 Speaker dateblock link is in 'collegedateblocks', stm dateblock link is in either 'personevents' or 'collegedateblocks' speaker category = college & stm category = college & cospeaker = 1 speaker category = [any] & stm category = [any] & cospeaker = 0 ''-invalid combination-'' Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with category=college

Update: To simplify the SQL statement the field eff_dateblockID (effective dateblockID)

==== Organizer's responsibility group/scope ====

'''NOTE: This is our goal but it doesn't mean that the system is working exactly like this yet! Some development probably needed in this area.''' An organizer can be responsible for the following groups of people depending on his setup: '''Setting''' '''Responsibility group''' Not in any group or cluster All people in date block Member of a group All people in the same group Member of a cluster All people in the same cluster For his group of people the areas he can work in include (but is not limited to): - maintaining their personal record - entering flight information - making hotel room reservation - booking or unbooking graphics equipment - probably also assigning/unassigning team members???

==== Multiple events ====

- on the people's own menu they work with one event at a time - they select themselves which one they want to work with

==== Website Layout & Coding Format ====

- generally aim at a minimum screen resolution of 1024x768 pixels - most website users use IE so it's must be compatible with the newest versions - but most browsers can be expected (because of a large user group) - a menu area and a main area - light background color/texture - use default font sizes/families and styles unless something needs to be emphasized or de-emphasized - use '''to emphasize - use or the CSS class "dimmed" for less important text - don't follow coding structure of main_*.php and list_*.php (generated by PHPMaker) but rather story_menu_admin.php - complexity of search and sorting features needs to be considered for every case (sometimes needed, otherwise just simple) - standard date format: mm/dd/yyyy - started writing LOCAL-DATE places where we eventually will localize the date format for user's country - consider if strftime() (or strftime_new() in adventsangerne.no) can be used for something - standard number format: ##,###,###.## - always use require_function() for defining functions to use. Never include file directly. - when validating date use $err_occurs_on_page to count how many errors occur. The validation functions also uses this variable. - recommended to use query string variable "act" when requesting a page with a command to do some operation - see additional coding format specifications in "Programming principles - Allan.txt"'''

 

==== E-mails ====

- e-mail addresses must never be shown to the public. They must be presented with a form to be filled out instead. - general e-mails should bounce to bounce@sharehim.org, while all other e-mails should bounce to the sender address - format of the unique Mailer ID that can be used in e-mails: X-Mailer-ID: #SRCID#MAIL#FEST07-2#PID686#

==== Check queries ====

- IMPORTANT: check that all speakers in a college within a cluster have personevents.clusterID filled out accordingly - check that all homeland date blocks have at least one conference defined in main_dateblockconfs - SELECT main_dateblocks.* FROM main_dateblocks LEFT JOIN main_dateblockconfs USING (dateblockID) WHERE homeland = 1 AND main_dateblockconfs.conferenceID IS NULL ORDER BY title - conferences, unions etc. have their upper level record - orphaned group members - speakers both being group leader and group member - check that group date block matches the members date blocks - speaker who haven't been issued any material (use code from _db-query.php) - check that STMs that are member of teams are also member of that date block - check that no delete-marked events are found in main_people.active_personeventID - delete active_personeventIDs that do not exist in main_personevents (maybe obsolete now) _db-query.php: "CLEAR ACTIVE_PERSONEVENTIDs THAT ARE NOT EXISTING IN PERSONEVENTS" - check that all people in homeland campaigns are members of clusters - check date block dates: SELECT dateblockID, title, opening_date, appl_closed_date, data_lock_date, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) AS days_duration, TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) AS days_before_appl_close, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) AS days_lock_date_before_closingdate FROM main_dateblocks WHERE TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) <> 15 /* days_duration */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) < 0 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) > 90 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) < -10 /* days_lock_date_before_closingdate */ ORDER BY opening_date - check if we have any visits with any of the user agents currently listed in class webstory -> $skip_useragent_keywords - occasionally removed unused queries: delete_query(false, array('queryID' => 0, 'queryID_compare' => '>=')); //it will auto probibit deleting used queries - check that pastor e-mail addresses match e-mail address in our records (system should prohibit it though so any records shown here might be a result of a problem in the system. Also see e-mails with subject "E-mail changed" of 2010-09-06 and 2011-03-10): SELECT main_people.personID, legal_firstname, legal_lastname, main_people.email, main_officers.email AS conf_email, pw FROM main_people INNER JOIN main_officers ON main_people.personID = main_officers.personID WHERE main_people.email <> main_officers.email

==== Dropdowns ====

- dropdowns binding a record to it's upper level must only show the upper level values within that branch of the tree

==== Boolean fields ====

All boolean fields (yes/no) have the field type TINYINT. 1 = yes / true 0 = no / false This makes it easier to determine false and true in PHP. Some fields also have additional special values like -1 or 2. Use the label "- not set -" if the boolean value has not been set.

==== Adding/removing fields for, or links to, person record in main_people ====

- when deleting a person (main_persondelete.php and delete_person() ) consider this new field - when merging a person (merge_person() ) consider this new field - for foreign keys linking to main_people.personID, add a reference in person_alldata.php - consider necessary changes to ShareHim Satellite

==== Deleting applicants ====

Deleting an applicant (meaning that he doesn't want to participate in the program anyway or he has been denied) does not result in an actual removal of the person from the database. We only delete the personevent record.

==== Deactivating records ====

To deactivate a record would be a very rare occurrence, only for example if a division re-organizes it's unions. In that case we deactive the unions that are no longer existing and by that we also cancel all current activities for those unions, like equipment booking and scheduled material shipments. This must/can then be re-booked and re-scheduled for the new unions created in stead. This is an example of the principle of deactivating records and theirs effects on the system.

==== User menus ====

Procedures (= links) that aren't applicable at present should be grayed out e.g.: only make active link to match speakers if there are any speakers that need to be matched This will make an easy todo-list overview for the user Group these kind of procedures together on the menu

==== External links and webservice consumers ====

The following describes which external places are linking into our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /add-new-campaign 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for people to apply for a homeland Speaker-Initiated Campaign)

|-
| /sharesynch 
|
ShareSynch software (for manual activation)

|-
| /hiswayofhope-order-new-disc 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for upgrade to newer version where they need new disc)

|}

 

The following system are calling webservices on our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /php/sharesynch_activate_online.php 
| ShareSynch software (automatic activation) 
|-
| /php/ws.php?ws=add_goodsalt_order&f=json 
| GoodSalt order system 
|}

==== Address formats ====

3 different formats (currently not differencing USA/Canada): - USA - Street/PO - City, State, Zip - Country - Canada - Street/PO - City, Province, X#X-#X# - Country - Other - Street/PO - Postal information - Country

==== Telephone formats ====

On forms where people enter their phone number they need to enter the number WITHOUT country code and WITH area number. On forms where people edit their phone number we will show a plus (+) and the country code in front of that number. We can do that since we have the country code for all countries in the table list_countries.

==== Log actions ====

Used in `sharehim_log` database in table `system_operations`, fields `action` and `subaction` person added deleted updated merged name corrected changed recommendation status acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent to the conference) accepted (by receiving field => homeland conference) rejected (by receiving field => homeland conference) acceptance reverted acceptance request cancelled person event updated activated (standby event was activated) downgrade to standby (actual event was downgraded to standby event) changed main speaker site-funding fulfilled revoked event added standby added deleted standby deleted undeleted moved (so far only used in move_college_group() ) email sent [blank] site-funding reminder pastor passwords category changed application new recommendation requested (= e-mail requesting recommendation has been sent) recommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) unrecommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': accepted (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': rejected (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) approved (by ShareHim administrator) denied (= event denied) (by ShareHim administrator) status reverted availability added deleted moved people search login success failed emulated logout password generated/changed group created deleted (not yet implemented as of 8/4-05) leader changed cluster leader changed college dateblock leader changed campaign site added (type=speaker-init comes under this as well) moved approved (used for speaker-init events) declined (used for speaker-init events) dateblock added modified deleted hub city/sites moved story deleted donation deleted equipment caseID replaced equipment booking created deleted changed Table might not yet be complete. (use SQL from file "Code pieces/SQL statements.txt" to make it complete)

'''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' - to minimize number of records the following log actions are deleted once in a while (after taking a local backup of the whole database so we have the information just in case we need it): DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'campaign site' AND subaction = 'added'; /* date added is registered in main_sites anyway */ DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'success'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'failed'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'emulated'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'logout' AND subaction IS NULL;

==== Change Log prefixes ====

The following prefixes are used when entering comments in the CVS repository (see notes below the table):

ADD When features/functional behaviours are added CHG When features/functional behaviours are changed FIX When a bug has been fixed IMPROV When features/functional behaviours have been improved (and it's neither a decided FIX, CHG, or ADD) REMOVE When a functional behaviour or out-dated code has been removed UNDO Undo a previous commit (usually the previous one of that file)

Any prefix can have " NWM" appended when it is a change that is "Not Worth Mentioning". For example: Any prefix can have " MAJOR" appended when it involves a major functionality change or upgrade. The prefix is following by a colon, a space, and then the description. Examples:

'''ADD: link to change password'''

'''FIX NWM: corrected spelling'''

'''ADD MAJOR: donation management system'''

In very rare cases a prefix is not applicable and therefore not used.

If '''only''' functions have been changed we write a comma-seperated list of their names with "()" appended. For example:

'''ADD: get_dateblocks(), get_dateblock_info(): also return mediafolder field'''

If '''both''' functions '''and''' code in other places have been changed, we write the description normaly, but in the end list the functions that have been changed and/or added. For example:

'''ADD: interface for the new date block field mediafolder. Functions modified: get_dateblocks(), set_dateblock(). Functions added: get_mediafolder()'''

The same applies for JavaScript functions, but then we write "JS" with the parenthesis, for example: '''get_field_value(JS)'''

For PHP classes we write like this: ''''''class webservice_server''''''

The point here is to always add the names of functions and classes that are changed, so that it's possible to search CVS for all changes regarding those functions/classes.

Possible improvement (=not yet used): there should actually also be a keyword for deciding whether or not the entry should be seen for the general users of the website, so they know which changes have been made to the website that affect their work. Eg. "technical modification" or "functional modification".

==== Code-related tags ====

Codes that are put different places in the source code to link together different pieces of code that are related - to make it easier to maintain it and remember other places where we are dealing with the same thing. It's important that these tags are unique through ALL text files in the project so that they are easy to search for. Always write them in upper case.

{| border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1"
|-
| KOREAN-EXCEPTION
| Code dealing with the Korean Council customization in NAD division.
|-
| SHOW-CURRENT-DATES-FOR-MASTER-SITE
| The places that we show current existing campaign dates for a master site.
|-
| TERMS-FOR-ASSIGNING-HOMELAND-SPEAKER
| Places where we write the terms for assigning a speaker to a homeland campaign date
|-
| DIALOGBOX-LIKE-MESSAGE
|
|-
| LIST-CHURCH-PASTORS
|
|-
| CHECK-STORIES-LINKED-TO-SITE
|
|-
| CHECK-STATS-LINKED-TO-SITE
|
|-
| SEND_EMAIL_WHEN_ACCEPTED
|
|-
| DETERMINE-SENIOR-PASTOR
| Places where we determine who is the senior pastor for a church
|-
| BLOCK-SAME-DIVISION-APPLICANTS
| Block applicants from applying to date blocks in their own residence division
|-
| NOTIFY-NON-EUD-HOMELAND-APPLICANTS
| Code for notifying non-EUD applicants about homeland campaigns in EUD
|-
| HOMELAND-JESUSVIDEO-USES
| Places where we determine if we should deal with the Jesus video language in the homeland
|-
| OPENID-ENTRY-CODE
| Places with code for OpenID that public users see. Can hide these pieces in case we want to disable it.
|-
| SKIPPED-TRANSL
| Places in homeland system where I have skipped translating something
|-
| QUEST or QUEST-EXPERT
| Questions I have for other (expert) programmers about issues I'm unsure about.
|-
| WATCHFUTURE
| Things we need to keep an eye on in the future as project develops
|-
| TODO
| Places in the code where I need to do something.
|}

==== System entry points ====

Places where user will enter this system (might not be a complete list - check also with login.php) - index.php - login.php - menu*.php - recommend.php (recommenders go directly to here)

==== Customized changes in generated PHPMaker pages ====

Security code

In top of all pages <?php //security $minUserLevel = 70; $cfgProgDir = 'login/'; include($cfgProgDir . "secure.php"); ?> Extra SQL for limiting users on their own level to ONLY maintain their own record

*edit.php for applicable tables //A user is only allowed to edit his own record on his own level

//This is only for extra security in case someone tries to change the URL if ($accesslevel == 'div') { //customization by Allan Jensen $ownlevelSQL = ' AND divisionID = ' . $ID; } else { $ownlevelSQL = '';'' }

$strsql = "SELECT * FROM `main_divisions` WHERE `divisionID`=".$tkey.$ownlevelSQL;

==== SQL sentences ====

''Relationships up through the main line:'' main_translations INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_translations.siteID = main_sites.sideID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_sites.hotelID = main_hotels.hotelID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_hotels.conferenceID = main_conferences.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_conferences.unionID = main_unions.unionID INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_unions.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_divisions ON main_dateblocks.divisionID = main_divisions.divisionID ''Return all sites for a orientation/dateblock (the opposite direction of above):'' SELECT main_sites.* FROM main_orientations INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_orientations.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_dateblocks.dateblockID = main_unions.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_unions.unionID = main_conferences.unionID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_conferences.conferenceID = main_hotels.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_hotels.hotelID = main_sites.hotelID ''UNION query to obtain all users:'' SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'div' AS accesslevel FROM main_divisions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION ALL SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'un' AS accesslevel FROM main_unions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'conf' AS accesslevel FROM main_conferences WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, 'people' AS accesslevel FROM main_people WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, accesslevel FROM main_ext_logins WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null

Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Remove church pastor

2012-04-10T10:01:55Z

Allan Jensen: Mention automatic synchronization of pastors

= Remove a pastor from a church =

''These '''instructions only apply''' to conferences outside North America AND where automatic synchronization of pastor information from your local database has not been set up.'' 

#Click '''Church List''' on your [[Dict:Main menu|main menu]]. 
#Locate the church and click on the [[Dict:Popup menu|popup menu]] icon next to the pastor's name in the Pastor column. 
#Select '''Remove pastor'''. 

The pastor will still be in the system, but will no longer be assigned to this specific church. If you don't want him to show up on the list of pastors that can be assigned to churches you can [[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Manage_pastors|edit the pastor record]] and set the status to "Former worker". 

The historical record of this pastor having been assigned to this church is retained within the ShareHim database. 

 

== Complete removal ==

If a pastor should be completely removed from the system follow these steps: 

#On the Church List page, click '''Pastors'''. 
#Find the pastor by searching or browsing through the pages. 
#Put a checkmark in the box to the right of his record. 
#Click the '''Delete selected''' link above or below the list (to the right). 

Note that once a pastor has been assigned to a church at least once you will not be allowed to delete him/her since we want to retain a historical record. Contact ShareHim if the record originally was a mistake or is a duplicate record.

Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Set church pastor

2012-04-10T09:57:35Z

Allan Jensen: Mention automatic synchronization of pastors

= Assign a pastor to a church =

''These '''instructions only apply''' to conferences outside North America AND where automatic synchronization of pastor information from your local database has not been set up.''

#Click on '''Church List''' on your [[Dict:Main menu|main menu]].
#Locate the church on the page and click on the [[Dict:Popup menu|popup menu]] icon in the Pastor column to the right.
#Select '''Add pastor'''.
#If the pastor is already listed in the system select him/her from the drop-down box.
#If the pastor is not found in the drop-down box, click the '''Add new pastor''' link below the box.
##Fill out all the information and click '''Save'''.You will now be sent back to the previous page. 
#Select the office the pastor holds (his title) in the next drop-down box.
#Click '''Assign pastor'''.

Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Manage pastors

2012-04-10T09:56:47Z

Allan Jensen: Mention automatic synchronization of pastors

= Update or add a pastor =

''These '''instructions only apply''' to conferences/unions outside North America AND where automatic synchronization of pastor information from your local database has not been set up.'' 

*Click '''Church List''' under the Churches section on your [[Dict:Main menu|main menu]]. Then continue with one of the following sections...

 

==== Updating a pastor ====

*Click on the [[Dict:Popup menu|popup menu]] icon next to the pastor's name.
*Select '''Edit'''.
*Make the changes and click '''Save''' when done. 

 

==== Adding a pastor and assigning to church ====

*Locate the church the pastor should be assigned to and click on the [[Dict:Popup menu|popup menu]] icon in the Pastor column to the right.
*Select '''Add pastor'''.
*'''MAKE SURE''' that the pastor is '''NOT''' already listed in the drop-down box under Pastor. If you create duplicate records you create unpleasant problems for yourself later on. If you find the pastor following the instructions for [[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Set church pastor|assigning a pastor to a church]] instead. 
*Click the '''Add new pastor''' link below the drop-down box. 
*Fill out the fields and click '''Save''' when done. You will now return to the "Assign pastor to church" page. 
*Select the office the pastor holds (his title) in the next drop-down box. 
*Click '''Assign pastor'''. 

 

==== Adding a pastor without assigning to a church ====

*Click '''Pastors'''. 
*'''MAKE SURE''' that the pastor is '''NOT''' already listed in the system by entering part of his first name OR last name in the search field and click '''Search'''. If you create duplicate records you create unpleasant problems for yourself later on. If you find the pastor following the instructions for [[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Set church pastor|assigning a pastor to a church]] instead. 
*Click the '''Add''' button in the top. 
*Fill out the fields and click '''Save''' when done.

Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Sync information with AdventistDirectory

2012-04-10T09:54:44Z

Allan Jensen: Mention automatic synchronization of pastors

= Retrieve updated information from AdventistDirectory =

#Click on '''Church List''' on your [[Dict:Main menu|main menu]].
#In the top of the page to the right, click '''Update church list from AdventistDirectory.org '''or '''Update '''(button label depends on your situation). When the process is done a box will tell you how many church records were updated. If changes were made the page will be reloaded to show the new information.
#For conferences/unions outside North America where automatic synchronization of pastors information from their own database have been set up, we MUST have the church ID from your own database entered in our system, so that we can know the linkage between the churches and pastors. If any IDs are missing the system will ask you to enter them.

Userlevel:Anybody:Request changes to church information

2012-04-10T09:34:30Z

Allan Jensen: Mention automatic synchronization of pastors

= Request changes to information about a church myself =

== Editing a church ==

Anybody is able to request information to be corrected for a church. This is done through [http://www.adventistdirectory.org/ AdventistDirectory.org]. On our website we have made a special shortcut for you to easily request such a change: 

#Click on the '''Church List''' on your [[Dict:Main menu|main menu]]. 
#Click the [[Dict:Popup menu|popup menu]] icon next to the church and select '''Request change to church info'''. 
#You are now on the AdventistDirectory.org website. For churches in North America the process from this point is different and not described here, since you as a conference organizer can change the information directly and with immediate effect within [http://www.eadventist.net/ eAdventist.net]. You are still able to make a similar request following the on-screen directions though. 
#For churches outside North America you will now see a page with all the current information about the church. Make any needed changes.
#When done, enter your details in the bottom section "Submission details" and click submit.
#The request is now being sent to AdventistDirectory and should be approved within a day or two.

In the future we hope to make it possible to change church information directly through the ShareHim website. 

== Adding a church ==

For North America, log in to [[Http.//www.eadventist.org/|eAdventist]] to add a church.

For all other divisions, this information is managed by [http://www.adventistdirectory.org/ AdventistDirectory.org]. But on the ShareHim website you can easily add churches:

#Click on the '''Church List''' on your [[Dict:Main menu|main menu]].
#In the top of the page click '''Add new church'''.
#Complete the form by filling out as many fields as possible, then click '''Save'''.
#If automatic synchronization of pastor information has been set up for your conference/union it is required that you fill in the ID from that database for the given church. We need that in order to know which churches each pastor have.

The information is now submitted to AdventistDirectory.org where it needs to be approved. You will return to your church list page where you will see the church is now pending approval. Once AdventistDirectory approves it, it will move down to the normal list of churches. At that point you will be able to set up pastors for the church, as well as adding campaign dates etc. Normally the approval takes 1-2 days, in rare situations a few more. 

== Removing a church ==

On the '''Church List''' page click the [[Dict:Popup menu|popup menu]] icon and select '''Request removal of church'''.

Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer

2012-04-10T09:25:30Z

Allan Jensen: Mention possibility of automatic sync of pastor info

= Help for Conference Organizers and Sector Leaders =

How do I...

== Getting Started ==

*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Understanding and navigating your main menu|Understanding and navigating your main menu]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Updating church and pastor lists|Get the church list and pastor list up-to-date]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Set up sectors|Set up sectors and sector leaders for the conference/union]]

 

== Pre-campaign Events ==

*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Manage pre-campaign events|Add/modify/remove a pre-campaign event]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Enter pre-campaign budget|Enter the budget for a pre-campaign event]]

 

== Campaign Dates & their speakers ==

*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Add campaign date|Add a campaign date]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Add more venues|Add more venues for a campaign date]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Set up long-term plan|Set up long-term plan for a church]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Set up identical long-term plans for multiple churches|Set up identical long-term plans for multiple churches]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Print long-term planning sheets|Print the long-term planning sheets]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Change campaign date|Change a campaign date]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Remove campaign date|Remove a campaign date]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Browsing available speakers|Find out if a person is on the list of approved speakers]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Assign speaker to campaign date|Assign a speaker from the list of approved speakers to a campaign date]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Assign other speaker to campaign date|Assign a speaker that is not on the list to a campaign date]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Assign non-listed pastor to campaign date|Assign a pastor that is not on the list to a campaign date]] 
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Unassign speaker from campaign date|Remove a speaker from a campaign date]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Change main speaker|Change who will be the main speaker]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Enter budget for campaign date|Enter budget for a campaign date]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Change campaign pastor assignments|Change campaign pastor assignments]]

 

== Stories & Statistics ==

*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Write campaign story|Write a story/report for a campaign]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Enter campaign statistics|Enter statistics for a campaign]]

 

== Church & Pastor Information ==

==== If your conference is within North American Division ====

All church and pastor information within North America is managed through [http://www.eadventist.net/ eAdventist.net]. Contact your conference's eAdventist clerk to have information updated (instructions are below). When information has been updated there then follow the instruction below in "Retrieve updated information from eAdventist".

*[http://www.sharehim.org/php/docs/conference_organizers/Updating_eAdventist_Info_for_ShareHim_2009-08-03.pdf Update information in eAdventist]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Sync information with eAdventist|Retrieve updated information from eAdventist]]
*[[Userlevel:Anybody:Request changes to church information|Request changes to information about a church myself]]

==== If your conference is in any other division ====

For conferences outside North America '''church''' information is managed through AdventistDirectory.org. The instructions below explain how you change the information in that system. When information has been updated there then follow the instruction below in "Retrieve updated information from AdventistDirectory". 

'''Pastor''' information is managed and changed directly here on the website as per the instructions below (unless automatic synchronization with your conference/union database has been set up). 

*[[Userlevel:Anybody:Request changes to church information|Update or add a church]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Sync information with AdventistDirectory|Retrieve updated information from AdventistDirectory]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Manage pastors|Update or add a pastor]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Set church pastor|Assign a pastor to a church]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Remove church pastor|Remove a pastor from a church]]

 

==== Common for all conferences ====

*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Change evangelistic decision maker|Change who is the evangelistic decision maker for a church]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Report with all pastor passwords|Get report with passwords for all pastors]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Send pastors login info|Send login information/passwords to pastors]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Emulate person|Emulate a pastor (See what a pastor's login looks like)]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Change sector for a church|Change the sector a church is in]]

 

== Speakers ==

*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Accept applicant|Accept an applicant]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Using online application form|Add a person to the list of available speakers (not a pastor)]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Add pastor to available speakers|Add a pastor to the list of available speakers]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Modify person information|Modify a person's information]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Send e-mail to certain groups of people|Send e-mail to certain groups of people]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Emulate person|Emulate a speaker (See what a speaker's login looks like)]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Person person as deceased|Register person as deceased]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Prohibit future participation|Prohibit future participation]]

 

== Outreach Leadership Teams ==

*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Entering OLT members|Enter and manage team members]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Report with OLT|Get a list of OLT teams and members]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Send e-mail to certain groups of people#E-mail_OLT_teams|Send an e-mail to all teams]]
*[http://sharehim.org/olt-handbook-english Outreach Leadership Team Handbook]

 

== Resources & Materials ==

*[[Userlevel:Anybody:Order Prayer-and-Friendship booklets|Order Prayer & Friendship Booklets]]
*Download the [http://sharehim.org/sowing-resource-catalog Sowing Resource Catalog]
*Download the [http://sharehim.org/olt-handbook-english Outreach Leadership Team Handbook]

 

== Evangelism Training Seminars (Boot Camps) ==

*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Print long-term planning sheets|Print the long-term planning sheets]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Print paper application form|Print the paper application form for speakers]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Download and install Satellite|Download and install the offline Satellite software with application form speakers (usage instructions are below)]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Using online application form|Use the online application form for speakers during the boot camp]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Print team member commitment cards|Print the team member commitment cards]]

 

== Satellite software ==

*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Download and install Satellite|Download and install the ShareHim Satellite software]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Update Satellite dataset|Update the website data in Satellite (ie. getting the most recent church list)]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Using application form in Satellite|Fill out the application form]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Remove an application from Satellite|Remove an application]]
*[[Userlevel:Conf-sector-organizer:Transfer Satellite applications to website|Transfer the applications to the website]]

 

== ShareSynch software ==

No instructions for the ShareSynch available here yet. Look for instructions that come with the software itself.

 

== Presentation Synchronizer software ==

*[http://www.sharehim.org/pressyncguide User Guide] 

 

{{Anybody_section}}

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Database Tables-Fields, sharehim main

2012-03-28T09:48:48Z

Allan Jensen: Added countries table column prefix

= Database Tables/Fields - sharehim_main =

== Divisions (main_divisions) ==

Containing the 13 SDA divisions in the world

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| 
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| req.
|-
| initials 
| Initials
| 3-letter abbreviation
| req.
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| division_secretaries 
| Division officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Unions (main_unions) ==

List of all the unions within the 13 world divisions. Occasionally we pull the data from AdventistDirectory to update our list of unions. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| Division this union belongs to 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Union officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Is participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
Not really used because all participating organizations will have a record in the conference table, even though it might be fake. ||

|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Conferences or missions (main_conferences) ==

List of SDA conferences/missions/fields. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID (AdmFieldID)
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| sda_orgmastID 
| SDA OrgMastID
| 6-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org. This is the master ID from eadventist.com.
| 
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| name_contracted 
| Name contracted
| Short name for the conference. Used in homeland system.
| 
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| conf_email 
| Conference e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| conference_officers 
| Conference officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| homeland_particip 
| Participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| eadventist_authorized 
| Churches & pastors synchronization setting
|
'''Churches:''' 1 : pull from eAdventist.net all others : pull from AdventistDirectory

'''Pastors:''' 0 : entered manually 1 : authorized to pull from eAdventist 2 : authorized to pull from Adventist.org.uk

For 2 and up we also ask them to fill in the local ID for the church on the Church List page since we need that to be able to automatically link the pastors that are being fed by the local conference's database. ((Can add more values for each different synchronization scheme we encounter with different conferences))

| 
|-
| allow_pastors_assign_speakers 
| Allow pastor to do final acceptance of new applicants?
|
yes/no

1 : pastoral approval, no notification to conference organizer when approved 2 : pastoral approval, with notication to conference organizer when approved 0 : pastor's recommendation, conference-staff final approval 

(fieldname should have been allow_pastors_approve_speakers!)

| 
|-
| last_eadventist_update 
| Last updated via eAdventist
| For non-NAD conferences this indicates last time we updated the '''church''' list from AdventistDirectory.org
| 
|-
| internal_comments 
| Internal comments
| ONLY coadmin and admin may see/edit this.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Public comments
| 
| 
|-
| world_x 
| World map, X-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| world_y 
| World map, Y-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Conferences' Wire Information ==

Information used for wiring money to the different conferences.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| Bank account no.
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Name of account holder/owner
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Address of account holder
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank location
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Use correspondent/intermediary bank?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank location
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Account no. of beneficiary's bank (the bank above) at the correspondent bank
| 
| 
|}

== Conference accepted people ==

People's acceptance or rejection to preach in a specific conference. Only applicable to homeland date blocks.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference acceptance ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: - waiting - accepted - rejected

| req. 
|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| Values set by the system: 
- "Done campaign" (when accepted) (value also used to unset it in case an qualifying event(s) are deleted, so it should not be modified) - "Int'l recommended" (when accepted) - "Auto-accepted eA pastor" (when automatically set to accepted by the Obtain Pastor Login procedure in login_link_pastor.php)

Values set AND used by the system (only when status=waiting): - "Pastor: ?": pending pastor response - "Pastor: yes": pastor consented - "Pastor: caution: [a reason]": pastor cautioned

| req. if rejected 
|}

== Hub cities - Previously Hotel cities (main_hotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| Only used for homeland (some hub cities for international campaigns also contain a conference because ALL records were assigned the ID when we created this field)
| req. for homeland
|-
| 
| City
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : not necessary

| req. 
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting from orientation to hotel city
| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Is non-hotel?
| yes/no
For homeland date blocks the hotel info is not required and this field should be set to yes (but not mandatory)

| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Date blocks' hotels (main_dateblockhotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID (= hub city)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| Optional and ONLY used for linking a specific orientation to this hotel city in case the date block has multiple orientation sites.
| 
|}

== Date blocks ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Opening date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Closing date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Applications closing date
| Should be the final cut-off date for new applicants.
Date is inclusive, so after this date no new applications are accepted. When converted to a Unix timestamp we add one day minus one second, so that the calculation is correct AND if converted back to only a date it is still the same date.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Data lock date
| After this date only administrators and co-administrators will be allowed to change all data concerning a date block: 
- teams - groups - site info (incl. translations) - hotel info - orientation hotel info - rank sites - rank speakers

This date MUST be after applications closed date.

As of 2007-12-05 the detailed definition was: - people cannot remove themselves from campaigns after this date, but all other accesslevels can (eventdelete.php). - conference coordinators for international campaigns (not conference organizers) cannot do these things after this date (but admin and coadmin can always do all of these things): * add campaign sites * edit campaign sites * add hub cities to a date block * edit orientation hotel info - people cannot themselves re-arrange their team and group membership after this date. - ranking of sites and speakers can only be changed by admin and coadmin after this date.

(PS. Hotel reservation is locked on date block opening date)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Campaign title (Homeland: Additional label)
| Usually the country wherein the campaigns will be held.
Homeland: optional additional label like "SWAU"

| req. for international opt. for homeland 
|-
| 
| Total sites
| Total number of campaign sites in this date block - must ALWAYS be kept up-to-date as available sites are calculated from this.
For homeland campaigns this is currently kept updated to equal the number sites that have been set up for this date. Would be more useful to only count the sites where a speaker had been matched...

| 
|-
| 
| Questions recipient
| LoginID of the person from External logins who will receive questions about this date block. This person will also be the lead date block manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Pre-campaign manager
| LoginID of a coadmin person from External logins who will be the pre-campaign manager if different from the lead manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 2nd
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 2nd
| Just before the campaign
| 
|-
| 
| Last incomplete notification
| The date we last sent a notification to unions/conferences/campaign manager about incomplete information entered for this date block (if any)
| 
|-
| 
| Default sermon notes language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Divide homeland dateblocks into different languages on sign-up sheet for some conferences.) || req. for international

|-
| 
| Default sermon graphics language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Displayed in the popup box for approving and selecting material for an applicant.) || req. for international opt. for homeland

|-
| 
| Division secretaries
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses for one or more division secretaries. Eg. they receive e-mail reminding about insurance.
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| Extended public description of the date block
| 
|-
| 
| Note for applicants
| Special information for potential applicants before applying
| 
|-
| 
| Application monitors
| List of e-mail addresses (comma-seperated) to which an e-mail is sent everytime an application to this date block is submitted. Added because of problems in India where the division wants to monitor all applications, espacially STMs.
| 
|-
| 
| Hide date block details for the public?
| yes/no
Because of problems in India where the public should not be allowed seeing the information about the date block. ||

|-
| 
| Media folder
| Base folder for uploading media files (pictures, video etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Show predefined unions only
| yes/no
Only show predefined organizations down to the union level (= excl. conferences) In connection with the table Date blocks' predefined conferences. ||

|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Date blocks' orientations ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| 
|}

== Date blocks' predefined conferences ==

This is used primarily before sites are added to the date block. After that we'll automatically know the conferences based on where the hotels are located. For homeland date blocks, though, we retain this information in order to have a quick way of determining the date blocks of a conference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block predefined conference ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|}

== Campaign sites (main_sites) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| siteID 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master campaign site ID
| Record ID in master sites table that this site originates from
| 
|-
| dateblockhotelID 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| req.
|-
| campaign_date 
| Campaign date
|
- Homeland: the date from the matching record in main_dateblocks - International: null 

'''This field can currently be used to determine if the campaign site is homeland or international.''' 

| req. for homeland. currently prohibited for intl. 
|-
| campaign_type 
| Campaign type
|
Possible options: - NULL : regular campaign - 'spk-init' : speaker-initiated campaign

Homeland only.

| 
|-
| name 
| Site name
|
- International: full site name (req.) - Homeland: only an optional additional label (req. for Speaker-Initiated Events though) that is added to the date (and the church name, which we get from the site's master site).

Tried to name variable 'campaign_label' when used in the homeland context.

| see description
|-
| campaign_begin_time 
| Beginning time
| time (hh:mm:ss)
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_end_date 
| Ending date
| date
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_weekdays 
| Weekdays
| Comma-separated list of 3-letter abbreviation of the weekdays the campaign will be held.
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| city 
| Town/city
| 
| req.
|-
| site_addr 
| Address
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_state 
| State
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_zip 
| Zip
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_phone 
| Phone
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_email 
| E-mail
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_website 
| Website
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| venue_type 
| Venue type
| church/rented hall/open field/stadium etc. according to table list_venue_types
| Intl:
always req. Homeland: req. for spk-init events

|-
| personeventID 
| Personevent ID
| Link to the speaker
| 
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Sermon graphics language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| lifeochrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| video_format 
| Desired video format
| NOT USED ANYMORE. No longer applicable because we now use DVDs instead of VHS tapes.
dropdown

| 
|-
| congregations 
| Congregations
| number of congr. supp. this site
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| membership 
| Membership
| total members in supp. congr.
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| est_attendance 
| Est. attendance
| incl. SDA & non-SDA
| req.
|-
| baptismal_goal 
| Baptismal goal
| conservative number
| req.
|-
| km_from_hotel 
| Km from hotel
| 
| req.
|-
| pastor_workerIDs 
| Pastor Officer IDs
| Comma-separated list of officerIDs.
The pastors of this church (master site) from eAdventist at the time the site was set up or when a speaker was assigned. Automatically set by the system. ||

|-
| ranking 
| Ranking
| 
| req.
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| planned_precamp_acts 
| Planned pre-campaign activities
| text
Homeland only.

|-
| campaign_status 
| Campaign status
|
Possible options: - NULL - 'await_approv' 

Homeland only.

|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| copyof 
| Copy of site ID
| If this is a copy of another site the original site's ID is saved here
| 
|-
| date_added
| Date added
|
|
|}

 

== Outreach Teams - Previous: Master Campaign sites (main_master_sites) ==

List of Outreach Teams 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master site ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organization ID
| Reference to the church this OLT belongs to
| req. for all new records
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference ID
| Conference this OLT is in
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
|
Name of the OLT, usually the church name.

Usually renamed to 'olt_name' or 'church_name2' in SQL output. Also named 'church_name' occasionally but that is deprecated.

|
|-
| ms_personID 
| Person ID
| In case a personal team is created this holds the link to the person (used for speaker-initiated campaigns)
| 
|-
| hotelID 
| Hotel ID
| 2009-11-16: deleted all values since homeland do not use hub cities anymore - field can be deleted entirely, once SQL queries have been checked
- search for "main_master_sites" and "'tblname' => 'master_sites'" and edit acl_add_master_site() and i_master_sites.php/php_functions_i_master_sites.php

|
|-
| city 
| City
| 2010-11-01: Is officially no longer used but I didn't dare deleted it in the database yet. Delete it later.
Search for "main_master_sites" to try to find location where it might still be used.

|
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Graphics language
| Default graphics language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| lifeofchrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| Default video language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| pw 
| Password
| Password OLT members can use to access information for this OLT. Not really used at the moment.
| 
|-
| date_added 
| Date added
| 
| 
|}

== Outreach Leadership Team members ==

Table with all memberships for the Outreach Leadership Teams (main_olts)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| OLT member ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person who is the member
| req.
|-
| 
| Master site ID
| Team person is a member of
| req.
|-
| 
| Is OLT clerk?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| 
| req. for all new records
|-
| 
| Date removed
| Once this field has a value the member is considered removed.
| 
|}

== Churches ==

List of churches we have retrieved from AdventistDirectory.org and eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| SDA org ID
| OrgMastID from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| SDA entity ID
| OMEntity from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| Church name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 2-letter ISO-3166 country code
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Ethnic group
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sector
| Our own sector value, set by the conference organizers
| 
|-
| 
| Latitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Longitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Parent SDA AdmFieldID
|
ID of parent conference.

(I believe we always have this one)

|-
| 
| Parent SDA OrgMastID
|
ID of parent conference.

(this one we don't yet have for the churches we've retrieved through the webpages) CAN WE JUST DROP THIS FIELD BECAUSE IT SEEMS TO THE CHURCH'S SDAORGID REPLACED WITH "11" ON THE END?!

|-
| 
| Parent is not a conference?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Inactive?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| Date added to our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Date modifed
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| 
|}

== Workers / Officers ==

List of officers (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB) or other Adventist services/fields

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| Conference the pastor is in.
Not used for NAD conferences, since Officer ID (from eAdventist) is used. If we change use assign_pastor_to_church() must be reviewed.

| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| ID originates from SDA-DB
This is the same ID as main_people. sda_membershipID. Used only for records coming from eAdventist.net.

| cond. 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| The local conference's own ID for the person
| 
|-
| 
| First name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Last name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Suffix
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing country
| 2-letter country name (ISO-3166)
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative e-mail addresses
| Comma-separated list (with space between comma and next address)
| opt.
|-
| 
| Cell phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Allow SMS?
| Is ShareHim allowed to send the pastor an SMS to notify him about new applicants from his church?
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Link to this person's record in our main people table if present.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Default password
| Password that will be used to auto-create a login when this pastors tries to login
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| req.
|}

== Church offices ==

List of church offices (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church office ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Church SDA org ID
| OrgMastID of church
| 
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| From main_officers table
| 
|-
| 
| Office name
| Name of office the person holds.
NOTE!! If this is expanded to be anything else than pastors we need to change the method in assign_campaign_site() we use to determine if speaker is pastor as well in get_pastors_churches() and probably other functions as well (since they only check for the existence of a church office record and not the office name value) ||

|-
| 
| Is evangelistic decision-maker?
| yes/no
In case a church has multiple pastors this can indicate which pastor is responsible for evangelistic decisions. Used to know which pastor we can ask to recommend a speaker. ||

|-
| 
| Date modified
| Last date this record was modified in our own database.
| 
|}

== Campaign site statistics ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Statistical data
| serialize PHP array with statistics on attendance, Bible class attendance, and baptisms
(only used for international)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the speakers. (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Adjusted baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Projected baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the speakers (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Actual baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Did campaign with OLT?
| yes/no
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of meetings
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of visitors
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Planning another campaign?
|
Possible values: 0 : no 1 : yes 2 : maybe

| Homeland only 
|}

== Campaign site statistics per conference ==

This data "overrides" data entered for each individual campaign site.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference date block statistics ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Total baptisms during campaign in this conference
| number
| 
|-
| 
| Baptisms within 6 months after the campaign in this conference (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
| 
|}

== People ==

Guest speakers, support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA membership ID
| ID from eAdventist of OLT members and pastors.
(This ID is the same as main_officers.officerID. Brian: "Yes, the PersonID is the same Officer ID that we use for Pastors web service.")

| 
|-
| 
| Active person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Legal firstname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Legal lastname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Title
| dropdown
Prefered to be set as the option "Pastor" is sometimes used to identify pastors.

|-
| 
| Birth date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Gender
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marital status
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street address
| this is also their shipping address
| req.
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| req.
Required for different reasons (and more I haven't written here): These people go in to the regular table of people where we have speakers and so on, and that field has always been required. Besides having a name without connected to a country can be pretty ambigious. The more information we have about a person the better. It also helps us to know which division they are in which is required in case they apply for a campaign.

|-
| 
| E-mail
| also their username
Sometimes noemail@noemail.com or none@none.com has been put in if we don't know the address. 

| req. (except for special cases, eg. speakers assigned to past homeland campaigns, or check donations where we don't know the e-mail) 
|-
| 
| E-mail invalid
| date
If the e-mail address is not working register here the date it was discovered. Reminders, news letters etc. will not be sent to this person then.

|-
| 
| Home phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Office phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Cell phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Residence division
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Residence union
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence conference
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence church
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Application date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Remmendation status
|
Possible values: (by sending fields/recommenders) - NULL (when not recom. processed) - waiting - recommended - unrecommended

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender
|
Pastor/layman/academy in NAD: - stores the ID of the recommender to which an e-mail was sent at time of application 

College students: - college date block ID

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sermon notes language
|
dropdown

VALIDATION: - check if this from-language is available within the desired date block. If not, give option to select another language. 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Preferred CD format
|
Possible values: - DVD (means using a DVD player) - DVD-R (means using a computer) 

(old values: CD, DVD-Combo)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Done boot camp?
|
Has person taken the ShareHim boot camp training program?

Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : is an ordained/licensed pastor - 3 : is a retired pastor 

(Being any type of pastor resolves to the same effect as saying yes)

| 
|-
| 
| Done a campaign?
| yes/no
Determined automatically by the system, cannot be manually set (as of today at least). No means only that we '''do not know if''' they have done a campaign. NOTE: now this does not only include international campaigns, even though the field name indicates that. Also having done a homeland campaign will now result in this being set to yes.

| 
|-
| 
| First campaign
| text
First ShareHim campaign that this person participated in as a speaker. Used for people applying for homeland campaigns.

| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary
Lay applicants: pastor Academy students: academy & contact 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference home phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy & contact

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference office phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary 

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference cell phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference e-mail
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receive newsletter?
|
Is person signed up for the Evangeliving newsletter? 

NULL: has not been set 0: no 1: yes, in e-mail format 2: yes, in hardcopy format 

| opt. 
|-
| 
| Received mentorship material
| yes/no
Did we send them the mentorship material? ||

|
|-
| 
| Portrait filename
| File for thumbnail image used in stories.
| 
|-
| 
| Portrait is authorized?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team of master site ID
| The church with this master site ID that this person is an OLT member of
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team special status
|
number

0 = ordinary OLT member (default) 1 = is OLT leader 2 = is OLT secretary

NOTE: cannot move this field to main_olts because we have people set as leaders/secretaries who are not member of any particular OLT.

|
|-
| 
| Is editor?
|
Possible values: - executive (edit text/graphics, approve, add/delete stories) - associate (edit text/graphics) - text - graphics - advreview (Adventist Review editor)

|
|-
| 
| Do not contact
|
date

When person should not receive any correspondence or be contacted, register the date this was set.

|
|-
| 
| Reason for not contacting
| text
(eg. do not want info from us, is deceased etc.)

| req. if "Do not contact" is set 
|-
| 
| Hide person from public?
|
number

0 = no 1 = yes 2 = yes and also hide from any logged in users not part of the same campaign 3 = yes and also hide from any logged in users except admins

'''NOTE!! CURRENTLY''' 1, 2 and 3 makes no difference on the website. All cause a behaviour equal to 3.

Should the person name and critical personal details (name, address, and phone numbers) be hidden from public/non-logged in users (or from logged in users except those participating in the same date block, or even everybody but admins and co-admins)? If yes: - hidden on mainly the campaign overview - if they are organizers they are currently NOT hidden - hidden in get_dateblock_people() - hidden in get_people_availability() - hidden in get_person_info() - skip showing personal portrait on stories - hidden in other functions too...

| req.
|-
| 
| Person requested check for duplicate
| Person indicated that they might already exist in our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Source
|
Indication of how this person originally got into the database. Possible values (also defined in main_peopleedit.php): 1 : applied internationally 2 : applied homeland acceptance 3 : homeland pastor 4 : made a donation/pledge 5 : conference organizer/sector leader 6 : OLT member 7 : signed up for newsletter 8 : order received from GoodSalt.com 9 : is translator for homeland system 10 : homeland speaker (assigned to past campaign => not accepted in conf) 11 : non-ShareHim related homeland speaker 12 : given a ShareSynch serial number (version C sermons) 99 : other manually added record

| 
|}

== Person events (main_personevents) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| personeventID 
| Person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| personID 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| dateblockID 
| Date block ID
| Only for non-college/university applicants
| 
|-
| eff_dateblockID 
| Effective date block ID
| Updated to always hold the effective date block ID for this event (also when event has been deleted)
| 
|-
| categorymoved 
| Category
|
Possible values: - pastor - layman - college - academy - stm - organizer

|
|-
| collegedateblockIDmoved 
| College date block ID
| Only for college/university applicants
| 
|-
| is_standby 
| Is standby
|
yes/no

Is this a standby event?

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| clusterID 
| Cluster ID
| Only for speakers
(the link to groups must of course match this link.)

|-
| groupID 
| Group ID
| Only for speakers
| 
|-
| teamID 
| Team ID
| Only for STMs - linking them to their speaker (Team ID in main_teams)
| 
|-
| rankingID 
| Ranking ID
| 
| 
|-
| cospeaker 
| Associate speaker
| yes/no
(we know the main speaker by the team the associate speaker is member of) ||

|-
| 
| Preferred hub city (date block hotel ID)
| The hub city the person him/herself wishes to go to
| 
|-
| 
| Site-funding required
| yes/no
CURRENTLY NOT USED (use 'funding_required' instead) MAY NEED TO USE IT THOUGH, INSTEAD OF CALCULATING IT WITH A JOIN TO main_groups ALL THE TIME! Is currently only set a group level and must be determine through field table main_groups. grp_funding_source

|-
| 
| Site-funding fulfilled
| If fulfilled, it has the ID of the belonging log entry from sharehim_log.system_operations.operationID
| 
|-
| 
| Need housing?
| yes/no
Only used for homeland date blocks: Does the speaker need the host church to provide housing if the meeting is outside his area? ||

|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: (by host fields) - NULL - accepted - rejected

(Currently only used for homeland campaigns. Automatically accepted for international campaigns.)

|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival date
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival time
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, airline
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight no.
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Self-arranged travel to orientation
| yes/no
If yes none of the four fields above must be filled out ||

|-
| 
| Hotel city, arrival airport
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, airline
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Last deposit reminder
| Days after application date that this reminder was last sent
| 
|-
| 
| Last site-funding reminder
| Days before opening date that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last hotel reservation reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last flight arrival reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last generic reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last equipment rental reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Consent form for minors
|
NULL = not a minor 1 = pending receiving the consent form 2 = consent form received 3 = is minor, parent/guardian is coming too

Is set to NULL when event is deleted if it was 1 or 3.

|-
| 
| No sermon notes
|
yes/no

Whether or not the person should receive sermon notes/graphics for this event. Used with the "missing notes" report. This value is basically only informational. Extended to this use:

0 : nothing skipped 1 : skip sermon notes 2 : skip Jesus video 3 : skip both sermon notes and Jesus video

(3 is automatically set when setting a speaker for past homeland campaign or when setting a non-ShareHim-related speaker for a homeland campaign)

|-
| 
| Reported on the first insurance/service requests report that we sent out?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Is deleted?
| yes/no
Is set to yes when we delete an event but keep the database record because material has been shipped concerning this event, and because we want to keep a historical record.

|-
| 
| Is event request?
| yes/no (when person does not fill out the main application form, value is not changed but kept forever event if event is deleted)
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deposit received
|
datetime

Date we have received the deposit for the direct campaign cost (international only). The field Site-funding required will determine if this is necessary. If it is, only after that point we initiate the application process.

Set to 2000-01-01 when bypassed by admins (when auto-approved was requested when event was added)

Set to 2000-01-02 for events before we implemented this procedure

Set to 2000-01-03 when event is in an individually funded group (where leader has already paid the deposit)

|-
| 
| Date approved
| datetime (by administration)
Must have a value for the event to be considered approved, no matter what the category is.

Set to 2000-01-01 when it is unknown.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date standby expire
| date
The date the standby event will expire.

|-
| 
| Date activated
| datetime
The date a standby event was activated.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deleted
| datetime
| 
|}

== Person comments ==

Internal comments only visible for administrators

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Comment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Possible to reference a comment to a person's event
| opt.
|-
| 
| Comment
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Comment type
|
Possible values: - 'phonecall'

| opt.
|-
| 
| Flag
|
dropdown

Possible values: - 1 : encourage mentorship - 2 : block all future participation - 3 : block future intl. participation - 4 : block future homeland participation

| opt.
|-
| 
| Date and time entered
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Submitter
| Local ID of user from table below
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| Origin table of this user
| 
|}

== Personal salutations ==

Table with personal salutations for each user in the system

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| The person the salutation is for
| req.
|-
| 
| From table
| The table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
Same format as $_SESSION['user_fromtable']

| req.
|-
| 
| From local ID
| The ID from the table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
| req.
|-
| 
| Salutation
| The salutation itself. Must be the full line.
| req.
|}

== Colleges ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Initials
| Abbreviation of name
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| For shipping equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Contact person
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| Use this to login and recommend students
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Colleges' date blocks ==

Bob Sr, 2008-07: College date-block information must remain read-only for all except for the administrative few.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Dateblock ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| opt.
|-
| 
| Student sites to reserve equip. for
| numeric
| req.
|-
| 
| Funding source
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date site-funding received
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Total site-funding amount received
| number
In USD.

|-
| 
| Date travel funds requested
| The date we requested Quiet Hour Ministries to send the travel funds to the college/students.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Last status reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| opt.
|}

== Recommenders ==

Only for North-American division

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Recommender ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marker for last applicant
| a marker so we can cycle through these recommenders
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Translations ==

Per campaign site

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| From language
| dropdown acc. to available sermon notes language
| 
|}

== Campaign material ==

Shipments that are due (or waiting for payment before they are due)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Shipment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Personevent ID
| 
| req. to be a speaker
|-
| 
| Shipper
| A main_ext_shippers.ext_shipperID reference
| 
|-
| 
| Paid
| date
Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a ||

|-
| 
| Postpone date
| date
This item will not shown on the shipping list until this date ||

|-
| 
| Shipped date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped method
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped tracking no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty billed
| date
Only used for graphics CDs, reporting to It Is Written ||

|}

== Clusters ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Clusters are a larger scope compared to groups. Groups can be linked to clusters. Only speakers can be members of clusters.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster name
| For homeland date blocks this is not used for anything really - other than it shows up on the campaign overview.
| 
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|}

== Cluster leaders ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster leader ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Speakers or organizers
| 
|}

== Groups ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Only speakers can be members of groups

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Group ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| 
|-
| 
| Group name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Recommender personID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reserved sites
| Will effectively always be filled out.
| 
|-
| 
| Funding source (site-funding)
|
Possible values: - 'sharehim': ShareHim is responsible - 'individually': each group member is responsible, but deposit for ALL must be received before any can apply - ' indiv_owndep': each group member is responsible, all applicants must pay their own deposit at time of application - 'collectively': group is responsible collectively

| req.
|-
| 
| Deposit received?
| yes/no
No one excepts organizers can apply before deposit has been received if funding source is 'individually'.

|-
| 
| Partial payment date
| date
Has no effect if amount is not set or 0.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Partial payment amount
| number
Has no effect if date is not set.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Last site-fund reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show group on availability report?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Max subdivide
| Max number of hotel cities the group is allowed to span across. Default one.
| req.
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled?
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Teams ==

Speaker linked with support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Team ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (speaker)
| 
| 
|}

== Orientation sites ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - no (0) - yes (1) - not necessary (2)

| req.
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting to the orientation site
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment booking ==

Booking of equipment Time frame of booking is decided by the period of the date block

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Booking ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| req. if no person ID
|-
| 
| Speaker ID (= Person ID)
| 
| req. if no college date block ID
|-
| 
| Case ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Booking date
| The date the booking was made (just for the information)
| 
|-
| 
| Paid amount
| Only for non-student related
| 
|-
| 
| Paid date
| Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound tracking no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance
| text (100)
E-mail of person received the insurance information ||

|-
| 
| Return date
| Date it was sent from the renter
| 
|-
| 
| Return method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Return tracking no.
| text (30)
If filled out it's a call tag, otherwise not

|-
| 
| Return received date
| Date it was received by ShareHim
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked by initials
| text (10)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, cases ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Case ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Case purchase date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the case is under repair or for another reason is not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| Down status
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Discharged
| date
When the case has been sold and we no longer have anything to do with it ||

|-
| 
| Discharged status
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, laptops ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment base ID
| ID of the equipment base where we administrate a set of graphics equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| OS product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Office product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Service Tag
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Express service code
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop value
| numeric
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty type
|
dropdown: - Next day service - Next day service + complete care

|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Quote no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the laptop is under repair or has been sold and hence not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| AC adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
Remote control for mouse ||

|-
| 
| Floppy drive
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, projectors ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Projector value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Power cord
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VGA cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VCR cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| International adapters
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Ground adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Extension cord
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Material stock ==

Sermon notes/graphics, Life of Christ videos, etc. Note: The Life of Christ videos that are active and have no format were previously those records that were the PAL version. The inactive NTSC versions are kept for historic purposes.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material group
|
Current list: - Notes/graphics CD - Graphics CD - Life of Christ video - Hardcopy (language must correspond exactly with sermon languages)

Must '''not''' be changed without considering consequences for rest of the system. Some of these values are used hard-coded in the script code

|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Code
| Short easy-to-read code identifying this product to use it when printing labels
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Format
|
NTSC/PAL/SECAM

CD/(DVD/VCD)

|-
| 
| Qty in stock
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Minimum qty in stock
| Espacially for Life of Christ videos
| 
|-
| 
| Available from
| Date from which this material will be available
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty organization
|
Current list: - It Is Written - Present Solutions

If royalties must be paid when issueing this item select here which organization it must be reported to.

|-
| 
| Shipper
| ID of external shipper (from main_ext_shippers.ext_shipperID) (blank/null if internal)
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Stories ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story type
|
dropdown

Possible values: - sitereport (report about campaign site) - testimonial (personal testimony)

| req.
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of the person who created this story, speaker or STMs
| 
|-
| 
| Purpose
|
dropdown:

- public (for publishing on website)

- internal (raw material for internal use)

| req.
|-
| 
| Headline
| self made headline/title on story
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Copy of Narrative
| Copy of narrative before people changes an authorized story.
| 
|-
| 
| Keywords
| Optional additional keywords used when searching
| 
|-
| 
| Author name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Author notes
| Scratch-board for author and/or editors. Not shown publicly.
| 
|-
| 
| Internal notes
| Scratch-board for editors.
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Pictures authorized
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Content authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Authorized for display on Adventist Review website?
| yes/no (set by ShareHim)
| 
|-
| 
| Approved for display on Adventist Review website?
| null/yes/no (set by Adventist Review)
Labels: Approved/Disabled/Not reviewed ||

|-
| 
| Show thumbnail? (for testimonies)
| yes/no
Show thumbnail of person (of course only effective if thumbnail is uploaded) ||

|-
| 
| Is news item?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Show from (only news items)
| date (from now if blank)
Date is inclusive.

|-
| 
| Show to (only news items)
| date (indefinitely if blank)
Date is exclusive.

|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| req.
|-
| 
| Date last modified
| datetime
| req.
|}

== Story pictures ==

Attached to the stories

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Picture ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Caption
| long text
| req.
|-
| 
| Filename (given by the system)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Original filename
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is retouched?
| yes/no
Set to yes when original picture was retouched, either manually or cropped - as intermediate stage between original and final picture

| req.
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| For rearranging the order of pictures
| 
|-
| 
| Upload date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Surveys ==

Evaluation forms filled out by the speakers and STMs.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Survey ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| No. of campaigns participated in
| Number of campaigns the person has participated in to date.
| req.
|-
| 
| [questions] x13
| 1-5 or null
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| date
| req.
|-
| 
| Is reviewed?
| yes/no
| req.
|}

== Donations ==

Received donations

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Donation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date received
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation amount
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation type
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Pledge ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ...many more fields
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receipt sent
| Date receipt was sent.
If we don't know the date it is set to 2001-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent method
| Possible values:
- letter - email - authorize.net ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent
| Date letter was sent.
If no letter was sent date is set to 2000-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Follow-Up done?
| yes/no
Used for non-sitefunding donations only ||

|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|}

== External logins ==

E.g. Caroline Conference, Quiet Hour

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Login ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 1
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 2
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone
| An alternative phone number to campaign managers, mainly for entering local phone numbers that they use when they supervise campaigns.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone until
| The last date that the phone number is scheduled to be usable.
| req. if phone number is specified
|-
| 
| Access level
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Superadmin
|
0 / 1 / 2

1 = is superadmin 2 = is associate admin (lower than regular admin).

Only superadmin can see password, change information, add and delete users in external logins.

Only superadmin can emulate and set password (set_pw.php) for admin and coadmin.

Associate admins: the only difference between associate admins and normal admins is that they have less menu item on the menuadmin.php page (no restrictions or anything else).

|
|-
| 
| Fulltime
|
yes/no

If coadmins are full-time or part-time managers

|
|-
| 
| Approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Password questions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Table
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Question
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Answer
| 
| 
|}

== Field descriptions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Description ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Table name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Field name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Public description
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Internal description
| 
| 
|}

== News ==

Information shown on the main page of the website

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| News ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Headline
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| ShowFrom
| date
| 
|-
| 
| ShowTo
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show all on home?
| yes/no
Show entire news item on the front page? (normally there is a max length for items shown there) || req.

|}

== ShareSynch Serial Numbers ==

Created serial numbers for the ShareSynch software

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Serial Number ID
| Internal ID
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| GS)-XXXX-XXXX
| req.
|-
| 
| Expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person this serial number is connected to
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Event this serial number is connected to (and that usually causes an expiration date)
| 
|-
| 
| Owner name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Owner e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Activations allowed
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is printed?
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Date created
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== ShareSynch activations ==

Activations that have been done for the different ShareSynch serial numbers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Activation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation Code
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation date
| timestamp
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation IP
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware Operating System
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ShareSynch software version
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reactivation dates
| The dates this activation code was resent or reactivated
| 
|-
| 
| Is withdrawn?
|
Possible values: 0 = is not withdrawn (default) 1 = withdrawn, allow re-activation 2 = withdrawn, disallow re-activation

Activation code can be withdrawn, either by the user deactivating the computer (1) or ShareHim revoking it (2).

In case of 2, the software needs to register that this activation code is now invalid, so that later attempts to use the same activation code we fail (but what if they format the hardware?!). But, if the code is then regranted, we can only reactivation the software through online activation, otherwise we can't be sure that the revoked code is now active again! Well, for a solid solution the hardware should actually be encrypted together with a date, so that the activation code would be different when the computer was reactivated, and then this whole matter woudn't be an issue. (Or we could also just issue a completely new serial number...)

| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== System settings ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| System administrator name
| General
| 
|-
| 
| System administrator e-mail
| General
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender name
| Name that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender e-mail
| E-mail that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| Days to resend unprocessed applicant
| Days after application date to resend recommendation e-mails for unprocessed applicants
| 
|-
| 
| Days to mark unproccessed applicant
| Number of days until applicant will be highlighted as 'not processed' in the unapproved applicants list
| 
|-
| 
| Days before orientation to ship Life of Christ video
| Days before orientation date that we issue the shipment
| 
|-
| 
| Days after date block closing date to remind about entering experience
| Only used for those who have received sponsorship
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding insurance coverage
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding service requests
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (name) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (e-mail) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance information e-mail recipient
| E-mail to which we send insurance information on shipped equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Case lock combination
| numeric (3)
Case lock on equipment cases ||

|-
| 
| Min. days to opening date to allow person use key for bypassing closing date (because of insurance and service requests reports/reminders, so should therefore always be before we send out the last insurance/serv. req. reminder)
| 
| 
|}

== E-mail templates ==

E-mail templates for e-mails that are sent out automatically

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| E-mail template ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| identification name for this template
| 
|-
| 
| Subject
| Subject for the e-mail
| 
|-
| 
| Body
| Body for the e-mail
| 
|}

== Email log, group e-mails ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mail reference
| reference to the mail sent (an ID or a file reference)
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|}

== Email log, service requests reports ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| CC
| Carbon Copy recipients
| 
|-
| 
| Attached files
| )
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Target
| "host" or "sending" organization (division/union/conference)
| 
|-
| 
| Batch
| "first" or "second" batch of reports to this organization
| 
|}

== Mail queue ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Mail queue ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| By local ID
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| By from table
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| Sender name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sender e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Query ID
| Query ID that this queue is based upon.
In case we want to make queues that are special and not based on a query this can just be left empty.

|
|-
| 
| Custom subject
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Attach files
| Serialized PHP array with documents to attach to the e-mails in this queue.
| 
|-
| 
| Use personal salutations?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| 
|-
| 
| Date completed
| datetime
Is set when all e-mails in this queue have been sent.

|
|}

== System translations ==

Pieces of text used in the interface and which can be translated into other languages

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Category
| Not really used
| 
|-
| 
| Tag
| The tag use in the PHP code
| 
|-
| 
| Langugage [en|es|da|...]
| The text for this tag in the given language
| 
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| Not used
| 
|-
| 
| Explanation
| Any useful instructions for the translator about this piece of text
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Timestamp for when the text or tag for the primary language (English) was last modified
| 
|}

== System translators ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translator ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| Two-letter abbreviation for the language
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
|
Person ID from main_people of the person who is the translator for this language.

Set to 0 if we currently have no translator.

|
|-
| 
| Last notified
| Last time translator was notified about new or changed text to be translated
| 
|}

== System log ==

Table is placed in a separate database.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Operation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| By name
| Name of user who caused this operation
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By local ID
| ...his local ID
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By from table
| ...originates from this table
Note: Because of programming mistake this field has incorrect values until 2006-08-22 after a user has emulated somebody. Unsure when problem started (maybe 2006-06-08 or 2006-03-27). || Req. if avail.

|-
| 
| Visit ID
| VisitID from WebStory statistics
| 
|-
| 
| IP
| User's IP address at time of logging
| 
|-
| 
| Emulated by
| Full name of person who was emulating
| 
|-
| 
| Action
| Main name for for this action
| Req.
|-
| 
| Subaction
| Subname for this action
| 
|-
| 
| For name
| Name of user/record this action was executed upon
NOTE: This can be either firstname lastname or lastname, firstname ||

|-
| 
| For local ID
| ...caused upon this ID in the table below
| 
|-
| 
| For from table
| ...caused upon a record in this table
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of person it was caused upon (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| DateblockID that this action is related to (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Parameters
| Any extra parameters to log. Default format: field=value¤field=value...
| 
|}

If a field is fit for having a value but we don't have it readily available when making the logentry then we set the value to "N/A" (or "0" for number fields) so that we later can run some queries to easily replace all these "missing" information pieces.

=== List tables ===

== Venue types ==

- eg.: Church, open field etc. - 'venueno' only added and sorted by for the sake of Tamara entering the data

== Countries ==

*column prefix: 'cntry_'
*connected to which division it's in
*including the ISO-3166 two-letter codes (where codes starting with underscore (_) is self-made in order to not have empty field)
*do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain country names are used hard-coded in the script code (eg. ship_material.php)
*as of 2006-09-21 used in:
**main_divisions
**main_unions
**main_conferences
**main_orientations
**main_hotels
**main_colleges
**main_people
*the divisionID is taken from Jon Brauer's XML file "2006-08 OMCountries (Jon Brauer).xml".

== Currencies ==

- code, name, rate, date of rate, and source of rate

== Sponsors ==

- eg.: Quiet Hour Ministries, and later on maybe The Voice of Prophecy

== Material groups ==

- eg.: Sermon notes, Graphics CD, Life of Christ video - make no possibility to edit records, only add (and maybe delete) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain material groups are used hard-coded in the script code (ship_material.php)

== Equipment bases ==

- the different locations at which we administrate a set of graphics equipment, eg. North Carolina

== Shipping methods ==

- eg.: UPS, FedEx

== US states ==

== Titles ==

- eg.: Mr., Mrs. etc.

== Access levels ==

- eg.: admin etc.

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Database Tables-Fields, sharehim main

2012-03-22T10:32:39Z

Allan Jensen: Added value option for eAdventist authorized field

= Database Tables/Fields - sharehim_main =

== Divisions (main_divisions) ==

Containing the 13 SDA divisions in the world

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| 
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| req.
|-
| initials 
| Initials
| 3-letter abbreviation
| req.
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| division_secretaries 
| Division officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Unions (main_unions) ==

List of all the unions within the 13 world divisions. Occasionally we pull the data from AdventistDirectory to update our list of unions. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| Division this union belongs to 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Union officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Is participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
Not really used because all participating organizations will have a record in the conference table, even though it might be fake. ||

|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Conferences or missions (main_conferences) ==

List of SDA conferences/missions/fields. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID (AdmFieldID)
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| sda_orgmastID 
| SDA OrgMastID
| 6-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org. This is the master ID from eadventist.com.
| 
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| name_contracted 
| Name contracted
| Short name for the conference. Used in homeland system.
| 
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| conf_email 
| Conference e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| conference_officers 
| Conference officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| homeland_particip 
| Participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| eadventist_authorized 
| Churches & pastors synchronization setting
|
'''Churches:''' 1 : pull from eAdventist.net all others : pull from AdventistDirectory

'''Pastors:''' 0 : entered manually 1 : authorized to pull from eAdventist 2 : authorized to pull from Adventist.org.uk

For 2 and up we also ask them to fill in the local ID for the church on the Church List page since we need that to be able to automatically link the pastors that are being fed by the local conference's database. ((Can add more values for each different synchronization scheme we encounter with different conferences))

| 
|-
| allow_pastors_assign_speakers 
| Allow pastor to do final acceptance of new applicants?
|
yes/no

1 : pastoral approval, no notification to conference organizer when approved 2 : pastoral approval, with notication to conference organizer when approved 0 : pastor's recommendation, conference-staff final approval 

(fieldname should have been allow_pastors_approve_speakers!)

| 
|-
| last_eadventist_update 
| Last updated via eAdventist
| For non-NAD conferences this indicates last time we updated the '''church''' list from AdventistDirectory.org
| 
|-
| internal_comments 
| Internal comments
| ONLY coadmin and admin may see/edit this.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Public comments
| 
| 
|-
| world_x 
| World map, X-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| world_y 
| World map, Y-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Conferences' Wire Information ==

Information used for wiring money to the different conferences.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| Bank account no.
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Name of account holder/owner
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Address of account holder
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank location
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Use correspondent/intermediary bank?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank location
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Account no. of beneficiary's bank (the bank above) at the correspondent bank
| 
| 
|}

== Conference accepted people ==

People's acceptance or rejection to preach in a specific conference. Only applicable to homeland date blocks.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference acceptance ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: - waiting - accepted - rejected

| req. 
|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| Values set by the system: 
- "Done campaign" (when accepted) (value also used to unset it in case an qualifying event(s) are deleted, so it should not be modified) - "Int'l recommended" (when accepted) - "Auto-accepted eA pastor" (when automatically set to accepted by the Obtain Pastor Login procedure in login_link_pastor.php)

Values set AND used by the system (only when status=waiting): - "Pastor: ?": pending pastor response - "Pastor: yes": pastor consented - "Pastor: caution: [a reason]": pastor cautioned

| req. if rejected 
|}

== Hub cities - Previously Hotel cities (main_hotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| Only used for homeland (some hub cities for international campaigns also contain a conference because ALL records were assigned the ID when we created this field)
| req. for homeland
|-
| 
| City
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : not necessary

| req. 
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting from orientation to hotel city
| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Is non-hotel?
| yes/no
For homeland date blocks the hotel info is not required and this field should be set to yes (but not mandatory)

| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Date blocks' hotels (main_dateblockhotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID (= hub city)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| Optional and ONLY used for linking a specific orientation to this hotel city in case the date block has multiple orientation sites.
| 
|}

== Date blocks ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Opening date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Closing date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Applications closing date
| Should be the final cut-off date for new applicants.
Date is inclusive, so after this date no new applications are accepted. When converted to a Unix timestamp we add one day minus one second, so that the calculation is correct AND if converted back to only a date it is still the same date.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Data lock date
| After this date only administrators and co-administrators will be allowed to change all data concerning a date block: 
- teams - groups - site info (incl. translations) - hotel info - orientation hotel info - rank sites - rank speakers

This date MUST be after applications closed date.

As of 2007-12-05 the detailed definition was: - people cannot remove themselves from campaigns after this date, but all other accesslevels can (eventdelete.php). - conference coordinators for international campaigns (not conference organizers) cannot do these things after this date (but admin and coadmin can always do all of these things): * add campaign sites * edit campaign sites * add hub cities to a date block * edit orientation hotel info - people cannot themselves re-arrange their team and group membership after this date. - ranking of sites and speakers can only be changed by admin and coadmin after this date.

(PS. Hotel reservation is locked on date block opening date)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Campaign title (Homeland: Additional label)
| Usually the country wherein the campaigns will be held.
Homeland: optional additional label like "SWAU"

| req. for international opt. for homeland 
|-
| 
| Total sites
| Total number of campaign sites in this date block - must ALWAYS be kept up-to-date as available sites are calculated from this.
For homeland campaigns this is currently kept updated to equal the number sites that have been set up for this date. Would be more useful to only count the sites where a speaker had been matched...

| 
|-
| 
| Questions recipient
| LoginID of the person from External logins who will receive questions about this date block. This person will also be the lead date block manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Pre-campaign manager
| LoginID of a coadmin person from External logins who will be the pre-campaign manager if different from the lead manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 2nd
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 2nd
| Just before the campaign
| 
|-
| 
| Last incomplete notification
| The date we last sent a notification to unions/conferences/campaign manager about incomplete information entered for this date block (if any)
| 
|-
| 
| Default sermon notes language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Divide homeland dateblocks into different languages on sign-up sheet for some conferences.) || req. for international

|-
| 
| Default sermon graphics language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Displayed in the popup box for approving and selecting material for an applicant.) || req. for international opt. for homeland

|-
| 
| Division secretaries
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses for one or more division secretaries. Eg. they receive e-mail reminding about insurance.
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| Extended public description of the date block
| 
|-
| 
| Note for applicants
| Special information for potential applicants before applying
| 
|-
| 
| Application monitors
| List of e-mail addresses (comma-seperated) to which an e-mail is sent everytime an application to this date block is submitted. Added because of problems in India where the division wants to monitor all applications, espacially STMs.
| 
|-
| 
| Hide date block details for the public?
| yes/no
Because of problems in India where the public should not be allowed seeing the information about the date block. ||

|-
| 
| Media folder
| Base folder for uploading media files (pictures, video etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Show predefined unions only
| yes/no
Only show predefined organizations down to the union level (= excl. conferences) In connection with the table Date blocks' predefined conferences. ||

|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Date blocks' orientations ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| 
|}

== Date blocks' predefined conferences ==

This is used primarily before sites are added to the date block. After that we'll automatically know the conferences based on where the hotels are located. For homeland date blocks, though, we retain this information in order to have a quick way of determining the date blocks of a conference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block predefined conference ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|}

== Campaign sites (main_sites) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| siteID 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master campaign site ID
| Record ID in master sites table that this site originates from
| 
|-
| dateblockhotelID 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| req.
|-
| campaign_date 
| Campaign date
|
- Homeland: the date from the matching record in main_dateblocks - International: null 

'''This field can currently be used to determine if the campaign site is homeland or international.''' 

| req. for homeland. currently prohibited for intl. 
|-
| campaign_type 
| Campaign type
|
Possible options: - NULL : regular campaign - 'spk-init' : speaker-initiated campaign

Homeland only.

| 
|-
| name 
| Site name
|
- International: full site name (req.) - Homeland: only an optional additional label (req. for Speaker-Initiated Events though) that is added to the date (and the church name, which we get from the site's master site).

Tried to name variable 'campaign_label' when used in the homeland context.

| see description
|-
| campaign_begin_time 
| Beginning time
| time (hh:mm:ss)
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_end_date 
| Ending date
| date
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_weekdays 
| Weekdays
| Comma-separated list of 3-letter abbreviation of the weekdays the campaign will be held.
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| city 
| Town/city
| 
| req.
|-
| site_addr 
| Address
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_state 
| State
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_zip 
| Zip
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_phone 
| Phone
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_email 
| E-mail
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_website 
| Website
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| venue_type 
| Venue type
| church/rented hall/open field/stadium etc. according to table list_venue_types
| Intl:
always req. Homeland: req. for spk-init events

|-
| personeventID 
| Personevent ID
| Link to the speaker
| 
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Sermon graphics language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| lifeochrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| video_format 
| Desired video format
| NOT USED ANYMORE. No longer applicable because we now use DVDs instead of VHS tapes.
dropdown

| 
|-
| congregations 
| Congregations
| number of congr. supp. this site
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| membership 
| Membership
| total members in supp. congr.
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| est_attendance 
| Est. attendance
| incl. SDA & non-SDA
| req.
|-
| baptismal_goal 
| Baptismal goal
| conservative number
| req.
|-
| km_from_hotel 
| Km from hotel
| 
| req.
|-
| pastor_workerIDs 
| Pastor Officer IDs
| Comma-separated list of officerIDs.
The pastors of this church (master site) from eAdventist at the time the site was set up or when a speaker was assigned. Automatically set by the system. ||

|-
| ranking 
| Ranking
| 
| req.
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| planned_precamp_acts 
| Planned pre-campaign activities
| text
Homeland only.

|-
| campaign_status 
| Campaign status
|
Possible options: - NULL - 'await_approv' 

Homeland only.

|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| copyof 
| Copy of site ID
| If this is a copy of another site the original site's ID is saved here
| 
|-
| date_added
| Date added
|
|
|}

 

== Outreach Teams - Previous: Master Campaign sites (main_master_sites) ==

List of Outreach Teams 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master site ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organization ID
| Reference to the church this OLT belongs to
| req. for all new records
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference ID
| Conference this OLT is in
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
|
Name of the OLT, usually the church name.

Usually renamed to 'olt_name' or 'church_name2' in SQL output. Also named 'church_name' occasionally but that is deprecated.

|
|-
| ms_personID 
| Person ID
| In case a personal team is created this holds the link to the person (used for speaker-initiated campaigns)
| 
|-
| hotelID 
| Hotel ID
| 2009-11-16: deleted all values since homeland do not use hub cities anymore - field can be deleted entirely, once SQL queries have been checked
- search for "main_master_sites" and "'tblname' => 'master_sites'" and edit acl_add_master_site() and i_master_sites.php/php_functions_i_master_sites.php

|
|-
| city 
| City
| 2010-11-01: Is officially no longer used but I didn't dare deleted it in the database yet. Delete it later.
Search for "main_master_sites" to try to find location where it might still be used.

|
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Graphics language
| Default graphics language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| lifeofchrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| Default video language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| pw 
| Password
| Password OLT members can use to access information for this OLT. Not really used at the moment.
| 
|-
| date_added 
| Date added
| 
| 
|}

== Outreach Leadership Team members ==

Table with all memberships for the Outreach Leadership Teams (main_olts)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| OLT member ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person who is the member
| req.
|-
| 
| Master site ID
| Team person is a member of
| req.
|-
| 
| Is OLT clerk?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| 
| req. for all new records
|-
| 
| Date removed
| Once this field has a value the member is considered removed.
| 
|}

== Churches ==

List of churches we have retrieved from AdventistDirectory.org and eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| SDA org ID
| OrgMastID from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| SDA entity ID
| OMEntity from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| Church name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 2-letter ISO-3166 country code
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Ethnic group
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sector
| Our own sector value, set by the conference organizers
| 
|-
| 
| Latitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Longitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Parent SDA AdmFieldID
|
ID of parent conference.

(I believe we always have this one)

|-
| 
| Parent SDA OrgMastID
|
ID of parent conference.

(this one we don't yet have for the churches we've retrieved through the webpages) CAN WE JUST DROP THIS FIELD BECAUSE IT SEEMS TO THE CHURCH'S SDAORGID REPLACED WITH "11" ON THE END?!

|-
| 
| Parent is not a conference?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Inactive?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| Date added to our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Date modifed
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| 
|}

== Workers / Officers ==

List of officers (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB) or other Adventist services/fields

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| Conference the pastor is in.
Not used for NAD conferences, since Officer ID (from eAdventist) is used. If we change use assign_pastor_to_church() must be reviewed.

| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| ID originates from SDA-DB
This is the same ID as main_people. sda_membershipID. Used only for records coming from eAdventist.net.

| cond. 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| The local conference's own ID for the person
| 
|-
| 
| First name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Last name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Suffix
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing country
| 2-letter country name (ISO-3166)
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative e-mail addresses
| Comma-separated list (with space between comma and next address)
| opt.
|-
| 
| Cell phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Allow SMS?
| Is ShareHim allowed to send the pastor an SMS to notify him about new applicants from his church?
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Link to this person's record in our main people table if present.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Default password
| Password that will be used to auto-create a login when this pastors tries to login
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| req.
|}

== Church offices ==

List of church offices (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church office ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Church SDA org ID
| OrgMastID of church
| 
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| From main_officers table
| 
|-
| 
| Office name
| Name of office the person holds.
NOTE!! If this is expanded to be anything else than pastors we need to change the method in assign_campaign_site() we use to determine if speaker is pastor as well in get_pastors_churches() and probably other functions as well (since they only check for the existence of a church office record and not the office name value) ||

|-
| 
| Is evangelistic decision-maker?
| yes/no
In case a church has multiple pastors this can indicate which pastor is responsible for evangelistic decisions. Used to know which pastor we can ask to recommend a speaker. ||

|-
| 
| Date modified
| Last date this record was modified in our own database.
| 
|}

== Campaign site statistics ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Statistical data
| serialize PHP array with statistics on attendance, Bible class attendance, and baptisms
(only used for international)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the speakers. (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Adjusted baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Projected baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the speakers (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Actual baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Did campaign with OLT?
| yes/no
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of meetings
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of visitors
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Planning another campaign?
|
Possible values: 0 : no 1 : yes 2 : maybe

| Homeland only 
|}

== Campaign site statistics per conference ==

This data "overrides" data entered for each individual campaign site.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference date block statistics ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Total baptisms during campaign in this conference
| number
| 
|-
| 
| Baptisms within 6 months after the campaign in this conference (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
| 
|}

== People ==

Guest speakers, support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA membership ID
| ID from eAdventist of OLT members and pastors.
(This ID is the same as main_officers.officerID. Brian: "Yes, the PersonID is the same Officer ID that we use for Pastors web service.")

| 
|-
| 
| Active person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Legal firstname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Legal lastname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Title
| dropdown
Prefered to be set as the option "Pastor" is sometimes used to identify pastors.

|-
| 
| Birth date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Gender
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marital status
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street address
| this is also their shipping address
| req.
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| req.
Required for different reasons (and more I haven't written here): These people go in to the regular table of people where we have speakers and so on, and that field has always been required. Besides having a name without connected to a country can be pretty ambigious. The more information we have about a person the better. It also helps us to know which division they are in which is required in case they apply for a campaign.

|-
| 
| E-mail
| also their username
Sometimes noemail@noemail.com or none@none.com has been put in if we don't know the address. 

| req. (except for special cases, eg. speakers assigned to past homeland campaigns, or check donations where we don't know the e-mail) 
|-
| 
| E-mail invalid
| date
If the e-mail address is not working register here the date it was discovered. Reminders, news letters etc. will not be sent to this person then.

|-
| 
| Home phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Office phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Cell phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Residence division
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Residence union
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence conference
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence church
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Application date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Remmendation status
|
Possible values: (by sending fields/recommenders) - NULL (when not recom. processed) - waiting - recommended - unrecommended

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender
|
Pastor/layman/academy in NAD: - stores the ID of the recommender to which an e-mail was sent at time of application 

College students: - college date block ID

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sermon notes language
|
dropdown

VALIDATION: - check if this from-language is available within the desired date block. If not, give option to select another language. 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Preferred CD format
|
Possible values: - DVD (means using a DVD player) - DVD-R (means using a computer) 

(old values: CD, DVD-Combo)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Done boot camp?
|
Has person taken the ShareHim boot camp training program?

Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : is an ordained/licensed pastor - 3 : is a retired pastor 

(Being any type of pastor resolves to the same effect as saying yes)

| 
|-
| 
| Done a campaign?
| yes/no
Determined automatically by the system, cannot be manually set (as of today at least). No means only that we '''do not know if''' they have done a campaign. NOTE: now this does not only include international campaigns, even though the field name indicates that. Also having done a homeland campaign will now result in this being set to yes.

| 
|-
| 
| First campaign
| text
First ShareHim campaign that this person participated in as a speaker. Used for people applying for homeland campaigns.

| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary
Lay applicants: pastor Academy students: academy & contact 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference home phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy & contact

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference office phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary 

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference cell phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference e-mail
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receive newsletter?
|
Is person signed up for the Evangeliving newsletter? 

NULL: has not been set 0: no 1: yes, in e-mail format 2: yes, in hardcopy format 

| opt. 
|-
| 
| Received mentorship material
| yes/no
Did we send them the mentorship material? ||

|
|-
| 
| Portrait filename
| File for thumbnail image used in stories.
| 
|-
| 
| Portrait is authorized?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team of master site ID
| The church with this master site ID that this person is an OLT member of
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team special status
|
number

0 = ordinary OLT member (default) 1 = is OLT leader 2 = is OLT secretary

NOTE: cannot move this field to main_olts because we have people set as leaders/secretaries who are not member of any particular OLT.

|
|-
| 
| Is editor?
|
Possible values: - executive (edit text/graphics, approve, add/delete stories) - associate (edit text/graphics) - text - graphics - advreview (Adventist Review editor)

|
|-
| 
| Do not contact
|
date

When person should not receive any correspondence or be contacted, register the date this was set.

|
|-
| 
| Reason for not contacting
| text
(eg. do not want info from us, is deceased etc.)

| req. if "Do not contact" is set 
|-
| 
| Hide person from public?
|
number

0 = no 1 = yes 2 = yes and also hide from any logged in users not part of the same campaign 3 = yes and also hide from any logged in users except admins

'''NOTE!! CURRENTLY''' 1, 2 and 3 makes no difference on the website. All cause a behaviour equal to 3.

Should the person name and critical personal details (name, address, and phone numbers) be hidden from public/non-logged in users (or from logged in users except those participating in the same date block, or even everybody but admins and co-admins)? If yes: - hidden on mainly the campaign overview - if they are organizers they are currently NOT hidden - hidden in get_dateblock_people() - hidden in get_people_availability() - hidden in get_person_info() - skip showing personal portrait on stories - hidden in other functions too...

| req.
|-
| 
| Person requested check for duplicate
| Person indicated that they might already exist in our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Source
|
Indication of how this person originally got into the database. Possible values (also defined in main_peopleedit.php): 1 : applied internationally 2 : applied homeland acceptance 3 : homeland pastor 4 : made a donation/pledge 5 : conference organizer/sector leader 6 : OLT member 7 : signed up for newsletter 8 : order received from GoodSalt.com 9 : is translator for homeland system 10 : homeland speaker (assigned to past campaign => not accepted in conf) 11 : non-ShareHim related homeland speaker 12 : given a ShareSynch serial number (version C sermons) 99 : other manually added record

| 
|}

== Person events (main_personevents) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| personeventID 
| Person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| personID 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| dateblockID 
| Date block ID
| Only for non-college/university applicants
| 
|-
| eff_dateblockID 
| Effective date block ID
| Updated to always hold the effective date block ID for this event (also when event has been deleted)
| 
|-
| categorymoved 
| Category
|
Possible values: - pastor - layman - college - academy - stm - organizer

|
|-
| collegedateblockIDmoved 
| College date block ID
| Only for college/university applicants
| 
|-
| is_standby 
| Is standby
|
yes/no

Is this a standby event?

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| clusterID 
| Cluster ID
| Only for speakers
(the link to groups must of course match this link.)

|-
| groupID 
| Group ID
| Only for speakers
| 
|-
| teamID 
| Team ID
| Only for STMs - linking them to their speaker (Team ID in main_teams)
| 
|-
| rankingID 
| Ranking ID
| 
| 
|-
| cospeaker 
| Associate speaker
| yes/no
(we know the main speaker by the team the associate speaker is member of) ||

|-
| 
| Preferred hub city (date block hotel ID)
| The hub city the person him/herself wishes to go to
| 
|-
| 
| Site-funding required
| yes/no
CURRENTLY NOT USED (use 'funding_required' instead) MAY NEED TO USE IT THOUGH, INSTEAD OF CALCULATING IT WITH A JOIN TO main_groups ALL THE TIME! Is currently only set a group level and must be determine through field table main_groups. grp_funding_source

|-
| 
| Site-funding fulfilled
| If fulfilled, it has the ID of the belonging log entry from sharehim_log.system_operations.operationID
| 
|-
| 
| Need housing?
| yes/no
Only used for homeland date blocks: Does the speaker need the host church to provide housing if the meeting is outside his area? ||

|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: (by host fields) - NULL - accepted - rejected

(Currently only used for homeland campaigns. Automatically accepted for international campaigns.)

|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival date
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival time
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, airline
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight no.
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Self-arranged travel to orientation
| yes/no
If yes none of the four fields above must be filled out ||

|-
| 
| Hotel city, arrival airport
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, airline
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Last deposit reminder
| Days after application date that this reminder was last sent
| 
|-
| 
| Last site-funding reminder
| Days before opening date that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last hotel reservation reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last flight arrival reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last generic reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last equipment rental reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Consent form for minors
|
NULL = not a minor 1 = pending receiving the consent form 2 = consent form received 3 = is minor, parent/guardian is coming too

Is set to NULL when event is deleted if it was 1 or 3.

|-
| 
| No sermon notes
|
yes/no

Whether or not the person should receive sermon notes/graphics for this event. Used with the "missing notes" report. This value is basically only informational. Extended to this use:

0 : nothing skipped 1 : skip sermon notes 2 : skip Jesus video 3 : skip both sermon notes and Jesus video

(3 is automatically set when setting a speaker for past homeland campaign or when setting a non-ShareHim-related speaker for a homeland campaign)

|-
| 
| Reported on the first insurance/service requests report that we sent out?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Is deleted?
| yes/no
Is set to yes when we delete an event but keep the database record because material has been shipped concerning this event, and because we want to keep a historical record.

|-
| 
| Is event request?
| yes/no (when person does not fill out the main application form, value is not changed but kept forever event if event is deleted)
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deposit received
|
datetime

Date we have received the deposit for the direct campaign cost (international only). The field Site-funding required will determine if this is necessary. If it is, only after that point we initiate the application process.

Set to 2000-01-01 when bypassed by admins (when auto-approved was requested when event was added)

Set to 2000-01-02 for events before we implemented this procedure

Set to 2000-01-03 when event is in an individually funded group (where leader has already paid the deposit)

|-
| 
| Date approved
| datetime (by administration)
Must have a value for the event to be considered approved, no matter what the category is.

Set to 2000-01-01 when it is unknown.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date standby expire
| date
The date the standby event will expire.

|-
| 
| Date activated
| datetime
The date a standby event was activated.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deleted
| datetime
| 
|}

== Person comments ==

Internal comments only visible for administrators

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Comment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Possible to reference a comment to a person's event
| opt.
|-
| 
| Comment
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Comment type
|
Possible values: - 'phonecall'

| opt.
|-
| 
| Flag
|
dropdown

Possible values: - 1 : encourage mentorship - 2 : block all future participation - 3 : block future intl. participation - 4 : block future homeland participation

| opt.
|-
| 
| Date and time entered
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Submitter
| Local ID of user from table below
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| Origin table of this user
| 
|}

== Personal salutations ==

Table with personal salutations for each user in the system

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| The person the salutation is for
| req.
|-
| 
| From table
| The table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
Same format as $_SESSION['user_fromtable']

| req.
|-
| 
| From local ID
| The ID from the table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
| req.
|-
| 
| Salutation
| The salutation itself. Must be the full line.
| req.
|}

== Colleges ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Initials
| Abbreviation of name
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| For shipping equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Contact person
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| Use this to login and recommend students
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Colleges' date blocks ==

Bob Sr, 2008-07: College date-block information must remain read-only for all except for the administrative few.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Dateblock ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| opt.
|-
| 
| Student sites to reserve equip. for
| numeric
| req.
|-
| 
| Funding source
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date site-funding received
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Total site-funding amount received
| number
In USD.

|-
| 
| Date travel funds requested
| The date we requested Quiet Hour Ministries to send the travel funds to the college/students.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Last status reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| opt.
|}

== Recommenders ==

Only for North-American division

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Recommender ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marker for last applicant
| a marker so we can cycle through these recommenders
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Translations ==

Per campaign site

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| From language
| dropdown acc. to available sermon notes language
| 
|}

== Campaign material ==

Shipments that are due (or waiting for payment before they are due)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Shipment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Personevent ID
| 
| req. to be a speaker
|-
| 
| Shipper
| A main_ext_shippers.ext_shipperID reference
| 
|-
| 
| Paid
| date
Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a ||

|-
| 
| Postpone date
| date
This item will not shown on the shipping list until this date ||

|-
| 
| Shipped date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped method
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped tracking no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty billed
| date
Only used for graphics CDs, reporting to It Is Written ||

|}

== Clusters ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Clusters are a larger scope compared to groups. Groups can be linked to clusters. Only speakers can be members of clusters.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster name
| For homeland date blocks this is not used for anything really - other than it shows up on the campaign overview.
| 
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|}

== Cluster leaders ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster leader ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Speakers or organizers
| 
|}

== Groups ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Only speakers can be members of groups

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Group ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| 
|-
| 
| Group name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Recommender personID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reserved sites
| Will effectively always be filled out.
| 
|-
| 
| Funding source (site-funding)
|
Possible values: - 'sharehim': ShareHim is responsible - 'individually': each group member is responsible, but deposit for ALL must be received before any can apply - ' indiv_owndep': each group member is responsible, all applicants must pay their own deposit at time of application - 'collectively': group is responsible collectively

| req.
|-
| 
| Deposit received?
| yes/no
No one excepts organizers can apply before deposit has been received if funding source is 'individually'.

|-
| 
| Partial payment date
| date
Has no effect if amount is not set or 0.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Partial payment amount
| number
Has no effect if date is not set.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Last site-fund reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show group on availability report?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Max subdivide
| Max number of hotel cities the group is allowed to span across. Default one.
| req.
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled?
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Teams ==

Speaker linked with support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Team ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (speaker)
| 
| 
|}

== Orientation sites ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - no (0) - yes (1) - not necessary (2)

| req.
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting to the orientation site
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment booking ==

Booking of equipment Time frame of booking is decided by the period of the date block

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Booking ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| req. if no person ID
|-
| 
| Speaker ID (= Person ID)
| 
| req. if no college date block ID
|-
| 
| Case ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Booking date
| The date the booking was made (just for the information)
| 
|-
| 
| Paid amount
| Only for non-student related
| 
|-
| 
| Paid date
| Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound tracking no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance
| text (100)
E-mail of person received the insurance information ||

|-
| 
| Return date
| Date it was sent from the renter
| 
|-
| 
| Return method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Return tracking no.
| text (30)
If filled out it's a call tag, otherwise not

|-
| 
| Return received date
| Date it was received by ShareHim
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked by initials
| text (10)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, cases ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Case ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Case purchase date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the case is under repair or for another reason is not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| Down status
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Discharged
| date
When the case has been sold and we no longer have anything to do with it ||

|-
| 
| Discharged status
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, laptops ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment base ID
| ID of the equipment base where we administrate a set of graphics equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| OS product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Office product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Service Tag
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Express service code
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop value
| numeric
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty type
|
dropdown: - Next day service - Next day service + complete care

|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Quote no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the laptop is under repair or has been sold and hence not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| AC adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
Remote control for mouse ||

|-
| 
| Floppy drive
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, projectors ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Projector value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Power cord
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VGA cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VCR cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| International adapters
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Ground adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Extension cord
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Material stock ==

Sermon notes/graphics, Life of Christ videos, etc. Note: The Life of Christ videos that are active and have no format were previously those records that were the PAL version. The inactive NTSC versions are kept for historic purposes.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material group
|
Current list: - Notes/graphics CD - Graphics CD - Life of Christ video - Hardcopy (language must correspond exactly with sermon languages)

Must '''not''' be changed without considering consequences for rest of the system. Some of these values are used hard-coded in the script code

|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Code
| Short easy-to-read code identifying this product to use it when printing labels
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Format
|
NTSC/PAL/SECAM

CD/(DVD/VCD)

|-
| 
| Qty in stock
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Minimum qty in stock
| Espacially for Life of Christ videos
| 
|-
| 
| Available from
| Date from which this material will be available
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty organization
|
Current list: - It Is Written - Present Solutions

If royalties must be paid when issueing this item select here which organization it must be reported to.

|-
| 
| Shipper
| ID of external shipper (from main_ext_shippers.ext_shipperID) (blank/null if internal)
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Stories ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story type
|
dropdown

Possible values: - sitereport (report about campaign site) - testimonial (personal testimony)

| req.
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of the person who created this story, speaker or STMs
| 
|-
| 
| Purpose
|
dropdown:

- public (for publishing on website)

- internal (raw material for internal use)

| req.
|-
| 
| Headline
| self made headline/title on story
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Copy of Narrative
| Copy of narrative before people changes an authorized story.
| 
|-
| 
| Keywords
| Optional additional keywords used when searching
| 
|-
| 
| Author name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Author notes
| Scratch-board for author and/or editors. Not shown publicly.
| 
|-
| 
| Internal notes
| Scratch-board for editors.
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Pictures authorized
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Content authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Authorized for display on Adventist Review website?
| yes/no (set by ShareHim)
| 
|-
| 
| Approved for display on Adventist Review website?
| null/yes/no (set by Adventist Review)
Labels: Approved/Disabled/Not reviewed ||

|-
| 
| Show thumbnail? (for testimonies)
| yes/no
Show thumbnail of person (of course only effective if thumbnail is uploaded) ||

|-
| 
| Is news item?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Show from (only news items)
| date (from now if blank)
Date is inclusive.

|-
| 
| Show to (only news items)
| date (indefinitely if blank)
Date is exclusive.

|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| req.
|-
| 
| Date last modified
| datetime
| req.
|}

== Story pictures ==

Attached to the stories

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Picture ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Caption
| long text
| req.
|-
| 
| Filename (given by the system)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Original filename
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is retouched?
| yes/no
Set to yes when original picture was retouched, either manually or cropped - as intermediate stage between original and final picture

| req.
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| For rearranging the order of pictures
| 
|-
| 
| Upload date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Surveys ==

Evaluation forms filled out by the speakers and STMs.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Survey ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| No. of campaigns participated in
| Number of campaigns the person has participated in to date.
| req.
|-
| 
| [questions] x13
| 1-5 or null
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| date
| req.
|-
| 
| Is reviewed?
| yes/no
| req.
|}

== Donations ==

Received donations

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Donation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date received
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation amount
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation type
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Pledge ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ...many more fields
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receipt sent
| Date receipt was sent.
If we don't know the date it is set to 2001-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent method
| Possible values:
- letter - email - authorize.net ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent
| Date letter was sent.
If no letter was sent date is set to 2000-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Follow-Up done?
| yes/no
Used for non-sitefunding donations only ||

|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|}

== External logins ==

E.g. Caroline Conference, Quiet Hour

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Login ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 1
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 2
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone
| An alternative phone number to campaign managers, mainly for entering local phone numbers that they use when they supervise campaigns.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone until
| The last date that the phone number is scheduled to be usable.
| req. if phone number is specified
|-
| 
| Access level
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Superadmin
|
0 / 1 / 2

1 = is superadmin 2 = is associate admin (lower than regular admin).

Only superadmin can see password, change information, add and delete users in external logins.

Only superadmin can emulate and set password (set_pw.php) for admin and coadmin.

Associate admins: the only difference between associate admins and normal admins is that they have less menu item on the menuadmin.php page (no restrictions or anything else).

|
|-
| 
| Fulltime
|
yes/no

If coadmins are full-time or part-time managers

|
|-
| 
| Approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Password questions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Table
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Question
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Answer
| 
| 
|}

== Field descriptions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Description ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Table name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Field name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Public description
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Internal description
| 
| 
|}

== News ==

Information shown on the main page of the website

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| News ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Headline
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| ShowFrom
| date
| 
|-
| 
| ShowTo
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show all on home?
| yes/no
Show entire news item on the front page? (normally there is a max length for items shown there) || req.

|}

== ShareSynch Serial Numbers ==

Created serial numbers for the ShareSynch software

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Serial Number ID
| Internal ID
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| GS)-XXXX-XXXX
| req.
|-
| 
| Expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person this serial number is connected to
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Event this serial number is connected to (and that usually causes an expiration date)
| 
|-
| 
| Owner name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Owner e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Activations allowed
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is printed?
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Date created
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== ShareSynch activations ==

Activations that have been done for the different ShareSynch serial numbers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Activation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation Code
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation date
| timestamp
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation IP
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware Operating System
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ShareSynch software version
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reactivation dates
| The dates this activation code was resent or reactivated
| 
|-
| 
| Is withdrawn?
|
Possible values: 0 = is not withdrawn (default) 1 = withdrawn, allow re-activation 2 = withdrawn, disallow re-activation

Activation code can be withdrawn, either by the user deactivating the computer (1) or ShareHim revoking it (2).

In case of 2, the software needs to register that this activation code is now invalid, so that later attempts to use the same activation code we fail (but what if they format the hardware?!). But, if the code is then regranted, we can only reactivation the software through online activation, otherwise we can't be sure that the revoked code is now active again! Well, for a solid solution the hardware should actually be encrypted together with a date, so that the activation code would be different when the computer was reactivated, and then this whole matter woudn't be an issue. (Or we could also just issue a completely new serial number...)

| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== System settings ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| System administrator name
| General
| 
|-
| 
| System administrator e-mail
| General
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender name
| Name that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender e-mail
| E-mail that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| Days to resend unprocessed applicant
| Days after application date to resend recommendation e-mails for unprocessed applicants
| 
|-
| 
| Days to mark unproccessed applicant
| Number of days until applicant will be highlighted as 'not processed' in the unapproved applicants list
| 
|-
| 
| Days before orientation to ship Life of Christ video
| Days before orientation date that we issue the shipment
| 
|-
| 
| Days after date block closing date to remind about entering experience
| Only used for those who have received sponsorship
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding insurance coverage
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding service requests
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (name) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (e-mail) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance information e-mail recipient
| E-mail to which we send insurance information on shipped equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Case lock combination
| numeric (3)
Case lock on equipment cases ||

|-
| 
| Min. days to opening date to allow person use key for bypassing closing date (because of insurance and service requests reports/reminders, so should therefore always be before we send out the last insurance/serv. req. reminder)
| 
| 
|}

== E-mail templates ==

E-mail templates for e-mails that are sent out automatically

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| E-mail template ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| identification name for this template
| 
|-
| 
| Subject
| Subject for the e-mail
| 
|-
| 
| Body
| Body for the e-mail
| 
|}

== Email log, group e-mails ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mail reference
| reference to the mail sent (an ID or a file reference)
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|}

== Email log, service requests reports ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| CC
| Carbon Copy recipients
| 
|-
| 
| Attached files
| )
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Target
| "host" or "sending" organization (division/union/conference)
| 
|-
| 
| Batch
| "first" or "second" batch of reports to this organization
| 
|}

== Mail queue ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Mail queue ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| By local ID
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| By from table
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| Sender name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sender e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Query ID
| Query ID that this queue is based upon.
In case we want to make queues that are special and not based on a query this can just be left empty.

|
|-
| 
| Custom subject
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Attach files
| Serialized PHP array with documents to attach to the e-mails in this queue.
| 
|-
| 
| Use personal salutations?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| 
|-
| 
| Date completed
| datetime
Is set when all e-mails in this queue have been sent.

|
|}

== System translations ==

Pieces of text used in the interface and which can be translated into other languages

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Category
| Not really used
| 
|-
| 
| Tag
| The tag use in the PHP code
| 
|-
| 
| Langugage [en|es|da|...]
| The text for this tag in the given language
| 
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| Not used
| 
|-
| 
| Explanation
| Any useful instructions for the translator about this piece of text
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Timestamp for when the text or tag for the primary language (English) was last modified
| 
|}

== System translators ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translator ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| Two-letter abbreviation for the language
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
|
Person ID from main_people of the person who is the translator for this language.

Set to 0 if we currently have no translator.

|
|-
| 
| Last notified
| Last time translator was notified about new or changed text to be translated
| 
|}

== System log ==

Table is placed in a separate database.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Operation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| By name
| Name of user who caused this operation
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By local ID
| ...his local ID
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By from table
| ...originates from this table
Note: Because of programming mistake this field has incorrect values until 2006-08-22 after a user has emulated somebody. Unsure when problem started (maybe 2006-06-08 or 2006-03-27). || Req. if avail.

|-
| 
| Visit ID
| VisitID from WebStory statistics
| 
|-
| 
| IP
| User's IP address at time of logging
| 
|-
| 
| Emulated by
| Full name of person who was emulating
| 
|-
| 
| Action
| Main name for for this action
| Req.
|-
| 
| Subaction
| Subname for this action
| 
|-
| 
| For name
| Name of user/record this action was executed upon
NOTE: This can be either firstname lastname or lastname, firstname ||

|-
| 
| For local ID
| ...caused upon this ID in the table below
| 
|-
| 
| For from table
| ...caused upon a record in this table
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of person it was caused upon (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| DateblockID that this action is related to (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Parameters
| Any extra parameters to log. Default format: field=value¤field=value...
| 
|}

If a field is fit for having a value but we don't have it readily available when making the logentry then we set the value to "N/A" (or "0" for number fields) so that we later can run some queries to easily replace all these "missing" information pieces.

=== List tables ===

== Venue types ==

- eg.: Church, open field etc. - 'venueno' only added and sorted by for the sake of Tamara entering the data

== Countries ==

- connected to which division it's in - including the ISO-3166 two-letter codes (where codes starting with underscore (_) is self-made in order to not have empty field) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain country names are used hard-coded in the script code (eg. ship_material.php) - as of 2006-09-21 used in: - main_divisions - main_unions - main_conferences - main_orientations - main_hotels - main_colleges - main_people - the divisionID is taken from Jon Brauer's XML file "2006-08 OMCountries (Jon Brauer).xml".

== Currencies ==

- code, name, rate, date of rate, and source of rate

== Sponsors ==

- eg.: Quiet Hour Ministries, and later on maybe The Voice of Prophecy

== Material groups ==

- eg.: Sermon notes, Graphics CD, Life of Christ video - make no possibility to edit records, only add (and maybe delete) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain material groups are used hard-coded in the script code (ship_material.php)

== Equipment bases ==

- the different locations at which we administrate a set of graphics equipment, eg. North Carolina

== Shipping methods ==

- eg.: UPS, FedEx

== US states ==

== Titles ==

- eg.: Mr., Mrs. etc.

== Access levels ==

- eg.: admin etc.

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Misc documentation

2012-03-07T18:15:54Z

Allan Jensen:

<pre>The conversion of this information from the Word document Structure.doc has not yet been quality checked from the section "Rules, standards, notes, etc." and onwards.
</pre>
 

 

== Security ==

==== Login session variables ====

REMEMBER that these variables also needs to be set (or at least managed) when emulating and unemulating.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Username (e-mail)
| user_login
|-
| Password
| user_password
|-
| Person/div./un./conf. ID
(Local ID)

|
user_localID

(MUST correspond to $accesslevel in order to identify the user on his own level - certain users from ext_logins has to be "mapped" to an existing record in the table for his level, so that it will actually just be an alias. We cannot transfer the localID field from ext_logins to localID field in temp_users, because we would not have the reverse identification of that user in temp_users then, so we have to manually check the session variable to see if the user comes from ext_logins table and lookup the localID manually. If we are only concerned about the current user the localID can be found in "user_eff_localID" though.)

|-
| Ext. logins loginID
| user_ext_logins_loginID
(only made for logins in main_ext_logins. Saves the loginID as the localID will only contain the mapped localID - if any)

|-
| Effective local ID
| user_eff_localID
(holds the effective local ID for the current user. For ext. logins that means the value of "user_ext_logins_loginID" and for all other user the value of "user_localID")

|-
| Access level (number)
| user_accesslevel_num
|-
| Access level (text)
| user_accesslevel
|-
| From table
| user_fromtable
(values are as MySQL table names except without the "main_" part)

|-
| Full name
| user_fullname
|-
| If admin is superadmin
| user_is_superadmin
|-
| If admin is associate admin
| user_is_assoc_admin
|-
| Is conference organizer
|
user_is_conf_organizer (true, false)

If user is a conference organizer for homeland campaigns

 

|-
| Is conference organizer for sectors
|
user_is_conf_organizer_for_sectors

Array of sectors a conference organizer is limited to. Non-existing if no limits.

|-
| Is pastor
|
user_is_pastor (true, false)

|-
| Is editor
| user_is_editor
('executive','associative','text','graphics', or false)

|-
| User's active event
| user_active_personeventID
|-
| Emulating mode
| user_login_emulated (true or not set)
(whether the current login is being emulated)

|-
| Responsible date blocks
| user_resp_dateblocks
(array of dateblockIDs that this coadmin is responsible for/has access to maintain. Only used for 'coadmin' access level, otherwise it's an empty array)

|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID
| verified_openid
|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID short version
| verified_openid_short
|}

 

==== Other session variables generally used ====

Only lasting during the page execution for all pages that goes through the security check.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Dateblock ID
| $dateblockID
(the date block that an administrator is currently working in)

|}

 

==== Access levels ====

Each usergroup must also have a numeric value because of the login system's way of behaviour.

Access levels from 70-79 and 0-10 should on the pages be set specifically (in $requiredUserLevel) to avoid unwanted inherited permissions.

 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| '''Group'''
| '''Abbrev.'''
| '''Range'''
| '''General'''
'''(if range)'''

|-
| System
| system
| 
| 899
|-
| Administrators
| admin
|
70+

    90+

| 100
|-
|
Campaign managers *

Equipment managers 

|
coadmin

equip

| 70-89
|
80

79

|-
| Divisions
| div
| 60-69
| 65
|-
| Unions
| un
| 50-59
| 55
|-
| Conferences/missions
| conf
| 40-49
| 45
|-
| People (clusters, groups, college leaders)
| people
| 26-39
| 30
|-
| Recommenders
| recom
| 15
| 
|-
| Colleges
| college
| 14
| 
|-
|
ShareSynch Technical Supporter

(OBS! Probably not fully configured in set_pw.php...!)

| ssynchsupp
| 9
| 
|-
| **(Quiet Hour Ministries) (communic?)
| qhmsponsor
| 8
| 
|-
| **Travel agents
| travelag
| 7
| 
|-
| Insurance agents
| insuragent
| 6
| 
|}

*one star: mostly same as administrators but only within selected date blocks, and no access to certain system wide features
*two stars: planned access levels - but probably just make it an extension to their main_people record - to avoid multiple l

 

When creating new access levels use this checklist:

*try to make unique abbreviations/access level names so they can be searched for
*add to table list_accesslevels
*add to login/checklogin.php
*add to js_functions_phpmaker.js (syncLocalToAccesslevel() function)
*add to main_ext_loginslist.php (in section "Show mappings/localID")
*add to temp_userslist.php (add to switch() making the $emulate_qstr variable)
*add to php_functions_login.php => format_accesslevel()
*add permission and setup in set_pw.php to emulate and set user/password (if emulation should be possible)

 

==== Table permissions ====

Important notes: No records must be deleted if it has attached records in underlying levels ''Divisions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Date blocks'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Unions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Conferences/missions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Orientations sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

Note: Only admin can edit orientation date and city ''Hotel cities'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Campaign sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

 

==== Field permissions ====

- only admin is allowed to change Active-fields - password field may never be entered/changed manually

 

==== File and folder permissions ====

Modify (666): php/files/*.* except index.php

Modify (777): php/files/logs_scheduled_jobs

Modify (777): php/files/satellite_exports

Modify (777): php/files/temp

Modify (777): php/files/uploads_shortlife

Modify (777): php/files/var_dumps

Modify (777): php/docs

Modify (777): php/docs -ALL SUBFOLDERS-

Modify (666): php/docs/exec_directors_B84H81BN8KBS8F/*Planning_Form*.xls

Modify (777): php/multimedia/ -ALL SUBFOLDERS -

Modify (666): php/multimedia/ -ALL FILES except index.php -

Modify (777): php/pdf_generated/ -ALL SUBFOLDERS-

Modify (666): php/pdf_generated/ -ALL FILES IN SUBFOLDERS- (in order to be able to overwrite them)

Modify (666): php/supportchat/log.txt

Modify (666): php/includes/jensenfw/*.js|*.js.php -ALL FILES - (for phpJSO to obfuscate the files)

Modify (666): php/includes/*.js|*.js.php -ALL FILES except those skipped in _obfuscate_js.php - (for phpJSO to obfuscate the files)

Modify (666): php/error_log (PHP's error logging (warnings, parse errors etc))

Modify ??? : OpenID filestorage location

 

== Scheduler ==

*checking if we have all necessary information in time before campaigns begin
*sending reminders to people

 

== Page layouts ==

==== General guidelines ====

*if information is missing write something like "Awaiting information..."
*hide all e-mail addresses for public users and also for logged in users where they don't need to know the address

 

== Rules, standards, notes, etc. ==

==== Abbreviations & definitions (terminology/glossary) ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| STM
| support team member
|-
| OLT
| Outreach Leadership Team
|-
|
div (not the HTML tag) 

| division
|-
| un
| union
|-
| conf
| conference/mission
|-
| lang
| language
|-
| local ID
| ID from div, un, conf etc.
|-
| equipment
| = 1 case
|-
| co-speaker
| associate speaker
|-
| conf org / conforg
| conference organizer
|-
| n/a
| not applicable
|-
| shcfg
| name of global variable that is an array with hardcoded configuration/settings for the entire project
|-
| shrun
| name of global variable that is an array with values that have been set at runtime, usually in ini.php
|-
| acl
| Access Control Layer (permissions)
|-
| NAD
| North-American Division
|-
| number of open sites for a dateblock
| number of sites minus applicants that has been approved by admin but not necessarily assigned to a site yet
|-
| event request
| when a person requests to go to another campaign (paraphrased: "applying a second time at Global Evangelism" or technically "applying using eventrequest.php instead of apply.php)
|-
| date block
| one series of mettings in a specific geographical area, with an opening date and a closing date
|-
| campaign
| same as date block
|-
| NWM
| Not Worth Mentioning
|-
| curr
| current
|-
|
valerr valerrHTML 

| used in naming convention for variables holding validation error message for a field/piece of information - in plain text and HTML 
|-
| hub city
| exactly the same as a hotel city. We renamed the term hotel city to hub city.
|-
| ccard
| credit card
|-
| authnet
| Authorize.net
|-
| Centralizer
| a system developed by Allan Jensen to easily set up webpages for maintaining data in database tables
|-
| pid
| Person ID
|-
| offid
| Officer ID
|-
| wrkid
| Worker ID
|-
| choffid
| Church office ID
|-
| cid / confid
| Conference ID
|-
| chid
| Church ID
|-
| insttid
| Institution ID
|-
| evbdgid
| Event budget ID
|-
| pavid
| Person availability ID
|-
| pcacid
| Person/conference acceptance ID
|-
| pceid
| Pre-campaign event ID
|-
| stid
| Story ID
|-
| teid
| Training Entity ID
|-
| taid
| Training Accept ID
|-
| conforgid
| Conference organizer ID
|-
| pressynch
| Presentaion Synchronizer/Sermon Synchronizer (software)
|-
| ws
| webservice
|-
| cspd
| correspondent
|-
| site-fund
| people or groups who needs to contribute financially to their own campaigns (1,200 $/site).
REMEMBER! Instead of using the word "pay" we must always phrase it as "contributing" (or "donating") for tax-deductible reasons (see note in format_sitefund_indicatorHTML() ).

|-
| pre-funded
| sites that are being funded by ShareHim or somebody else with the $1,200, that is, the speaker is not responsible for providing the funds
|-
| normal deadline
| the latest date we will accept site-funding (the $1,200) before a campaign without adding the $100 rush processing fee. The date is fixed at 3 months before. The date is inclusive so that payments on this date does not enforce the extra fee.
|-
| TQH
| The Quiet Hour / Quiet Hour Ministries
|-
| ARM
| Adventist Risk Management
|}

==== ====

==== Applicant categories ====

A description of the different categories of applicants (IMPORTANT: '''Remember''' to consider co-speaker option, too).

Notation in brackets means is for a '''co-speaker''' in that category. Only used where applicable and where there is a difference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''pastor'''
| '''layman'''
| '''academy'''
| '''college'''
| '''stm'''
'''(support team member) '''

| '''organizer''' 
|-
| Table containing date block reference field
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_collegedateblocks
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
|-
| Can be co-speaker?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Can be team leader?
(record in main_teams) 

| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| No 
| No 
|-
| Can be team member? (use teamID field)
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| Yes
| No
|-
| Can be group member (and group leader)?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| Yes
|-
| Facilitator value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Needs recommendation for international campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Needs acceptance for homeland campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Allow standby event?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Recommender value?
|
If NAD division: RecommenderID 

| If NAD division: RecommenderID 
| If NAD division: RecommenderID 
| CollegedateblockID 
| No 
| No 
|-
| Recommender comments value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Reference
| Ministerial secretary
| Pastor
| Academy
| -none-
| -none-
| -none-
|-
| Reference value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Ranking value?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Flight information?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Room sharing value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Subject to cluster, group, and date block size limitations?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Can have graphics equipment booking?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| Yes???
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Table with possible related records
|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions 

|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
main_teams [no] - main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
- - - - - main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
- - - - - - - main_pwquestions

|}

Common for all:

*a record in main_personevents

 

==== Operations allowed at the different stages in the application process ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''Waiting for recommendation'''
| '''Waiting for acceptance'''
| '''Waiting for approval'''
| '''Waiting on standby'''
|-
|
Select as active event

(eventchange.php)

| No
| No
| No
| No
|-
|
Enter flight arrival info

(menupeople.php)

| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
|-
|
Select room sharing preferences

(menupeople.php)

| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
|-
|
People themselves delete the event

(eventdelete.php)

| No
| No
| Yes
| Yes
|}

==== ====

==== Possible combinations of 'category' and 'cospeaker' and their allowed selection of dateblocks ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:'''

*we have 3 different definitions of allowed dateblock selections:
**dateblocks within a college
**dateblocks that still has open sites (see definition above under 'Abbreviation & definitions')
**dateblocks that has not passed their closing date, and therefore still accepts applications
*a cospeaker from a college, can only select date blocks defined for that same college (similar to a def. in next analyses)

 

''Complete definition table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''cospeaker = 0'''
| '''cospeaker = 1'''
| 
|-
| '''pastor'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''layman'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''college'''
| college defined
| college defined
| 
|-
| '''academy'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''stm'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|-
| '''organizer'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|}

 

''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
|
category = college &

cospeaker = 0|1 

| Only dateblocks defined for that college 
| Note: Since cospeaker doesn't matter, we don't consider that when dealing with a category=college. 
|-
|
category = pastor|layman|academy &

cospeaker = 0

| Only dateblocks that still has open sites 
| 
|-
|
category = pastor|layman|academy &

cospeaker = 1

| All unclosed dateblocks 
| 
|-
|
category = stm|organizer &

cospeaker = 0

| All unclosed dateblocks 
| 
|-
|
category = stm|organizer &

 

| ''-invalid combination-'' 
| Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with stm & organizers 
|}

==== ====

==== Possible combinations of speaker's support team members and their dateblock link (for when selecting members) ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:'''

*a cospeaker from a college, can only be a cospeaker to a speaker from that same college (similar to a def. in former analyses)
*a speaker can have 2 types of support team members:
**stm (normal)
**pastor|layman|academy (but not college) cospeakers
*of course a non-cospeaker cannot be a support team member
*of course stm & organizers cannot be cospeakers - the dateblock link of college students is, contrary to the other types, stored in collegedateblocks

 

''Complete definition table'' 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3" border="1"
|-
| '''Speaker''' 
| '''Possible support team members''' 
| '''Speaker dateblock link table''' 
| '''STM dateblock link table''' 
|-
| pastor 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| personevents 
| personevents 
|-
| layman 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| personevents 
| personevents 
|-
| college 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| collegedateblocks 
| personevents 
|-
| college 
| - college & cospeaker 
| collegedateblocks 
| collegedateblocks 
|-
| academy 
| - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm 
| personevents 
| personevents 
|}

''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table'' Note: keeping the dateblockID link in collegedateblocks makes it possible to move all college students from one college to another dateblock with a simple change (considering strict normalization of databases this is the correct way to do it). On the other hand it complicates when dealing with dateblockID for speakers. (At the point of time of writing this the question is whether to do one or the other - whether I already have figured out the ways to go about this difference - which I ''think'' I have... since I have made SQL queries for both finding all speakers within a dateblock and finding all stm within a dateblock) speaker category = pastor|layman|academy All has the same possible dateblock link tables speaker category = college & stm category <> college & cospeaker = 1 Speaker dateblock link is in 'collegedateblocks', stm dateblock link is in either 'personevents' or 'collegedateblocks' speaker category = college & stm category = college & cospeaker = 1 speaker category = [any] & stm category = [any] & cospeaker = 0 ''-invalid combination-'' Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with category=college

Update: To simplify the SQL statement the field eff_dateblockID (effective dateblockID)

==== Organizer's responsibility group/scope ====

'''NOTE: This is our goal but it doesn't mean that the system is working exactly like this yet! Some development probably needed in this area.''' An organizer can be responsible for the following groups of people depending on his setup: '''Setting''' '''Responsibility group''' Not in any group or cluster All people in date block Member of a group All people in the same group Member of a cluster All people in the same cluster For his group of people the areas he can work in include (but is not limited to): - maintaining their personal record - entering flight information - making hotel room reservation - booking or unbooking graphics equipment - probably also assigning/unassigning team members???

==== Multiple events ====

- on the people's own menu they work with one event at a time - they select themselves which one they want to work with

==== Website Layout & Coding Format ====

- generally aim at a minimum screen resolution of 1024x768 pixels - most website users use IE so it's must be compatible with the newest versions - but most browsers can be expected (because of a large user group) - a menu area and a main area - light background color/texture - use default font sizes/families and styles unless something needs to be emphasized or de-emphasized - use '''to emphasize - use or the CSS class "dimmed" for less important text - don't follow coding structure of main_*.php and list_*.php (generated by PHPMaker) but rather story_menu_admin.php - complexity of search and sorting features needs to be considered for every case (sometimes needed, otherwise just simple) - standard date format: mm/dd/yyyy - started writing LOCAL-DATE places where we eventually will localize the date format for user's country - consider if strftime() (or strftime_new() in adventsangerne.no) can be used for something - standard number format: ##,###,###.## - always use require_function() for defining functions to use. Never include file directly. - when validating date use $err_occurs_on_page to count how many errors occur. The validation functions also uses this variable. - recommended to use query string variable "act" when requesting a page with a command to do some operation - see additional coding format specifications in "Programming principles - Allan.txt"'''

 

==== E-mails ====

- e-mail addresses must never be shown to the public. They must be presented with a form to be filled out instead. - general e-mails should bounce to bounce@sharehim.org, while all other e-mails should bounce to the sender address - format of the unique Mailer ID that can be used in e-mails: X-Mailer-ID: #SRCID#MAIL#FEST07-2#PID686#

==== Check queries ====

- IMPORTANT: check that all speakers in a college within a cluster have personevents.clusterID filled out accordingly - check that all homeland date blocks have at least one conference defined in main_dateblockconfs - SELECT main_dateblocks.* FROM main_dateblocks LEFT JOIN main_dateblockconfs USING (dateblockID) WHERE homeland = 1 AND main_dateblockconfs.conferenceID IS NULL ORDER BY title - conferences, unions etc. have their upper level record - orphaned group members - speakers both being group leader and group member - check that group date block matches the members date blocks - speaker who haven't been issued any material (use code from _db-query.php) - check that STMs that are member of teams are also member of that date block - check that no delete-marked events are found in main_people.active_personeventID - delete active_personeventIDs that do not exist in main_personevents (maybe obsolete now) _db-query.php: "CLEAR ACTIVE_PERSONEVENTIDs THAT ARE NOT EXISTING IN PERSONEVENTS" - check that all people in homeland campaigns are members of clusters - check date block dates: SELECT dateblockID, title, opening_date, appl_closed_date, data_lock_date, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) AS days_duration, TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) AS days_before_appl_close, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) AS days_lock_date_before_closingdate FROM main_dateblocks WHERE TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) <> 15 /* days_duration */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) < 0 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) > 90 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) < -10 /* days_lock_date_before_closingdate */ ORDER BY opening_date - check if we have any visits with any of the user agents currently listed in class webstory -> $skip_useragent_keywords - occasionally removed unused queries: delete_query(false, array('queryID' => 0, 'queryID_compare' => '>=')); //it will auto probibit deleting used queries - check that pastor e-mail addresses match e-mail address in our records (system should prohibit it though so any records shown here might be a result of a problem in the system. Also see e-mails with subject "E-mail changed" of 2010-09-06 and 2011-03-10): SELECT main_people.personID, legal_firstname, legal_lastname, main_people.email, main_officers.email AS conf_email, pw FROM main_people INNER JOIN main_officers ON main_people.personID = main_officers.personID WHERE main_people.email <> main_officers.email

==== Dropdowns ====

- dropdowns binding a record to it's upper level must only show the upper level values within that branch of the tree

==== Boolean fields ====

All boolean fields (yes/no) have the field type TINYINT. 1 = yes / true 0 = no / false This makes it easier to determine false and true in PHP. Some fields also have additional special values like -1 or 2. Use the label "- not set -" if the boolean value has not been set.

==== Adding/removing fields for, or links to, person record in main_people ====

- when deleting a person (main_persondelete.php and delete_person() ) consider this new field - when merging a person (merge_person() ) consider this new field - for foreign keys linking to main_people.personID, add a reference in person_alldata.php - consider necessary changes to ShareHim Satellite

==== Deleting applicants ====

Deleting an applicant (meaning that he doesn't want to participate in the program anyway or he has been denied) does not result in an actual removal of the person from the database. We only delete the personevent record.

==== Deactivating records ====

To deactivate a record would be a very rare occurrence, only for example if a division re-organizes it's unions. In that case we deactive the unions that are no longer existing and by that we also cancel all current activities for those unions, like equipment booking and scheduled material shipments. This must/can then be re-booked and re-scheduled for the new unions created in stead. This is an example of the principle of deactivating records and theirs effects on the system.

==== User menus ====

Procedures (= links) that aren't applicable at present should be grayed out e.g.: only make active link to match speakers if there are any speakers that need to be matched This will make an easy todo-list overview for the user Group these kind of procedures together on the menu

==== External links and webservice consumers ====

The following describes which external places are linking into our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /add-new-campaign 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for people to apply for a homeland Speaker-Initiated Campaign)

|-
| /sharesynch 
|
ShareSynch software (for manual activation)

|-
| /hiswayofhope-order-new-disc 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for upgrade to newer version where they need new disc)

|}

 

The following system are calling webservices on our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /php/sharesynch_activate_online.php 
| ShareSynch software (automatic activation) 
|-
| /php/ws.php?ws=add_goodsalt_order&f=json 
| GoodSalt order system 
|}

==== Address formats ====

3 different formats (currently not differencing USA/Canada): - USA - Street/PO - City, State, Zip - Country - Canada - Street/PO - City, Province, X#X-#X# - Country - Other - Street/PO - Postal information - Country

==== Telephone formats ====

On forms where people enter their phone number they need to enter the number WITHOUT country code and WITH area number. On forms where people edit their phone number we will show a plus (+) and the country code in front of that number. We can do that since we have the country code for all countries in the table list_countries.

==== Log actions ====

Used in `sharehim_log` database in table `system_operations`, fields `action` and `subaction` person added deleted updated merged name corrected changed recommendation status acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent to the conference) accepted (by receiving field => homeland conference) rejected (by receiving field => homeland conference) acceptance reverted acceptance request cancelled person event updated activated (standby event was activated) downgrade to standby (actual event was downgraded to standby event) changed main speaker site-funding fulfilled revoked event added standby added deleted standby deleted undeleted moved (so far only used in move_college_group() ) email sent [blank] site-funding reminder pastor passwords category changed application new recommendation requested (= e-mail requesting recommendation has been sent) recommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) unrecommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': accepted (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': rejected (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) approved (by ShareHim administrator) denied (= event denied) (by ShareHim administrator) status reverted availability added deleted moved people search login success failed emulated logout password generated/changed group created deleted (not yet implemented as of 8/4-05) leader changed cluster leader changed college dateblock leader changed campaign site added (type=speaker-init comes under this as well) moved approved (used for speaker-init events) declined (used for speaker-init events) dateblock added modified deleted hub city/sites moved story deleted donation deleted equipment caseID replaced equipment booking created deleted changed Table might not yet be complete. (use SQL from file "Code pieces/SQL statements.txt" to make it complete)

'''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' - to minimize number of records the following log actions are deleted once in a while (after taking a local backup of the whole database so we have the information just in case we need it): DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'campaign site' AND subaction = 'added'; /* date added is registered in main_sites anyway */ DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'success'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'failed'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'emulated'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'logout' AND subaction IS NULL;

==== Change Log prefixes ====

The following prefixes are used when entering comments in the CVS repository (see notes below the table):

ADD When features/functional behaviours are added CHG When features/functional behaviours are changed FIX When a bug has been fixed IMPROV When features/functional behaviours have been improved (and it's neither a decided FIX, CHG, or ADD) REMOVE When a functional behaviour or out-dated code has been removed UNDO Undo a previous commit (usually the previous one of that file)

Any prefix can have " NWM" appended when it is a change that is "Not Worth Mentioning". For example: Any prefix can have " MAJOR" appended when it involves a major functionality change or upgrade. The prefix is following by a colon, a space, and then the description. Examples:

'''ADD: link to change password'''

'''FIX NWM: corrected spelling'''

'''ADD MAJOR: donation management system'''

In very rare cases a prefix is not applicable and therefore not used.

If '''only''' functions have been changed we write a comma-seperated list of their names with "()" appended. For example:

'''ADD: get_dateblocks(), get_dateblock_info(): also return mediafolder field'''

If '''both''' functions '''and''' code in other places have been changed, we write the description normaly, but in the end list the functions that have been changed and/or added. For example:

'''ADD: interface for the new date block field mediafolder. Functions modified: get_dateblocks(), set_dateblock(). Functions added: get_mediafolder()'''

The same applies for JavaScript functions, but then we write "JS" with the parenthesis, for example: '''get_field_value(JS)'''

For PHP classes we write like this: ''''''class webservice_server''''''

The point here is to always add the names of functions and classes that are changed, so that it's possible to search CVS for all changes regarding those functions/classes.

Possible improvement (=not yet used): there should actually also be a keyword for deciding whether or not the entry should be seen for the general users of the website, so they know which changes have been made to the website that affect their work. Eg. "technical modification" or "functional modification".

==== Code-related tags ====

Codes that are put different places in the source code to link together different pieces of code that are related - to make it easier to maintain it and remember other places where we are dealing with the same thing. It's important that these tags are unique through ALL text files in the project so that they are easy to search for. Always write them in upper case. KOREAN-EXCEPTION Code dealing with the Korean Council customization in NAD division. SHOW-CURRENT-DATES-FOR-MASTER-SITE The places that we show current existing campaign dates for a master site. TERMS-FOR-ASSIGNING-HOMELAND-SPEAKER Places where we write the terms for assigning a speaker to a homeland campaign date DIALOGBOX-LIKE-MESSAGE LIST-CHURCH-PASTORS CHECK-STORIES-LINKED-TO-SITE CHECK-STATS-LINKED-TO-SITE SEND_EMAIL_WHEN_ACCEPTED DETERMINE-SENIOR-PASTOR Places where we determine who is the senior pastor for a church BLOCK-SAME-DIVISION-APPLICANTS Block applicants from applying to date blocks in their own residence division NOTIFY-NON-EUD-HOMELAND-APPLICANTS Code for notifying non-EUD applicants about homeland campaigns in EUD OPENID-ENTRY-CODE Places with code for OpenID that public users see. Can hide these pieces in case we want to disable it. SKIPPED-TRANSL Places in homeland system where I have skipped translating something QUEST or QUEST-EXPERT Questions I have for other (expert) programmers about issues I'm unsure about. WATCHFUTURE Things we need to keep an eye on in the future as project develops TODO Places in the code where I need to do something.

==== System entry points ====

Places where user will enter this system (might not be a complete list - check also with login.php) - index.php - login.php - menu*.php - recommend.php (recommenders go directly to here)

==== Customized changes in generated PHPMaker pages ====

Security code

In top of all pages <?php //security $minUserLevel = 70; $cfgProgDir = 'login/'; include($cfgProgDir . "secure.php"); ?> Extra SQL for limiting users on their own level to ONLY maintain their own record

*edit.php for applicable tables //A user is only allowed to edit his own record on his own level

//This is only for extra security in case someone tries to change the URL if ($accesslevel == 'div') { //customization by Allan Jensen $ownlevelSQL = ' AND divisionID = ' . $ID; } else { $ownlevelSQL = '';'' }

$strsql = "SELECT * FROM `main_divisions` WHERE `divisionID`=".$tkey.$ownlevelSQL;

==== SQL sentences ====

''Relationships up through the main line:'' main_translations INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_translations.siteID = main_sites.sideID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_sites.hotelID = main_hotels.hotelID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_hotels.conferenceID = main_conferences.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_conferences.unionID = main_unions.unionID INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_unions.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_divisions ON main_dateblocks.divisionID = main_divisions.divisionID ''Return all sites for a orientation/dateblock (the opposite direction of above):'' SELECT main_sites.* FROM main_orientations INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_orientations.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_dateblocks.dateblockID = main_unions.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_unions.unionID = main_conferences.unionID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_conferences.conferenceID = main_hotels.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_hotels.hotelID = main_sites.hotelID ''UNION query to obtain all users:'' SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'div' AS accesslevel FROM main_divisions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION ALL SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'un' AS accesslevel FROM main_unions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'conf' AS accesslevel FROM main_conferences WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, 'people' AS accesslevel FROM main_people WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, accesslevel FROM main_ext_logins WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Misc documentation

2012-03-07T18:10:29Z

Allan Jensen:

<pre>The conversion of this information from the Word document Structure.doc has not yet been quality checked from the section "Rules, standards, notes, etc." and onwards.
</pre>
 

 

== Security ==

==== Login session variables ====

REMEMBER that these variables also needs to be set (or at least managed) when emulating and unemulating.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Username (e-mail)
| user_login
|-
| Password
| user_password
|-
| Person/div./un./conf. ID
(Local ID)

|
user_localID

(MUST correspond to $accesslevel in order to identify the user on his own level - certain users from ext_logins has to be "mapped" to an existing record in the table for his level, so that it will actually just be an alias. We cannot transfer the localID field from ext_logins to localID field in temp_users, because we would not have the reverse identification of that user in temp_users then, so we have to manually check the session variable to see if the user comes from ext_logins table and lookup the localID manually. If we are only concerned about the current user the localID can be found in "user_eff_localID" though.)

|-
| Ext. logins loginID
| user_ext_logins_loginID
(only made for logins in main_ext_logins. Saves the loginID as the localID will only contain the mapped localID - if any)

|-
| Effective local ID
| user_eff_localID
(holds the effective local ID for the current user. For ext. logins that means the value of "user_ext_logins_loginID" and for all other user the value of "user_localID")

|-
| Access level (number)
| user_accesslevel_num
|-
| Access level (text)
| user_accesslevel
|-
| From table
| user_fromtable
(values are as MySQL table names except without the "main_" part)

|-
| Full name
| user_fullname
|-
| If admin is superadmin
| user_is_superadmin
|-
| If admin is associate admin
| user_is_assoc_admin
|-
| Is conference organizer
|
user_is_conf_organizer (true, false)

If user is a conference organizer for homeland campaigns

 

|-
| Is conference organizer for sectors
|
user_is_conf_organizer_for_sectors

Array of sectors a conference organizer is limited to. Non-existing if no limits.

|-
| Is pastor
|
user_is_pastor (true, false)

|-
| Is editor
| user_is_editor
('executive','associative','text','graphics', or false)

|-
| User's active event
| user_active_personeventID
|-
| Emulating mode
| user_login_emulated (true or not set)
(whether the current login is being emulated)

|-
| Responsible date blocks
| user_resp_dateblocks
(array of dateblockIDs that this coadmin is responsible for/has access to maintain. Only used for 'coadmin' access level, otherwise it's an empty array)

|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID
| verified_openid
|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID short version
| verified_openid_short
|}

 

==== Other session variables generally used ====

Only lasting during the page execution for all pages that goes through the security check.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Dateblock ID
| $dateblockID
(the date block that an administrator is currently working in)

|}

 

==== Access levels ====

Each usergroup must also have a numeric value because of the login system's way of behaviour.

Access levels from 70-79 and 0-10 should on the pages be set specifically (in $requiredUserLevel) to avoid unwanted inherited permissions.

 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| '''Group'''
| '''Abbrev.'''
| '''Range'''
| '''General'''
'''(if range)'''

|-
| System
| system
| 
| 899
|-
| Administrators
| admin
|
70+

    90+

| 100
|-
|
Campaign managers *

Equipment managers 

|
coadmin

equip

| 70-89
|
80

79

|-
| Divisions
| div
| 60-69
| 65
|-
| Unions
| un
| 50-59
| 55
|-
| Conferences/missions
| conf
| 40-49
| 45
|-
| People (clusters, groups, college leaders)
| people
| 26-39
| 30
|-
| Recommenders
| recom
| 15
| 
|-
| Colleges
| college
| 14
| 
|-
|
ShareSynch Technical Supporter

(OBS! Probably not fully configured in set_pw.php...!)

| ssynchsupp
| 9
| 
|-
| **(Quiet Hour Ministries) (communic?)
| qhmsponsor
| 8
| 
|-
| **Travel agents
| travelag
| 7
| 
|-
| Insurance agents
| insuragent
| 6
| 
|}

*one star: mostly same as administrators but only within selected date blocks, and no access to certain system wide features
*two stars: planned access levels - but probably just make it an extension to their main_people record - to avoid multiple l

 

When creating new access levels use this checklist:

*try to make unique abbreviations/access level names so they can be searched for
*add to table list_accesslevels
*add to login/checklogin.php
*add to js_functions_phpmaker.js (syncLocalToAccesslevel() function)
*add to main_ext_loginslist.php (in section "Show mappings/localID")
*add to temp_userslist.php (add to switch() making the $emulate_qstr variable)
*add to php_functions_login.php => format_accesslevel()
*add permission and setup in set_pw.php to emulate and set user/password (if emulation should be possible)

 

==== Table permissions ====

Important notes: No records must be deleted if it has attached records in underlying levels ''Divisions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Date blocks'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Unions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Conferences/missions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Orientations sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

Note: Only admin can edit orientation date and city ''Hotel cities'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Campaign sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

 

==== Field permissions ====

- only admin is allowed to change Active-fields - password field may never be entered/changed manually

 

==== File and folder permissions ====

Modify (666): php/files/*.* except index.php

Modify (777): php/files/logs_scheduled_jobs

Modify (777): php/files/satellite_exports

Modify (777): php/files/temp

Modify (777): php/files/uploads_shortlife

Modify (777): php/files/var_dumps

Modify (777): php/docs

Modify (777): php/docs -ALL SUBFOLDERS-

Modify (666): php/docs/exec_directors_B84H81BN8KBS8F/*Planning_Form*.xls

Modify (777): php/multimedia/ -ALL SUBFOLDERS -

Modify (666): php/multimedia/ -ALL FILES except index.php -

Modify (777): php/pdf_generated/ -ALL SUBFOLDERS-

Modify (666): php/pdf_generated/ -ALL FILES IN SUBFOLDERS- (in order to be able to overwrite them)

Modify (666): php/supportchat/log.txt

Modify (666): php/includes/jensenfw/*.js|*.js.php -ALL FILES - (for phpJSO to obfuscate the files)

Modify (666): php/includes/*.js|*.js.php -ALL FILES except those skipped in _obfuscate_js.php - (for phpJSO to obfuscate the files)

Modify (666): php/error_log (PHP's error logging (warnings, parse errors etc))

Modify ??? : OpenID filestorage location

 

== Scheduler ==

*checking if we have all necessary information in time before campaigns begin
*sending reminders to people

 

== Page layouts ==

==== General guidelines ====

*if information is missing write something like "Awaiting information..."
*hide all e-mail addresses for public users and also for logged in users where they don't need to know the address

 

== Rules, standards, notes, etc. ==

==== Abbreviations & definitions (terminology/glossary) ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| STM
| support team member
|-
| OLT
| Outreach Leadership Team
|-
|
div (not the HTML tag) 

| division
|-
| un
| union
|-
| conf
| conference/mission
|-
| lang
| language
|-
| local ID
| ID from div, un, conf etc.
|-
| equipment
| = 1 case
|-
| co-speaker
| associate speaker
|-
| conf org / conforg
| conference organizer
|-
| n/a
| not applicable
|-
| shcfg
| name of global variable that is an array with hardcoded configuration/settings for the entire project
|-
| shrun
| name of global variable that is an array with values that have been set at runtime, usually in ini.php
|-
| acl
| Access Control Layer (permissions)
|-
| NAD
| North-American Division
|-
| number of open sites for a dateblock
| number of sites minus applicants that has been approved by admin but not necessarily assigned to a site yet
|-
| event request
| when a person requests to go to another campaign (paraphrased: "applying a second time at Global Evangelism" or technically "applying using eventrequest.php instead of apply.php)
|-
| date block
| one series of mettings in a specific geographical area, with an opening date and a closing date
|-
| campaign
| same as date block
|-
| NWM
| Not Worth Mentioning
|-
| curr
| current
|-
|
valerr valerrHTML 

| used in naming convention for variables holding validation error message for a field/piece of information - in plain text and HTML 
|-
| hub city
| exactly the same as a hotel city. We renamed the term hotel city to hub city.
|-
| ccard
| credit card
|-
| authnet
| Authorize.net
|-
| Centralizer
| a system developed by Allan Jensen to easily set up webpages for maintaining data in database tables
|-
| pid
| Person ID
|-
| offid
| Officer ID
|-
| wrkid
| Worker ID
|-
| choffid
| Church office ID
|-
| cid / confid
| Conference ID
|-
| chid
| Church ID
|-
| insttid
| Institution ID
|-
| evbdgid
| Event budget ID
|-
| pavid
| Person availability ID
|-
| pcacid
| Person/conference acceptance ID
|-
| pceid
| Pre-campaign event ID
|-
| stid
| Story ID
|-
| teid
| Training Entity ID
|-
| taid
| Training Accept ID
|-
| conforgid
| Conference organizer ID
|-
| pressynch
| Presentaion Synchronizer/Sermon Synchronizer (software)
|-
| ws
| webservice
|-
| cspd
| correspondent
|-
| site-fund
| people or groups who needs to contribute financially to their own campaigns (1,200 $/site).
REMEMBER! Instead of using the word "pay" we must always phrase it as "contributing" (or "donating") for tax-deductible reasons (see note in format_sitefund_indicatorHTML() ).

|-
| pre-funded
| sites that are being funded by ShareHim or somebody else with the $1,200, that is, the speaker is not responsible for providing the funds
|-
| normal deadline
| the latest date we will accept site-funding (the $1,200) before a campaign without adding the $100 rush processing fee. The date is fixed at 3 months before. The date is inclusive so that payments on this date does not enforce the extra fee.
|-
| TQH
| The Quiet Hour / Quiet Hour Ministries
|-
| ARM
| Adventist Risk Management
|}

==== ====

==== Applicant categories ====

A description of the different categories of applicants (IMPORTANT: '''Remember''' to consider co-speaker option, too).

Notation in brackets means is for a '''co-speaker''' in that category. Only used where applicable and where there is a difference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''pastor'''
| '''layman'''
| '''academy'''
| '''college'''
| '''stm'''
'''(support team member) '''

| '''organizer''' 
|-
| Table containing date block reference field
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_collegedateblocks
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
|-
| Can be co-speaker?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Can be team leader?
(record in main_teams) 

| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| No 
| No 
|-
| Can be team member? (use teamID field)
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| Yes
| No
|-
| Can be group member (and group leader)?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| Yes
|-
| Facilitator value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Needs recommendation for international campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Needs acceptance for homeland campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Allow standby event?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Recommender value?
|
If NAD division: RecommenderID 

| If NAD division: RecommenderID 
| If NAD division: RecommenderID 
| CollegedateblockID 
| No 
| No 
|-
| Recommender comments value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Reference
| Ministerial secretary
| Pastor
| Academy
| -none-
| -none-
| -none-
|-
| Reference value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Ranking value?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Flight information?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Room sharing value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Subject to cluster, group, and date block size limitations?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Can have graphics equipment booking?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| Yes???
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Table with possible related records
|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions 

|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
main_teams [no] - main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
- - - - - main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
- - - - - - - main_pwquestions

|}

Common for all:

*a record in main_personevents

 

==== Operations allowed at the different stages in the application process ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''Waiting for recommendation'''
| '''Waiting for acceptance'''
| '''Waiting for approval'''
| '''Waiting on standby'''
|-
|
Select as active event

(eventchange.php)

| No
| No
| No
| No
|-
|
Enter flight arrival info

(menupeople.php)

| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
|-
|
Select room sharing preferences

(menupeople.php)

| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
|-
|
People themselves delete the event

(eventdelete.php)

| No
| No
| Yes
| Yes
|}

==== ====

==== Possible combinations of 'category' and 'cospeaker' and their allowed selection of dateblocks ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:'''

*we have 3 different definitions of allowed dateblock selections:
**dateblocks within a college
**dateblocks that still has open sites (see definition above under 'Abbreviation & definitions')
**dateblocks that has not passed their closing date, and therefore still accepts applications
*a cospeaker from a college, can only select date blocks defined for that same college (similar to a def. in next analyses)

 

''Complete definition table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''cospeaker = 0'''
| '''cospeaker = 1'''
| 
|-
| '''pastor'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''layman'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''college'''
| college defined
| college defined
| 
|-
| '''academy'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''stm'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|-
| '''organizer'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|}
 

''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
|
category = college &

cospeaker = 0|1 

| Only dateblocks defined for that college 
| Note: Since cospeaker doesn't matter, we don't consider that when dealing with a category=college. 
|-
|
category = pastor|layman|academy &

cospeaker = 0

| Only dateblocks that still has open sites 
| 
|-
|
category = pastor|layman|academy &

cospeaker = 1

| All unclosed dateblocks 
| 
|-
|
category = stm|organizer &

cospeaker = 0

| All unclosed dateblocks 
| 
|-
|
category = stm|organizer &

| ''-invalid combination-'' 
| Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with stm & organizers 
|}

==== ====

==== Possible combinations of speaker's support team members and their dateblock link (for when selecting members) ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:''' - a cospeaker from a college, can only be a cospeaker to a speaker from that same college (similar to a def. in former analyses) - a speaker can have 2 types of support team members: - stm (normal) - pastor|layman|academy (but not college) cospeakers - of course a non-cospeaker cannot be a support team member - of course stm & organizers cannot be cospeakers - the dateblock link of college students is, contrary to the other types, stored in collegedateblocks ''Complete definition table'' '''Speaker''' '''Possible support team members''' '''Speaker dateblock link table''' '''STM dateblock link table''' pastor - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm personevents personevents layman - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm personevents personevents college - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm collegedateblocks personevents - college & cospeaker collegedateblocks collegedateblocks academy - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm personevents personevents ''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table'' Note: keeping the dateblockID link in collegedateblocks makes it possible to move all college students from one college to another dateblock with a simple change (considering strict normalization of databases this is the correct way to do it). On the other hand it complicates when dealing with dateblockID for speakers. (At the point of time of writing this the question is whether to do one or the other - whether I already have figured out the ways to go about this difference - which I ''think'' I have... since I have made SQL queries for both finding all speakers within a dateblock and finding all stm within a dateblock) speaker category = pastor|layman|academy All has the same possible dateblock link tables speaker category = college & stm category <> college & cospeaker = 1 Speaker dateblock link is in 'collegedateblocks', stm dateblock link is in either 'personevents' or 'collegedateblocks' speaker category = college & stm category = college & cospeaker = 1 speaker category = [any] & stm category = [any] & cospeaker = 0 ''-invalid combination-'' Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with category=college

Update: To simplify the SQL statement the field eff_dateblockID (effective dateblockID)

==== Organizer's responsibility group/scope ====

'''NOTE: This is our goal but it doesn't mean that the system is working exactly like this yet! Some development probably needed in this area.''' An organizer can be responsible for the following groups of people depending on his setup: '''Setting''' '''Responsibility group''' Not in any group or cluster All people in date block Member of a group All people in the same group Member of a cluster All people in the same cluster For his group of people the areas he can work in include (but is not limited to): - maintaining their personal record - entering flight information - making hotel room reservation - booking or unbooking graphics equipment - probably also assigning/unassigning team members???

==== Multiple events ====

- on the people's own menu they work with one event at a time - they select themselves which one they want to work with

==== Website Layout & Coding Format ====

- generally aim at a minimum screen resolution of 1024x768 pixels - most website users use IE so it's must be compatible with the newest versions - but most browsers can be expected (because of a large user group) - a menu area and a main area - light background color/texture - use default font sizes/families and styles unless something needs to be emphasized or de-emphasized - use '''to emphasize - use or the CSS class "dimmed" for less important text - don't follow coding structure of main_*.php and list_*.php (generated by PHPMaker) but rather story_menu_admin.php - complexity of search and sorting features needs to be considered for every case (sometimes needed, otherwise just simple) - standard date format: mm/dd/yyyy - started writing LOCAL-DATE places where we eventually will localize the date format for user's country - consider if strftime() (or strftime_new() in adventsangerne.no) can be used for something - standard number format: ##,###,###.## - always use require_function() for defining functions to use. Never include file directly. - when validating date use $err_occurs_on_page to count how many errors occur. The validation functions also uses this variable. - recommended to use query string variable "act" when requesting a page with a command to do some operation - see additional coding format specifications in "Programming principles - Allan.txt"'''

 

==== E-mails ====

- e-mail addresses must never be shown to the public. They must be presented with a form to be filled out instead. - general e-mails should bounce to bounce@sharehim.org, while all other e-mails should bounce to the sender address - format of the unique Mailer ID that can be used in e-mails: X-Mailer-ID: #SRCID#MAIL#FEST07-2#PID686#

==== Check queries ====

- IMPORTANT: check that all speakers in a college within a cluster have personevents.clusterID filled out accordingly - check that all homeland date blocks have at least one conference defined in main_dateblockconfs - SELECT main_dateblocks.* FROM main_dateblocks LEFT JOIN main_dateblockconfs USING (dateblockID) WHERE homeland = 1 AND main_dateblockconfs.conferenceID IS NULL ORDER BY title - conferences, unions etc. have their upper level record - orphaned group members - speakers both being group leader and group member - check that group date block matches the members date blocks - speaker who haven't been issued any material (use code from _db-query.php) - check that STMs that are member of teams are also member of that date block - check that no delete-marked events are found in main_people.active_personeventID - delete active_personeventIDs that do not exist in main_personevents (maybe obsolete now) _db-query.php: "CLEAR ACTIVE_PERSONEVENTIDs THAT ARE NOT EXISTING IN PERSONEVENTS" - check that all people in homeland campaigns are members of clusters - check date block dates: SELECT dateblockID, title, opening_date, appl_closed_date, data_lock_date, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) AS days_duration, TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) AS days_before_appl_close, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) AS days_lock_date_before_closingdate FROM main_dateblocks WHERE TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) <> 15 /* days_duration */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) < 0 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) > 90 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) < -10 /* days_lock_date_before_closingdate */ ORDER BY opening_date - check if we have any visits with any of the user agents currently listed in class webstory -> $skip_useragent_keywords - occasionally removed unused queries: delete_query(false, array('queryID' => 0, 'queryID_compare' => '>=')); //it will auto probibit deleting used queries - check that pastor e-mail addresses match e-mail address in our records (system should prohibit it though so any records shown here might be a result of a problem in the system. Also see e-mails with subject "E-mail changed" of 2010-09-06 and 2011-03-10): SELECT main_people.personID, legal_firstname, legal_lastname, main_people.email, main_officers.email AS conf_email, pw FROM main_people INNER JOIN main_officers ON main_people.personID = main_officers.personID WHERE main_people.email <> main_officers.email

==== Dropdowns ====

- dropdowns binding a record to it's upper level must only show the upper level values within that branch of the tree

==== Boolean fields ====

All boolean fields (yes/no) have the field type TINYINT. 1 = yes / true 0 = no / false This makes it easier to determine false and true in PHP. Some fields also have additional special values like -1 or 2. Use the label "- not set -" if the boolean value has not been set.

==== Adding/removing fields for, or links to, person record in main_people ====

- when deleting a person (main_persondelete.php and delete_person() ) consider this new field - when merging a person (merge_person() ) consider this new field - for foreign keys linking to main_people.personID, add a reference in person_alldata.php - consider necessary changes to ShareHim Satellite

==== Deleting applicants ====

Deleting an applicant (meaning that he doesn't want to participate in the program anyway or he has been denied) does not result in an actual removal of the person from the database. We only delete the personevent record.

==== Deactivating records ====

To deactivate a record would be a very rare occurrence, only for example if a division re-organizes it's unions. In that case we deactive the unions that are no longer existing and by that we also cancel all current activities for those unions, like equipment booking and scheduled material shipments. This must/can then be re-booked and re-scheduled for the new unions created in stead. This is an example of the principle of deactivating records and theirs effects on the system.

==== User menus ====

Procedures (= links) that aren't applicable at present should be grayed out e.g.: only make active link to match speakers if there are any speakers that need to be matched This will make an easy todo-list overview for the user Group these kind of procedures together on the menu

==== External links and webservice consumers ====

The following describes which external places are linking into our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /add-new-campaign 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for people to apply for a homeland Speaker-Initiated Campaign)

|-
| /sharesynch 
|
ShareSynch software (for manual activation)

|-
| /hiswayofhope-order-new-disc 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for upgrade to newer version where they need new disc)

|}

 

The following system are calling webservices on our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /php/sharesynch_activate_online.php 
| ShareSynch software (automatic activation) 
|-
| /php/ws.php?ws=add_goodsalt_order&f=json 
| GoodSalt order system 
|}

==== Address formats ====

3 different formats (currently not differencing USA/Canada): - USA - Street/PO - City, State, Zip - Country - Canada - Street/PO - City, Province, X#X-#X# - Country - Other - Street/PO - Postal information - Country

==== Telephone formats ====

On forms where people enter their phone number they need to enter the number WITHOUT country code and WITH area number. On forms where people edit their phone number we will show a plus (+) and the country code in front of that number. We can do that since we have the country code for all countries in the table list_countries.

==== Log actions ====

Used in `sharehim_log` database in table `system_operations`, fields `action` and `subaction` person added deleted updated merged name corrected changed recommendation status acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent to the conference) accepted (by receiving field => homeland conference) rejected (by receiving field => homeland conference) acceptance reverted acceptance request cancelled person event updated activated (standby event was activated) downgrade to standby (actual event was downgraded to standby event) changed main speaker site-funding fulfilled revoked event added standby added deleted standby deleted undeleted moved (so far only used in move_college_group() ) email sent [blank] site-funding reminder pastor passwords category changed application new recommendation requested (= e-mail requesting recommendation has been sent) recommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) unrecommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': accepted (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': rejected (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) approved (by ShareHim administrator) denied (= event denied) (by ShareHim administrator) status reverted availability added deleted moved people search login success failed emulated logout password generated/changed group created deleted (not yet implemented as of 8/4-05) leader changed cluster leader changed college dateblock leader changed campaign site added (type=speaker-init comes under this as well) moved approved (used for speaker-init events) declined (used for speaker-init events) dateblock added modified deleted hub city/sites moved story deleted donation deleted equipment caseID replaced equipment booking created deleted changed Table might not yet be complete. (use SQL from file "Code pieces/SQL statements.txt" to make it complete)

'''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' - to minimize number of records the following log actions are deleted once in a while (after taking a local backup of the whole database so we have the information just in case we need it): DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'campaign site' AND subaction = 'added'; /* date added is registered in main_sites anyway */ DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'success'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'failed'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'emulated'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'logout' AND subaction IS NULL;

==== Change Log prefixes ====

The following prefixes are used when entering comments in the CVS repository (see notes below the table):

ADD When features/functional behaviours are added CHG When features/functional behaviours are changed FIX When a bug has been fixed IMPROV When features/functional behaviours have been improved (and it's neither a decided FIX, CHG, or ADD) REMOVE When a functional behaviour or out-dated code has been removed UNDO Undo a previous commit (usually the previous one of that file)

Any prefix can have " NWM" appended when it is a change that is "Not Worth Mentioning". For example: Any prefix can have " MAJOR" appended when it involves a major functionality change or upgrade. The prefix is following by a colon, a space, and then the description. Examples:

'''ADD: link to change password'''

'''FIX NWM: corrected spelling'''

'''ADD MAJOR: donation management system'''

In very rare cases a prefix is not applicable and therefore not used.

If '''only''' functions have been changed we write a comma-seperated list of their names with "()" appended. For example:

'''ADD: get_dateblocks(), get_dateblock_info(): also return mediafolder field'''

If '''both''' functions '''and''' code in other places have been changed, we write the description normaly, but in the end list the functions that have been changed and/or added. For example:

'''ADD: interface for the new date block field mediafolder. Functions modified: get_dateblocks(), set_dateblock(). Functions added: get_mediafolder()'''

The same applies for JavaScript functions, but then we write "JS" with the parenthesis, for example: '''get_field_value(JS)'''

For PHP classes we write like this: ''''''class webservice_server''''''

The point here is to always add the names of functions and classes that are changed, so that it's possible to search CVS for all changes regarding those functions/classes.

Possible improvement (=not yet used): there should actually also be a keyword for deciding whether or not the entry should be seen for the general users of the website, so they know which changes have been made to the website that affect their work. Eg. "technical modification" or "functional modification".

==== Code-related tags ====

Codes that are put different places in the source code to link together different pieces of code that are related - to make it easier to maintain it and remember other places where we are dealing with the same thing. It's important that these tags are unique through ALL text files in the project so that they are easy to search for. Always write them in upper case. KOREAN-EXCEPTION Code dealing with the Korean Council customization in NAD division. SHOW-CURRENT-DATES-FOR-MASTER-SITE The places that we show current existing campaign dates for a master site. TERMS-FOR-ASSIGNING-HOMELAND-SPEAKER Places where we write the terms for assigning a speaker to a homeland campaign date DIALOGBOX-LIKE-MESSAGE LIST-CHURCH-PASTORS CHECK-STORIES-LINKED-TO-SITE CHECK-STATS-LINKED-TO-SITE SEND_EMAIL_WHEN_ACCEPTED DETERMINE-SENIOR-PASTOR Places where we determine who is the senior pastor for a church BLOCK-SAME-DIVISION-APPLICANTS Block applicants from applying to date blocks in their own residence division NOTIFY-NON-EUD-HOMELAND-APPLICANTS Code for notifying non-EUD applicants about homeland campaigns in EUD OPENID-ENTRY-CODE Places with code for OpenID that public users see. Can hide these pieces in case we want to disable it. SKIPPED-TRANSL Places in homeland system where I have skipped translating something QUEST or QUEST-EXPERT Questions I have for other (expert) programmers about issues I'm unsure about. WATCHFUTURE Things we need to keep an eye on in the future as project develops TODO Places in the code where I need to do something.

==== System entry points ====

Places where user will enter this system (might not be a complete list - check also with login.php) - index.php - login.php - menu*.php - recommend.php (recommenders go directly to here)

==== Customized changes in generated PHPMaker pages ====

Security code

In top of all pages <?php //security $minUserLevel = 70; $cfgProgDir = 'login/'; include($cfgProgDir . "secure.php"); ?> Extra SQL for limiting users on their own level to ONLY maintain their own record

*edit.php for applicable tables //A user is only allowed to edit his own record on his own level

//This is only for extra security in case someone tries to change the URL if ($accesslevel == 'div') { //customization by Allan Jensen $ownlevelSQL = ' AND divisionID = ' . $ID; } else { $ownlevelSQL = '';'' }

$strsql = "SELECT * FROM `main_divisions` WHERE `divisionID`=".$tkey.$ownlevelSQL;

==== SQL sentences ====

''Relationships up through the main line:'' main_translations INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_translations.siteID = main_sites.sideID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_sites.hotelID = main_hotels.hotelID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_hotels.conferenceID = main_conferences.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_conferences.unionID = main_unions.unionID INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_unions.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_divisions ON main_dateblocks.divisionID = main_divisions.divisionID ''Return all sites for a orientation/dateblock (the opposite direction of above):'' SELECT main_sites.* FROM main_orientations INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_orientations.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_dateblocks.dateblockID = main_unions.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_unions.unionID = main_conferences.unionID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_conferences.conferenceID = main_hotels.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_hotels.hotelID = main_sites.hotelID ''UNION query to obtain all users:'' SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'div' AS accesslevel FROM main_divisions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION ALL SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'un' AS accesslevel FROM main_unions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'conf' AS accesslevel FROM main_conferences WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, 'people' AS accesslevel FROM main_people WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, accesslevel FROM main_ext_logins WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Misc documentation

2012-03-06T18:21:11Z

Allan Jensen:

<pre>The conversion of this information from the Word document Structure.doc has not yet been quality checked from the section "Rules, standards, notes, etc." and onwards.
</pre>
 

 

== Security ==

==== Login session variables ====

REMEMBER that these variables also needs to be set (or at least managed) when emulating and unemulating.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Username (e-mail)
| user_login
|-
| Password
| user_password
|-
| Person/div./un./conf. ID
(Local ID)

|
user_localID

(MUST correspond to $accesslevel in order to identify the user on his own level - certain users from ext_logins has to be "mapped" to an existing record in the table for his level, so that it will actually just be an alias. We cannot transfer the localID field from ext_logins to localID field in temp_users, because we would not have the reverse identification of that user in temp_users then, so we have to manually check the session variable to see if the user comes from ext_logins table and lookup the localID manually. If we are only concerned about the current user the localID can be found in "user_eff_localID" though.)

|-
| Ext. logins loginID
| user_ext_logins_loginID
(only made for logins in main_ext_logins. Saves the loginID as the localID will only contain the mapped localID - if any)

|-
| Effective local ID
| user_eff_localID
(holds the effective local ID for the current user. For ext. logins that means the value of "user_ext_logins_loginID" and for all other user the value of "user_localID")

|-
| Access level (number)
| user_accesslevel_num
|-
| Access level (text)
| user_accesslevel
|-
| From table
| user_fromtable
(values are as MySQL table names except without the "main_" part)

|-
| Full name
| user_fullname
|-
| If admin is superadmin
| user_is_superadmin
|-
| If admin is associate admin
| user_is_assoc_admin
|-
| Is conference organizer
|
user_is_conf_organizer (true, false)

If user is a conference organizer for homeland campaigns

 

|-
| Is conference organizer for sectors
|
user_is_conf_organizer_for_sectors

Array of sectors a conference organizer is limited to. Non-existing if no limits.

|-
| Is pastor
|
user_is_pastor (true, false)

|-
| Is editor
| user_is_editor
('executive','associative','text','graphics', or false)

|-
| User's active event
| user_active_personeventID
|-
| Emulating mode
| user_login_emulated (true or not set)
(whether the current login is being emulated)

|-
| Responsible date blocks
| user_resp_dateblocks
(array of dateblockIDs that this coadmin is responsible for/has access to maintain. Only used for 'coadmin' access level, otherwise it's an empty array)

|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID
| verified_openid
|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID short version
| verified_openid_short
|}

 

==== Other session variables generally used ====

Only lasting during the page execution for all pages that goes through the security check.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Dateblock ID
| $dateblockID
(the date block that an administrator is currently working in)

|}

 

==== Access levels ====

Each usergroup must also have a numeric value because of the login system's way of behaviour.

Access levels from 70-79 and 0-10 should on the pages be set specifically (in $requiredUserLevel) to avoid unwanted inherited permissions.

 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| '''Group'''
| '''Abbrev.'''
| '''Range'''
| '''General'''
'''(if range)'''

|-
| System
| system
| 
| 899
|-
| Administrators
| admin
|
70+

    90+

| 100
|-
|
Campaign managers *

Equipment managers 

|
coadmin

equip

| 70-89
|
80

79

|-
| Divisions
| div
| 60-69
| 65
|-
| Unions
| un
| 50-59
| 55
|-
| Conferences/missions
| conf
| 40-49
| 45
|-
| People (clusters, groups, college leaders)
| people
| 26-39
| 30
|-
| Recommenders
| recom
| 15
| 
|-
| Colleges
| college
| 14
| 
|-
|
ShareSynch Technical Supporter

(OBS! Probably not fully configured in set_pw.php...!)

| ssynchsupp
| 9
| 
|-
| **(Quiet Hour Ministries) (communic?)
| qhmsponsor
| 8
| 
|-
| **Travel agents
| travelag
| 7
| 
|-
| Insurance agents
| insuragent
| 6
| 
|}

*one star: mostly same as administrators but only within selected date blocks, and no access to certain system wide features
*two stars: planned access levels - but probably just make it an extension to their main_people record - to avoid multiple l

 

When creating new access levels use this checklist:

*try to make unique abbreviations/access level names so they can be searched for
*add to table list_accesslevels
*add to login/checklogin.php
*add to js_functions_phpmaker.js (syncLocalToAccesslevel() function)
*add to main_ext_loginslist.php (in section "Show mappings/localID")
*add to temp_userslist.php (add to switch() making the $emulate_qstr variable)
*add to php_functions_login.php => format_accesslevel()
*add permission and setup in set_pw.php to emulate and set user/password (if emulation should be possible)

 

==== Table permissions ====

Important notes: No records must be deleted if it has attached records in underlying levels ''Divisions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Date blocks'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Unions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Conferences/missions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Orientations sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

Note: Only admin can edit orientation date and city ''Hotel cities'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Campaign sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

 

==== Field permissions ====

- only admin is allowed to change Active-fields - password field may never be entered/changed manually

 

==== File and folder permissions ====

Modify (666): php/files/*.* except index.php

Modify (777): php/files/logs_scheduled_jobs

Modify (777): php/files/satellite_exports

Modify (777): php/files/temp

Modify (777): php/files/uploads_shortlife

Modify (777): php/files/var_dumps

Modify (777): php/docs

Modify (777): php/docs -ALL SUBFOLDERS-

Modify (666): php/docs/exec_directors_B84H81BN8KBS8F/*Planning_Form*.xls

Modify (777): php/multimedia/ -ALL SUBFOLDERS -

Modify (666): php/multimedia/ -ALL FILES except index.php -

Modify (777): php/pdf_generated/ -ALL SUBFOLDERS-

Modify (666): php/pdf_generated/ -ALL FILES IN SUBFOLDERS- (in order to be able to overwrite them)

Modify (666): php/supportchat/log.txt

Modify (666): php/includes/jensenfw/*.js|*.js.php -ALL FILES - (for phpJSO to obfuscate the files)

Modify (666): php/includes/*.js|*.js.php -ALL FILES except those skipped in _obfuscate_js.php - (for phpJSO to obfuscate the files)

Modify (666): php/error_log (PHP's error logging (warnings, parse errors etc))

Modify ??? : OpenID filestorage location

 

== Scheduler ==

*checking if we have all necessary information in time before campaigns begin
*sending reminders to people

 

== Page layouts ==

==== General guidelines ====

*if information is missing write something like "Awaiting information..."
*hide all e-mail addresses for public users and also for logged in users where they don't need to know the address

 

== Rules, standards, notes, etc. ==

==== Abbreviations & definitions (terminology/glossary) ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| STM
| support team member
|-
| OLT
| Outreach Leadership Team
|-
|
div (not the HTML tag) 

| division
|-
| un
| union
|-
| conf
| conference/mission
|-
| lang
| language
|-
| local ID
| ID from div, un, conf etc.
|-
| equipment
| = 1 case
|-
| co-speaker
| associate speaker
|-
| conf org / conforg
| conference organizer
|-
| n/a
| not applicable
|-
| shcfg
| name of global variable that is an array with hardcoded configuration/settings for the entire project
|-
| shrun
| name of global variable that is an array with values that have been set at runtime, usually in ini.php
|-
| acl
| Access Control Layer (permissions)
|-
| NAD
| North-American Division
|-
| number of open sites for a dateblock
| number of sites minus applicants that has been approved by admin but not necessarily assigned to a site yet
|-
| event request
| when a person requests to go to another campaign (paraphrased: "applying a second time at Global Evangelism" or technically "applying using eventrequest.php instead of apply.php)
|-
| date block
| one series of mettings in a specific geographical area, with an opening date and a closing date
|-
| campaign
| same as date block
|-
| NWM
| Not Worth Mentioning
|-
| curr
| current
|-
|
valerr valerrHTML 

| used in naming convention for variables holding validation error message for a field/piece of information - in plain text and HTML 
|-
| hub city
| exactly the same as a hotel city. We renamed the term hotel city to hub city.
|-
| ccard
| credit card
|-
| authnet
| Authorize.net
|-
| Centralizer
| a system developed by Allan Jensen to easily set up webpages for maintaining data in database tables
|-
| pid
| Person ID
|-
| offid
| Officer ID
|-
| wrkid
| Worker ID
|-
| choffid
| Church office ID
|-
| cid / confid
| Conference ID
|-
| chid
| Church ID
|-
| insttid
| Institution ID
|-
| evbdgid
| Event budget ID
|-
| pavid
| Person availability ID
|-
| pcacid
| Person/conference acceptance ID
|-
| pceid
| Pre-campaign event ID
|-
| stid
| Story ID
|-
| teid
| Training Entity ID
|-
| taid
| Training Accept ID
|-
| conforgid
| Conference organizer ID
|-
| pressynch
| Presentaion Synchronizer/Sermon Synchronizer (software)
|-
| ws
| webservice
|-
| cspd
| correspondent
|-
| site-fund
| people or groups who needs to contribute financially to their own campaigns (1,200 $/site).
REMEMBER! Instead of using the word "pay" we must always phrase it as "contributing" (or "donating") for tax-deductible reasons (see note in format_sitefund_indicatorHTML() ).

|-
| pre-funded
| sites that are being funded by ShareHim or somebody else with the $1,200, that is, the speaker is not responsible for providing the funds
|-
| normal deadline
| the latest date we will accept site-funding (the $1,200) before a campaign without adding the $100 rush processing fee. The date is fixed at 3 months before. The date is inclusive so that payments on this date does not enforce the extra fee.
|-
| TQH
| The Quiet Hour / Quiet Hour Ministries
|-
| ARM
| Adventist Risk Management
|}

==== ====

==== Applicant categories ====

A description of the different categories of applicants (IMPORTANT: '''Remember''' to consider co-speaker option, too).

Notation in brackets means is for a '''co-speaker''' in that category. Only used where applicable and where there is a difference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''pastor'''
| '''layman'''
| '''academy'''
| '''college'''
| '''stm'''
'''(support team member) '''

| '''organizer''' 
|-
| Table containing date block reference field
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_collegedateblocks
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
|-
| Can be co-speaker?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Can be team leader?
(record in main_teams) 

| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| Yes [No] 
| No 
| No 
|-
| Can be team member? (use teamID field)
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| Yes
| No
|-
| Can be group member (and group leader)?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| Yes
|-
| Facilitator value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Needs recommendation for international campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Needs acceptance for homeland campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Allow standby event?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Recommender value?
|
If NAD division: RecommenderID 

| If NAD division: RecommenderID 
| If NAD division: RecommenderID 
| CollegedateblockID 
| No 
| No 
|-
| Recommender comments value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Reference
| Ministerial secretary
| Pastor
| Academy
| -none-
| -none-
| -none-
|-
| Reference value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Ranking value?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Flight information?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Room sharing value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Subject to cluster, group, and date block size limitations?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Can have graphics equipment booking?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| Yes???
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Table with possible related records
|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions 

|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
main_teams [no] - main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
- - - - - main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions

|
- - - - - - - main_pwquestions

|}

Common for all: - a record in main_personevents

==== Operations allowed at the different stages in the application process ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''Waiting for recommendation'''
| '''Waiting for acceptance'''
| '''Waiting for approval'''
| '''Waiting on standby'''
|-
| Select as active event
(eventchange.php) || No || No || No || No

|-
| Enter flight arrival info
(menupeople.php) || Yes || Yes || Yes || Yes

|-
| Select room sharing preferences
(menupeople.php) || Yes || Yes || Yes || Yes

|-
| People themselves delete the event
(eventdelete.php) || No || No || Yes || Yes

|}

==== Possible combinations of 'category' and 'cospeaker' and their allowed selection of dateblocks ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:''' - we have 3 different definitions of allowed dateblock selections: - dateblocks within a college - dateblocks that still has open sites (see definition above under 'Abbreviation & definitions') - dateblocks that has not passed their closing date, and therefore still accepts applications - a cospeaker from a college, can only select date blocks defined for that same college (similar to a def. in next analyses) - of course stm & organizers cannot be cospeakers ''Complete definition table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''cospeaker = 0'''
| '''cospeaker = 1'''
| 
|-
| '''pastor'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''layman'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''college'''
| college defined
| college defined
| 
|-
| '''academy'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''stm'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|-
| '''organizer'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|}

''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| category = college &
cospeaker = 0|1 || Only dateblocks defined for that college || Note: Since cospeaker doesn't matter, we don't consider that when dealing with a category=college.

|-
| category = pastor|layman|academy &
cospeaker = 0 || Only dateblocks that still has open sites ||

|-
| category = pastor|layman|academy &
cospeaker = 1 || All unclosed dateblocks ||

|-
| category = stm|organizer &
cospeaker = 0 || All unclosed dateblocks ||

|-
| category = stm|organizer &
cospeaker = 1 || ''-invalid combination-'' || Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with stm & organizers

|}

==== Possible combinations of speaker's support team members and their dateblock link (for when selecting members) ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:''' - a cospeaker from a college, can only be a cospeaker to a speaker from that same college (similar to a def. in former analyses) - a speaker can have 2 types of support team members: - stm (normal) - pastor|layman|academy (but not college) cospeakers - of course a non-cospeaker cannot be a support team member - of course stm & organizers cannot be cospeakers - the dateblock link of college students is, contrary to the other types, stored in collegedateblocks ''Complete definition table'' '''Speaker''' '''Possible support team members''' '''Speaker dateblock link table''' '''STM dateblock link table''' pastor - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm personevents personevents layman - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm personevents personevents college - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm collegedateblocks personevents - college & cospeaker collegedateblocks collegedateblocks academy - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm personevents personevents ''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table'' Note: keeping the dateblockID link in collegedateblocks makes it possible to move all college students from one college to another dateblock with a simple change (considering strict normalization of databases this is the correct way to do it). On the other hand it complicates when dealing with dateblockID for speakers. (At the point of time of writing this the question is whether to do one or the other - whether I already have figured out the ways to go about this difference - which I ''think'' I have... since I have made SQL queries for both finding all speakers within a dateblock and finding all stm within a dateblock) speaker category = pastor|layman|academy All has the same possible dateblock link tables speaker category = college & stm category <> college & cospeaker = 1 Speaker dateblock link is in 'collegedateblocks', stm dateblock link is in either 'personevents' or 'collegedateblocks' speaker category = college & stm category = college & cospeaker = 1 speaker category = [any] & stm category = [any] & cospeaker = 0 ''-invalid combination-'' Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with category=college

Update: To simplify the SQL statement the field eff_dateblockID (effective dateblockID)

==== Organizer's responsibility group/scope ====

'''NOTE: This is our goal but it doesn't mean that the system is working exactly like this yet! Some development probably needed in this area.''' An organizer can be responsible for the following groups of people depending on his setup: '''Setting''' '''Responsibility group''' Not in any group or cluster All people in date block Member of a group All people in the same group Member of a cluster All people in the same cluster For his group of people the areas he can work in include (but is not limited to): - maintaining their personal record - entering flight information - making hotel room reservation - booking or unbooking graphics equipment - probably also assigning/unassigning team members???

==== Multiple events ====

- on the people's own menu they work with one event at a time - they select themselves which one they want to work with

==== Website Layout & Coding Format ====

- generally aim at a minimum screen resolution of 1024x768 pixels - most website users use IE so it's must be compatible with the newest versions - but most browsers can be expected (because of a large user group) - a menu area and a main area - light background color/texture - use default font sizes/families and styles unless something needs to be emphasized or de-emphasized - use '''to emphasize - use or the CSS class "dimmed" for less important text - don't follow coding structure of main_*.php and list_*.php (generated by PHPMaker) but rather story_menu_admin.php - complexity of search and sorting features needs to be considered for every case (sometimes needed, otherwise just simple) - standard date format: mm/dd/yyyy - started writing LOCAL-DATE places where we eventually will localize the date format for user's country - consider if strftime() (or strftime_new() in adventsangerne.no) can be used for something - standard number format: ##,###,###.## - always use require_function() for defining functions to use. Never include file directly. - when validating date use $err_occurs_on_page to count how many errors occur. The validation functions also uses this variable. - recommended to use query string variable "act" when requesting a page with a command to do some operation - see additional coding format specifications in "Programming principles - Allan.txt"'''

 

==== E-mails ====

- e-mail addresses must never be shown to the public. They must be presented with a form to be filled out instead. - general e-mails should bounce to bounce@sharehim.org, while all other e-mails should bounce to the sender address - format of the unique Mailer ID that can be used in e-mails: X-Mailer-ID: #SRCID#MAIL#FEST07-2#PID686#

==== Check queries ====

- IMPORTANT: check that all speakers in a college within a cluster have personevents.clusterID filled out accordingly - check that all homeland date blocks have at least one conference defined in main_dateblockconfs - SELECT main_dateblocks.* FROM main_dateblocks LEFT JOIN main_dateblockconfs USING (dateblockID) WHERE homeland = 1 AND main_dateblockconfs.conferenceID IS NULL ORDER BY title - conferences, unions etc. have their upper level record - orphaned group members - speakers both being group leader and group member - check that group date block matches the members date blocks - speaker who haven't been issued any material (use code from _db-query.php) - check that STMs that are member of teams are also member of that date block - check that no delete-marked events are found in main_people.active_personeventID - delete active_personeventIDs that do not exist in main_personevents (maybe obsolete now) _db-query.php: "CLEAR ACTIVE_PERSONEVENTIDs THAT ARE NOT EXISTING IN PERSONEVENTS" - check that all people in homeland campaigns are members of clusters - check date block dates: SELECT dateblockID, title, opening_date, appl_closed_date, data_lock_date, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) AS days_duration, TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) AS days_before_appl_close, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) AS days_lock_date_before_closingdate FROM main_dateblocks WHERE TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) <> 15 /* days_duration */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) < 0 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) > 90 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) < -10 /* days_lock_date_before_closingdate */ ORDER BY opening_date - check if we have any visits with any of the user agents currently listed in class webstory -> $skip_useragent_keywords - occasionally removed unused queries: delete_query(false, array('queryID' => 0, 'queryID_compare' => '>=')); //it will auto probibit deleting used queries - check that pastor e-mail addresses match e-mail address in our records (system should prohibit it though so any records shown here might be a result of a problem in the system. Also see e-mails with subject "E-mail changed" of 2010-09-06 and 2011-03-10): SELECT main_people.personID, legal_firstname, legal_lastname, main_people.email, main_officers.email AS conf_email, pw FROM main_people INNER JOIN main_officers ON main_people.personID = main_officers.personID WHERE main_people.email <> main_officers.email

==== Dropdowns ====

- dropdowns binding a record to it's upper level must only show the upper level values within that branch of the tree

==== Boolean fields ====

All boolean fields (yes/no) have the field type TINYINT. 1 = yes / true 0 = no / false This makes it easier to determine false and true in PHP. Some fields also have additional special values like -1 or 2. Use the label "- not set -" if the boolean value has not been set.

==== Adding/removing fields for, or links to, person record in main_people ====

- when deleting a person (main_persondelete.php and delete_person() ) consider this new field - when merging a person (merge_person() ) consider this new field - for foreign keys linking to main_people.personID, add a reference in person_alldata.php - consider necessary changes to ShareHim Satellite

==== Deleting applicants ====

Deleting an applicant (meaning that he doesn't want to participate in the program anyway or he has been denied) does not result in an actual removal of the person from the database. We only delete the personevent record.

==== Deactivating records ====

To deactivate a record would be a very rare occurrence, only for example if a division re-organizes it's unions. In that case we deactive the unions that are no longer existing and by that we also cancel all current activities for those unions, like equipment booking and scheduled material shipments. This must/can then be re-booked and re-scheduled for the new unions created in stead. This is an example of the principle of deactivating records and theirs effects on the system.

==== User menus ====

Procedures (= links) that aren't applicable at present should be grayed out e.g.: only make active link to match speakers if there are any speakers that need to be matched This will make an easy todo-list overview for the user Group these kind of procedures together on the menu

==== External links and webservice consumers ====

The following describes which external places are linking into our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /add-new-campaign 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for people to apply for a homeland Speaker-Initiated Campaign)

|-
| /sharesynch 
|
ShareSynch software (for manual activation)

|-
| /hiswayofhope-order-new-disc 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for upgrade to newer version where they need new disc)

|}

 

The following system are calling webservices on our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /php/sharesynch_activate_online.php 
| ShareSynch software (automatic activation) 
|-
| /php/ws.php?ws=add_goodsalt_order&f=json 
| GoodSalt order system 
|}

==== Address formats ====

3 different formats (currently not differencing USA/Canada): - USA - Street/PO - City, State, Zip - Country - Canada - Street/PO - City, Province, X#X-#X# - Country - Other - Street/PO - Postal information - Country

==== Telephone formats ====

On forms where people enter their phone number they need to enter the number WITHOUT country code and WITH area number. On forms where people edit their phone number we will show a plus (+) and the country code in front of that number. We can do that since we have the country code for all countries in the table list_countries.

==== Log actions ====

Used in `sharehim_log` database in table `system_operations`, fields `action` and `subaction` person added deleted updated merged name corrected changed recommendation status acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent to the conference) accepted (by receiving field => homeland conference) rejected (by receiving field => homeland conference) acceptance reverted acceptance request cancelled person event updated activated (standby event was activated) downgrade to standby (actual event was downgraded to standby event) changed main speaker site-funding fulfilled revoked event added standby added deleted standby deleted undeleted moved (so far only used in move_college_group() ) email sent [blank] site-funding reminder pastor passwords category changed application new recommendation requested (= e-mail requesting recommendation has been sent) recommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) unrecommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': accepted (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': rejected (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) approved (by ShareHim administrator) denied (= event denied) (by ShareHim administrator) status reverted availability added deleted moved people search login success failed emulated logout password generated/changed group created deleted (not yet implemented as of 8/4-05) leader changed cluster leader changed college dateblock leader changed campaign site added (type=speaker-init comes under this as well) moved approved (used for speaker-init events) declined (used for speaker-init events) dateblock added modified deleted hub city/sites moved story deleted donation deleted equipment caseID replaced equipment booking created deleted changed Table might not yet be complete. (use SQL from file "Code pieces/SQL statements.txt" to make it complete)

'''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' - to minimize number of records the following log actions are deleted once in a while (after taking a local backup of the whole database so we have the information just in case we need it): DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'campaign site' AND subaction = 'added'; /* date added is registered in main_sites anyway */ DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'success'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'failed'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'emulated'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'logout' AND subaction IS NULL;

==== Change Log prefixes ====

The following prefixes are used when entering comments in the CVS repository (see notes below the table):

ADD When features/functional behaviours are added CHG When features/functional behaviours are changed FIX When a bug has been fixed IMPROV When features/functional behaviours have been improved (and it's neither a decided FIX, CHG, or ADD) REMOVE When a functional behaviour or out-dated code has been removed UNDO Undo a previous commit (usually the previous one of that file)

Any prefix can have " NWM" appended when it is a change that is "Not Worth Mentioning". For example: Any prefix can have " MAJOR" appended when it involves a major functionality change or upgrade. The prefix is following by a colon, a space, and then the description. Examples:

'''ADD: link to change password'''

'''FIX NWM: corrected spelling'''

'''ADD MAJOR: donation management system'''

In very rare cases a prefix is not applicable and therefore not used.

If '''only''' functions have been changed we write a comma-seperated list of their names with "()" appended. For example:

'''ADD: get_dateblocks(), get_dateblock_info(): also return mediafolder field'''

If '''both''' functions '''and''' code in other places have been changed, we write the description normaly, but in the end list the functions that have been changed and/or added. For example:

'''ADD: interface for the new date block field mediafolder. Functions modified: get_dateblocks(), set_dateblock(). Functions added: get_mediafolder()'''

The same applies for JavaScript functions, but then we write "JS" with the parenthesis, for example: '''get_field_value(JS)'''

For PHP classes we write like this: ''''''class webservice_server''''''

The point here is to always add the names of functions and classes that are changed, so that it's possible to search CVS for all changes regarding those functions/classes.

Possible improvement (=not yet used): there should actually also be a keyword for deciding whether or not the entry should be seen for the general users of the website, so they know which changes have been made to the website that affect their work. Eg. "technical modification" or "functional modification".

==== Code-related tags ====

Codes that are put different places in the source code to link together different pieces of code that are related - to make it easier to maintain it and remember other places where we are dealing with the same thing. It's important that these tags are unique through ALL text files in the project so that they are easy to search for. Always write them in upper case. KOREAN-EXCEPTION Code dealing with the Korean Council customization in NAD division. SHOW-CURRENT-DATES-FOR-MASTER-SITE The places that we show current existing campaign dates for a master site. TERMS-FOR-ASSIGNING-HOMELAND-SPEAKER Places where we write the terms for assigning a speaker to a homeland campaign date DIALOGBOX-LIKE-MESSAGE LIST-CHURCH-PASTORS CHECK-STORIES-LINKED-TO-SITE CHECK-STATS-LINKED-TO-SITE SEND_EMAIL_WHEN_ACCEPTED DETERMINE-SENIOR-PASTOR Places where we determine who is the senior pastor for a church BLOCK-SAME-DIVISION-APPLICANTS Block applicants from applying to date blocks in their own residence division NOTIFY-NON-EUD-HOMELAND-APPLICANTS Code for notifying non-EUD applicants about homeland campaigns in EUD OPENID-ENTRY-CODE Places with code for OpenID that public users see. Can hide these pieces in case we want to disable it. SKIPPED-TRANSL Places in homeland system where I have skipped translating something QUEST or QUEST-EXPERT Questions I have for other (expert) programmers about issues I'm unsure about. WATCHFUTURE Things we need to keep an eye on in the future as project develops TODO Places in the code where I need to do something.

==== System entry points ====

Places where user will enter this system (might not be a complete list - check also with login.php) - index.php - login.php - menu*.php - recommend.php (recommenders go directly to here)

==== Customized changes in generated PHPMaker pages ====

Security code

In top of all pages <?php //security $minUserLevel = 70; $cfgProgDir = 'login/'; include($cfgProgDir . "secure.php"); ?> Extra SQL for limiting users on their own level to ONLY maintain their own record

*edit.php for applicable tables //A user is only allowed to edit his own record on his own level

//This is only for extra security in case someone tries to change the URL if ($accesslevel == 'div') { //customization by Allan Jensen $ownlevelSQL = ' AND divisionID = ' . $ID; } else { $ownlevelSQL = '';'' }

$strsql = "SELECT * FROM `main_divisions` WHERE `divisionID`=".$tkey.$ownlevelSQL;

==== SQL sentences ====

''Relationships up through the main line:'' main_translations INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_translations.siteID = main_sites.sideID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_sites.hotelID = main_hotels.hotelID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_hotels.conferenceID = main_conferences.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_conferences.unionID = main_unions.unionID INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_unions.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_divisions ON main_dateblocks.divisionID = main_divisions.divisionID ''Return all sites for a orientation/dateblock (the opposite direction of above):'' SELECT main_sites.* FROM main_orientations INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_orientations.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_dateblocks.dateblockID = main_unions.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_unions.unionID = main_conferences.unionID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_conferences.conferenceID = main_hotels.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_hotels.hotelID = main_sites.hotelID ''UNION query to obtain all users:'' SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'div' AS accesslevel FROM main_divisions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION ALL SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'un' AS accesslevel FROM main_unions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'conf' AS accesslevel FROM main_conferences WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, 'people' AS accesslevel FROM main_people WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, accesslevel FROM main_ext_logins WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Misc documentation

2012-02-29T16:36:45Z

Allan Jensen:

<pre>The conversion of this information from the Word document Structure.doc has not yet been quality checked from the section "Rules, standards, notes, etc." and onwards.
</pre>
 

 

== Security ==

==== Login session variables ====

REMEMBER that these variables also needs to be set (or at least managed) when emulating and unemulating.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Username (e-mail)
| user_login
|-
| Password
| user_password
|-
| Person/div./un./conf. ID
(Local ID)

|
user_localID

(MUST correspond to $accesslevel in order to identify the user on his own level - certain users from ext_logins has to be "mapped" to an existing record in the table for his level, so that it will actually just be an alias. We cannot transfer the localID field from ext_logins to localID field in temp_users, because we would not have the reverse identification of that user in temp_users then, so we have to manually check the session variable to see if the user comes from ext_logins table and lookup the localID manually. If we are only concerned about the current user the localID can be found in "user_eff_localID" though.)

|-
| Ext. logins loginID
| user_ext_logins_loginID
(only made for logins in main_ext_logins. Saves the loginID as the localID will only contain the mapped localID - if any)

|-
| Effective local ID
| user_eff_localID
(holds the effective local ID for the current user. For ext. logins that means the value of "user_ext_logins_loginID" and for all other user the value of "user_localID")

|-
| Access level (number)
| user_accesslevel_num
|-
| Access level (text)
| user_accesslevel
|-
| From table
| user_fromtable
(values are as MySQL table names except without the "main_" part)

|-
| Full name
| user_fullname
|-
| If admin is superadmin
| user_is_superadmin
|-
| If admin is associate admin
| user_is_assoc_admin
|-
| Is conference organizer
|
user_is_conf_organizer (true, false)

If user is a conference organizer for homeland campaigns

|-
| Is conference organizer for sectors
|
user_is_conf_organizer_for_sectors

Array of sectors a conference organizer is limited to. Non-existing if no limits.

|-
| Is pastor
|
user_is_pastor (true, false)

|-
| Is editor
| user_is_editor
('executive','associative','text','graphics', or false)

|-
| User's active event
| user_active_personeventID
|-
| Emulating mode
| user_login_emulated (true or not set)
(whether the current login is being emulated)

|-
| Responsible date blocks
| user_resp_dateblocks
(array of dateblockIDs that this coadmin is responsible for/has access to maintain. Only used for 'coadmin' access level, otherwise it's an empty array)

|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID
| verified_openid
|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID short version
| verified_openid_short
|}

==== Other session variables generally used ====

Only lasting during the page execution for all pages that goes through the security check.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Dateblock ID
| $dateblockID
(the date block that an administrator is currently working in)

|}

==== Access levels ====

Each usergroup must also have a numeric value because of the login system's way of behaviour.

Access levels from 70-79 and 0-10 should on the pages be set specifically (in $requiredUserLevel) to avoid unwanted inherited permissions.

 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| '''Group'''
| '''Abbrev.'''
| '''Range'''
| '''General'''
'''(if range)'''

|-
| System
| system
| 
| 899
|-
| Administrators
| admin
|
70+

    90+

| 100
|-
|
Campaign managers *

Equipment managers 

|
coadmin

equip

| 70-89
|
80

79

|-
| Divisions
| div
| 60-69
| 65
|-
| Unions
| un
| 50-59
| 55
|-
| Conferences/missions
| conf
| 40-49
| 45
|-
| People (clusters, groups, college leaders)
| people
| 26-39
| 30
|-
| Recommenders
| recom
| 15
| 
|-
| Colleges
| college
| 14
| 
|-
|
ShareSynch Technical Supporter

(OBS! Probably not fully configured in set_pw.php...!)

| ssynchsupp
| 9
|
|-
| **(Quiet Hour Ministries) (communic?)
| qhmsponsor
| 8
| 
|-
| **Travel agents
| travelag
| 7
| 
|-
| Insurance agents
| insuragent
| 6
| 
|}

*one star: mostly same as administrators but only within selected date blocks, and no access to certain system wide features
*two stars: planned access levels - but probably just make it an extension to their main_people record - to avoid multiple l

 

When creating new access levels use this checklist:

*try to make unique abbreviations/access level names so they can be searched for
*add to table list_accesslevels
*add to login/checklogin.php
*add to js_functions_phpmaker.js (syncLocalToAccesslevel() function)
*add to main_ext_loginslist.php (in section "Show mappings/localID")
*add to temp_userslist.php (add to switch() making the $emulate_qstr variable)
*add to php_functions_login.php => format_accesslevel()
*add permission and setup in set_pw.php to emulate and set user/password (if emulation should be possible)

==== Table permissions ====

Important notes: No records must be deleted if it has attached records in underlying levels ''Divisions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Date blocks'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Unions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Conferences/missions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Orientations sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

Note: Only admin can edit orientation date and city ''Hotel cities'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Campaign sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

==== Field permissions ====

- only admin is allowed to change Active-fields - password field may never be entered/changed manually

==== File and folder permissions ====

Modify (666): php/files/*.* except index.php

Modify (777): php/files/logs_scheduled_jobs

Modify (777): php/files/satellite_exports

Modify (777): php/files/temp

Modify (777): php/files/uploads_shortlife

Modify (777): php/files/var_dumps

Modify (777): php/docs

Modify (777): php/docs -ALL SUBFOLDERS-

Modify (666): php/docs/exec_directors_B84H81BN8KBS8F/*Planning_Form*.xls

Modify (777): php/multimedia/ -ALL SUBFOLDERS -

Modify (666): php/multimedia/ -ALL FILES except index.php -

Modify (777): php/pdf_generated/ -ALL SUBFOLDERS-

Modify (666): php/pdf_generated/ -ALL FILES IN SUBFOLDERS- (in order to be able to overwrite them)

Modify (666): php/supportchat/log.txt

Modify (666): php/includes/jensenfw/*.js|*.js.php -ALL FILES - (for phpJSO to obfuscate the files)

Modify (666): php/includes/*.js|*.js.php -ALL FILES except those skipped in _obfuscate_js.php - (for phpJSO to obfuscate the files)

Modify (666): php/error_log (PHP's error logging (warnings, parse errors etc))

Modify ??? : OpenID filestorage location

 

== Scheduler ==

*checking if we have all necessary information in time before campaigns begin
*sending reminders to people

== Page layouts ==

==== General guidelines ====

*if information is missing write something like "Awaiting information..."
*hide all e-mail addresses for public users and also for logged in users where they don't need to know the address

== Rules, standards, notes, etc. ==

==== Abbreviations & definitions (terminology/glossary) ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| STM
| support team member
|-
| OLT
| Outreach Leadership Team
|-
| div (not the tag<div>)</div>
| division
|-
| un
| union
|-
| conf
| conference/mission
|-
| lang
| language
|-
| local ID
| ID from div, un, conf etc.
|-
| equipment
| = 1 case
|-
| co-speaker
| associate speaker
|-
| conf org / conforg
| conference organizer
|-
| n/a
| not applicable
|-
| shcfg
| name of global variable that is an array with hardcoded configuration/settings for the entire project
|-
| shrun
| name of global variable that is an array with values that have been set at runtime, usually in ini.php
|-
| acl
| Access Control Layer (permissions)
|-
| NAD
| North-American Division
|-
| number of open sites for a dateblock
| number of sites minus applicants that has been approved by admin but not necessarily assigned to a site yet
|-
| event request
| when a person requests to go to another campaign (paraphrased: "applying a second time at Global Evangelism" or technically "applying using eventrequest.php instead of apply.php)
|-
| date block
| one series of mettings in a specific geographical area, with an opening date and a closing date
|-
| campaign
| same as date block
|-
| NWM
| Not Worth Mentioning
|-
| curr
| current
|-
| valerr
valerrHTML || used in naming convention for variables holding validation error message for a field/piece of information - in plain text and HTML

|-
| hub city
| exactly the same as a hotel city. We renamed the term hotel city to hub city.
|-
| ccard
| credit card
|-
| authnet
| Authorize.net
|-
| Centralizer
| a system developed by Allan Jensen to easily set up webpages for maintaining data in database tables
|-
| pid
| Person ID
|-
| offid
| Officer ID
|-
| wrkid
| Worker ID
|-
| choffid
| Church office ID
|-
| cid / confid
| Conference ID
|-
| chid
| Church ID
|-
| insttid
| Institution ID
|-
| evbdgid
| Event budget ID
|-
| pavid
| Person availability ID
|-
| pcacid
| Person/conference acceptance ID
|-
| pceid
| Pre-campaign event ID
|-
| stid
| Story ID
|-
| teid
| Training Entity ID
|-
| taid
| Training Accept ID
|-
| conforgid
| Conference organizer ID
|-
| pressynch
| Presentaion Synchronizer/Sermon Synchronizer (software)
|-
| ws
| webservice
|-
| cspd
| correspondent
|-
| site-fund
| people or groups who needs to contribute financially to their own campaigns (1,200 $/site).
REMEMBER! Instead of using the word "pay" we must always phrase it as "contributing" (or "donating") for tax-deductible reasons (see note in format_sitefund_indicatorHTML() ).

|-
| pre-funded
| sites that are being funded by ShareHim or somebody else with the $1,200, that is, the speaker is not responsible for providing the funds
|-
| normal deadline
| the latest date we will accept site-funding (the $1,200) before a campaign without adding the $100 rush processing fee. The date is fixed at 3 months before. The date is inclusive so that payments on this date does not enforce the extra fee.
|-
| TQH
| The Quiet Hour / Quiet Hour Ministries
|-
| ARM
| Adventist Risk Management
|}

==== Applicant categories ====

A description of the different categories of applicants (IMPORTANT: '''Remember''' to consider co-speaker option, too).

Notation in brackets means is for a '''co-speaker''' in that category. Only used where applicable and where there is a difference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''pastor'''
| '''layman'''
| '''academy'''
| '''college'''
| '''stm'''
'''(support team member)''' || '''organizer'''

|-
| Table containing date block reference field
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_collegedateblocks
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
|-
| Can be co-speaker?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Can be team leader?
(record in main_teams) || Yes [No] || Yes [No] || Yes [No] || Yes [No] || No || No

|-
| Can be team member? (use teamID field)
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| Yes
| No
|-
| Can be group member (and group leader)?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| Yes
|-
| Facilitator value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Needs recommendation for international campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Needs acceptance for homeland campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Allow standby event?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Recommender value?
| If NAD division:
RecommenderID || If NAD division: RecommenderID || If NAD division: RecommenderID || CollegedateblockID || No || No

|-
| Recommender comments value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Reference
| Ministerial secretary
| Pastor
| Academy
| -none-
| -none-
| -none-
|-
| Reference value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Ranking value?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Flight information?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Room sharing value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Subject to cluster, group, and date block size limitations?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Can have graphics equipment booking?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| Yes???
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Table with possible related records
| main_teams [no]
main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions || main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions || main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions || main_teams [no] - main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions || - - - - - main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions || - - - - - - - main_pwquestions

|}

Common for all: - a record in main_personevents

==== Operations allowed at the different stages in the application process ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''Waiting for recommendation'''
| '''Waiting for acceptance'''
| '''Waiting for approval'''
| '''Waiting on standby'''
|-
| Select as active event
(eventchange.php) || No || No || No || No

|-
| Enter flight arrival info
(menupeople.php) || Yes || Yes || Yes || Yes

|-
| Select room sharing preferences
(menupeople.php) || Yes || Yes || Yes || Yes

|-
| People themselves delete the event
(eventdelete.php) || No || No || Yes || Yes

|}

==== Possible combinations of 'category' and 'cospeaker' and their allowed selection of dateblocks ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:''' - we have 3 different definitions of allowed dateblock selections: - dateblocks within a college - dateblocks that still has open sites (see definition above under 'Abbreviation & definitions') - dateblocks that has not passed their closing date, and therefore still accepts applications - a cospeaker from a college, can only select date blocks defined for that same college (similar to a def. in next analyses) - of course stm & organizers cannot be cospeakers ''Complete definition table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''cospeaker = 0'''
| '''cospeaker = 1'''
| 
|-
| '''pastor'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''layman'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''college'''
| college defined
| college defined
| 
|-
| '''academy'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''stm'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|-
| '''organizer'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|}

''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| category = college &
cospeaker = 0|1 || Only dateblocks defined for that college || Note: Since cospeaker doesn't matter, we don't consider that when dealing with a category=college.

|-
| category = pastor|layman|academy &
cospeaker = 0 || Only dateblocks that still has open sites ||

|-
| category = pastor|layman|academy &
cospeaker = 1 || All unclosed dateblocks ||

|-
| category = stm|organizer &
cospeaker = 0 || All unclosed dateblocks ||

|-
| category = stm|organizer &
cospeaker = 1 || ''-invalid combination-'' || Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with stm & organizers

|}

==== Possible combinations of speaker's support team members and their dateblock link (for when selecting members) ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:''' - a cospeaker from a college, can only be a cospeaker to a speaker from that same college (similar to a def. in former analyses) - a speaker can have 2 types of support team members: - stm (normal) - pastor|layman|academy (but not college) cospeakers - of course a non-cospeaker cannot be a support team member - of course stm & organizers cannot be cospeakers - the dateblock link of college students is, contrary to the other types, stored in collegedateblocks ''Complete definition table'' '''Speaker''' '''Possible support team members''' '''Speaker dateblock link table''' '''STM dateblock link table''' pastor - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm personevents personevents layman - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm personevents personevents college - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm collegedateblocks personevents - college & cospeaker collegedateblocks collegedateblocks academy - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm personevents personevents ''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table'' Note: keeping the dateblockID link in collegedateblocks makes it possible to move all college students from one college to another dateblock with a simple change (considering strict normalization of databases this is the correct way to do it). On the other hand it complicates when dealing with dateblockID for speakers. (At the point of time of writing this the question is whether to do one or the other - whether I already have figured out the ways to go about this difference - which I ''think'' I have... since I have made SQL queries for both finding all speakers within a dateblock and finding all stm within a dateblock) speaker category = pastor|layman|academy All has the same possible dateblock link tables speaker category = college & stm category <> college & cospeaker = 1 Speaker dateblock link is in 'collegedateblocks', stm dateblock link is in either 'personevents' or 'collegedateblocks' speaker category = college & stm category = college & cospeaker = 1 speaker category = [any] & stm category = [any] & cospeaker = 0 ''-invalid combination-'' Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with category=college

Update: To simplify the SQL statement the field eff_dateblockID (effective dateblockID)

==== Organizer's responsibility group/scope ====

'''NOTE: This is our goal but it doesn't mean that the system is working exactly like this yet! Some development probably needed in this area.''' An organizer can be responsible for the following groups of people depending on his setup: '''Setting''' '''Responsibility group''' Not in any group or cluster All people in date block Member of a group All people in the same group Member of a cluster All people in the same cluster For his group of people the areas he can work in include (but is not limited to): - maintaining their personal record - entering flight information - making hotel room reservation - booking or unbooking graphics equipment - probably also assigning/unassigning team members???

==== Multiple events ====

- on the people's own menu they work with one event at a time - they select themselves which one they want to work with

==== Website Layout & Coding Format ====

- generally aim at a minimum screen resolution of 1024x768 pixels - most website users use IE so it's must be compatible with the newest versions - but most browsers can be expected (because of a large user group) - a menu area and a main area - light background color/texture - use default font sizes/families and styles unless something needs to be emphasized or de-emphasized - use '''to emphasize - use or the CSS class "dimmed" for less important text - don't follow coding structure of main_*.php and list_*.php (generated by PHPMaker) but rather story_menu_admin.php - complexity of search and sorting features needs to be considered for every case (sometimes needed, otherwise just simple) - standard date format: mm/dd/yyyy - started writing LOCAL-DATE places where we eventually will localize the date format for user's country - consider if strftime() (or strftime_new() in adventsangerne.no) can be used for something - standard number format: ##,###,###.## - always use require_function() for defining functions to use. Never include file directly. - when validating date use $err_occurs_on_page to count how many errors occur. The validation functions also uses this variable. - recommended to use query string variable "act" when requesting a page with a command to do some operation - see additional coding format specifications in "Programming principles - Allan.txt"'''

 

==== E-mails ====

- e-mail addresses must never be shown to the public. They must be presented with a form to be filled out instead. - general e-mails should bounce to bounce@sharehim.org, while all other e-mails should bounce to the sender address - format of the unique Mailer ID that can be used in e-mails: X-Mailer-ID: #SRCID#MAIL#FEST07-2#PID686#

==== Check queries ====

- IMPORTANT: check that all speakers in a college within a cluster have personevents.clusterID filled out accordingly - check that all homeland date blocks have at least one conference defined in main_dateblockconfs - SELECT main_dateblocks.* FROM main_dateblocks LEFT JOIN main_dateblockconfs USING (dateblockID) WHERE homeland = 1 AND main_dateblockconfs.conferenceID IS NULL ORDER BY title - conferences, unions etc. have their upper level record - orphaned group members - speakers both being group leader and group member - check that group date block matches the members date blocks - speaker who haven't been issued any material (use code from _db-query.php) - check that STMs that are member of teams are also member of that date block - check that no delete-marked events are found in main_people.active_personeventID - delete active_personeventIDs that do not exist in main_personevents (maybe obsolete now) _db-query.php: "CLEAR ACTIVE_PERSONEVENTIDs THAT ARE NOT EXISTING IN PERSONEVENTS" - check that all people in homeland campaigns are members of clusters - check date block dates: SELECT dateblockID, title, opening_date, appl_closed_date, data_lock_date, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) AS days_duration, TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) AS days_before_appl_close, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) AS days_lock_date_before_closingdate FROM main_dateblocks WHERE TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) <> 15 /* days_duration */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) < 0 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) > 90 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) < -10 /* days_lock_date_before_closingdate */ ORDER BY opening_date - check if we have any visits with any of the user agents currently listed in class webstory -> $skip_useragent_keywords - occasionally removed unused queries: delete_query(false, array('queryID' => 0, 'queryID_compare' => '>=')); //it will auto probibit deleting used queries - check that pastor e-mail addresses match e-mail address in our records (system should prohibit it though so any records shown here might be a result of a problem in the system. Also see e-mails with subject "E-mail changed" of 2010-09-06 and 2011-03-10): SELECT main_people.personID, legal_firstname, legal_lastname, main_people.email, main_officers.email AS conf_email, pw FROM main_people INNER JOIN main_officers ON main_people.personID = main_officers.personID WHERE main_people.email <> main_officers.email

==== Dropdowns ====

- dropdowns binding a record to it's upper level must only show the upper level values within that branch of the tree

==== Boolean fields ====

All boolean fields (yes/no) have the field type TINYINT. 1 = yes / true 0 = no / false This makes it easier to determine false and true in PHP. Some fields also have additional special values like -1 or 2. Use the label "- not set -" if the boolean value has not been set.

==== Adding/removing fields for, or links to, person record in main_people ====

- when deleting a person (main_persondelete.php and delete_person() ) consider this new field - when merging a person (merge_person() ) consider this new field - for foreign keys linking to main_people.personID, add a reference in person_alldata.php - consider necessary changes to ShareHim Satellite

==== Deleting applicants ====

Deleting an applicant (meaning that he doesn't want to participate in the program anyway or he has been denied) does not result in an actual removal of the person from the database. We only delete the personevent record.

==== Deactivating records ====

To deactivate a record would be a very rare occurrence, only for example if a division re-organizes it's unions. In that case we deactive the unions that are no longer existing and by that we also cancel all current activities for those unions, like equipment booking and scheduled material shipments. This must/can then be re-booked and re-scheduled for the new unions created in stead. This is an example of the principle of deactivating records and theirs effects on the system.

==== User menus ====

Procedures (= links) that aren't applicable at present should be grayed out e.g.: only make active link to match speakers if there are any speakers that need to be matched This will make an easy todo-list overview for the user Group these kind of procedures together on the menu

==== External links and webservice consumers ====

The following describes which external places are linking into our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /add-new-campaign 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for people to apply for a homeland Speaker-Initiated Campaign)

|-
| /sharesynch 
|
ShareSynch software (for manual activation)

|-
| /hiswayofhope-order-new-disc 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for upgrade to newer version where they need new disc)

|}

 

The following system are calling webservices on our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /php/sharesynch_activate_online.php 
| ShareSynch software (automatic activation) 
|-
| /php/ws.php?ws=add_goodsalt_order&f=json 
| GoodSalt order system 
|}

==== Address formats ====

3 different formats (currently not differencing USA/Canada): - USA - Street/PO - City, State, Zip - Country - Canada - Street/PO - City, Province, X#X-#X# - Country - Other - Street/PO - Postal information - Country

==== Telephone formats ====

On forms where people enter their phone number they need to enter the number WITHOUT country code and WITH area number. On forms where people edit their phone number we will show a plus (+) and the country code in front of that number. We can do that since we have the country code for all countries in the table list_countries.

==== Log actions ====

Used in `sharehim_log` database in table `system_operations`, fields `action` and `subaction` person added deleted updated merged name corrected changed recommendation status acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent to the conference) accepted (by receiving field => homeland conference) rejected (by receiving field => homeland conference) acceptance reverted acceptance request cancelled person event updated activated (standby event was activated) downgrade to standby (actual event was downgraded to standby event) changed main speaker site-funding fulfilled revoked event added standby added deleted standby deleted undeleted moved (so far only used in move_college_group() ) email sent [blank] site-funding reminder pastor passwords category changed application new recommendation requested (= e-mail requesting recommendation has been sent) recommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) unrecommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': accepted (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': rejected (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) approved (by ShareHim administrator) denied (= event denied) (by ShareHim administrator) status reverted availability added deleted moved people search login success failed emulated logout password generated/changed group created deleted (not yet implemented as of 8/4-05) leader changed cluster leader changed college dateblock leader changed campaign site added (type=speaker-init comes under this as well) moved approved (used for speaker-init events) declined (used for speaker-init events) dateblock added modified deleted hub city/sites moved story deleted donation deleted equipment caseID replaced equipment booking created deleted changed Table might not yet be complete. (use SQL from file "Code pieces/SQL statements.txt" to make it complete)

'''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' - to minimize number of records the following log actions are deleted once in a while (after taking a local backup of the whole database so we have the information just in case we need it): DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'campaign site' AND subaction = 'added'; /* date added is registered in main_sites anyway */ DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'success'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'failed'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'emulated'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'logout' AND subaction IS NULL;

==== Change Log prefixes ====

The following prefixes are used when entering comments in the CVS repository (see notes below the table):

ADD When features/functional behaviours are added CHG When features/functional behaviours are changed FIX When a bug has been fixed IMPROV When features/functional behaviours have been improved (and it's neither a decided FIX, CHG, or ADD) REMOVE When a functional behaviour or out-dated code has been removed UNDO Undo a previous commit (usually the previous one of that file)

Any prefix can have " NWM" appended when it is a change that is "Not Worth Mentioning". For example: Any prefix can have " MAJOR" appended when it involves a major functionality change or upgrade. The prefix is following by a colon, a space, and then the description. Examples:

'''ADD: link to change password'''

'''FIX NWM: corrected spelling'''

'''ADD MAJOR: donation management system'''

In very rare cases a prefix is not applicable and therefore not used.

If '''only''' functions have been changed we write a comma-seperated list of their names with "()" appended. For example:

'''ADD: get_dateblocks(), get_dateblock_info(): also return mediafolder field'''

If '''both''' functions '''and''' code in other places have been changed, we write the description normaly, but in the end list the functions that have been changed and/or added. For example:

'''ADD: interface for the new date block field mediafolder. Functions modified: get_dateblocks(), set_dateblock(). Functions added: get_mediafolder()'''

The same applies for JavaScript functions, but then we write "JS" with the parenthesis, for example: '''get_field_value(JS)'''

For PHP classes we write like this: ''''''class webservice_server''''''

The point here is to always add the names of functions and classes that are changed, so that it's possible to search CVS for all changes regarding those functions/classes.

Possible improvement (=not yet used): there should actually also be a keyword for deciding whether or not the entry should be seen for the general users of the website, so they know which changes have been made to the website that affect their work. Eg. "technical modification" or "functional modification".

==== Code-related tags ====

Codes that are put different places in the source code to link together different pieces of code that are related - to make it easier to maintain it and remember other places where we are dealing with the same thing. It's important that these tags are unique through ALL text files in the project so that they are easy to search for. Always write them in upper case. KOREAN-EXCEPTION Code dealing with the Korean Council customization in NAD division. SHOW-CURRENT-DATES-FOR-MASTER-SITE The places that we show current existing campaign dates for a master site. TERMS-FOR-ASSIGNING-HOMELAND-SPEAKER Places where we write the terms for assigning a speaker to a homeland campaign date DIALOGBOX-LIKE-MESSAGE LIST-CHURCH-PASTORS CHECK-STORIES-LINKED-TO-SITE CHECK-STATS-LINKED-TO-SITE SEND_EMAIL_WHEN_ACCEPTED DETERMINE-SENIOR-PASTOR Places where we determine who is the senior pastor for a church BLOCK-SAME-DIVISION-APPLICANTS Block applicants from applying to date blocks in their own residence division NOTIFY-NON-EUD-HOMELAND-APPLICANTS Code for notifying non-EUD applicants about homeland campaigns in EUD OPENID-ENTRY-CODE Places with code for OpenID that public users see. Can hide these pieces in case we want to disable it. SKIPPED-TRANSL Places in homeland system where I have skipped translating something QUEST or QUEST-EXPERT Questions I have for other (expert) programmers about issues I'm unsure about. WATCHFUTURE Things we need to keep an eye on in the future as project develops TODO Places in the code where I need to do something.

==== System entry points ====

Places where user will enter this system (might not be a complete list - check also with login.php) - index.php - login.php - menu*.php - recommend.php (recommenders go directly to here)

==== Customized changes in generated PHPMaker pages ====

Security code

In top of all pages <?php //security $minUserLevel = 70; $cfgProgDir = 'login/'; include($cfgProgDir . "secure.php"); ?> Extra SQL for limiting users on their own level to ONLY maintain their own record

*edit.php for applicable tables //A user is only allowed to edit his own record on his own level

//This is only for extra security in case someone tries to change the URL if ($accesslevel == 'div') { //customization by Allan Jensen $ownlevelSQL = ' AND divisionID = ' . $ID; } else { $ownlevelSQL = '';'' }

$strsql = "SELECT * FROM `main_divisions` WHERE `divisionID`=".$tkey.$ownlevelSQL;

==== SQL sentences ====

''Relationships up through the main line:'' main_translations INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_translations.siteID = main_sites.sideID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_sites.hotelID = main_hotels.hotelID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_hotels.conferenceID = main_conferences.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_conferences.unionID = main_unions.unionID INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_unions.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_divisions ON main_dateblocks.divisionID = main_divisions.divisionID ''Return all sites for a orientation/dateblock (the opposite direction of above):'' SELECT main_sites.* FROM main_orientations INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_orientations.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_dateblocks.dateblockID = main_unions.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_unions.unionID = main_conferences.unionID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_conferences.conferenceID = main_hotels.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_hotels.hotelID = main_sites.hotelID ''UNION query to obtain all users:'' SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'div' AS accesslevel FROM main_divisions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION ALL SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'un' AS accesslevel FROM main_unions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'conf' AS accesslevel FROM main_conferences WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, 'people' AS accesslevel FROM main_people WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, accesslevel FROM main_ext_logins WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Database Tables-Fields, sharehim main

2012-02-23T11:30:38Z

Allan Jensen: Changed shipper references to external logins

= Database Tables/Fields - sharehim_main =

== Divisions (main_divisions) ==

Containing the 13 SDA divisions in the world

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| 
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| req.
|-
| initials 
| Initials
| 3-letter abbreviation
| req.
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| division_secretaries 
| Division officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Unions (main_unions) ==

List of all the unions within the 13 world divisions. Occasionally we pull the data from AdventistDirectory to update our list of unions. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| Division this union belongs to 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Union officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Is participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
Not really used because all participating organizations will have a record in the conference table, even though it might be fake. ||

|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Conferences or missions (main_conferences) ==

List of SDA conferences/missions/fields. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID (AdmFieldID)
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| sda_orgmastID 
| SDA OrgMastID
| 6-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org. This is the master ID from eadventist.com.
| 
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| name_contracted 
| Name contracted
| Short name for the conference. Used in homeland system.
| 
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| conf_email 
| Conference e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| conference_officers 
| Conference officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| homeland_particip 
| Participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| eadventist_authorized 
| Churches & pastors synchronization setting
|
'''Churches:''' 1 : pull from eAdventist.net all others : pull from AdventistDirectory

'''Pastors:''' 0 : entered manually 1 : authorized to pull from eAdventist

((Can add more values for each different synchronization scheme we encounter with different conferences))

| 
|-
| allow_pastors_assign_speakers 
| Allow pastor to do final acceptance of new applicants?
|
yes/no

1 : pastoral approval, no notification to conference organizer when approved 2 : pastoral approval, with notication to conference organizer when approved 0 : pastor's recommendation, conference-staff final approval 

(fieldname should have been allow_pastors_approve_speakers!)

| 
|-
| last_eadventist_update 
| Last updated via eAdventist
| For non-NAD conferences this indicates last time we updated the '''church''' list from AdventistDirectory.org
| 
|-
| internal_comments 
| Internal comments
| ONLY coadmin and admin may see/edit this.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Public comments
| 
| 
|-
| world_x 
| World map, X-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| world_y 
| World map, Y-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Conferences' Wire Information ==

Information used for wiring money to the different conferences.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| Bank account no.
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Name of account holder/owner
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Address of account holder
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank location
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Use correspondent/intermediary bank?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank location
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Account no. of beneficiary's bank (the bank above) at the correspondent bank
| 
| 
|}

== Conference accepted people ==

People's acceptance or rejection to preach in a specific conference. Only applicable to homeland date blocks.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference acceptance ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: - waiting - accepted - rejected

| req. 
|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| Values set by the system: 
- "Done campaign" (when accepted) (value also used to unset it in case an qualifying event(s) are deleted, so it should not be modified) - "Int'l recommended" (when accepted) - "Auto-accepted eA pastor" (when automatically set to accepted by the Obtain Pastor Login procedure in login_link_pastor.php)

Values set AND used by the system (only when status=waiting): - "Pastor: ?": pending pastor response - "Pastor: yes": pastor consented - "Pastor: caution: [a reason]": pastor cautioned

| req. if rejected 
|}

== Hub cities - Previously Hotel cities (main_hotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| Only used for homeland (some hub cities for international campaigns also contain a conference because ALL records were assigned the ID when we created this field)
| req. for homeland
|-
| 
| City
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : not necessary

| req. 
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting from orientation to hotel city
| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Is non-hotel?
| yes/no
For homeland date blocks the hotel info is not required and this field should be set to yes (but not mandatory)

| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Date blocks' hotels (main_dateblockhotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID (= hub city)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| Optional and ONLY used for linking a specific orientation to this hotel city in case the date block has multiple orientation sites.
| 
|}

== Date blocks ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Opening date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Closing date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Applications closing date
| Should be the final cut-off date for new applicants.
Date is inclusive, so after this date no new applications are accepted. When converted to a Unix timestamp we add one day minus one second, so that the calculation is correct AND if converted back to only a date it is still the same date.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Data lock date
| After this date only administrators and co-administrators will be allowed to change all data concerning a date block: 
- teams - groups - site info (incl. translations) - hotel info - orientation hotel info - rank sites - rank speakers

This date MUST be after applications closed date.

As of 2007-12-05 the detailed definition was: - people cannot remove themselves from campaigns after this date, but all other accesslevels can (eventdelete.php). - conference coordinators for international campaigns (not conference organizers) cannot do these things after this date (but admin and coadmin can always do all of these things): * add campaign sites * edit campaign sites * add hub cities to a date block * edit orientation hotel info - people cannot themselves re-arrange their team and group membership after this date. - ranking of sites and speakers can only be changed by admin and coadmin after this date.

(PS. Hotel reservation is locked on date block opening date)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Campaign title (Homeland: Additional label)
| Usually the country wherein the campaigns will be held.
Homeland: optional additional label like "SWAU"

| req. for international opt. for homeland 
|-
| 
| Total sites
| Total number of campaign sites in this date block - must ALWAYS be kept up-to-date as available sites are calculated from this.
For homeland campaigns this is currently kept updated to equal the number sites that have been set up for this date. Would be more useful to only count the sites where a speaker had been matched...

| 
|-
| 
| Questions recipient
| LoginID of the person from External logins who will receive questions about this date block. This person will also be the lead date block manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Pre-campaign manager
| LoginID of a coadmin person from External logins who will be the pre-campaign manager if different from the lead manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 2nd
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 2nd
| Just before the campaign
| 
|-
| 
| Last incomplete notification
| The date we last sent a notification to unions/conferences/campaign manager about incomplete information entered for this date block (if any)
| 
|-
| 
| Default sermon notes language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Divide homeland dateblocks into different languages on sign-up sheet for some conferences.) || req. for international

|-
| 
| Default sermon graphics language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Displayed in the popup box for approving and selecting material for an applicant.) || req. for international opt. for homeland

|-
| 
| Division secretaries
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses for one or more division secretaries. Eg. they receive e-mail reminding about insurance.
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| Extended public description of the date block
| 
|-
| 
| Note for applicants
| Special information for potential applicants before applying
| 
|-
| 
| Application monitors
| List of e-mail addresses (comma-seperated) to which an e-mail is sent everytime an application to this date block is submitted. Added because of problems in India where the division wants to monitor all applications, espacially STMs.
| 
|-
| 
| Hide date block details for the public?
| yes/no
Because of problems in India where the public should not be allowed seeing the information about the date block. ||

|-
| 
| Media folder
| Base folder for uploading media files (pictures, video etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Show predefined unions only
| yes/no
Only show predefined organizations down to the union level (= excl. conferences) In connection with the table Date blocks' predefined conferences. ||

|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Date blocks' orientations ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| 
|}

== Date blocks' predefined conferences ==

This is used primarily before sites are added to the date block. After that we'll automatically know the conferences based on where the hotels are located. For homeland date blocks, though, we retain this information in order to have a quick way of determining the date blocks of a conference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block predefined conference ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|}

== Campaign sites (main_sites) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| siteID 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master campaign site ID
| Record ID in master sites table that this site originates from
| 
|-
| dateblockhotelID 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| req.
|-
| campaign_date 
| Campaign date
|
- Homeland: the date from the matching record in main_dateblocks - International: null 

'''This field can currently be used to determine if the campaign site is homeland or international.''' 

| req. for homeland. currently prohibited for intl. 
|-
| campaign_type 
| Campaign type
|
Possible options: - NULL : regular campaign - 'spk-init' : speaker-initiated campaign

Homeland only.

| 
|-
| name 
| Site name
|
- International: full site name (req.) - Homeland: only an optional additional label (req. for Speaker-Initiated Events though) that is added to the date (and the church name, which we get from the site's master site).

Tried to name variable 'campaign_label' when used in the homeland context.

| see description
|-
| campaign_begin_time 
| Beginning time
| time (hh:mm:ss)
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_end_date 
| Ending date
| date
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_weekdays 
| Weekdays
| Comma-separated list of 3-letter abbreviation of the weekdays the campaign will be held.
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| city 
| Town/city
| 
| req.
|-
| site_addr 
| Address
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_state 
| State
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_zip 
| Zip
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_phone 
| Phone
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_email 
| E-mail
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_website 
| Website
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| venue_type 
| Venue type
| church/rented hall/open field/stadium etc. according to table list_venue_types
| Intl:
always req. Homeland: req. for spk-init events

|-
| personeventID 
| Personevent ID
| Link to the speaker
| 
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Sermon graphics language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| lifeochrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| video_format 
| Desired video format
| NOT USED ANYMORE. No longer applicable because we now use DVDs instead of VHS tapes.
dropdown

| 
|-
| congregations 
| Congregations
| number of congr. supp. this site
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| membership 
| Membership
| total members in supp. congr.
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| est_attendance 
| Est. attendance
| incl. SDA & non-SDA
| req.
|-
| baptismal_goal 
| Baptismal goal
| conservative number
| req.
|-
| km_from_hotel 
| Km from hotel
| 
| req.
|-
| pastor_workerIDs 
| Pastor Officer IDs
| Comma-separated list of officerIDs.
The pastors of this church (master site) from eAdventist at the time the site was set up or when a speaker was assigned. Automatically set by the system. ||

|-
| ranking 
| Ranking
| 
| req.
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| planned_precamp_acts 
| Planned pre-campaign activities
| text
Homeland only.

|-
| campaign_status 
| Campaign status
|
Possible options: - NULL - 'await_approv' 

Homeland only.

|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| copyof 
| Copy of site ID
| If this is a copy of another site the original site's ID is saved here
| 
|-
| date_added
| Date added
|
|
|}

 

== Outreach Teams - Previous: Master Campaign sites (main_master_sites) ==

List of Outreach Teams 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master site ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organization ID
| Reference to the church this OLT belongs to
| req. for all new records
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference ID
| Conference this OLT is in
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
|
Name of the OLT, usually the church name.

Usually renamed to 'olt_name' or 'church_name2' in SQL output. Also named 'church_name' occasionally but that is deprecated.

|
|-
| ms_personID 
| Person ID
| In case a personal team is created this holds the link to the person (used for speaker-initiated campaigns)
| 
|-
| hotelID 
| Hotel ID
| 2009-11-16: deleted all values since homeland do not use hub cities anymore - field can be deleted entirely, once SQL queries have been checked
- search for "main_master_sites" and "'tblname' => 'master_sites'" and edit acl_add_master_site() and i_master_sites.php/php_functions_i_master_sites.php

|
|-
| city 
| City
| 2010-11-01: Is officially no longer used but I didn't dare deleted it in the database yet. Delete it later.
Search for "main_master_sites" to try to find location where it might still be used.

|
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Graphics language
| Default graphics language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| lifeofchrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| Default video language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| pw 
| Password
| Password OLT members can use to access information for this OLT. Not really used at the moment.
| 
|-
| date_added 
| Date added
| 
| 
|}

== Outreach Leadership Team members ==

Table with all memberships for the Outreach Leadership Teams (main_olts)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| OLT member ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person who is the member
| req.
|-
| 
| Master site ID
| Team person is a member of
| req.
|-
| 
| Is OLT clerk?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| 
| req. for all new records
|-
| 
| Date removed
| Once this field has a value the member is considered removed.
| 
|}

== Churches ==

List of churches we have retrieved from AdventistDirectory.org and eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| SDA org ID
| OrgMastID from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| SDA entity ID
| OMEntity from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| Church name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 2-letter ISO-3166 country code
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Ethnic group
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sector
| Our own sector value, set by the conference organizers
| 
|-
| 
| Latitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Longitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Parent SDA AdmFieldID
|
ID of parent conference.

(I believe we always have this one)

|-
| 
| Parent SDA OrgMastID
|
ID of parent conference.

(this one we don't yet have for the churches we've retrieved through the webpages) CAN WE JUST DROP THIS FIELD BECAUSE IT SEEMS TO THE CHURCH'S SDAORGID REPLACED WITH "11" ON THE END?!

|-
| 
| Parent is not a conference?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Inactive?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| Date added to our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Date modifed
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| 
|}

== Workers / Officers ==

List of officers (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB) or other Adventist services/fields

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| Conference the pastor is in.
Not used for NAD conferences, since Officer ID (from eAdventist) is used. If we change use assign_pastor_to_church() must be reviewed.

| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| ID originates from SDA-DB
This is the same ID as main_people. sda_membershipID. Used only for records coming from eAdventist.net.

| cond. 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| The local conference's own ID for the person
| 
|-
| 
| First name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Last name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Suffix
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing country
| 2-letter country name (ISO-3166)
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative e-mail addresses
| Comma-separated list (with space between comma and next address)
| opt.
|-
| 
| Cell phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Allow SMS?
| Is ShareHim allowed to send the pastor an SMS to notify him about new applicants from his church?
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Link to this person's record in our main people table if present.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Default password
| Password that will be used to auto-create a login when this pastors tries to login
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| req.
|}

== Church offices ==

List of church offices (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church office ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Church SDA org ID
| OrgMastID of church
| 
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| From main_officers table
| 
|-
| 
| Office name
| Name of office the person holds.
NOTE!! If this is expanded to be anything else than pastors we need to change the method in assign_campaign_site() we use to determine if speaker is pastor as well in get_pastors_churches() and probably other functions as well (since they only check for the existence of a church office record and not the office name value) ||

|-
| 
| Is evangelistic decision-maker?
| yes/no
In case a church has multiple pastors this can indicate which pastor is responsible for evangelistic decisions. Used to know which pastor we can ask to recommend a speaker. ||

|-
| 
| Date modified
| Last date this record was modified in our own database.
| 
|}

== Campaign site statistics ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Statistical data
| serialize PHP array with statistics on attendance, Bible class attendance, and baptisms
(only used for international)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the speakers. (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Adjusted baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Projected baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the speakers (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Actual baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Did campaign with OLT?
| yes/no
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of meetings
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of visitors
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Planning another campaign?
|
Possible values: 0 : no 1 : yes 2 : maybe

| Homeland only 
|}

== Campaign site statistics per conference ==

This data "overrides" data entered for each individual campaign site.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference date block statistics ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Total baptisms during campaign in this conference
| number
| 
|-
| 
| Baptisms within 6 months after the campaign in this conference (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
| 
|}

== People ==

Guest speakers, support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA membership ID
| ID from eAdventist of OLT members and pastors.
(This ID is the same as main_officers.officerID. Brian: "Yes, the PersonID is the same Officer ID that we use for Pastors web service.")

| 
|-
| 
| Active person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Legal firstname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Legal lastname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Title
| dropdown
Prefered to be set as the option "Pastor" is sometimes used to identify pastors.

|-
| 
| Birth date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Gender
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marital status
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street address
| this is also their shipping address
| req.
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| req.
Required for different reasons (and more I haven't written here): These people go in to the regular table of people where we have speakers and so on, and that field has always been required. Besides having a name without connected to a country can be pretty ambigious. The more information we have about a person the better. It also helps us to know which division they are in which is required in case they apply for a campaign.

|-
| 
| E-mail
| also their username
Sometimes noemail@noemail.com or none@none.com has been put in if we don't know the address. 

| req. (except for special cases, eg. speakers assigned to past homeland campaigns, or check donations where we don't know the e-mail) 
|-
| 
| E-mail invalid
| date
If the e-mail address is not working register here the date it was discovered. Reminders, news letters etc. will not be sent to this person then.

|-
| 
| Home phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Office phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Cell phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Residence division
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Residence union
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence conference
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence church
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Application date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Remmendation status
|
Possible values: (by sending fields/recommenders) - NULL (when not recom. processed) - waiting - recommended - unrecommended

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender
|
Pastor/layman/academy in NAD: - stores the ID of the recommender to which an e-mail was sent at time of application 

College students: - college date block ID

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sermon notes language
|
dropdown

VALIDATION: - check if this from-language is available within the desired date block. If not, give option to select another language. 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Preferred CD format
|
Possible values: - DVD (means using a DVD player) - DVD-R (means using a computer) 

(old values: CD, DVD-Combo)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Done boot camp?
|
Has person taken the ShareHim boot camp training program?

Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : is an ordained/licensed pastor - 3 : is a retired pastor 

(Being any type of pastor resolves to the same effect as saying yes)

| 
|-
| 
| Done a campaign?
| yes/no
Determined automatically by the system, cannot be manually set (as of today at least). No means only that we '''do not know if''' they have done a campaign. NOTE: now this does not only include international campaigns, even though the field name indicates that. Also having done a homeland campaign will now result in this being set to yes.

| 
|-
| 
| First campaign
| text
First ShareHim campaign that this person participated in as a speaker. Used for people applying for homeland campaigns.

| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary
Lay applicants: pastor Academy students: academy & contact 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference home phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy & contact

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference office phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary 

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference cell phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference e-mail
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receive newsletter?
|
Is person signed up for the Evangeliving newsletter? 

NULL: has not been set 0: no 1: yes, in e-mail format 2: yes, in hardcopy format 

| opt. 
|-
| 
| Received mentorship material
| yes/no
Did we send them the mentorship material? ||

|
|-
| 
| Portrait filename
| File for thumbnail image used in stories.
| 
|-
| 
| Portrait is authorized?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team of master site ID
| The church with this master site ID that this person is an OLT member of
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team special status
|
number

0 = ordinary OLT member (default) 1 = is OLT leader 2 = is OLT secretary

NOTE: cannot move this field to main_olts because we have people set as leaders/secretaries who are not member of any particular OLT.

|
|-
| 
| Is editor?
|
Possible values: - executive (edit text/graphics, approve, add/delete stories) - associate (edit text/graphics) - text - graphics - advreview (Adventist Review editor)

|
|-
| 
| Do not contact
|
date

When person should not receive any correspondence or be contacted, register the date this was set.

|
|-
| 
| Reason for not contacting
| text
(eg. do not want info from us, is deceased etc.)

| req. if "Do not contact" is set 
|-
| 
| Hide person from public?
|
number

0 = no 1 = yes 2 = yes and also hide from any logged in users not part of the same campaign 3 = yes and also hide from any logged in users except admins

'''NOTE!! CURRENTLY''' 1, 2 and 3 makes no difference on the website. All cause a behaviour equal to 3.

Should the person name and critical personal details (name, address, and phone numbers) be hidden from public/non-logged in users (or from logged in users except those participating in the same date block, or even everybody but admins and co-admins)? If yes: - hidden on mainly the campaign overview - if they are organizers they are currently NOT hidden - hidden in get_dateblock_people() - hidden in get_people_availability() - hidden in get_person_info() - skip showing personal portrait on stories - hidden in other functions too...

| req.
|-
| 
| Person requested check for duplicate
| Person indicated that they might already exist in our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Source
|
Indication of how this person originally got into the database. Possible values (also defined in main_peopleedit.php): 1 : applied internationally 2 : applied homeland acceptance 3 : homeland pastor 4 : made a donation/pledge 5 : conference organizer/sector leader 6 : OLT member 7 : signed up for newsletter 8 : order received from GoodSalt.com 9 : is translator for homeland system 10 : homeland speaker (assigned to past campaign => not accepted in conf) 11 : non-ShareHim related homeland speaker 12 : given a ShareSynch serial number (version C sermons) 99 : other manually added record

| 
|}

== Person events (main_personevents) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| personeventID 
| Person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| personID 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| dateblockID 
| Date block ID
| Only for non-college/university applicants
| 
|-
| eff_dateblockID 
| Effective date block ID
| Updated to always hold the effective date block ID for this event (also when event has been deleted)
| 
|-
| categorymoved 
| Category
|
Possible values: - pastor - layman - college - academy - stm - organizer

|
|-
| collegedateblockIDmoved 
| College date block ID
| Only for college/university applicants
| 
|-
| is_standby 
| Is standby
|
yes/no

Is this a standby event?

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| clusterID 
| Cluster ID
| Only for speakers
(the link to groups must of course match this link.)

|-
| groupID 
| Group ID
| Only for speakers
| 
|-
| teamID 
| Team ID
| Only for STMs - linking them to their speaker (Team ID in main_teams)
| 
|-
| rankingID 
| Ranking ID
| 
| 
|-
| cospeaker 
| Associate speaker
| yes/no
(we know the main speaker by the team the associate speaker is member of) ||

|-
| 
| Preferred hub city (date block hotel ID)
| The hub city the person him/herself wishes to go to
| 
|-
| 
| Site-funding required
| yes/no
CURRENTLY NOT USED (use 'funding_required' instead) MAY NEED TO USE IT THOUGH, INSTEAD OF CALCULATING IT WITH A JOIN TO main_groups ALL THE TIME! Is currently only set a group level and must be determine through field table main_groups. grp_funding_source

|-
| 
| Site-funding fulfilled
| If fulfilled, it has the ID of the belonging log entry from sharehim_log.system_operations.operationID
| 
|-
| 
| Need housing?
| yes/no
Only used for homeland date blocks: Does the speaker need the host church to provide housing if the meeting is outside his area? ||

|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: (by host fields) - NULL - accepted - rejected

(Currently only used for homeland campaigns. Automatically accepted for international campaigns.)

|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival date
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival time
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, airline
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight no.
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Self-arranged travel to orientation
| yes/no
If yes none of the four fields above must be filled out ||

|-
| 
| Hotel city, arrival airport
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, airline
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Last deposit reminder
| Days after application date that this reminder was last sent
| 
|-
| 
| Last site-funding reminder
| Days before opening date that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last hotel reservation reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last flight arrival reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last generic reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last equipment rental reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Consent form for minors
|
NULL = not a minor 1 = pending receiving the consent form 2 = consent form received 3 = is minor, parent/guardian is coming too

Is set to NULL when event is deleted if it was 1 or 3.

|-
| 
| No sermon notes
|
yes/no

Whether or not the person should receive sermon notes/graphics for this event. Used with the "missing notes" report. This value is basically only informational. Extended to this use:

0 : nothing skipped 1 : skip sermon notes 2 : skip Jesus video 3 : skip both sermon notes and Jesus video

(3 is automatically set when setting a speaker for past homeland campaign or when setting a non-ShareHim-related speaker for a homeland campaign)

|-
| 
| Reported on the first insurance/service requests report that we sent out?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Is deleted?
| yes/no
Is set to yes when we delete an event but keep the database record because material has been shipped concerning this event, and because we want to keep a historical record.

|-
| 
| Is event request?
| yes/no (when person does not fill out the main application form, value is not changed but kept forever event if event is deleted)
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deposit received
|
datetime

Date we have received the deposit for the direct campaign cost (international only). The field Site-funding required will determine if this is necessary. If it is, only after that point we initiate the application process.

Set to 2000-01-01 when bypassed by admins (when auto-approved was requested when event was added)

Set to 2000-01-02 for events before we implemented this procedure

Set to 2000-01-03 when event is in an individually funded group (where leader has already paid the deposit)

|-
| 
| Date approved
| datetime (by administration)
Must have a value for the event to be considered approved, no matter what the category is.

Set to 2000-01-01 when it is unknown.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date standby expire
| date
The date the standby event will expire.

|-
| 
| Date activated
| datetime
The date a standby event was activated.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deleted
| datetime
| 
|}

== Person comments ==

Internal comments only visible for administrators

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Comment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Possible to reference a comment to a person's event
| opt.
|-
| 
| Comment
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Comment type
|
Possible values: - 'phonecall'

| opt.
|-
| 
| Flag
|
dropdown

Possible values: - 1 : encourage mentorship - 2 : block all future participation - 3 : block future intl. participation - 4 : block future homeland participation

| opt.
|-
| 
| Date and time entered
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Submitter
| Local ID of user from table below
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| Origin table of this user
| 
|}

== Personal salutations ==

Table with personal salutations for each user in the system

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| The person the salutation is for
| req.
|-
| 
| From table
| The table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
Same format as $_SESSION['user_fromtable']

| req.
|-
| 
| From local ID
| The ID from the table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
| req.
|-
| 
| Salutation
| The salutation itself. Must be the full line.
| req.
|}

== Colleges ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Initials
| Abbreviation of name
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| For shipping equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Contact person
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| Use this to login and recommend students
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Colleges' date blocks ==

Bob Sr, 2008-07: College date-block information must remain read-only for all except for the administrative few.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Dateblock ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| opt.
|-
| 
| Student sites to reserve equip. for
| numeric
| req.
|-
| 
| Funding source
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date site-funding received
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Total site-funding amount received
| number
In USD.

|-
| 
| Date travel funds requested
| The date we requested Quiet Hour Ministries to send the travel funds to the college/students.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Last status reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| opt.
|}

== Recommenders ==

Only for North-American division

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Recommender ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marker for last applicant
| a marker so we can cycle through these recommenders
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Translations ==

Per campaign site

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| From language
| dropdown acc. to available sermon notes language
| 
|}

== Campaign material ==

Shipments that are due (or waiting for payment before they are due)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Shipment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Personevent ID
| 
| req. to be a speaker
|-
| 
| Shipper
| A main_ext_shippers.ext_shipperID reference
| 
|-
| 
| Paid
| date
Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a ||

|-
| 
| Postpone date
| date
This item will not shown on the shipping list until this date ||

|-
| 
| Shipped date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped method
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped tracking no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty billed
| date
Only used for graphics CDs, reporting to It Is Written ||

|}

== Clusters ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Clusters are a larger scope compared to groups. Groups can be linked to clusters. Only speakers can be members of clusters.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster name
| For homeland date blocks this is not used for anything really - other than it shows up on the campaign overview.
| 
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|}

== Cluster leaders ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster leader ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Speakers or organizers
| 
|}

== Groups ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Only speakers can be members of groups

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Group ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| 
|-
| 
| Group name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Recommender personID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reserved sites
| Will effectively always be filled out.
| 
|-
| 
| Funding source (site-funding)
|
Possible values: - 'sharehim': ShareHim is responsible - 'individually': each group member is responsible, but deposit for ALL must be received before any can apply - ' indiv_owndep': each group member is responsible, all applicants must pay their own deposit at time of application - 'collectively': group is responsible collectively

| req.
|-
| 
| Deposit received?
| yes/no
No one excepts organizers can apply before deposit has been received if funding source is 'individually'.

|-
| 
| Partial payment date
| date
Has no effect if amount is not set or 0.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Partial payment amount
| number
Has no effect if date is not set.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Last site-fund reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show group on availability report?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Max subdivide
| Max number of hotel cities the group is allowed to span across. Default one.
| req.
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled?
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Teams ==

Speaker linked with support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Team ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (speaker)
| 
| 
|}

== Orientation sites ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - no (0) - yes (1) - not necessary (2)

| req.
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting to the orientation site
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment booking ==

Booking of equipment Time frame of booking is decided by the period of the date block

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Booking ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| req. if no person ID
|-
| 
| Speaker ID (= Person ID)
| 
| req. if no college date block ID
|-
| 
| Case ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Booking date
| The date the booking was made (just for the information)
| 
|-
| 
| Paid amount
| Only for non-student related
| 
|-
| 
| Paid date
| Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound tracking no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance
| text (100)
E-mail of person received the insurance information ||

|-
| 
| Return date
| Date it was sent from the renter
| 
|-
| 
| Return method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Return tracking no.
| text (30)
If filled out it's a call tag, otherwise not

|-
| 
| Return received date
| Date it was received by ShareHim
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked by initials
| text (10)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, cases ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Case ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Case purchase date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the case is under repair or for another reason is not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| Down status
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Discharged
| date
When the case has been sold and we no longer have anything to do with it ||

|-
| 
| Discharged status
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, laptops ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment base ID
| ID of the equipment base where we administrate a set of graphics equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| OS product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Office product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Service Tag
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Express service code
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop value
| numeric
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty type
|
dropdown: - Next day service - Next day service + complete care

|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Quote no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the laptop is under repair or has been sold and hence not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| AC adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
Remote control for mouse ||

|-
| 
| Floppy drive
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, projectors ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Projector value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Power cord
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VGA cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VCR cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| International adapters
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Ground adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Extension cord
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Material stock ==

Sermon notes/graphics, Life of Christ videos, etc. Note: The Life of Christ videos that are active and have no format were previously those records that were the PAL version. The inactive NTSC versions are kept for historic purposes.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material group
|
Current list: - Notes/graphics CD - Graphics CD - Life of Christ video - Hardcopy (language must correspond exactly with sermon languages)

Must '''not''' be changed without considering consequences for rest of the system. Some of these values are used hard-coded in the script code

|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Code
| Short easy-to-read code identifying this product to use it when printing labels
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Format
|
NTSC/PAL/SECAM

CD/(DVD/VCD)

|-
| 
| Qty in stock
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Minimum qty in stock
| Espacially for Life of Christ videos
| 
|-
| 
| Available from
| Date from which this material will be available
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty organization
|
Current list: - It Is Written - Present Solutions

If royalties must be paid when issueing this item select here which organization it must be reported to.

|-
| 
| Shipper
| ID of external shipper (from main_ext_shippers.ext_shipperID) (blank/null if internal)
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Stories ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story type
|
dropdown

Possible values: - sitereport (report about campaign site) - testimonial (personal testimony)

| req.
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of the person who created this story, speaker or STMs
| 
|-
| 
| Purpose
|
dropdown:

- public (for publishing on website)

- internal (raw material for internal use)

| req.
|-
| 
| Headline
| self made headline/title on story
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Copy of Narrative
| Copy of narrative before people changes an authorized story.
| 
|-
| 
| Keywords
| Optional additional keywords used when searching
| 
|-
| 
| Author name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Author notes
| Scratch-board for author and/or editors. Not shown publicly.
| 
|-
| 
| Internal notes
| Scratch-board for editors.
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Pictures authorized
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Content authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Authorized for display on Adventist Review website?
| yes/no (set by ShareHim)
| 
|-
| 
| Approved for display on Adventist Review website?
| null/yes/no (set by Adventist Review)
Labels: Approved/Disabled/Not reviewed ||

|-
| 
| Show thumbnail? (for testimonies)
| yes/no
Show thumbnail of person (of course only effective if thumbnail is uploaded) ||

|-
| 
| Is news item?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Show from (only news items)
| date (from now if blank)
Date is inclusive.

|-
| 
| Show to (only news items)
| date (indefinitely if blank)
Date is exclusive.

|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| req.
|-
| 
| Date last modified
| datetime
| req.
|}

== Story pictures ==

Attached to the stories

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Picture ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Caption
| long text
| req.
|-
| 
| Filename (given by the system)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Original filename
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is retouched?
| yes/no
Set to yes when original picture was retouched, either manually or cropped - as intermediate stage between original and final picture

| req.
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| For rearranging the order of pictures
| 
|-
| 
| Upload date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Surveys ==

Evaluation forms filled out by the speakers and STMs.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Survey ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| No. of campaigns participated in
| Number of campaigns the person has participated in to date.
| req.
|-
| 
| [questions] x13
| 1-5 or null
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| date
| req.
|-
| 
| Is reviewed?
| yes/no
| req.
|}

== Donations ==

Received donations

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Donation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date received
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation amount
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation type
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Pledge ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ...many more fields
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receipt sent
| Date receipt was sent.
If we don't know the date it is set to 2001-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent method
| Possible values:
- letter - email - authorize.net ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent
| Date letter was sent.
If no letter was sent date is set to 2000-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Follow-Up done?
| yes/no
Used for non-sitefunding donations only ||

|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|}

== External logins ==

E.g. Caroline Conference, Quiet Hour

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Login ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 1
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 2
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone
| An alternative phone number to campaign managers, mainly for entering local phone numbers that they use when they supervise campaigns.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone until
| The last date that the phone number is scheduled to be usable.
| req. if phone number is specified
|-
| 
| Access level
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Superadmin
|
0 / 1 / 2

1 = is superadmin 2 = is associate admin (lower than regular admin).

Only superadmin can see password, change information, add and delete users in external logins.

Only superadmin can emulate and set password (set_pw.php) for admin and coadmin.

Associate admins: the only difference between associate admins and normal admins is that they have less menu item on the menuadmin.php page (no restrictions or anything else).

|
|-
| 
| Fulltime
|
yes/no

If coadmins are full-time or part-time managers

|
|-
| 
| Approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Password questions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Table
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Question
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Answer
| 
| 
|}

== Field descriptions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Description ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Table name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Field name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Public description
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Internal description
| 
| 
|}

== News ==

Information shown on the main page of the website

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| News ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Headline
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| ShowFrom
| date
| 
|-
| 
| ShowTo
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show all on home?
| yes/no
Show entire news item on the front page? (normally there is a max length for items shown there) || req.

|}

== ShareSynch Serial Numbers ==

Created serial numbers for the ShareSynch software

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Serial Number ID
| Internal ID
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| GS)-XXXX-XXXX
| req.
|-
| 
| Expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person this serial number is connected to
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Event this serial number is connected to (and that usually causes an expiration date)
| 
|-
| 
| Owner name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Owner e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Activations allowed
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is printed?
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Date created
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== ShareSynch activations ==

Activations that have been done for the different ShareSynch serial numbers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Activation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation Code
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation date
| timestamp
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation IP
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware Operating System
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ShareSynch software version
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reactivation dates
| The dates this activation code was resent or reactivated
| 
|-
| 
| Is withdrawn?
|
Possible values: 0 = is not withdrawn (default) 1 = withdrawn, allow re-activation 2 = withdrawn, disallow re-activation

Activation code can be withdrawn, either by the user deactivating the computer (1) or ShareHim revoking it (2).

In case of 2, the software needs to register that this activation code is now invalid, so that later attempts to use the same activation code we fail (but what if they format the hardware?!). But, if the code is then regranted, we can only reactivation the software through online activation, otherwise we can't be sure that the revoked code is now active again! Well, for a solid solution the hardware should actually be encrypted together with a date, so that the activation code would be different when the computer was reactivated, and then this whole matter woudn't be an issue. (Or we could also just issue a completely new serial number...)

| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== System settings ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| System administrator name
| General
| 
|-
| 
| System administrator e-mail
| General
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender name
| Name that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender e-mail
| E-mail that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| Days to resend unprocessed applicant
| Days after application date to resend recommendation e-mails for unprocessed applicants
| 
|-
| 
| Days to mark unproccessed applicant
| Number of days until applicant will be highlighted as 'not processed' in the unapproved applicants list
| 
|-
| 
| Days before orientation to ship Life of Christ video
| Days before orientation date that we issue the shipment
| 
|-
| 
| Days after date block closing date to remind about entering experience
| Only used for those who have received sponsorship
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding insurance coverage
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding service requests
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (name) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (e-mail) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance information e-mail recipient
| E-mail to which we send insurance information on shipped equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Case lock combination
| numeric (3)
Case lock on equipment cases ||

|-
| 
| Min. days to opening date to allow person use key for bypassing closing date (because of insurance and service requests reports/reminders, so should therefore always be before we send out the last insurance/serv. req. reminder)
| 
| 
|}

== E-mail templates ==

E-mail templates for e-mails that are sent out automatically

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| E-mail template ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| identification name for this template
| 
|-
| 
| Subject
| Subject for the e-mail
| 
|-
| 
| Body
| Body for the e-mail
| 
|}

== Email log, group e-mails ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mail reference
| reference to the mail sent (an ID or a file reference)
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|}

== Email log, service requests reports ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| CC
| Carbon Copy recipients
| 
|-
| 
| Attached files
| )
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Target
| "host" or "sending" organization (division/union/conference)
| 
|-
| 
| Batch
| "first" or "second" batch of reports to this organization
| 
|}

== Mail queue ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Mail queue ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| By local ID
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| By from table
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| Sender name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sender e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Query ID
| Query ID that this queue is based upon.
In case we want to make queues that are special and not based on a query this can just be left empty.

|
|-
| 
| Custom subject
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Attach files
| Serialized PHP array with documents to attach to the e-mails in this queue.
| 
|-
| 
| Use personal salutations?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| 
|-
| 
| Date completed
| datetime
Is set when all e-mails in this queue have been sent.

|
|}

== System translations ==

Pieces of text used in the interface and which can be translated into other languages

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Category
| Not really used
| 
|-
| 
| Tag
| The tag use in the PHP code
| 
|-
| 
| Langugage [en|es|da|...]
| The text for this tag in the given language
| 
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| Not used
| 
|-
| 
| Explanation
| Any useful instructions for the translator about this piece of text
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Timestamp for when the text or tag for the primary language (English) was last modified
| 
|}

== System translators ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translator ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| Two-letter abbreviation for the language
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
|
Person ID from main_people of the person who is the translator for this language.

Set to 0 if we currently have no translator.

|
|-
| 
| Last notified
| Last time translator was notified about new or changed text to be translated
| 
|}

== System log ==

Table is placed in a separate database.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Operation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| By name
| Name of user who caused this operation
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By local ID
| ...his local ID
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By from table
| ...originates from this table
Note: Because of programming mistake this field has incorrect values until 2006-08-22 after a user has emulated somebody. Unsure when problem started (maybe 2006-06-08 or 2006-03-27). || Req. if avail.

|-
| 
| Visit ID
| VisitID from WebStory statistics
| 
|-
| 
| IP
| User's IP address at time of logging
| 
|-
| 
| Emulated by
| Full name of person who was emulating
| 
|-
| 
| Action
| Main name for for this action
| Req.
|-
| 
| Subaction
| Subname for this action
| 
|-
| 
| For name
| Name of user/record this action was executed upon
NOTE: This can be either firstname lastname or lastname, firstname ||

|-
| 
| For local ID
| ...caused upon this ID in the table below
| 
|-
| 
| For from table
| ...caused upon a record in this table
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of person it was caused upon (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| DateblockID that this action is related to (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Parameters
| Any extra parameters to log. Default format: field=value¤field=value...
| 
|}

If a field is fit for having a value but we don't have it readily available when making the logentry then we set the value to "N/A" (or "0" for number fields) so that we later can run some queries to easily replace all these "missing" information pieces.

=== List tables ===

== Venue types ==

- eg.: Church, open field etc. - 'venueno' only added and sorted by for the sake of Tamara entering the data

== Countries ==

- connected to which division it's in - including the ISO-3166 two-letter codes (where codes starting with underscore (_) is self-made in order to not have empty field) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain country names are used hard-coded in the script code (eg. ship_material.php) - as of 2006-09-21 used in: - main_divisions - main_unions - main_conferences - main_orientations - main_hotels - main_colleges - main_people - the divisionID is taken from Jon Brauer's XML file "2006-08 OMCountries (Jon Brauer).xml".

== Currencies ==

- code, name, rate, date of rate, and source of rate

== Sponsors ==

- eg.: Quiet Hour Ministries, and later on maybe The Voice of Prophecy

== Material groups ==

- eg.: Sermon notes, Graphics CD, Life of Christ video - make no possibility to edit records, only add (and maybe delete) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain material groups are used hard-coded in the script code (ship_material.php)

== Equipment bases ==

- the different locations at which we administrate a set of graphics equipment, eg. North Carolina

== Shipping methods ==

- eg.: UPS, FedEx

== US states ==

== Titles ==

- eg.: Mr., Mrs. etc.

== Access levels ==

- eg.: admin etc.

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Misc documentation

2012-02-23T11:27:38Z

Allan Jensen:

<pre>The conversion of this information from the Word document Structure.doc has not yet been quality checked.
</pre>
 

 

== Security ==

==== Login session variables ====

REMEMBER that these variables also needs to be set (or at least managed) when emulating and unemulating.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Username (e-mail)
| user_login
|-
| Password
| user_password
|-
| Person/div./un./conf. ID
(Local ID) || user_localID (MUST correspond to $accesslevel in order to identify the user on his own level - certain users from ext_logins has to be "mapped" to an existing record in the table for his level, so that it will actually just be an alias. We cannot transfer the localID field from ext_logins to localID field in temp_users, because we would not have the reverse identification of that user in temp_users then, so we have to manually check the session variable to see if the user comes from ext_logins table and lookup the localID manually. If we are only concerned about the current user the localID can be found in "user_eff_localID" though.)

|-
| Ext. logins loginID
| user_ext_logins_loginID
(only made for logins in main_ext_logins. Saves the loginID as the localID will only contain the mapped localID - if any)

|-
| Effective local ID
| user_eff_localID
(holds the effective local ID for the current user. For ext. logins that means the value of "user_ext_logins_loginID" and for all other user the value of "user_localID")

|-
| Access level (number)
| user_accesslevel_num
|-
| Access level (text)
| user_accesslevel
|-
| From table
| user_fromtable
(values are as MySQL table names except without the "main_" part)

|-
| Full name
| user_fullname
|-
| If admin is superadmin
| user_is_superadmin
|-
| If admin is associate admin
| user_is_assoc_admin
|-
| Is conference organizer
| false)
If user is a conference organizer for homeland campaigns

|-
| Is conference organizer for sectors
| user_is_conf_organizer_for_sectors
Array of sectors a conference organizer is limited to. Non-existing if no limits.

|-
| Is pastor
| false)
|-
| Is editor
| user_is_editor
('executive','associative','text','graphics', or false)

|-
| User's active event
| user_active_personeventID
|-
| Emulating mode
| user_login_emulated (true or not set)
(whether the current login is being emulated)

|-
| Responsible date blocks
| user_resp_dateblocks
(array of dateblockIDs that this coadmin is responsible for/has access to maintain. Only used for 'coadmin' access level, otherwise it's an empty array)

|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID
| verified_openid
|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID short version
| verified_openid_short
|}

==== Other session variables generally used ====

Only lasting during the page execution for all pages that goes through the security check.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Dateblock ID
| $dateblockID
(the date block that an administrator is currently working in)

|}

==== Access levels ====

Each usergroup must also have a numeric value because of the login system's way of behaviour.

Access levels from 70-79 and 0-10 should on the pages be set specifically (in $requiredUserLevel) to avoid unwanted inherited permissions.

 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| '''Group'''
| '''Abbrev.'''
| '''Range'''
| '''General'''
'''(if range)'''

|-
| System
| system
| 
| 899
|-
| Administrators
| admin
|
70+

    90+

| 100
|-
|
Campaign managers *

Equipment managers 

|
coadmin

equip

| 70-89
|
80

79

|-
| Divisions
| div
| 60-69
| 65
|-
| Unions
| un
| 50-59
| 55
|-
| Conferences/missions
| conf
| 40-49
| 45
|-
| People (clusters, groups, college leaders)
| people
| 26-39
| 30
|-
| Recommenders
| recom
| 15
| 
|-
| Colleges
| college
| 14
| 
|-
|
ShareSynch Technical Supporter

(OBS! Probably not fully configured in set_pw.php...!)

| ssynchsupp
| 9
|
|-
| **(Quiet Hour Ministries) (communic?)
| qhmsponsor
| 8
| 
|-
| **Travel agents
| travelag
| 7
| 
|-
| Insurance agents
| insuragent
| 6
| 
|}

* mostly same as administrators but only within selected date blocks, and no access to certain system wide features

** planned access levels

When creating new access levels use this checklist:

*try to make unique abbreviations/access level names so they can be searched for
*add to table list_accesslevels
*add to login/checklogin.php
*add to js_functions_phpmaker.js (syncLocalToAccesslevel() function)
*add to main_ext_loginslist.php (in section "Show mappings/localID")
*add to temp_userslist.php (add to switch() making the $emulate_qstr variable)
*add to php_functions_login.php => format_accesslevel()
*add permission and setup in set_pw.php to emulate and set user/password (if emulation should be possible)

==== Table permissions ====

Important notes: No records must be deleted if it has attached records in underlying levels ''Divisions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Date blocks'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Unions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Conferences/missions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Orientations sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

Note: Only admin can edit orientation date and city ''Hotel cities'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Campaign sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

==== Field permissions ====

- only admin is allowed to change Active-fields - password field may never be entered/changed manually

==== Information locks ====

== Scheduler ==

- checking if we have all necessary information in time before campaigns begin - sending reminders to people

== Page layouts ==

==== General guidelines ====

- if information is missing write something like "Awaiting information..." - hide all e-mail addresses for public users and also for logged in users where they don't need to know the address

== Rules, standards, notes, etc. ==

==== Abbreviations & definitions (terminology/glossary) ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| STM
| support team member
|-
| OLT
| Outreach Leadership Team
|-
| div (not the tag<div>)</div>
| division
|-
| un
| union
|-
| conf
| conference/mission
|-
| lang
| language
|-
| local ID
| ID from div, un, conf etc.
|-
| equipment
| = 1 case
|-
| co-speaker
| associate speaker
|-
| conf org / conforg
| conference organizer
|-
| n/a
| not applicable
|-
| shcfg
| name of global variable that is an array with hardcoded configuration/settings for the entire project
|-
| shrun
| name of global variable that is an array with values that have been set at runtime, usually in ini.php
|-
| acl
| Access Control Layer (permissions)
|-
| NAD
| North-American Division
|-
| number of open sites for a dateblock
| number of sites minus applicants that has been approved by admin but not necessarily assigned to a site yet
|-
| event request
| when a person requests to go to another campaign (paraphrased: "applying a second time at Global Evangelism" or technically "applying using eventrequest.php instead of apply.php)
|-
| date block
| one series of mettings in a specific geographical area, with an opening date and a closing date
|-
| campaign
| same as date block
|-
| NWM
| Not Worth Mentioning
|-
| curr
| current
|-
| valerr
valerrHTML || used in naming convention for variables holding validation error message for a field/piece of information - in plain text and HTML

|-
| hub city
| exactly the same as a hotel city. We renamed the term hotel city to hub city.
|-
| ccard
| credit card
|-
| authnet
| Authorize.net
|-
| Centralizer
| a system developed by Allan Jensen to easily set up webpages for maintaining data in database tables
|-
| pid
| Person ID
|-
| offid
| Officer ID
|-
| wrkid
| Worker ID
|-
| choffid
| Church office ID
|-
| cid / confid
| Conference ID
|-
| chid
| Church ID
|-
| insttid
| Institution ID
|-
| evbdgid
| Event budget ID
|-
| pavid
| Person availability ID
|-
| pcacid
| Person/conference acceptance ID
|-
| pceid
| Pre-campaign event ID
|-
| stid
| Story ID
|-
| teid
| Training Entity ID
|-
| taid
| Training Accept ID
|-
| conforgid
| Conference organizer ID
|-
| pressynch
| Presentaion Synchronizer/Sermon Synchronizer (software)
|-
| ws
| webservice
|-
| cspd
| correspondent
|-
| site-fund
| people or groups who needs to contribute financially to their own campaigns (1,200 $/site).
REMEMBER! Instead of using the word "pay" we must always phrase it as "contributing" (or "donating") for tax-deductible reasons (see note in format_sitefund_indicatorHTML() ).

|-
| pre-funded
| sites that are being funded by ShareHim or somebody else with the $1,200, that is, the speaker is not responsible for providing the funds
|-
| normal deadline
| the latest date we will accept site-funding (the $1,200) before a campaign without adding the $100 rush processing fee. The date is fixed at 3 months before. The date is inclusive so that payments on this date does not enforce the extra fee.
|-
| TQH
| The Quiet Hour / Quiet Hour Ministries
|-
| ARM
| Adventist Risk Management
|}

==== Applicant categories ====

A description of the different categories of applicants (IMPORTANT: '''Remember''' to consider co-speaker option, too).

Notation in brackets means is for a '''co-speaker''' in that category. Only used where applicable and where there is a difference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''pastor'''
| '''layman'''
| '''academy'''
| '''college'''
| '''stm'''
'''(support team member)''' || '''organizer'''

|-
| Table containing date block reference field
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_collegedateblocks
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
|-
| Can be co-speaker?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Can be team leader?
(record in main_teams) || Yes [No] || Yes [No] || Yes [No] || Yes [No] || No || No

|-
| Can be team member? (use teamID field)
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| Yes
| No
|-
| Can be group member (and group leader)?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| Yes
|-
| Facilitator value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Needs recommendation for international campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Needs acceptance for homeland campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Allow standby event?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Recommender value?
| If NAD division:
RecommenderID || If NAD division: RecommenderID || If NAD division: RecommenderID || CollegedateblockID || No || No

|-
| Recommender comments value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Reference
| Ministerial secretary
| Pastor
| Academy
| -none-
| -none-
| -none-
|-
| Reference value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Ranking value?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Flight information?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Room sharing value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Subject to cluster, group, and date block size limitations?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Can have graphics equipment booking?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| Yes???
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Table with possible related records
| main_teams [no]
main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions || main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions || main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions || main_teams [no] - main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions || - - - - - main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions || - - - - - - - main_pwquestions

|}

Common for all: - a record in main_personevents

==== Operations allowed at the different stages in the application process ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''Waiting for recommendation'''
| '''Waiting for acceptance'''
| '''Waiting for approval'''
| '''Waiting on standby'''
|-
| Select as active event
(eventchange.php) || No || No || No || No

|-
| Enter flight arrival info
(menupeople.php) || Yes || Yes || Yes || Yes

|-
| Select room sharing preferences
(menupeople.php) || Yes || Yes || Yes || Yes

|-
| People themselves delete the event
(eventdelete.php) || No || No || Yes || Yes

|}

==== Possible combinations of 'category' and 'cospeaker' and their allowed selection of dateblocks ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:''' - we have 3 different definitions of allowed dateblock selections: - dateblocks within a college - dateblocks that still has open sites (see definition above under 'Abbreviation & definitions') - dateblocks that has not passed their closing date, and therefore still accepts applications - a cospeaker from a college, can only select date blocks defined for that same college (similar to a def. in next analyses) - of course stm & organizers cannot be cospeakers ''Complete definition table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''cospeaker = 0'''
| '''cospeaker = 1'''
| 
|-
| '''pastor'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''layman'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''college'''
| college defined
| college defined
| 
|-
| '''academy'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''stm'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|-
| '''organizer'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|}

''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| category = college &
cospeaker = 0|1 || Only dateblocks defined for that college || Note: Since cospeaker doesn't matter, we don't consider that when dealing with a category=college.

|-
| category = pastor|layman|academy &
cospeaker = 0 || Only dateblocks that still has open sites ||

|-
| category = pastor|layman|academy &
cospeaker = 1 || All unclosed dateblocks ||

|-
| category = stm|organizer &
cospeaker = 0 || All unclosed dateblocks ||

|-
| category = stm|organizer &
cospeaker = 1 || ''-invalid combination-'' || Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with stm & organizers

|}

==== Possible combinations of speaker's support team members and their dateblock link (for when selecting members) ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:''' - a cospeaker from a college, can only be a cospeaker to a speaker from that same college (similar to a def. in former analyses) - a speaker can have 2 types of support team members: - stm (normal) - pastor|layman|academy (but not college) cospeakers - of course a non-cospeaker cannot be a support team member - of course stm & organizers cannot be cospeakers - the dateblock link of college students is, contrary to the other types, stored in collegedateblocks ''Complete definition table'' '''Speaker''' '''Possible support team members''' '''Speaker dateblock link table''' '''STM dateblock link table''' pastor - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm personevents personevents layman - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm personevents personevents college - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm collegedateblocks personevents - college & cospeaker collegedateblocks collegedateblocks academy - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm personevents personevents ''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table'' Note: keeping the dateblockID link in collegedateblocks makes it possible to move all college students from one college to another dateblock with a simple change (considering strict normalization of databases this is the correct way to do it). On the other hand it complicates when dealing with dateblockID for speakers. (At the point of time of writing this the question is whether to do one or the other - whether I already have figured out the ways to go about this difference - which I ''think'' I have... since I have made SQL queries for both finding all speakers within a dateblock and finding all stm within a dateblock) speaker category = pastor|layman|academy All has the same possible dateblock link tables speaker category = college & stm category <> college & cospeaker = 1 Speaker dateblock link is in 'collegedateblocks', stm dateblock link is in either 'personevents' or 'collegedateblocks' speaker category = college & stm category = college & cospeaker = 1 speaker category = [any] & stm category = [any] & cospeaker = 0 ''-invalid combination-'' Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with category=college

Update: To simplify the SQL statement the field eff_dateblockID (effective dateblockID)

==== Organizer's responsibility group/scope ====

'''NOTE: This is our goal but it doesn't mean that the system is working exactly like this yet! Some development probably needed in this area.''' An organizer can be responsible for the following groups of people depending on his setup: '''Setting''' '''Responsibility group''' Not in any group or cluster All people in date block Member of a group All people in the same group Member of a cluster All people in the same cluster For his group of people the areas he can work in include (but is not limited to): - maintaining their personal record - entering flight information - making hotel room reservation - booking or unbooking graphics equipment - probably also assigning/unassigning team members???

==== Multiple events ====

- on the people's own menu they work with one event at a time - they select themselves which one they want to work with

==== Website Layout & Coding Format ====

- generally aim at a minimum screen resolution of 1024x768 pixels - most website users use IE so it's must be compatible with the newest versions - but most browsers can be expected (because of a large user group) - a menu area and a main area - light background color/texture - use default font sizes/families and styles unless something needs to be emphasized or de-emphasized - use '''to emphasize - use or the CSS class "dimmed" for less important text - don't follow coding structure of main_*.php and list_*.php (generated by PHPMaker) but rather story_menu_admin.php - complexity of search and sorting features needs to be considered for every case (sometimes needed, otherwise just simple) - standard date format: mm/dd/yyyy - started writing LOCAL-DATE places where we eventually will localize the date format for user's country - consider if strftime() (or strftime_new() in adventsangerne.no) can be used for something - standard number format: ##,###,###.## - always use require_function() for defining functions to use. Never include file directly. - when validating date use $err_occurs_on_page to count how many errors occur. The validation functions also uses this variable. - recommended to use query string variable "act" when requesting a page with a command to do some operation - see additional coding format specifications in "Programming principles - Allan.txt"'''

 

==== E-mails ====

- e-mail addresses must never be shown to the public. They must be presented with a form to be filled out instead. - general e-mails should bounce to bounce@sharehim.org, while all other e-mails should bounce to the sender address - format of the unique Mailer ID that can be used in e-mails: X-Mailer-ID: #SRCID#MAIL#FEST07-2#PID686#

==== Check queries ====

- IMPORTANT: check that all speakers in a college within a cluster have personevents.clusterID filled out accordingly - check that all homeland date blocks have at least one conference defined in main_dateblockconfs - SELECT main_dateblocks.* FROM main_dateblocks LEFT JOIN main_dateblockconfs USING (dateblockID) WHERE homeland = 1 AND main_dateblockconfs.conferenceID IS NULL ORDER BY title - conferences, unions etc. have their upper level record - orphaned group members - speakers both being group leader and group member - check that group date block matches the members date blocks - speaker who haven't been issued any material (use code from _db-query.php) - check that STMs that are member of teams are also member of that date block - check that no delete-marked events are found in main_people.active_personeventID - delete active_personeventIDs that do not exist in main_personevents (maybe obsolete now) _db-query.php: "CLEAR ACTIVE_PERSONEVENTIDs THAT ARE NOT EXISTING IN PERSONEVENTS" - check that all people in homeland campaigns are members of clusters - check date block dates: SELECT dateblockID, title, opening_date, appl_closed_date, data_lock_date, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) AS days_duration, TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) AS days_before_appl_close, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) AS days_lock_date_before_closingdate FROM main_dateblocks WHERE TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) <> 15 /* days_duration */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) < 0 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) > 90 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) < -10 /* days_lock_date_before_closingdate */ ORDER BY opening_date - check if we have any visits with any of the user agents currently listed in class webstory -> $skip_useragent_keywords - occasionally removed unused queries: delete_query(false, array('queryID' => 0, 'queryID_compare' => '>=')); //it will auto probibit deleting used queries - check that pastor e-mail addresses match e-mail address in our records (system should prohibit it though so any records shown here might be a result of a problem in the system. Also see e-mails with subject "E-mail changed" of 2010-09-06 and 2011-03-10): SELECT main_people.personID, legal_firstname, legal_lastname, main_people.email, main_officers.email AS conf_email, pw FROM main_people INNER JOIN main_officers ON main_people.personID = main_officers.personID WHERE main_people.email <> main_officers.email

==== Dropdowns ====

- dropdowns binding a record to it's upper level must only show the upper level values within that branch of the tree

==== Boolean fields ====

All boolean fields (yes/no) have the field type TINYINT. 1 = yes / true 0 = no / false This makes it easier to determine false and true in PHP. Some fields also have additional special values like -1 or 2. Use the label "- not set -" if the boolean value has not been set.

==== Adding/removing fields for, or links to, person record in main_people ====

- when deleting a person (main_persondelete.php and delete_person() ) consider this new field - when merging a person (merge_person() ) consider this new field - for foreign keys linking to main_people.personID, add a reference in person_alldata.php - consider necessary changes to ShareHim Satellite

==== Deleting applicants ====

Deleting an applicant (meaning that he doesn't want to participate in the program anyway or he has been denied) does not result in an actual removal of the person from the database. We only delete the personevent record.

==== Deactivating records ====

To deactivate a record would be a very rare occurrence, only for example if a division re-organizes it's unions. In that case we deactive the unions that are no longer existing and by that we also cancel all current activities for those unions, like equipment booking and scheduled material shipments. This must/can then be re-booked and re-scheduled for the new unions created in stead. This is an example of the principle of deactivating records and theirs effects on the system.

==== User menus ====

Procedures (= links) that aren't applicable at present should be grayed out e.g.: only make active link to match speakers if there are any speakers that need to be matched This will make an easy todo-list overview for the user Group these kind of procedures together on the menu

==== External links and webservice consumers ====

The following describes which external places are linking into our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /add-new-campaign 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for people to apply for a homeland Speaker-Initiated Campaign)

|-
| /sharesynch 
|
ShareSynch software (for manual activation)

|-
| /hiswayofhope-order-new-disc 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for upgrade to newer version where they need new disc)

|}

 

The following system are calling webservices on our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /php/sharesynch_activate_online.php 
| ShareSynch software (automatic activation) 
|-
| /php/ws.php?ws=add_goodsalt_order&f=json 
| GoodSalt order system 
|}

==== Address formats ====

3 different formats (currently not differencing USA/Canada): - USA - Street/PO - City, State, Zip - Country - Canada - Street/PO - City, Province, X#X-#X# - Country - Other - Street/PO - Postal information - Country

==== Telephone formats ====

On forms where people enter their phone number they need to enter the number WITHOUT country code and WITH area number. On forms where people edit their phone number we will show a plus (+) and the country code in front of that number. We can do that since we have the country code for all countries in the table list_countries.

==== Log actions ====

Used in `sharehim_log` database in table `system_operations`, fields `action` and `subaction` person added deleted updated merged name corrected changed recommendation status acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent to the conference) accepted (by receiving field => homeland conference) rejected (by receiving field => homeland conference) acceptance reverted acceptance request cancelled person event updated activated (standby event was activated) downgrade to standby (actual event was downgraded to standby event) changed main speaker site-funding fulfilled revoked event added standby added deleted standby deleted undeleted moved (so far only used in move_college_group() ) email sent [blank] site-funding reminder pastor passwords category changed application new recommendation requested (= e-mail requesting recommendation has been sent) recommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) unrecommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': accepted (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': rejected (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) approved (by ShareHim administrator) denied (= event denied) (by ShareHim administrator) status reverted availability added deleted moved people search login success failed emulated logout password generated/changed group created deleted (not yet implemented as of 8/4-05) leader changed cluster leader changed college dateblock leader changed campaign site added (type=speaker-init comes under this as well) moved approved (used for speaker-init events) declined (used for speaker-init events) dateblock added modified deleted hub city/sites moved story deleted donation deleted equipment caseID replaced equipment booking created deleted changed Table might not yet be complete. (use SQL from file "Code pieces/SQL statements.txt" to make it complete)

'''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' - to minimize number of records the following log actions are deleted once in a while (after taking a local backup of the whole database so we have the information just in case we need it): DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'campaign site' AND subaction = 'added'; /* date added is registered in main_sites anyway */ DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'success'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'failed'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'emulated'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'logout' AND subaction IS NULL;

==== Change Log prefixes ====

The following prefixes are used when entering comments in the CVS repository (see notes below the table):

ADD When features/functional behaviours are added CHG When features/functional behaviours are changed FIX When a bug has been fixed IMPROV When features/functional behaviours have been improved (and it's neither a decided FIX, CHG, or ADD) REMOVE When a functional behaviour or out-dated code has been removed UNDO Undo a previous commit (usually the previous one of that file)

Any prefix can have " NWM" appended when it is a change that is "Not Worth Mentioning". For example: Any prefix can have " MAJOR" appended when it involves a major functionality change or upgrade. The prefix is following by a colon, a space, and then the description. Examples:

'''ADD: link to change password'''

'''FIX NWM: corrected spelling'''

'''ADD MAJOR: donation management system'''

In very rare cases a prefix is not applicable and therefore not used.

If '''only''' functions have been changed we write a comma-seperated list of their names with "()" appended. For example:

'''ADD: get_dateblocks(), get_dateblock_info(): also return mediafolder field'''

If '''both''' functions '''and''' code in other places have been changed, we write the description normaly, but in the end list the functions that have been changed and/or added. For example:

'''ADD: interface for the new date block field mediafolder. Functions modified: get_dateblocks(), set_dateblock(). Functions added: get_mediafolder()'''

The same applies for JavaScript functions, but then we write "JS" with the parenthesis, for example: '''get_field_value(JS)'''

For PHP classes we write like this: ''''''class webservice_server''''''

The point here is to always add the names of functions and classes that are changed, so that it's possible to search CVS for all changes regarding those functions/classes.

Possible improvement (=not yet used): there should actually also be a keyword for deciding whether or not the entry should be seen for the general users of the website, so they know which changes have been made to the website that affect their work. Eg. "technical modification" or "functional modification".

==== Code-related tags ====

Codes that are put different places in the source code to link together different pieces of code that are related - to make it easier to maintain it and remember other places where we are dealing with the same thing. It's important that these tags are unique through ALL text files in the project so that they are easy to search for. Always write them in upper case. KOREAN-EXCEPTION Code dealing with the Korean Council customization in NAD division. SHOW-CURRENT-DATES-FOR-MASTER-SITE The places that we show current existing campaign dates for a master site. TERMS-FOR-ASSIGNING-HOMELAND-SPEAKER Places where we write the terms for assigning a speaker to a homeland campaign date DIALOGBOX-LIKE-MESSAGE LIST-CHURCH-PASTORS CHECK-STORIES-LINKED-TO-SITE CHECK-STATS-LINKED-TO-SITE SEND_EMAIL_WHEN_ACCEPTED DETERMINE-SENIOR-PASTOR Places where we determine who is the senior pastor for a church BLOCK-SAME-DIVISION-APPLICANTS Block applicants from applying to date blocks in their own residence division NOTIFY-NON-EUD-HOMELAND-APPLICANTS Code for notifying non-EUD applicants about homeland campaigns in EUD OPENID-ENTRY-CODE Places with code for OpenID that public users see. Can hide these pieces in case we want to disable it. SKIPPED-TRANSL Places in homeland system where I have skipped translating something QUEST or QUEST-EXPERT Questions I have for other (expert) programmers about issues I'm unsure about. WATCHFUTURE Things we need to keep an eye on in the future as project develops TODO Places in the code where I need to do something.

==== System entry points ====

Places where user will enter this system (might not be a complete list - check also with login.php) - index.php - login.php - menu*.php - recommend.php (recommenders go directly to here)

==== Customized changes in generated PHPMaker pages ====

Security code

In top of all pages <?php //security $minUserLevel = 70; $cfgProgDir = 'login/'; include($cfgProgDir . "secure.php"); ?> Extra SQL for limiting users on their own level to ONLY maintain their own record

*edit.php for applicable tables //A user is only allowed to edit his own record on his own level

//This is only for extra security in case someone tries to change the URL if ($accesslevel == 'div') { //customization by Allan Jensen $ownlevelSQL = ' AND divisionID = ' . $ID; } else { $ownlevelSQL = '';'' }

$strsql = "SELECT * FROM `main_divisions` WHERE `divisionID`=".$tkey.$ownlevelSQL;

==== SQL sentences ====

''Relationships up through the main line:'' main_translations INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_translations.siteID = main_sites.sideID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_sites.hotelID = main_hotels.hotelID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_hotels.conferenceID = main_conferences.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_conferences.unionID = main_unions.unionID INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_unions.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_divisions ON main_dateblocks.divisionID = main_divisions.divisionID ''Return all sites for a orientation/dateblock (the opposite direction of above):'' SELECT main_sites.* FROM main_orientations INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_orientations.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_dateblocks.dateblockID = main_unions.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_unions.unionID = main_conferences.unionID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_conferences.conferenceID = main_hotels.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_hotels.hotelID = main_sites.hotelID ''UNION query to obtain all users:'' SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'div' AS accesslevel FROM main_divisions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION ALL SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'un' AS accesslevel FROM main_unions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'conf' AS accesslevel FROM main_conferences WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, 'people' AS accesslevel FROM main_people WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, accesslevel FROM main_ext_logins WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Set up new material shipper

2012-02-21T12:05:13Z

Allan Jensen:

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Database Tables-Fields, sharehim main

2012-02-19T16:15:32Z

Allan Jensen: Added description of associate admins

= Database Tables/Fields - sharehim_main =

== Divisions (main_divisions) ==

Containing the 13 SDA divisions in the world

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| 
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| req.
|-
| initials 
| Initials
| 3-letter abbreviation
| req.
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| division_secretaries 
| Division officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Unions (main_unions) ==

List of all the unions within the 13 world divisions. Occasionally we pull the data from AdventistDirectory to update our list of unions. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| Division this union belongs to 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Union officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Is participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
Not really used because all participating organizations will have a record in the conference table, even though it might be fake. ||

|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Conferences or missions (main_conferences) ==

List of SDA conferences/missions/fields. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID (AdmFieldID)
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| sda_orgmastID 
| SDA OrgMastID
| 6-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org. This is the master ID from eadventist.com.
| 
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| name_contracted 
| Name contracted
| Short name for the conference. Used in homeland system.
| 
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| conf_email 
| Conference e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| conference_officers 
| Conference officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| homeland_particip 
| Participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| eadventist_authorized 
| Churches & pastors synchronization setting
|
'''Churches:''' 1 : pull from eAdventist.net all others : pull from AdventistDirectory

'''Pastors:''' 0 : entered manually 1 : authorized to pull from eAdventist

((Can add more values for each different synchronization scheme we encounter with different conferences))

| 
|-
| allow_pastors_assign_speakers 
| Allow pastor to do final acceptance of new applicants?
|
yes/no

1 : pastoral approval, no notification to conference organizer when approved 2 : pastoral approval, with notication to conference organizer when approved 0 : pastor's recommendation, conference-staff final approval 

(fieldname should have been allow_pastors_approve_speakers!)

| 
|-
| last_eadventist_update 
| Last updated via eAdventist
| For non-NAD conferences this indicates last time we updated the '''church''' list from AdventistDirectory.org
| 
|-
| internal_comments 
| Internal comments
| ONLY coadmin and admin may see/edit this.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Public comments
| 
| 
|-
| world_x 
| World map, X-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| world_y 
| World map, Y-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Conferences' Wire Information ==

Information used for wiring money to the different conferences.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| Bank account no.
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Name of account holder/owner
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Address of account holder
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank location
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Use correspondent/intermediary bank?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank location
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Account no. of beneficiary's bank (the bank above) at the correspondent bank
| 
| 
|}

== Conference accepted people ==

People's acceptance or rejection to preach in a specific conference. Only applicable to homeland date blocks.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference acceptance ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: - waiting - accepted - rejected

| req. 
|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| Values set by the system: 
- "Done campaign" (when accepted) (value also used to unset it in case an qualifying event(s) are deleted, so it should not be modified) - "Int'l recommended" (when accepted) - "Auto-accepted eA pastor" (when automatically set to accepted by the Obtain Pastor Login procedure in login_link_pastor.php)

Values set AND used by the system (only when status=waiting): - "Pastor: ?": pending pastor response - "Pastor: yes": pastor consented - "Pastor: caution: [a reason]": pastor cautioned

| req. if rejected 
|}

== Hub cities - Previously Hotel cities (main_hotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| Only used for homeland (some hub cities for international campaigns also contain a conference because ALL records were assigned the ID when we created this field)
| req. for homeland
|-
| 
| City
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : not necessary

| req. 
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting from orientation to hotel city
| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Is non-hotel?
| yes/no
For homeland date blocks the hotel info is not required and this field should be set to yes (but not mandatory)

| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Date blocks' hotels (main_dateblockhotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID (= hub city)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| Optional and ONLY used for linking a specific orientation to this hotel city in case the date block has multiple orientation sites.
| 
|}

== Date blocks ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Opening date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Closing date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Applications closing date
| Should be the final cut-off date for new applicants.
Date is inclusive, so after this date no new applications are accepted. When converted to a Unix timestamp we add one day minus one second, so that the calculation is correct AND if converted back to only a date it is still the same date.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Data lock date
| After this date only administrators and co-administrators will be allowed to change all data concerning a date block: 
- teams - groups - site info (incl. translations) - hotel info - orientation hotel info - rank sites - rank speakers

This date MUST be after applications closed date.

As of 2007-12-05 the detailed definition was: - people cannot remove themselves from campaigns after this date, but all other accesslevels can (eventdelete.php). - conference coordinators for international campaigns (not conference organizers) cannot do these things after this date (but admin and coadmin can always do all of these things): * add campaign sites * edit campaign sites * add hub cities to a date block * edit orientation hotel info - people cannot themselves re-arrange their team and group membership after this date. - ranking of sites and speakers can only be changed by admin and coadmin after this date.

(PS. Hotel reservation is locked on date block opening date)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Campaign title (Homeland: Additional label)
| Usually the country wherein the campaigns will be held.
Homeland: optional additional label like "SWAU"

| req. for international opt. for homeland 
|-
| 
| Total sites
| Total number of campaign sites in this date block - must ALWAYS be kept up-to-date as available sites are calculated from this.
For homeland campaigns this is currently kept updated to equal the number sites that have been set up for this date. Would be more useful to only count the sites where a speaker had been matched...

| 
|-
| 
| Questions recipient
| LoginID of the person from External logins who will receive questions about this date block. This person will also be the lead date block manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Pre-campaign manager
| LoginID of a coadmin person from External logins who will be the pre-campaign manager if different from the lead manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 2nd
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 2nd
| Just before the campaign
| 
|-
| 
| Last incomplete notification
| The date we last sent a notification to unions/conferences/campaign manager about incomplete information entered for this date block (if any)
| 
|-
| 
| Default sermon notes language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Divide homeland dateblocks into different languages on sign-up sheet for some conferences.) || req. for international

|-
| 
| Default sermon graphics language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Displayed in the popup box for approving and selecting material for an applicant.) || req. for international opt. for homeland

|-
| 
| Division secretaries
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses for one or more division secretaries. Eg. they receive e-mail reminding about insurance.
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| Extended public description of the date block
| 
|-
| 
| Note for applicants
| Special information for potential applicants before applying
| 
|-
| 
| Application monitors
| List of e-mail addresses (comma-seperated) to which an e-mail is sent everytime an application to this date block is submitted. Added because of problems in India where the division wants to monitor all applications, espacially STMs.
| 
|-
| 
| Hide date block details for the public?
| yes/no
Because of problems in India where the public should not be allowed seeing the information about the date block. ||

|-
| 
| Media folder
| Base folder for uploading media files (pictures, video etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Show predefined unions only
| yes/no
Only show predefined organizations down to the union level (= excl. conferences) In connection with the table Date blocks' predefined conferences. ||

|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Date blocks' orientations ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| 
|}

== Date blocks' predefined conferences ==

This is used primarily before sites are added to the date block. After that we'll automatically know the conferences based on where the hotels are located. For homeland date blocks, though, we retain this information in order to have a quick way of determining the date blocks of a conference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block predefined conference ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|}

== Campaign sites (main_sites) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| siteID 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master campaign site ID
| Record ID in master sites table that this site originates from
| 
|-
| dateblockhotelID 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| req.
|-
| campaign_date 
| Campaign date
|
- Homeland: the date from the matching record in main_dateblocks - International: null 

'''This field can currently be used to determine if the campaign site is homeland or international.''' 

| req. for homeland. currently prohibited for intl. 
|-
| campaign_type 
| Campaign type
|
Possible options: - NULL : regular campaign - 'spk-init' : speaker-initiated campaign

Homeland only.

| 
|-
| name 
| Site name
|
- International: full site name (req.) - Homeland: only an optional additional label (req. for Speaker-Initiated Events though) that is added to the date (and the church name, which we get from the site's master site).

Tried to name variable 'campaign_label' when used in the homeland context.

| see description
|-
| campaign_begin_time 
| Beginning time
| time (hh:mm:ss)
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_end_date 
| Ending date
| date
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_weekdays 
| Weekdays
| Comma-separated list of 3-letter abbreviation of the weekdays the campaign will be held.
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| city 
| Town/city
| 
| req.
|-
| site_addr 
| Address
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_state 
| State
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_zip 
| Zip
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_phone 
| Phone
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_email 
| E-mail
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_website 
| Website
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| venue_type 
| Venue type
| church/rented hall/open field/stadium etc. according to table list_venue_types
| Intl:
always req. Homeland: req. for spk-init events

|-
| personeventID 
| Personevent ID
| Link to the speaker
| 
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Sermon graphics language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| lifeochrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| video_format 
| Desired video format
| NOT USED ANYMORE. No longer applicable because we now use DVDs instead of VHS tapes.
dropdown

| 
|-
| congregations 
| Congregations
| number of congr. supp. this site
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| membership 
| Membership
| total members in supp. congr.
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| est_attendance 
| Est. attendance
| incl. SDA & non-SDA
| req.
|-
| baptismal_goal 
| Baptismal goal
| conservative number
| req.
|-
| km_from_hotel 
| Km from hotel
| 
| req.
|-
| pastor_workerIDs 
| Pastor Officer IDs
| Comma-separated list of officerIDs.
The pastors of this church (master site) from eAdventist at the time the site was set up or when a speaker was assigned. Automatically set by the system. ||

|-
| ranking 
| Ranking
| 
| req.
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| planned_precamp_acts 
| Planned pre-campaign activities
| text
Homeland only.

|-
| campaign_status 
| Campaign status
|
Possible options: - NULL - 'await_approv' 

Homeland only.

|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| copyof 
| Copy of site ID
| If this is a copy of another site the original site's ID is saved here
| 
|-
| date_added
| Date added
|
|
|}

 

== Outreach Teams - Previous: Master Campaign sites (main_master_sites) ==

List of Outreach Teams 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master site ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organization ID
| Reference to the church this OLT belongs to
| req. for all new records
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference ID
| Conference this OLT is in
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
|
Name of the OLT, usually the church name.

Usually renamed to 'olt_name' or 'church_name2' in SQL output. Also named 'church_name' occasionally but that is deprecated.

|
|-
| ms_personID 
| Person ID
| In case a personal team is created this holds the link to the person (used for speaker-initiated campaigns)
| 
|-
| hotelID 
| Hotel ID
| 2009-11-16: deleted all values since homeland do not use hub cities anymore - field can be deleted entirely, once SQL queries have been checked
- search for "main_master_sites" and "'tblname' => 'master_sites'" and edit acl_add_master_site() and i_master_sites.php/php_functions_i_master_sites.php

|
|-
| city 
| City
| 2010-11-01: Is officially no longer used but I didn't dare deleted it in the database yet. Delete it later.
Search for "main_master_sites" to try to find location where it might still be used.

|
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Graphics language
| Default graphics language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| lifeofchrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| Default video language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| pw 
| Password
| Password OLT members can use to access information for this OLT. Not really used at the moment.
| 
|-
| date_added 
| Date added
| 
| 
|}

== Outreach Leadership Team members ==

Table with all memberships for the Outreach Leadership Teams (main_olts)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| OLT member ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person who is the member
| req.
|-
| 
| Master site ID
| Team person is a member of
| req.
|-
| 
| Is OLT clerk?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| 
| req. for all new records
|-
| 
| Date removed
| Once this field has a value the member is considered removed.
| 
|}

== Churches ==

List of churches we have retrieved from AdventistDirectory.org and eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| SDA org ID
| OrgMastID from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| SDA entity ID
| OMEntity from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| Church name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 2-letter ISO-3166 country code
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Ethnic group
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sector
| Our own sector value, set by the conference organizers
| 
|-
| 
| Latitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Longitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Parent SDA AdmFieldID
|
ID of parent conference.

(I believe we always have this one)

|-
| 
| Parent SDA OrgMastID
|
ID of parent conference.

(this one we don't yet have for the churches we've retrieved through the webpages) CAN WE JUST DROP THIS FIELD BECAUSE IT SEEMS TO THE CHURCH'S SDAORGID REPLACED WITH "11" ON THE END?!

|-
| 
| Parent is not a conference?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Inactive?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| Date added to our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Date modifed
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| 
|}

== Workers / Officers ==

List of officers (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB) or other Adventist services/fields

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| Conference the pastor is in.
Not used for NAD conferences, since Officer ID (from eAdventist) is used. If we change use assign_pastor_to_church() must be reviewed.

| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| ID originates from SDA-DB
This is the same ID as main_people. sda_membershipID. Used only for records coming from eAdventist.net.

| cond. 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| The local conference's own ID for the person
| 
|-
| 
| First name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Last name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Suffix
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing country
| 2-letter country name (ISO-3166)
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative e-mail addresses
| Comma-separated list (with space between comma and next address)
| opt.
|-
| 
| Cell phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Allow SMS?
| Is ShareHim allowed to send the pastor an SMS to notify him about new applicants from his church?
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Link to this person's record in our main people table if present.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Default password
| Password that will be used to auto-create a login when this pastors tries to login
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| req.
|}

== Church offices ==

List of church offices (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church office ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Church SDA org ID
| OrgMastID of church
| 
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| From main_officers table
| 
|-
| 
| Office name
| Name of office the person holds.
NOTE!! If this is expanded to be anything else than pastors we need to change the method in assign_campaign_site() we use to determine if speaker is pastor as well in get_pastors_churches() and probably other functions as well (since they only check for the existence of a church office record and not the office name value) ||

|-
| 
| Is evangelistic decision-maker?
| yes/no
In case a church has multiple pastors this can indicate which pastor is responsible for evangelistic decisions. Used to know which pastor we can ask to recommend a speaker. ||

|-
| 
| Date modified
| Last date this record was modified in our own database.
| 
|}

== Campaign site statistics ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Statistical data
| serialize PHP array with statistics on attendance, Bible class attendance, and baptisms
(only used for international)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the speakers. (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Adjusted baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Projected baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the speakers (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Actual baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Did campaign with OLT?
| yes/no
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of meetings
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of visitors
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Planning another campaign?
|
Possible values: 0 : no 1 : yes 2 : maybe

| Homeland only 
|}

== Campaign site statistics per conference ==

This data "overrides" data entered for each individual campaign site.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference date block statistics ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Total baptisms during campaign in this conference
| number
| 
|-
| 
| Baptisms within 6 months after the campaign in this conference (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
| 
|}

== People ==

Guest speakers, support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA membership ID
| ID from eAdventist of OLT members and pastors.
(This ID is the same as main_officers.officerID. Brian: "Yes, the PersonID is the same Officer ID that we use for Pastors web service.")

| 
|-
| 
| Active person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Legal firstname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Legal lastname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Title
| dropdown
Prefered to be set as the option "Pastor" is sometimes used to identify pastors.

|-
| 
| Birth date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Gender
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marital status
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street address
| this is also their shipping address
| req.
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| req.
Required for different reasons (and more I haven't written here): These people go in to the regular table of people where we have speakers and so on, and that field has always been required. Besides having a name without connected to a country can be pretty ambigious. The more information we have about a person the better. It also helps us to know which division they are in which is required in case they apply for a campaign.

|-
| 
| E-mail
| also their username
Sometimes noemail@noemail.com or none@none.com has been put in if we don't know the address. 

| req. (except for special cases, eg. speakers assigned to past homeland campaigns, or check donations where we don't know the e-mail) 
|-
| 
| E-mail invalid
| date
If the e-mail address is not working register here the date it was discovered. Reminders, news letters etc. will not be sent to this person then.

|-
| 
| Home phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Office phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Cell phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Residence division
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Residence union
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence conference
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence church
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Application date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Remmendation status
|
Possible values: (by sending fields/recommenders) - NULL (when not recom. processed) - waiting - recommended - unrecommended

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender
|
Pastor/layman/academy in NAD: - stores the ID of the recommender to which an e-mail was sent at time of application 

College students: - college date block ID

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sermon notes language
|
dropdown

VALIDATION: - check if this from-language is available within the desired date block. If not, give option to select another language. 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Preferred CD format
|
Possible values: - DVD (means using a DVD player) - DVD-R (means using a computer) 

(old values: CD, DVD-Combo)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Done boot camp?
|
Has person taken the ShareHim boot camp training program?

Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : is an ordained/licensed pastor - 3 : is a retired pastor 

(Being any type of pastor resolves to the same effect as saying yes)

| 
|-
| 
| Done a campaign?
| yes/no
Determined automatically by the system, cannot be manually set (as of today at least). No means only that we '''do not know if''' they have done a campaign. NOTE: now this does not only include international campaigns, even though the field name indicates that. Also having done a homeland campaign will now result in this being set to yes.

| 
|-
| 
| First campaign
| text
First ShareHim campaign that this person participated in as a speaker. Used for people applying for homeland campaigns.

| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary
Lay applicants: pastor Academy students: academy & contact 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference home phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy & contact

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference office phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary 

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference cell phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference e-mail
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receive newsletter?
|
Is person signed up for the Evangeliving newsletter? 

NULL: has not been set 0: no 1: yes, in e-mail format 2: yes, in hardcopy format 

| opt. 
|-
| 
| Received mentorship material
| yes/no
Did we send them the mentorship material? ||

|
|-
| 
| Portrait filename
| File for thumbnail image used in stories.
| 
|-
| 
| Portrait is authorized?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team of master site ID
| The church with this master site ID that this person is an OLT member of
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team special status
|
number

0 = ordinary OLT member (default) 1 = is OLT leader 2 = is OLT secretary

NOTE: cannot move this field to main_olts because we have people set as leaders/secretaries who are not member of any particular OLT.

|
|-
| 
| Is editor?
|
Possible values: - executive (edit text/graphics, approve, add/delete stories) - associate (edit text/graphics) - text - graphics - advreview (Adventist Review editor)

|
|-
| 
| Do not contact
|
date

When person should not receive any correspondence or be contacted, register the date this was set.

|
|-
| 
| Reason for not contacting
| text
(eg. do not want info from us, is deceased etc.)

| req. if "Do not contact" is set 
|-
| 
| Hide person from public?
|
number

0 = no 1 = yes 2 = yes and also hide from any logged in users not part of the same campaign 3 = yes and also hide from any logged in users except admins

'''NOTE!! CURRENTLY''' 1, 2 and 3 makes no difference on the website. All cause a behaviour equal to 3.

Should the person name and critical personal details (name, address, and phone numbers) be hidden from public/non-logged in users (or from logged in users except those participating in the same date block, or even everybody but admins and co-admins)? If yes: - hidden on mainly the campaign overview - if they are organizers they are currently NOT hidden - hidden in get_dateblock_people() - hidden in get_people_availability() - hidden in get_person_info() - skip showing personal portrait on stories - hidden in other functions too...

| req.
|-
| 
| Person requested check for duplicate
| Person indicated that they might already exist in our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Source
|
Indication of how this person originally got into the database. Possible values (also defined in main_peopleedit.php): 1 : applied internationally 2 : applied homeland acceptance 3 : homeland pastor 4 : made a donation/pledge 5 : conference organizer/sector leader 6 : OLT member 7 : signed up for newsletter 8 : order received from GoodSalt.com 9 : is translator for homeland system 10 : homeland speaker (assigned to past campaign => not accepted in conf) 11 : non-ShareHim related homeland speaker 12 : given a ShareSynch serial number (version C sermons) 99 : other manually added record

| 
|}

== Person events (main_personevents) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| personeventID 
| Person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| personID 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| dateblockID 
| Date block ID
| Only for non-college/university applicants
| 
|-
| eff_dateblockID 
| Effective date block ID
| Updated to always hold the effective date block ID for this event (also when event has been deleted)
| 
|-
| categorymoved 
| Category
|
Possible values: - pastor - layman - college - academy - stm - organizer

|
|-
| collegedateblockIDmoved 
| College date block ID
| Only for college/university applicants
| 
|-
| is_standby 
| Is standby
|
yes/no

Is this a standby event?

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| clusterID 
| Cluster ID
| Only for speakers
(the link to groups must of course match this link.)

|-
| groupID 
| Group ID
| Only for speakers
| 
|-
| teamID 
| Team ID
| Only for STMs - linking them to their speaker (Team ID in main_teams)
| 
|-
| rankingID 
| Ranking ID
| 
| 
|-
| cospeaker 
| Associate speaker
| yes/no
(we know the main speaker by the team the associate speaker is member of) ||

|-
| 
| Preferred hub city (date block hotel ID)
| The hub city the person him/herself wishes to go to
| 
|-
| 
| Site-funding required
| yes/no
CURRENTLY NOT USED (use 'funding_required' instead) MAY NEED TO USE IT THOUGH, INSTEAD OF CALCULATING IT WITH A JOIN TO main_groups ALL THE TIME! Is currently only set a group level and must be determine through field table main_groups. grp_funding_source

|-
| 
| Site-funding fulfilled
| If fulfilled, it has the ID of the belonging log entry from sharehim_log.system_operations.operationID
| 
|-
| 
| Need housing?
| yes/no
Only used for homeland date blocks: Does the speaker need the host church to provide housing if the meeting is outside his area? ||

|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: (by host fields) - NULL - accepted - rejected

(Currently only used for homeland campaigns. Automatically accepted for international campaigns.)

|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival date
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival time
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, airline
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight no.
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Self-arranged travel to orientation
| yes/no
If yes none of the four fields above must be filled out ||

|-
| 
| Hotel city, arrival airport
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, airline
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Last deposit reminder
| Days after application date that this reminder was last sent
| 
|-
| 
| Last site-funding reminder
| Days before opening date that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last hotel reservation reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last flight arrival reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last generic reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last equipment rental reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Consent form for minors
|
NULL = not a minor 1 = pending receiving the consent form 2 = consent form received 3 = is minor, parent/guardian is coming too

Is set to NULL when event is deleted if it was 1 or 3.

|-
| 
| No sermon notes
|
yes/no

Whether or not the person should receive sermon notes/graphics for this event. Used with the "missing notes" report. This value is basically only informational. Extended to this use:

0 : nothing skipped 1 : skip sermon notes 2 : skip Jesus video 3 : skip both sermon notes and Jesus video

(3 is automatically set when setting a speaker for past homeland campaign or when setting a non-ShareHim-related speaker for a homeland campaign)

|-
| 
| Reported on the first insurance/service requests report that we sent out?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Is deleted?
| yes/no
Is set to yes when we delete an event but keep the database record because material has been shipped concerning this event, and because we want to keep a historical record.

|-
| 
| Is event request?
| yes/no (when person does not fill out the main application form, value is not changed but kept forever event if event is deleted)
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deposit received
|
datetime

Date we have received the deposit for the direct campaign cost (international only). The field Site-funding required will determine if this is necessary. If it is, only after that point we initiate the application process.

Set to 2000-01-01 when bypassed by admins (when auto-approved was requested when event was added)

Set to 2000-01-02 for events before we implemented this procedure

Set to 2000-01-03 when event is in an individually funded group (where leader has already paid the deposit)

|-
| 
| Date approved
| datetime (by administration)
Must have a value for the event to be considered approved, no matter what the category is.

Set to 2000-01-01 when it is unknown.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date standby expire
| date
The date the standby event will expire.

|-
| 
| Date activated
| datetime
The date a standby event was activated.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deleted
| datetime
| 
|}

== Person comments ==

Internal comments only visible for administrators

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Comment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Possible to reference a comment to a person's event
| opt.
|-
| 
| Comment
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Comment type
|
Possible values: - 'phonecall'

| opt.
|-
| 
| Flag
|
dropdown

Possible values: - 1 : encourage mentorship - 2 : block all future participation - 3 : block future intl. participation - 4 : block future homeland participation

| opt.
|-
| 
| Date and time entered
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Submitter
| Local ID of user from table below
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| Origin table of this user
| 
|}

== Personal salutations ==

Table with personal salutations for each user in the system

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| The person the salutation is for
| req.
|-
| 
| From table
| The table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
Same format as $_SESSION['user_fromtable']

| req.
|-
| 
| From local ID
| The ID from the table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
| req.
|-
| 
| Salutation
| The salutation itself. Must be the full line.
| req.
|}

== Colleges ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Initials
| Abbreviation of name
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| For shipping equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Contact person
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| Use this to login and recommend students
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Colleges' date blocks ==

Bob Sr, 2008-07: College date-block information must remain read-only for all except for the administrative few.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Dateblock ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| opt.
|-
| 
| Student sites to reserve equip. for
| numeric
| req.
|-
| 
| Funding source
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date site-funding received
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Total site-funding amount received
| number
In USD.

|-
| 
| Date travel funds requested
| The date we requested Quiet Hour Ministries to send the travel funds to the college/students.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Last status reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| opt.
|}

== Recommenders ==

Only for North-American division

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Recommender ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marker for last applicant
| a marker so we can cycle through these recommenders
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Translations ==

Per campaign site

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| From language
| dropdown acc. to available sermon notes language
| 
|}

== Campaign material ==

Shipments that are due (or waiting for payment before they are due)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Shipment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Personevent ID
| 
| req. to be a speaker
|-
| 
| Shipper
| A main_ext_logins.loginID reference
| 
|-
| 
| Paid
| date
Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a ||

|-
| 
| Postpone date
| date
This item will not shown on the shipping list until this date ||

|-
| 
| Shipped date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped method
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped tracking no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty billed
| date
Only used for graphics CDs, reporting to It Is Written ||

|}

== Clusters ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Clusters are a larger scope compared to groups. Groups can be linked to clusters. Only speakers can be members of clusters.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster name
| For homeland date blocks this is not used for anything really - other than it shows up on the campaign overview.
| 
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|}

== Cluster leaders ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster leader ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Speakers or organizers
| 
|}

== Groups ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Only speakers can be members of groups

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Group ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| 
|-
| 
| Group name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Recommender personID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reserved sites
| Will effectively always be filled out.
| 
|-
| 
| Funding source (site-funding)
|
Possible values: - 'sharehim': ShareHim is responsible - 'individually': each group member is responsible, but deposit for ALL must be received before any can apply - ' indiv_owndep': each group member is responsible, all applicants must pay their own deposit at time of application - 'collectively': group is responsible collectively

| req.
|-
| 
| Deposit received?
| yes/no
No one excepts organizers can apply before deposit has been received if funding source is 'individually'.

|-
| 
| Partial payment date
| date
Has no effect if amount is not set or 0.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Partial payment amount
| number
Has no effect if date is not set.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Last site-fund reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show group on availability report?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Max subdivide
| Max number of hotel cities the group is allowed to span across. Default one.
| req.
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled?
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Teams ==

Speaker linked with support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Team ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (speaker)
| 
| 
|}

== Orientation sites ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - no (0) - yes (1) - not necessary (2)

| req.
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting to the orientation site
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment booking ==

Booking of equipment Time frame of booking is decided by the period of the date block

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Booking ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| req. if no person ID
|-
| 
| Speaker ID (= Person ID)
| 
| req. if no college date block ID
|-
| 
| Case ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Booking date
| The date the booking was made (just for the information)
| 
|-
| 
| Paid amount
| Only for non-student related
| 
|-
| 
| Paid date
| Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound tracking no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance
| text (100)
E-mail of person received the insurance information ||

|-
| 
| Return date
| Date it was sent from the renter
| 
|-
| 
| Return method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Return tracking no.
| text (30)
If filled out it's a call tag, otherwise not

|-
| 
| Return received date
| Date it was received by ShareHim
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked by initials
| text (10)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, cases ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Case ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Case purchase date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the case is under repair or for another reason is not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| Down status
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Discharged
| date
When the case has been sold and we no longer have anything to do with it ||

|-
| 
| Discharged status
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, laptops ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment base ID
| ID of the equipment base where we administrate a set of graphics equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| OS product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Office product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Service Tag
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Express service code
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop value
| numeric
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty type
|
dropdown: - Next day service - Next day service + complete care

|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Quote no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the laptop is under repair or has been sold and hence not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| AC adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
Remote control for mouse ||

|-
| 
| Floppy drive
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, projectors ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Projector value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Power cord
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VGA cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VCR cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| International adapters
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Ground adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Extension cord
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Material stock ==

Sermon notes/graphics, Life of Christ videos, etc. Note: The Life of Christ videos that are active and have no format were previously those records that were the PAL version. The inactive NTSC versions are kept for historic purposes.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material group
|
Current list: - Notes/graphics CD - Graphics CD - Life of Christ video - Hardcopy (language must correspond exactly with sermon languages)

Must '''not''' be changed without considering consequences for rest of the system. Some of these values are used hard-coded in the script code

|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Code
| Short easy-to-read code identifying this product to use it when printing labels
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Format
|
NTSC/PAL/SECAM

CD/(DVD/VCD)

|-
| 
| Qty in stock
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Minimum qty in stock
| Espacially for Life of Christ videos
| 
|-
| 
| Available from
| Date from which this material will be available
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty organization
|
Current list: - It Is Written - Present Solutions

If royalties must be paid when issueing this item select here which organization it must be reported to.

|-
| 
| Shipper
| ID of shipper (from external logins) (blank/null if internal)
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Stories ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story type
|
dropdown

Possible values: - sitereport (report about campaign site) - testimonial (personal testimony)

| req.
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of the person who created this story, speaker or STMs
| 
|-
| 
| Purpose
|
dropdown:

- public (for publishing on website)

- internal (raw material for internal use)

| req.
|-
| 
| Headline
| self made headline/title on story
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Copy of Narrative
| Copy of narrative before people changes an authorized story.
| 
|-
| 
| Keywords
| Optional additional keywords used when searching
| 
|-
| 
| Author name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Author notes
| Scratch-board for author and/or editors. Not shown publicly.
| 
|-
| 
| Internal notes
| Scratch-board for editors.
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Pictures authorized
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Content authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Authorized for display on Adventist Review website?
| yes/no (set by ShareHim)
| 
|-
| 
| Approved for display on Adventist Review website?
| null/yes/no (set by Adventist Review)
Labels: Approved/Disabled/Not reviewed ||

|-
| 
| Show thumbnail? (for testimonies)
| yes/no
Show thumbnail of person (of course only effective if thumbnail is uploaded) ||

|-
| 
| Is news item?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Show from (only news items)
| date (from now if blank)
Date is inclusive.

|-
| 
| Show to (only news items)
| date (indefinitely if blank)
Date is exclusive.

|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| req.
|-
| 
| Date last modified
| datetime
| req.
|}

== Story pictures ==

Attached to the stories

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Picture ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Caption
| long text
| req.
|-
| 
| Filename (given by the system)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Original filename
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is retouched?
| yes/no
Set to yes when original picture was retouched, either manually or cropped - as intermediate stage between original and final picture

| req.
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| For rearranging the order of pictures
| 
|-
| 
| Upload date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Surveys ==

Evaluation forms filled out by the speakers and STMs.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Survey ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| No. of campaigns participated in
| Number of campaigns the person has participated in to date.
| req.
|-
| 
| [questions] x13
| 1-5 or null
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| date
| req.
|-
| 
| Is reviewed?
| yes/no
| req.
|}

== Donations ==

Received donations

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Donation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date received
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation amount
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation type
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Pledge ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ...many more fields
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receipt sent
| Date receipt was sent.
If we don't know the date it is set to 2001-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent method
| Possible values:
- letter - email - authorize.net ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent
| Date letter was sent.
If no letter was sent date is set to 2000-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Follow-Up done?
| yes/no
Used for non-sitefunding donations only ||

|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|}

== External logins ==

E.g. Caroline Conference, Quiet Hour, shippers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Login ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 1
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 2
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone
| An alternative phone number to campaign managers, mainly for entering local phone numbers that they use when they supervise campaigns.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone until
| The last date that the phone number is scheduled to be usable.
| req. if phone number is specified
|-
| 
| Access level
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Superadmin
|
0 / 1 / 2

1 = is superadmin 2 = is associate admin (lower than regular admin).

Only superadmin can see password, change information, add and delete users in external logins.

Only superadmin can emulate and set password (set_pw.php) for admin and coadmin.

Associate admins: the only difference between associate admins and normal admins is that they have less menu item on the menuadmin.php page (no restrictions or anything else).

|
|-
| 
| Fulltime
|
yes/no

If coadmins are full-time or part-time managers

|
|-
| 
| Approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Password questions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Table
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Question
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Answer
| 
| 
|}

== Field descriptions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Description ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Table name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Field name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Public description
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Internal description
| 
| 
|}

== News ==

Information shown on the main page of the website

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| News ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Headline
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| ShowFrom
| date
| 
|-
| 
| ShowTo
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show all on home?
| yes/no
Show entire news item on the front page? (normally there is a max length for items shown there) || req.

|}

== ShareSynch Serial Numbers ==

Created serial numbers for the ShareSynch software

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Serial Number ID
| Internal ID
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| GS)-XXXX-XXXX
| req.
|-
| 
| Expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person this serial number is connected to
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Event this serial number is connected to (and that usually causes an expiration date)
| 
|-
| 
| Owner name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Owner e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Activations allowed
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is printed?
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Date created
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== ShareSynch activations ==

Activations that have been done for the different ShareSynch serial numbers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Activation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation Code
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation date
| timestamp
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation IP
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware Operating System
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ShareSynch software version
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reactivation dates
| The dates this activation code was resent or reactivated
| 
|-
| 
| Is withdrawn?
|
Possible values: 0 = is not withdrawn (default) 1 = withdrawn, allow re-activation 2 = withdrawn, disallow re-activation

Activation code can be withdrawn, either by the user deactivating the computer (1) or ShareHim revoking it (2).

In case of 2, the software needs to register that this activation code is now invalid, so that later attempts to use the same activation code we fail (but what if they format the hardware?!). But, if the code is then regranted, we can only reactivation the software through online activation, otherwise we can't be sure that the revoked code is now active again! Well, for a solid solution the hardware should actually be encrypted together with a date, so that the activation code would be different when the computer was reactivated, and then this whole matter woudn't be an issue. (Or we could also just issue a completely new serial number...)

| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== System settings ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| System administrator name
| General
| 
|-
| 
| System administrator e-mail
| General
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender name
| Name that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender e-mail
| E-mail that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| Days to resend unprocessed applicant
| Days after application date to resend recommendation e-mails for unprocessed applicants
| 
|-
| 
| Days to mark unproccessed applicant
| Number of days until applicant will be highlighted as 'not processed' in the unapproved applicants list
| 
|-
| 
| Days before orientation to ship Life of Christ video
| Days before orientation date that we issue the shipment
| 
|-
| 
| Days after date block closing date to remind about entering experience
| Only used for those who have received sponsorship
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding insurance coverage
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding service requests
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (name) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (e-mail) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance information e-mail recipient
| E-mail to which we send insurance information on shipped equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Case lock combination
| numeric (3)
Case lock on equipment cases ||

|-
| 
| Min. days to opening date to allow person use key for bypassing closing date (because of insurance and service requests reports/reminders, so should therefore always be before we send out the last insurance/serv. req. reminder)
| 
| 
|}

== E-mail templates ==

E-mail templates for e-mails that are sent out automatically

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| E-mail template ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| identification name for this template
| 
|-
| 
| Subject
| Subject for the e-mail
| 
|-
| 
| Body
| Body for the e-mail
| 
|}

== Email log, group e-mails ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mail reference
| reference to the mail sent (an ID or a file reference)
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|}

== Email log, service requests reports ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| CC
| Carbon Copy recipients
| 
|-
| 
| Attached files
| )
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Target
| "host" or "sending" organization (division/union/conference)
| 
|-
| 
| Batch
| "first" or "second" batch of reports to this organization
| 
|}

== Mail queue ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Mail queue ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| By local ID
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| By from table
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| Sender name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sender e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Query ID
| Query ID that this queue is based upon.
In case we want to make queues that are special and not based on a query this can just be left empty.

|
|-
| 
| Custom subject
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Attach files
| Serialized PHP array with documents to attach to the e-mails in this queue.
| 
|-
| 
| Use personal salutations?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| 
|-
| 
| Date completed
| datetime
Is set when all e-mails in this queue have been sent.

|
|}

== System translations ==

Pieces of text used in the interface and which can be translated into other languages

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Category
| Not really used
| 
|-
| 
| Tag
| The tag use in the PHP code
| 
|-
| 
| Langugage [en|es|da|...]
| The text for this tag in the given language
| 
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| Not used
| 
|-
| 
| Explanation
| Any useful instructions for the translator about this piece of text
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Timestamp for when the text or tag for the primary language (English) was last modified
| 
|}

== System translators ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translator ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| Two-letter abbreviation for the language
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
|
Person ID from main_people of the person who is the translator for this language.

Set to 0 if we currently have no translator.

|
|-
| 
| Last notified
| Last time translator was notified about new or changed text to be translated
| 
|}

== System log ==

Table is placed in a separate database.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Operation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| By name
| Name of user who caused this operation
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By local ID
| ...his local ID
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By from table
| ...originates from this table
Note: Because of programming mistake this field has incorrect values until 2006-08-22 after a user has emulated somebody. Unsure when problem started (maybe 2006-06-08 or 2006-03-27). || Req. if avail.

|-
| 
| Visit ID
| VisitID from WebStory statistics
| 
|-
| 
| IP
| User's IP address at time of logging
| 
|-
| 
| Emulated by
| Full name of person who was emulating
| 
|-
| 
| Action
| Main name for for this action
| Req.
|-
| 
| Subaction
| Subname for this action
| 
|-
| 
| For name
| Name of user/record this action was executed upon
NOTE: This can be either firstname lastname or lastname, firstname ||

|-
| 
| For local ID
| ...caused upon this ID in the table below
| 
|-
| 
| For from table
| ...caused upon a record in this table
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of person it was caused upon (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| DateblockID that this action is related to (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Parameters
| Any extra parameters to log. Default format: field=value¤field=value...
| 
|}

If a field is fit for having a value but we don't have it readily available when making the logentry then we set the value to "N/A" (or "0" for number fields) so that we later can run some queries to easily replace all these "missing" information pieces.

=== List tables ===

== Venue types ==

- eg.: Church, open field etc. - 'venueno' only added and sorted by for the sake of Tamara entering the data

== Countries ==

- connected to which division it's in - including the ISO-3166 two-letter codes (where codes starting with underscore (_) is self-made in order to not have empty field) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain country names are used hard-coded in the script code (eg. ship_material.php) - as of 2006-09-21 used in: - main_divisions - main_unions - main_conferences - main_orientations - main_hotels - main_colleges - main_people - the divisionID is taken from Jon Brauer's XML file "2006-08 OMCountries (Jon Brauer).xml".

== Currencies ==

- code, name, rate, date of rate, and source of rate

== Sponsors ==

- eg.: Quiet Hour Ministries, and later on maybe The Voice of Prophecy

== Material groups ==

- eg.: Sermon notes, Graphics CD, Life of Christ video - make no possibility to edit records, only add (and maybe delete) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain material groups are used hard-coded in the script code (ship_material.php)

== Equipment bases ==

- the different locations at which we administrate a set of graphics equipment, eg. North Carolina

== Shipping methods ==

- eg.: UPS, FedEx

== US states ==

== Titles ==

- eg.: Mr., Mrs. etc.

== Access levels ==

- eg.: admin etc.

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Set up new homeland conference

2012-02-16T12:02:07Z

Allan Jensen: Corrections

= Set up new homeland conference =

== Conference need to... ==

*Send a letter from the president indicating their desire to participate with ShareHim.
*Suggest a date to meet with all their pastors for the better part of a day to include:
**a presentation explaining Making Kingdom Friends.
**a time for interfacing with the pastors to show them how to enter all activities.
**The pastors would need to come to the meetings with the opening date of the campaign already set (our meeting with the pastors would need to be at least two months before their campaign is scheduled)
*The conference would need to acquire a Dymo LabelWriter before we come to be sure they are ready to print out address and serial number labels while we're there and give the sets of sermons to the pastors (the supply provided to them must be registered on our website).
*Provide information on church and pastors, whether they already have a database with it, or if we need to manually enter it. Manually entering it substantially increases the risk for failing to succeed with the program, since information can quickly become outdated and useless.
*Provide the name and contact information for the person designated by the conference as the evangelistic coordinator with whom we would interface. 

== Technical set up ==

*Ensure conference in listed on ShareHim website, with the OrgMastID and AdmFieldID from AdventistDirectory
*Get contact information for president, treasurer, and secretary (name and e-mail)
*NAD only: get eAdventist clerk contact info
*Get conference organizer(s)/sector leaders contact info:
**name
**address
**phone numbers
**e-mail address
**home church
**whether or not this person should be receiving e-mails about new applicants (minimum one conf org and one leader for each sector must receive mail)
*Determine sectors to be set up
*NAD only: get eAdventist authorization
*Allow pastors to make final decision for accepting speakers? With or without notification to conference organizer?
*Set up sectors in system
*NAD  : get list of churches and pastors up-to-date through eAdventist
*Non-NAD: get list of churches and pastors up-to-date through ShareHim website
*Contact conference and schedule launch sequence if not already done (ministers meetings, rallies, boot camps)

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Set up new homeland conference

2012-02-16T12:00:20Z

Allan Jensen: Initial

= Set up new homeland conference =

== Conference need to... ==

*Send a letter from the presdident indicating their desire to participate with ShareHim.
*Suggest a date to meet with all their pastors for the better part of a day to include:
**a presentation explaining Making Kingdom Friends.
**a time for interfacing with the pastors to show them how to enter all activities.
**The pastors would need to come to the meetings with the opening date of the campaign already set (our meeting with the pastors would need to be at least two months before their campaign is scheduled)
*The conference would need to acquire a Dymo LabelWriter before we come to be sure they are ready to print out labels while we're there and give the sets of sermons to the pastors (the supply provided to them must be registered on our website).
*Provide information on church and pastors, whether they already have a database with it, or if we need to manually enter it. Manually entering it substantially increases the risk for failing to succeed with the program, since information can quickly become outdated and useless.
*At the outsent provide the name and contact information for the person designated by the conference as the evangelistic coordinator with whom we would interface. 

== Technical set up ==

*Ensure conference in listed on ShareHim website, with the OrgMastID and AdmFieldID from AdventistDirectory
*Get contact information for president, treasurer, and secretary (name and e-mail)
*NAD only: get eAdventist clerk contact info
*Get conference organizer(s)/sector leaders contact info:
**name
**address
**phone numbers
**e-mail address
**home church
**whether or not this person should be receiving e-mails about new applicants (minimum one conf org and one leader for each sector must receive mail)
*Determine sectors to be set up
*NAD only: get eAdventist authorization
*Allow pastors to make final decision for accepting speakers? With or without notification to conference organizer?
*Set up sectors in system
*NAD  : get list of churches and pastors up-to-date through eAdventist
*Non-NAD: get list of churches and pastors up-to-date through ShareHim website
*Contact conference and schedule launch sequence if not already done (ministers meetings, rallies, boot camps)

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures

2012-02-16T11:43:19Z

Allan Jensen: Set up new homeland conference

= Procedures =

*[[Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Send newsletter|Send a newsletter]]
*[[Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Set up new ShareSynch disc version|Set up system for new disc version of ShareSynch]]
*[[Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Translate website into a new language|Translate website into a new language]]
*[[Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Set up website for LEF registration|Set up website for LEF registration]]
*[[Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Set up new material shipper|Set up new material shipper]]
*[[Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Set up new homeland conference|Set up new homeland conference]]

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Database Tables-Fields, sharehim main

2012-02-09T18:07:04Z

Allan Jensen: Note about minor consent form

= Database Tables/Fields - sharehim_main =

== Divisions (main_divisions) ==

Containing the 13 SDA divisions in the world

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| 
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| req.
|-
| initials 
| Initials
| 3-letter abbreviation
| req.
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| division_secretaries 
| Division officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Unions (main_unions) ==

List of all the unions within the 13 world divisions. Occasionally we pull the data from AdventistDirectory to update our list of unions. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| Division this union belongs to 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Union officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Is participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
Not really used because all participating organizations will have a record in the conference table, even though it might be fake. ||

|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Conferences or missions (main_conferences) ==

List of SDA conferences/missions/fields. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID (AdmFieldID)
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| sda_orgmastID 
| SDA OrgMastID
| 6-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org. This is the master ID from eadventist.com.
| 
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| name_contracted 
| Name contracted
| Short name for the conference. Used in homeland system.
| 
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| conf_email 
| Conference e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| conference_officers 
| Conference officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| homeland_particip 
| Participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| eadventist_authorized 
| Churches & pastors synchronization setting
|
'''Churches:''' 1 : pull from eAdventist.net all others : pull from AdventistDirectory

'''Pastors:''' 0 : entered manually 1 : authorized to pull from eAdventist

((Can add more values for each different synchronization scheme we encounter with different conferences))

| 
|-
| allow_pastors_assign_speakers 
| Allow pastor to do final acceptance of new applicants?
|
yes/no

1 : pastoral approval, no notification to conference organizer when approved 2 : pastoral approval, with notication to conference organizer when approved 0 : pastor's recommendation, conference-staff final approval 

(fieldname should have been allow_pastors_approve_speakers!)

| 
|-
| last_eadventist_update 
| Last updated via eAdventist
| For non-NAD conferences this indicates last time we updated the '''church''' list from AdventistDirectory.org
| 
|-
| internal_comments 
| Internal comments
| ONLY coadmin and admin may see/edit this.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Public comments
| 
| 
|-
| world_x 
| World map, X-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| world_y 
| World map, Y-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Conferences' Wire Information ==

Information used for wiring money to the different conferences.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| Bank account no.
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Name of account holder/owner
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Address of account holder
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank location
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Use correspondent/intermediary bank?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank location
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Account no. of beneficiary's bank (the bank above) at the correspondent bank
| 
| 
|}

== Conference accepted people ==

People's acceptance or rejection to preach in a specific conference. Only applicable to homeland date blocks.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference acceptance ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: - waiting - accepted - rejected

| req. 
|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| Values set by the system: 
- "Done campaign" (when accepted) (value also used to unset it in case an qualifying event(s) are deleted, so it should not be modified) - "Int'l recommended" (when accepted) - "Auto-accepted eA pastor" (when automatically set to accepted by the Obtain Pastor Login procedure in login_link_pastor.php)

Values set AND used by the system (only when status=waiting): - "Pastor: ?": pending pastor response - "Pastor: yes": pastor consented - "Pastor: caution: [a reason]": pastor cautioned

| req. if rejected 
|}

== Hub cities - Previously Hotel cities (main_hotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| Only used for homeland (some hub cities for international campaigns also contain a conference because ALL records were assigned the ID when we created this field)
| req. for homeland
|-
| 
| City
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : not necessary

| req. 
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting from orientation to hotel city
| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Is non-hotel?
| yes/no
For homeland date blocks the hotel info is not required and this field should be set to yes (but not mandatory)

| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Date blocks' hotels (main_dateblockhotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID (= hub city)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| Optional and ONLY used for linking a specific orientation to this hotel city in case the date block has multiple orientation sites.
| 
|}

== Date blocks ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Opening date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Closing date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Applications closing date
| Should be the final cut-off date for new applicants.
Date is inclusive, so after this date no new applications are accepted. When converted to a Unix timestamp we add one day minus one second, so that the calculation is correct AND if converted back to only a date it is still the same date.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Data lock date
| After this date only administrators and co-administrators will be allowed to change all data concerning a date block: 
- teams - groups - site info (incl. translations) - hotel info - orientation hotel info - rank sites - rank speakers

This date MUST be after applications closed date.

As of 2007-12-05 the detailed definition was: - people cannot remove themselves from campaigns after this date, but all other accesslevels can (eventdelete.php). - conference coordinators for international campaigns (not conference organizers) cannot do these things after this date (but admin and coadmin can always do all of these things): * add campaign sites * edit campaign sites * add hub cities to a date block * edit orientation hotel info - people cannot themselves re-arrange their team and group membership after this date. - ranking of sites and speakers can only be changed by admin and coadmin after this date.

(PS. Hotel reservation is locked on date block opening date)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Campaign title (Homeland: Additional label)
| Usually the country wherein the campaigns will be held.
Homeland: optional additional label like "SWAU"

| req. for international opt. for homeland 
|-
| 
| Total sites
| Total number of campaign sites in this date block - must ALWAYS be kept up-to-date as available sites are calculated from this.
For homeland campaigns this is currently kept updated to equal the number sites that have been set up for this date. Would be more useful to only count the sites where a speaker had been matched...

| 
|-
| 
| Questions recipient
| LoginID of the person from External logins who will receive questions about this date block. This person will also be the lead date block manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Pre-campaign manager
| LoginID of a coadmin person from External logins who will be the pre-campaign manager if different from the lead manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 2nd
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 2nd
| Just before the campaign
| 
|-
| 
| Last incomplete notification
| The date we last sent a notification to unions/conferences/campaign manager about incomplete information entered for this date block (if any)
| 
|-
| 
| Default sermon notes language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Divide homeland dateblocks into different languages on sign-up sheet for some conferences.) || req. for international

|-
| 
| Default sermon graphics language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Displayed in the popup box for approving and selecting material for an applicant.) || req. for international opt. for homeland

|-
| 
| Division secretaries
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses for one or more division secretaries. Eg. they receive e-mail reminding about insurance.
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| Extended public description of the date block
| 
|-
| 
| Note for applicants
| Special information for potential applicants before applying
| 
|-
| 
| Application monitors
| List of e-mail addresses (comma-seperated) to which an e-mail is sent everytime an application to this date block is submitted. Added because of problems in India where the division wants to monitor all applications, espacially STMs.
| 
|-
| 
| Hide date block details for the public?
| yes/no
Because of problems in India where the public should not be allowed seeing the information about the date block. ||

|-
| 
| Media folder
| Base folder for uploading media files (pictures, video etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Show predefined unions only
| yes/no
Only show predefined organizations down to the union level (= excl. conferences) In connection with the table Date blocks' predefined conferences. ||

|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Date blocks' orientations ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| 
|}

== Date blocks' predefined conferences ==

This is used primarily before sites are added to the date block. After that we'll automatically know the conferences based on where the hotels are located. For homeland date blocks, though, we retain this information in order to have a quick way of determining the date blocks of a conference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block predefined conference ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|}

== Campaign sites (main_sites) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| siteID 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master campaign site ID
| Record ID in master sites table that this site originates from
| 
|-
| dateblockhotelID 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| req.
|-
| campaign_date 
| Campaign date
|
- Homeland: the date from the matching record in main_dateblocks - International: null 

'''This field can currently be used to determine if the campaign site is homeland or international.''' 

| req. for homeland. currently prohibited for intl. 
|-
| campaign_type 
| Campaign type
|
Possible options: - NULL : regular campaign - 'spk-init' : speaker-initiated campaign

Homeland only.

| 
|-
| name 
| Site name
|
- International: full site name (req.) - Homeland: only an optional additional label (req. for Speaker-Initiated Events though) that is added to the date (and the church name, which we get from the site's master site).

Tried to name variable 'campaign_label' when used in the homeland context.

| see description
|-
| campaign_begin_time 
| Beginning time
| time (hh:mm:ss)
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_end_date 
| Ending date
| date
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_weekdays 
| Weekdays
| Comma-separated list of 3-letter abbreviation of the weekdays the campaign will be held.
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| city 
| Town/city
| 
| req.
|-
| site_addr 
| Address
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_state 
| State
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_zip 
| Zip
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_phone 
| Phone
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_email 
| E-mail
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_website 
| Website
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| venue_type 
| Venue type
| church/rented hall/open field/stadium etc. according to table list_venue_types
| Intl:
always req. Homeland: req. for spk-init events

|-
| personeventID 
| Personevent ID
| Link to the speaker
| 
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Sermon graphics language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| lifeochrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| video_format 
| Desired video format
| NOT USED ANYMORE. No longer applicable because we now use DVDs instead of VHS tapes.
dropdown

| 
|-
| congregations 
| Congregations
| number of congr. supp. this site
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| membership 
| Membership
| total members in supp. congr.
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| est_attendance 
| Est. attendance
| incl. SDA & non-SDA
| req.
|-
| baptismal_goal 
| Baptismal goal
| conservative number
| req.
|-
| km_from_hotel 
| Km from hotel
| 
| req.
|-
| pastor_workerIDs 
| Pastor Officer IDs
| Comma-separated list of officerIDs.
The pastors of this church (master site) from eAdventist at the time the site was set up or when a speaker was assigned. Automatically set by the system. ||

|-
| ranking 
| Ranking
| 
| req.
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| planned_precamp_acts 
| Planned pre-campaign activities
| text
Homeland only.

|-
| campaign_status 
| Campaign status
|
Possible options: - NULL - 'await_approv' 

Homeland only.

|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| copyof 
| Copy of site ID
| If this is a copy of another site the original site's ID is saved here
| 
|-
| date_added
| Date added
|
|
|}

 

== Outreach Teams - Previous: Master Campaign sites (main_master_sites) ==

List of Outreach Teams 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master site ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organization ID
| Reference to the church this OLT belongs to
| req. for all new records
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference ID
| Conference this OLT is in
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
|
Name of the OLT, usually the church name.

Usually renamed to 'olt_name' or 'church_name2' in SQL output. Also named 'church_name' occasionally but that is deprecated.

|
|-
| ms_personID 
| Person ID
| In case a personal team is created this holds the link to the person (used for speaker-initiated campaigns)
| 
|-
| hotelID 
| Hotel ID
| 2009-11-16: deleted all values since homeland do not use hub cities anymore - field can be deleted entirely, once SQL queries have been checked
- search for "main_master_sites" and "'tblname' => 'master_sites'" and edit acl_add_master_site() and i_master_sites.php/php_functions_i_master_sites.php

|
|-
| city 
| City
| 2010-11-01: Is officially no longer used but I didn't dare deleted it in the database yet. Delete it later.
Search for "main_master_sites" to try to find location where it might still be used.

|
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Graphics language
| Default graphics language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| lifeofchrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| Default video language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| pw 
| Password
| Password OLT members can use to access information for this OLT. Not really used at the moment.
| 
|-
| date_added 
| Date added
| 
| 
|}

== Outreach Leadership Team members ==

Table with all memberships for the Outreach Leadership Teams (main_olts)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| OLT member ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person who is the member
| req.
|-
| 
| Master site ID
| Team person is a member of
| req.
|-
| 
| Is OLT clerk?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| 
| req. for all new records
|-
| 
| Date removed
| Once this field has a value the member is considered removed.
| 
|}

== Churches ==

List of churches we have retrieved from AdventistDirectory.org and eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| SDA org ID
| OrgMastID from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| SDA entity ID
| OMEntity from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| Church name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 2-letter ISO-3166 country code
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Ethnic group
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sector
| Our own sector value, set by the conference organizers
| 
|-
| 
| Latitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Longitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Parent SDA AdmFieldID
|
ID of parent conference.

(I believe we always have this one)

|-
| 
| Parent SDA OrgMastID
|
ID of parent conference.

(this one we don't yet have for the churches we've retrieved through the webpages) CAN WE JUST DROP THIS FIELD BECAUSE IT SEEMS TO THE CHURCH'S SDAORGID REPLACED WITH "11" ON THE END?!

|-
| 
| Parent is not a conference?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Inactive?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| Date added to our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Date modifed
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| 
|}

== Workers / Officers ==

List of officers (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB) or other Adventist services/fields

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| Conference the pastor is in.
Not used for NAD conferences, since Officer ID (from eAdventist) is used. If we change use assign_pastor_to_church() must be reviewed.

| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| ID originates from SDA-DB
This is the same ID as main_people. sda_membershipID. Used only for records coming from eAdventist.net.

| cond. 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| The local conference's own ID for the person
| 
|-
| 
| First name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Last name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Suffix
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing country
| 2-letter country name (ISO-3166)
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative e-mail addresses
| Comma-separated list (with space between comma and next address)
| opt.
|-
| 
| Cell phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Allow SMS?
| Is ShareHim allowed to send the pastor an SMS to notify him about new applicants from his church?
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Link to this person's record in our main people table if present.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Default password
| Password that will be used to auto-create a login when this pastors tries to login
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| req.
|}

== Church offices ==

List of church offices (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church office ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Church SDA org ID
| OrgMastID of church
| 
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| From main_officers table
| 
|-
| 
| Office name
| Name of office the person holds.
NOTE!! If this is expanded to be anything else than pastors we need to change the method in assign_campaign_site() we use to determine if speaker is pastor as well in get_pastors_churches() and probably other functions as well (since they only check for the existence of a church office record and not the office name value) ||

|-
| 
| Is evangelistic decision-maker?
| yes/no
In case a church has multiple pastors this can indicate which pastor is responsible for evangelistic decisions. Used to know which pastor we can ask to recommend a speaker. ||

|-
| 
| Date modified
| Last date this record was modified in our own database.
| 
|}

== Campaign site statistics ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Statistical data
| serialize PHP array with statistics on attendance, Bible class attendance, and baptisms
(only used for international)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the speakers. (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Adjusted baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Projected baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the speakers (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Actual baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Did campaign with OLT?
| yes/no
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of meetings
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of visitors
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Planning another campaign?
|
Possible values: 0 : no 1 : yes 2 : maybe

| Homeland only 
|}

== Campaign site statistics per conference ==

This data "overrides" data entered for each individual campaign site.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference date block statistics ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Total baptisms during campaign in this conference
| number
| 
|-
| 
| Baptisms within 6 months after the campaign in this conference (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
| 
|}

== People ==

Guest speakers, support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA membership ID
| ID from eAdventist of OLT members and pastors.
(This ID is the same as main_officers.officerID. Brian: "Yes, the PersonID is the same Officer ID that we use for Pastors web service.")

| 
|-
| 
| Active person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Legal firstname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Legal lastname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Title
| dropdown
Prefered to be set as the option "Pastor" is sometimes used to identify pastors.

|-
| 
| Birth date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Gender
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marital status
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street address
| this is also their shipping address
| req.
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| req.
Required for different reasons (and more I haven't written here): These people go in to the regular table of people where we have speakers and so on, and that field has always been required. Besides having a name without connected to a country can be pretty ambigious. The more information we have about a person the better. It also helps us to know which division they are in which is required in case they apply for a campaign.

|-
| 
| E-mail
| also their username
Sometimes noemail@noemail.com or none@none.com has been put in if we don't know the address. 

| req. (except for special cases, eg. speakers assigned to past homeland campaigns, or check donations where we don't know the e-mail) 
|-
| 
| E-mail invalid
| date
If the e-mail address is not working register here the date it was discovered. Reminders, news letters etc. will not be sent to this person then.

|-
| 
| Home phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Office phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Cell phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Residence division
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Residence union
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence conference
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence church
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Application date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Remmendation status
|
Possible values: (by sending fields/recommenders) - NULL (when not recom. processed) - waiting - recommended - unrecommended

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender
|
Pastor/layman/academy in NAD: - stores the ID of the recommender to which an e-mail was sent at time of application 

College students: - college date block ID

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sermon notes language
|
dropdown

VALIDATION: - check if this from-language is available within the desired date block. If not, give option to select another language. 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Preferred CD format
|
Possible values: - DVD (means using a DVD player) - DVD-R (means using a computer) 

(old values: CD, DVD-Combo)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Done boot camp?
|
Has person taken the ShareHim boot camp training program?

Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : is an ordained/licensed pastor - 3 : is a retired pastor 

(Being any type of pastor resolves to the same effect as saying yes)

| 
|-
| 
| Done a campaign?
| yes/no
Determined automatically by the system, cannot be manually set (as of today at least). No means only that we '''do not know if''' they have done a campaign. NOTE: now this does not only include international campaigns, even though the field name indicates that. Also having done a homeland campaign will now result in this being set to yes.

| 
|-
| 
| First campaign
| text
First ShareHim campaign that this person participated in as a speaker. Used for people applying for homeland campaigns.

| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary
Lay applicants: pastor Academy students: academy & contact 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference home phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy & contact

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference office phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary 

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference cell phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference e-mail
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receive newsletter?
|
Is person signed up for the Evangeliving newsletter? 

NULL: has not been set 0: no 1: yes, in e-mail format 2: yes, in hardcopy format 

| opt. 
|-
| 
| Received mentorship material
| yes/no
Did we send them the mentorship material? ||

|
|-
| 
| Portrait filename
| File for thumbnail image used in stories.
| 
|-
| 
| Portrait is authorized?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team of master site ID
| The church with this master site ID that this person is an OLT member of
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team special status
|
number

0 = ordinary OLT member (default) 1 = is OLT leader 2 = is OLT secretary

NOTE: cannot move this field to main_olts because we have people set as leaders/secretaries who are not member of any particular OLT.

|
|-
| 
| Is editor?
|
Possible values: - executive (edit text/graphics, approve, add/delete stories) - associate (edit text/graphics) - text - graphics - advreview (Adventist Review editor)

|
|-
| 
| Do not contact
|
date

When person should not receive any correspondence or be contacted, register the date this was set.

|
|-
| 
| Reason for not contacting
| text
(eg. do not want info from us, is deceased etc.)

| req. if "Do not contact" is set 
|-
| 
| Hide person from public?
|
number

0 = no 1 = yes 2 = yes and also hide from any logged in users not part of the same campaign 3 = yes and also hide from any logged in users except admins

'''NOTE!! CURRENTLY''' 1, 2 and 3 makes no difference on the website. All cause a behaviour equal to 3.

Should the person name and critical personal details (name, address, and phone numbers) be hidden from public/non-logged in users (or from logged in users except those participating in the same date block, or even everybody but admins and co-admins)? If yes: - hidden on mainly the campaign overview - if they are organizers they are currently NOT hidden - hidden in get_dateblock_people() - hidden in get_people_availability() - hidden in get_person_info() - skip showing personal portrait on stories - hidden in other functions too...

| req.
|-
| 
| Person requested check for duplicate
| Person indicated that they might already exist in our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Source
|
Indication of how this person originally got into the database. Possible values (also defined in main_peopleedit.php): 1 : applied internationally 2 : applied homeland acceptance 3 : homeland pastor 4 : made a donation/pledge 5 : conference organizer/sector leader 6 : OLT member 7 : signed up for newsletter 8 : order received from GoodSalt.com 9 : is translator for homeland system 10 : homeland speaker (assigned to past campaign => not accepted in conf) 11 : non-ShareHim related homeland speaker 12 : given a ShareSynch serial number (version C sermons) 99 : other manually added record

| 
|}

== Person events (main_personevents) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| personeventID 
| Person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| personID 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| dateblockID 
| Date block ID
| Only for non-college/university applicants
| 
|-
| eff_dateblockID 
| Effective date block ID
| Updated to always hold the effective date block ID for this event (also when event has been deleted)
| 
|-
| categorymoved 
| Category
|
Possible values: - pastor - layman - college - academy - stm - organizer

|
|-
| collegedateblockIDmoved 
| College date block ID
| Only for college/university applicants
| 
|-
| is_standby 
| Is standby
|
yes/no

Is this a standby event?

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| clusterID 
| Cluster ID
| Only for speakers
(the link to groups must of course match this link.)

|-
| groupID 
| Group ID
| Only for speakers
| 
|-
| teamID 
| Team ID
| Only for STMs - linking them to their speaker (Team ID in main_teams)
| 
|-
| rankingID 
| Ranking ID
| 
| 
|-
| cospeaker 
| Associate speaker
| yes/no
(we know the main speaker by the team the associate speaker is member of) ||

|-
| 
| Preferred hub city (date block hotel ID)
| The hub city the person him/herself wishes to go to
| 
|-
| 
| Site-funding required
| yes/no
CURRENTLY NOT USED (use 'funding_required' instead) MAY NEED TO USE IT THOUGH, INSTEAD OF CALCULATING IT WITH A JOIN TO main_groups ALL THE TIME! Is currently only set a group level and must be determine through field table main_groups. grp_funding_source

|-
| 
| Site-funding fulfilled
| If fulfilled, it has the ID of the belonging log entry from sharehim_log.system_operations.operationID
| 
|-
| 
| Need housing?
| yes/no
Only used for homeland date blocks: Does the speaker need the host church to provide housing if the meeting is outside his area? ||

|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: (by host fields) - NULL - accepted - rejected

(Currently only used for homeland campaigns. Automatically accepted for international campaigns.)

|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival date
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival time
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, airline
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight no.
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Self-arranged travel to orientation
| yes/no
If yes none of the four fields above must be filled out ||

|-
| 
| Hotel city, arrival airport
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, airline
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Last deposit reminder
| Days after application date that this reminder was last sent
| 
|-
| 
| Last site-funding reminder
| Days before opening date that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last hotel reservation reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last flight arrival reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last generic reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last equipment rental reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Consent form for minors
|
NULL = not a minor 1 = pending receiving the consent form 2 = consent form received 3 = is minor, parent/guardian is coming too

Is set to NULL when event is deleted if it was 1 or 3.

|-
| 
| No sermon notes
|
yes/no

Whether or not the person should receive sermon notes/graphics for this event. Used with the "missing notes" report. This value is basically only informational. Extended to this use:

0 : nothing skipped 1 : skip sermon notes 2 : skip Jesus video 3 : skip both sermon notes and Jesus video

(3 is automatically set when setting a speaker for past homeland campaign or when setting a non-ShareHim-related speaker for a homeland campaign)

|-
| 
| Reported on the first insurance/service requests report that we sent out?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Is deleted?
| yes/no
Is set to yes when we delete an event but keep the database record because material has been shipped concerning this event, and because we want to keep a historical record.

|-
| 
| Is event request?
| yes/no (when person does not fill out the main application form, value is not changed but kept forever event if event is deleted)
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deposit received
|
datetime

Date we have received the deposit for the direct campaign cost (international only). The field Site-funding required will determine if this is necessary. If it is, only after that point we initiate the application process.

Set to 2000-01-01 when bypassed by admins (when auto-approved was requested when event was added)

Set to 2000-01-02 for events before we implemented this procedure

Set to 2000-01-03 when event is in an individually funded group (where leader has already paid the deposit)

|-
| 
| Date approved
| datetime (by administration)
Must have a value for the event to be considered approved, no matter what the category is.

Set to 2000-01-01 when it is unknown.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date standby expire
| date
The date the standby event will expire.

|-
| 
| Date activated
| datetime
The date a standby event was activated.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deleted
| datetime
| 
|}

== Person comments ==

Internal comments only visible for administrators

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Comment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Possible to reference a comment to a person's event
| opt.
|-
| 
| Comment
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Comment type
|
Possible values: - 'phonecall'

| opt.
|-
| 
| Flag
|
dropdown

Possible values: - 1 : encourage mentorship - 2 : block all future participation - 3 : block future intl. participation - 4 : block future homeland participation

| opt.
|-
| 
| Date and time entered
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Submitter
| Local ID of user from table below
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| Origin table of this user
| 
|}

== Personal salutations ==

Table with personal salutations for each user in the system

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| The person the salutation is for
| req.
|-
| 
| From table
| The table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
Same format as $_SESSION['user_fromtable']

| req.
|-
| 
| From local ID
| The ID from the table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
| req.
|-
| 
| Salutation
| The salutation itself. Must be the full line.
| req.
|}

== Colleges ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Initials
| Abbreviation of name
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| For shipping equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Contact person
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| Use this to login and recommend students
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Colleges' date blocks ==

Bob Sr, 2008-07: College date-block information must remain read-only for all except for the administrative few.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Dateblock ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| opt.
|-
| 
| Student sites to reserve equip. for
| numeric
| req.
|-
| 
| Funding source
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date site-funding received
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Total site-funding amount received
| number
In USD.

|-
| 
| Date travel funds requested
| The date we requested Quiet Hour Ministries to send the travel funds to the college/students.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Last status reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| opt.
|}

== Recommenders ==

Only for North-American division

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Recommender ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marker for last applicant
| a marker so we can cycle through these recommenders
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Translations ==

Per campaign site

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| From language
| dropdown acc. to available sermon notes language
| 
|}

== Campaign material ==

Shipments that are due (or waiting for payment before they are due)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Shipment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Personevent ID
| 
| req. to be a speaker
|-
| 
| Shipper
| A main_ext_logins.loginID reference
| 
|-
| 
| Paid
| date
Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a ||

|-
| 
| Postpone date
| date
This item will not shown on the shipping list until this date ||

|-
| 
| Shipped date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped method
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped tracking no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty billed
| date
Only used for graphics CDs, reporting to It Is Written ||

|}

== Clusters ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Clusters are a larger scope compared to groups. Groups can be linked to clusters. Only speakers can be members of clusters.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster name
| For homeland date blocks this is not used for anything really - other than it shows up on the campaign overview.
| 
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|}

== Cluster leaders ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster leader ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Speakers or organizers
| 
|}

== Groups ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Only speakers can be members of groups

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Group ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| 
|-
| 
| Group name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Recommender personID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reserved sites
| Will effectively always be filled out.
| 
|-
| 
| Funding source (site-funding)
|
Possible values: - 'sharehim': ShareHim is responsible - 'individually': each group member is responsible, but deposit for ALL must be received before any can apply - ' indiv_owndep': each group member is responsible, all applicants must pay their own deposit at time of application - 'collectively': group is responsible collectively

| req.
|-
| 
| Deposit received?
| yes/no
No one excepts organizers can apply before deposit has been received if funding source is 'individually'.

|-
| 
| Partial payment date
| date
Has no effect if amount is not set or 0.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Partial payment amount
| number
Has no effect if date is not set.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Last site-fund reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show group on availability report?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Max subdivide
| Max number of hotel cities the group is allowed to span across. Default one.
| req.
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled?
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Teams ==

Speaker linked with support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Team ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (speaker)
| 
| 
|}

== Orientation sites ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - no (0) - yes (1) - not necessary (2)

| req.
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting to the orientation site
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment booking ==

Booking of equipment Time frame of booking is decided by the period of the date block

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Booking ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| req. if no person ID
|-
| 
| Speaker ID (= Person ID)
| 
| req. if no college date block ID
|-
| 
| Case ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Booking date
| The date the booking was made (just for the information)
| 
|-
| 
| Paid amount
| Only for non-student related
| 
|-
| 
| Paid date
| Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound tracking no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance
| text (100)
E-mail of person received the insurance information ||

|-
| 
| Return date
| Date it was sent from the renter
| 
|-
| 
| Return method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Return tracking no.
| text (30)
If filled out it's a call tag, otherwise not

|-
| 
| Return received date
| Date it was received by ShareHim
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked by initials
| text (10)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, cases ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Case ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Case purchase date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the case is under repair or for another reason is not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| Down status
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Discharged
| date
When the case has been sold and we no longer have anything to do with it ||

|-
| 
| Discharged status
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, laptops ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment base ID
| ID of the equipment base where we administrate a set of graphics equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| OS product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Office product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Service Tag
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Express service code
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop value
| numeric
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty type
|
dropdown: - Next day service - Next day service + complete care

|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Quote no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the laptop is under repair or has been sold and hence not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| AC adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
Remote control for mouse ||

|-
| 
| Floppy drive
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, projectors ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Projector value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Power cord
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VGA cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VCR cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| International adapters
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Ground adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Extension cord
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Material stock ==

Sermon notes/graphics, Life of Christ videos, etc. Note: The Life of Christ videos that are active and have no format were previously those records that were the PAL version. The inactive NTSC versions are kept for historic purposes.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material group
|
Current list: - Notes/graphics CD - Graphics CD - Life of Christ video - Hardcopy (language must correspond exactly with sermon languages)

Must '''not''' be changed without considering consequences for rest of the system. Some of these values are used hard-coded in the script code

|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Code
| Short easy-to-read code identifying this product to use it when printing labels
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Format
|
NTSC/PAL/SECAM

CD/(DVD/VCD)

|-
| 
| Qty in stock
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Minimum qty in stock
| Espacially for Life of Christ videos
| 
|-
| 
| Available from
| Date from which this material will be available
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty organization
|
Current list: - It Is Written - Present Solutions

If royalties must be paid when issueing this item select here which organization it must be reported to.

|-
| 
| Shipper
| ID of shipper (from external logins) (blank/null if internal)
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Stories ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story type
|
dropdown

Possible values: - sitereport (report about campaign site) - testimonial (personal testimony)

| req.
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of the person who created this story, speaker or STMs
| 
|-
| 
| Purpose
|
dropdown:

- public (for publishing on website)

- internal (raw material for internal use)

| req.
|-
| 
| Headline
| self made headline/title on story
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Copy of Narrative
| Copy of narrative before people changes an authorized story.
| 
|-
| 
| Keywords
| Optional additional keywords used when searching
| 
|-
| 
| Author name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Author notes
| Scratch-board for author and/or editors. Not shown publicly.
| 
|-
| 
| Internal notes
| Scratch-board for editors.
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Pictures authorized
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Content authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Authorized for display on Adventist Review website?
| yes/no (set by ShareHim)
| 
|-
| 
| Approved for display on Adventist Review website?
| null/yes/no (set by Adventist Review)
Labels: Approved/Disabled/Not reviewed ||

|-
| 
| Show thumbnail? (for testimonies)
| yes/no
Show thumbnail of person (of course only effective if thumbnail is uploaded) ||

|-
| 
| Is news item?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Show from (only news items)
| date (from now if blank)
Date is inclusive.

|-
| 
| Show to (only news items)
| date (indefinitely if blank)
Date is exclusive.

|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| req.
|-
| 
| Date last modified
| datetime
| req.
|}

== Story pictures ==

Attached to the stories

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Picture ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Caption
| long text
| req.
|-
| 
| Filename (given by the system)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Original filename
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is retouched?
| yes/no
Set to yes when original picture was retouched, either manually or cropped - as intermediate stage between original and final picture

| req.
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| For rearranging the order of pictures
| 
|-
| 
| Upload date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Surveys ==

Evaluation forms filled out by the speakers and STMs.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Survey ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| No. of campaigns participated in
| Number of campaigns the person has participated in to date.
| req.
|-
| 
| [questions] x13
| 1-5 or null
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| date
| req.
|-
| 
| Is reviewed?
| yes/no
| req.
|}

== Donations ==

Received donations

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Donation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date received
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation amount
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation type
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Pledge ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ...many more fields
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receipt sent
| Date receipt was sent.
If we don't know the date it is set to 2001-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent method
| Possible values:
- letter - email - authorize.net ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent
| Date letter was sent.
If no letter was sent date is set to 2000-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Follow-Up done?
| yes/no
Used for non-sitefunding donations only ||

|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|}

== External logins ==

E.g. Caroline Conference, Quiet Hour, shippers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Login ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 1
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 2
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone
| An alternative phone number to campaign managers, mainly for entering local phone numbers that they use when they supervise campaigns.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone until
| The last date that the phone number is scheduled to be usable.
| req. if phone number is specified
|-
| 
| Access level
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Superadmin
|
0 / 1 / 2

1 = is superadmin 2 = is associate admin (lower than regular admin).

Only superadmin can see password, change information, add and delete users in external logins.

Only superadmin can emulate and set password (set_pw.php) for admin and coadmin.

Associate admins

|-
| 
| Fulltime
| yes/no
If coadmins are full-time or part-time managers ||

|-
| 
| Approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Password questions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Table
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Question
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Answer
| 
| 
|}

== Field descriptions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Description ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Table name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Field name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Public description
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Internal description
| 
| 
|}

== News ==

Information shown on the main page of the website

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| News ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Headline
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| ShowFrom
| date
| 
|-
| 
| ShowTo
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show all on home?
| yes/no
Show entire news item on the front page? (normally there is a max length for items shown there) || req.

|}

== ShareSynch Serial Numbers ==

Created serial numbers for the ShareSynch software

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Serial Number ID
| Internal ID
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| GS)-XXXX-XXXX
| req.
|-
| 
| Expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person this serial number is connected to
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Event this serial number is connected to (and that usually causes an expiration date)
| 
|-
| 
| Owner name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Owner e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Activations allowed
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is printed?
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Date created
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== ShareSynch activations ==

Activations that have been done for the different ShareSynch serial numbers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Activation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation Code
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation date
| timestamp
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation IP
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware Operating System
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ShareSynch software version
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reactivation dates
| The dates this activation code was resent or reactivated
| 
|-
| 
| Is withdrawn?
|
Possible values: 0 = is not withdrawn (default) 1 = withdrawn, allow re-activation 2 = withdrawn, disallow re-activation

Activation code can be withdrawn, either by the user deactivating the computer (1) or ShareHim revoking it (2).

In case of 2, the software needs to register that this activation code is now invalid, so that later attempts to use the same activation code we fail (but what if they format the hardware?!). But, if the code is then regranted, we can only reactivation the software through online activation, otherwise we can't be sure that the revoked code is now active again! Well, for a solid solution the hardware should actually be encrypted together with a date, so that the activation code would be different when the computer was reactivated, and then this whole matter woudn't be an issue. (Or we could also just issue a completely new serial number...)

| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== System settings ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| System administrator name
| General
| 
|-
| 
| System administrator e-mail
| General
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender name
| Name that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender e-mail
| E-mail that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| Days to resend unprocessed applicant
| Days after application date to resend recommendation e-mails for unprocessed applicants
| 
|-
| 
| Days to mark unproccessed applicant
| Number of days until applicant will be highlighted as 'not processed' in the unapproved applicants list
| 
|-
| 
| Days before orientation to ship Life of Christ video
| Days before orientation date that we issue the shipment
| 
|-
| 
| Days after date block closing date to remind about entering experience
| Only used for those who have received sponsorship
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding insurance coverage
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding service requests
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (name) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (e-mail) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance information e-mail recipient
| E-mail to which we send insurance information on shipped equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Case lock combination
| numeric (3)
Case lock on equipment cases ||

|-
| 
| Min. days to opening date to allow person use key for bypassing closing date (because of insurance and service requests reports/reminders, so should therefore always be before we send out the last insurance/serv. req. reminder)
| 
| 
|}

== E-mail templates ==

E-mail templates for e-mails that are sent out automatically

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| E-mail template ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| identification name for this template
| 
|-
| 
| Subject
| Subject for the e-mail
| 
|-
| 
| Body
| Body for the e-mail
| 
|}

== Email log, group e-mails ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mail reference
| reference to the mail sent (an ID or a file reference)
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|}

== Email log, service requests reports ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| CC
| Carbon Copy recipients
| 
|-
| 
| Attached files
| )
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Target
| "host" or "sending" organization (division/union/conference)
| 
|-
| 
| Batch
| "first" or "second" batch of reports to this organization
| 
|}

== Mail queue ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Mail queue ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| By local ID
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| By from table
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| Sender name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sender e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Query ID
| Query ID that this queue is based upon.
In case we want to make queues that are special and not based on a query this can just be left empty.

|
|-
| 
| Custom subject
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Attach files
| Serialized PHP array with documents to attach to the e-mails in this queue.
| 
|-
| 
| Use personal salutations?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| 
|-
| 
| Date completed
| datetime
Is set when all e-mails in this queue have been sent.

|
|}

== System translations ==

Pieces of text used in the interface and which can be translated into other languages

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Category
| Not really used
| 
|-
| 
| Tag
| The tag use in the PHP code
| 
|-
| 
| Langugage [en|es|da|...]
| The text for this tag in the given language
| 
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| Not used
| 
|-
| 
| Explanation
| Any useful instructions for the translator about this piece of text
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Timestamp for when the text or tag for the primary language (English) was last modified
| 
|}

== System translators ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translator ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| Two-letter abbreviation for the language
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
|
Person ID from main_people of the person who is the translator for this language.

Set to 0 if we currently have no translator.

|
|-
| 
| Last notified
| Last time translator was notified about new or changed text to be translated
| 
|}

== System log ==

Table is placed in a separate database.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Operation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| By name
| Name of user who caused this operation
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By local ID
| ...his local ID
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By from table
| ...originates from this table
Note: Because of programming mistake this field has incorrect values until 2006-08-22 after a user has emulated somebody. Unsure when problem started (maybe 2006-06-08 or 2006-03-27). || Req. if avail.

|-
| 
| Visit ID
| VisitID from WebStory statistics
| 
|-
| 
| IP
| User's IP address at time of logging
| 
|-
| 
| Emulated by
| Full name of person who was emulating
| 
|-
| 
| Action
| Main name for for this action
| Req.
|-
| 
| Subaction
| Subname for this action
| 
|-
| 
| For name
| Name of user/record this action was executed upon
NOTE: This can be either firstname lastname or lastname, firstname ||

|-
| 
| For local ID
| ...caused upon this ID in the table below
| 
|-
| 
| For from table
| ...caused upon a record in this table
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of person it was caused upon (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| DateblockID that this action is related to (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Parameters
| Any extra parameters to log. Default format: field=value¤field=value...
| 
|}

If a field is fit for having a value but we don't have it readily available when making the logentry then we set the value to "N/A" (or "0" for number fields) so that we later can run some queries to easily replace all these "missing" information pieces.

=== List tables ===

== Venue types ==

- eg.: Church, open field etc. - 'venueno' only added and sorted by for the sake of Tamara entering the data

== Countries ==

- connected to which division it's in - including the ISO-3166 two-letter codes (where codes starting with underscore (_) is self-made in order to not have empty field) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain country names are used hard-coded in the script code (eg. ship_material.php) - as of 2006-09-21 used in: - main_divisions - main_unions - main_conferences - main_orientations - main_hotels - main_colleges - main_people - the divisionID is taken from Jon Brauer's XML file "2006-08 OMCountries (Jon Brauer).xml".

== Currencies ==

- code, name, rate, date of rate, and source of rate

== Sponsors ==

- eg.: Quiet Hour Ministries, and later on maybe The Voice of Prophecy

== Material groups ==

- eg.: Sermon notes, Graphics CD, Life of Christ video - make no possibility to edit records, only add (and maybe delete) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain material groups are used hard-coded in the script code (ship_material.php)

== Equipment bases ==

- the different locations at which we administrate a set of graphics equipment, eg. North Carolina

== Shipping methods ==

- eg.: UPS, FedEx

== US states ==

== Titles ==

- eg.: Mr., Mrs. etc.

== Access levels ==

- eg.: admin etc.

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Set up new material shipper

2012-02-01T12:22:30Z

Allan Jensen: Added custom return address

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Set up new material shipper

2012-02-01T10:26:30Z

Allan Jensen: Added procedure

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures

2012-02-01T09:45:57Z

Allan Jensen: Added new material shipper procedure

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Set up website for LEF registration

2012-01-19T12:35:34Z

Allan Jensen: Created page with '= Set up website for registration to Lay-Evangelism Festival = *Make posters, and gather all the info about the event. *Review the 'ADD section' of i_seminar_registrat…'

= Set up website for registration to Lay-Evangelism Festival =

*Make posters, and gather all the info about the event. 
*Review the 'ADD section' of i_seminar_registrations.php.
**Make new mail content with info about the event (like [http://sharehim.org/php/i_seminar_registrations.php?ipg=add&show=info this]) and set the new mail_contentID.
**Set the $use_regform variable. 
**If using the registration system, review all the fields on the form.
*Enable link on front page with link to info about and registration for LEF (in the left side under a Special Events section).
*Make a news item to be put on the front page (copy and adjust the one from last year).

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures

2012-01-19T11:58:06Z

Allan Jensen: Added LEF procedure

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Send newsletter

2012-01-11T19:42:38Z

Allan Jensen:

= Send a newsletter =

===== The Process & People Involved =====

#Lora receives the stories from X for review and puts them into WordPress.
#Kathi then reviews them.
#Lora generates the final draft.
#Lora, Kathi, Jeremiah and Bob reviews the final draft (by sending a test mail to each one).
#Allan sends it.

 

== Prepare the content ==

*Under Posts create a '''new category''' under the Newsletters category. Name it using this format: "Newsletter YYYY-MM"
*Write each story into a separate '''posts''' in WordPress and save them as '''drafts'''.
**Tag them with both the '''Article''' category and the '''new category''' you created above.
**Write an excerpt in the '''Excerpt''' section. This will be the text written in the actual e-mail newsletter. If you don't see the Excerpt section anywhere on the screen, click on '''Screen Options''' in the top-right corner and put a checkmark next to '''Excerpt'''.
**Normally you don't want to cross-post them to Facebook/Twitter at this time. We will write a news item that automatically will be posted to Facebook/Twitter.
**The stories will be ordered by publishing date, the newest will be listed first (be careful not to set a future publishing date, then people won't be able to see the story!).
*Find an '''image''' for each story and upload it in WordPress (under the Media menu).
**Attach the image to the '''category''' with correct '''year/month''' name under the Newsletter category. You might need to add the year/month category first.
**Edit each post to both place the image where you want it within the story as well as setting as the featured image (usually lower right corner of screen).

 

== Generate the newsletter ==

*'''Publish''' each of the posts in WordPress.
*Generate the actual e-mail content ("mail content") by running the '''Generate newsletter''' script (Main menu -> Mail content -> Generate newsletter).
**This simply generates a record under "Mail content" - just like if you yourself had gone there to create some mail content. So you can go and edit it and even delete it in case you want to re-generate it.
*Go lookup the mail content and verify that it '''looks as desired'''.
**If the excerpts contain '''special characters''' they will look strange. For now we have not been able to automatically get them converted correctly, so until we find a fix for that you will need to correct those characters manually. It is usually quotes that are the problem.
*You can send a '''test mailing''' from under Mail Contents to see how the actual newsletter e-mail will look like.

 

== Send the newsletter ==

*Use the mass mailing system to select the query, the mailing content, and then '''send the newsletter'''.
*Make a '''news post''' telling about the new newsletters that has been published.
**Ensure you cross-post the news item to Facebook/Twitter.

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Database Tables-Fields, sharehim main

2012-01-05T11:53:13Z

Allan Jensen:

= Database Tables/Fields - sharehim_main =

== Divisions (main_divisions) ==

Containing the 13 SDA divisions in the world

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| 
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| req.
|-
| initials 
| Initials
| 3-letter abbreviation
| req.
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| division_secretaries 
| Division officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Unions (main_unions) ==

List of all the unions within the 13 world divisions. Occasionally we pull the data from AdventistDirectory to update our list of unions. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| Division this union belongs to 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Union officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Is participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
Not really used because all participating organizations will have a record in the conference table, even though it might be fake. ||

|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Conferences or missions (main_conferences) ==

List of SDA conferences/missions/fields. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID (AdmFieldID)
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| sda_orgmastID 
| SDA OrgMastID
| 6-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org. This is the master ID from eadventist.com.
| 
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| name_contracted 
| Name contracted
| Short name for the conference. Used in homeland system.
| 
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| conf_email 
| Conference e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| conference_officers 
| Conference officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| homeland_particip 
| Participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| eadventist_authorized 
| Churches & pastors synchronization setting
|
'''Churches:''' 1 : pull from eAdventist.net all others : pull from AdventistDirectory

'''Pastors:''' 0 : entered manually 1 : authorized to pull from eAdventist

((Can add more values for each different synchronization scheme we encounter with different conferences))

| 
|-
| allow_pastors_assign_speakers 
| Allow pastor to do final acceptance of new applicants?
|
yes/no

1 : pastoral approval, no notification to conference organizer when approved 2 : pastoral approval, with notication to conference organizer when approved 0 : pastor's recommendation, conference-staff final approval 

(fieldname should have been allow_pastors_approve_speakers!)

| 
|-
| last_eadventist_update 
| Last updated via eAdventist
| For non-NAD conferences this indicates last time we updated the '''church''' list from AdventistDirectory.org
| 
|-
| internal_comments 
| Internal comments
| ONLY coadmin and admin may see/edit this.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Public comments
| 
| 
|-
| world_x 
| World map, X-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| world_y 
| World map, Y-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Conferences' Wire Information ==

Information used for wiring money to the different conferences.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| Bank account no.
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Name of account holder/owner
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Address of account holder
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank location
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Use correspondent/intermediary bank?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank location
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Account no. of beneficiary's bank (the bank above) at the correspondent bank
| 
| 
|}

== Conference accepted people ==

People's acceptance or rejection to preach in a specific conference. Only applicable to homeland date blocks.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference acceptance ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: - waiting - accepted - rejected

| req. 
|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| Values set by the system: 
- "Done campaign" (when accepted) (value also used to unset it in case an qualifying event(s) are deleted, so it should not be modified) - "Int'l recommended" (when accepted) - "Auto-accepted eA pastor" (when automatically set to accepted by the Obtain Pastor Login procedure in login_link_pastor.php)

Values set AND used by the system (only when status=waiting): - "Pastor: ?": pending pastor response - "Pastor: yes": pastor consented - "Pastor: caution: [a reason]": pastor cautioned

| req. if rejected 
|}

== Hub cities - Previously Hotel cities (main_hotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| Only used for homeland (some hub cities for international campaigns also contain a conference because ALL records were assigned the ID when we created this field)
| req. for homeland
|-
| 
| City
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : not necessary

| req. 
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting from orientation to hotel city
| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Is non-hotel?
| yes/no
For homeland date blocks the hotel info is not required and this field should be set to yes (but not mandatory)

| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Date blocks' hotels (main_dateblockhotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID (= hub city)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| Optional and ONLY used for linking a specific orientation to this hotel city in case the date block has multiple orientation sites.
| 
|}

== Date blocks ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Opening date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Closing date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Applications closing date
| Should be the final cut-off date for new applicants.
Date is inclusive, so after this date no new applications are accepted. When converted to a Unix timestamp we add one day minus one second, so that the calculation is correct AND if converted back to only a date it is still the same date.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Data lock date
| After this date only administrators and co-administrators will be allowed to change all data concerning a date block: 
- teams - groups - site info (incl. translations) - hotel info - orientation hotel info - rank sites - rank speakers

This date MUST be after applications closed date.

As of 2007-12-05 the detailed definition was: - people cannot remove themselves from campaigns after this date, but all other accesslevels can (eventdelete.php). - conference coordinators for international campaigns (not conference organizers) cannot do these things after this date (but admin and coadmin can always do all of these things): * add campaign sites * edit campaign sites * add hub cities to a date block * edit orientation hotel info - people cannot themselves re-arrange their team and group membership after this date. - ranking of sites and speakers can only be changed by admin and coadmin after this date.

(PS. Hotel reservation is locked on date block opening date)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Campaign title (Homeland: Additional label)
| Usually the country wherein the campaigns will be held.
Homeland: optional additional label like "SWAU"

| req. for international opt. for homeland 
|-
| 
| Total sites
| Total number of campaign sites in this date block - must ALWAYS be kept up-to-date as available sites are calculated from this.
For homeland campaigns this is currently kept updated to equal the number sites that have been set up for this date. Would be more useful to only count the sites where a speaker had been matched...

| 
|-
| 
| Questions recipient
| LoginID of the person from External logins who will receive questions about this date block. This person will also be the lead date block manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Pre-campaign manager
| LoginID of a coadmin person from External logins who will be the pre-campaign manager if different from the lead manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 2nd
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 2nd
| Just before the campaign
| 
|-
| 
| Last incomplete notification
| The date we last sent a notification to unions/conferences/campaign manager about incomplete information entered for this date block (if any)
| 
|-
| 
| Default sermon notes language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Divide homeland dateblocks into different languages on sign-up sheet for some conferences.) || req. for international

|-
| 
| Default sermon graphics language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Displayed in the popup box for approving and selecting material for an applicant.) || req. for international opt. for homeland

|-
| 
| Division secretaries
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses for one or more division secretaries. Eg. they receive e-mail reminding about insurance.
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| Extended public description of the date block
| 
|-
| 
| Note for applicants
| Special information for potential applicants before applying
| 
|-
| 
| Application monitors
| List of e-mail addresses (comma-seperated) to which an e-mail is sent everytime an application to this date block is submitted. Added because of problems in India where the division wants to monitor all applications, espacially STMs.
| 
|-
| 
| Hide date block details for the public?
| yes/no
Because of problems in India where the public should not be allowed seeing the information about the date block. ||

|-
| 
| Media folder
| Base folder for uploading media files (pictures, video etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Show predefined unions only
| yes/no
Only show predefined organizations down to the union level (= excl. conferences) In connection with the table Date blocks' predefined conferences. ||

|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Date blocks' orientations ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| 
|}

== Date blocks' predefined conferences ==

This is used primarily before sites are added to the date block. After that we'll automatically know the conferences based on where the hotels are located. For homeland date blocks, though, we retain this information in order to have a quick way of determining the date blocks of a conference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block predefined conference ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|}

== Campaign sites (main_sites) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| siteID 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master campaign site ID
| Record ID in master sites table that this site originates from
| 
|-
| dateblockhotelID 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| req.
|-
| campaign_date 
| Campaign date
|
- Homeland: the date from the matching record in main_dateblocks - International: null 

'''This field can currently be used to determine if the campaign site is homeland or international.''' 

| req. for homeland. currently prohibited for intl. 
|-
| campaign_type 
| Campaign type
|
Possible options: - NULL : regular campaign - 'spk-init' : speaker-initiated campaign

Homeland only.

| 
|-
| name 
| Site name
|
- International: full site name (req.) - Homeland: only an optional additional label (req. for Speaker-Initiated Events though) that is added to the date (and the church name, which we get from the site's master site).

Tried to name variable 'campaign_label' when used in the homeland context.

| see description
|-
| campaign_begin_time 
| Beginning time
| time (hh:mm:ss)
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_end_date 
| Ending date
| date
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_weekdays 
| Weekdays
| Comma-separated list of 3-letter abbreviation of the weekdays the campaign will be held.
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| city 
| Town/city
| 
| req.
|-
| site_addr 
| Address
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_state 
| State
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_zip 
| Zip
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_phone 
| Phone
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_email 
| E-mail
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_website 
| Website
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| venue_type 
| Venue type
| church/rented hall/open field/stadium etc. according to table list_venue_types
| Intl:
always req. Homeland: req. for spk-init events

|-
| personeventID 
| Personevent ID
| Link to the speaker
| 
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Sermon graphics language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| lifeochrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| video_format 
| Desired video format
| NOT USED ANYMORE. No longer applicable because we now use DVDs instead of VHS tapes.
dropdown

| 
|-
| congregations 
| Congregations
| number of congr. supp. this site
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| membership 
| Membership
| total members in supp. congr.
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| est_attendance 
| Est. attendance
| incl. SDA & non-SDA
| req.
|-
| baptismal_goal 
| Baptismal goal
| conservative number
| req.
|-
| km_from_hotel 
| Km from hotel
| 
| req.
|-
| pastor_workerIDs 
| Pastor Officer IDs
| Comma-separated list of officerIDs.
The pastors of this church (master site) from eAdventist at the time the site was set up or when a speaker was assigned. Automatically set by the system. ||

|-
| ranking 
| Ranking
| 
| req.
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| planned_precamp_acts 
| Planned pre-campaign activities
| text
Homeland only.

|-
| campaign_status 
| Campaign status
|
Possible options: - NULL - 'await_approv' 

Homeland only.

|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| copyof 
| Copy of site ID
| If this is a copy of another site the original site's ID is saved here
| 
|-
| date_added
| Date added
|
|
|}

 

== Outreach Teams - Previous: Master Campaign sites (main_master_sites) ==

List of Outreach Teams 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master site ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organization ID
| Reference to the church this OLT belongs to
| req. for all new records
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference ID
| Conference this OLT is in
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
|
Name of the OLT, usually the church name.

Usually renamed to 'olt_name' or 'church_name2' in SQL output. Also named 'church_name' occasionally but that is deprecated.

|
|-
| ms_personID 
| Person ID
| In case a personal team is created this holds the link to the person (used for speaker-initiated campaigns)
| 
|-
| hotelID 
| Hotel ID
| 2009-11-16: deleted all values since homeland do not use hub cities anymore - field can be deleted entirely, once SQL queries have been checked
- search for "main_master_sites" and "'tblname' => 'master_sites'" and edit acl_add_master_site() and i_master_sites.php/php_functions_i_master_sites.php

|
|-
| city 
| City
| 2010-11-01: Is officially no longer used but I didn't dare deleted it in the database yet. Delete it later.
Search for "main_master_sites" to try to find location where it might still be used.

|
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Graphics language
| Default graphics language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| lifeofchrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| Default video language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| pw 
| Password
| Password OLT members can use to access information for this OLT. Not really used at the moment.
| 
|-
| date_added 
| Date added
| 
| 
|}

== Outreach Leadership Team members ==

Table with all memberships for the Outreach Leadership Teams (main_olts)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| OLT member ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person who is the member
| req.
|-
| 
| Master site ID
| Team person is a member of
| req.
|-
| 
| Is OLT clerk?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| 
| req. for all new records
|-
| 
| Date removed
| Once this field has a value the member is considered removed.
| 
|}

== Churches ==

List of churches we have retrieved from AdventistDirectory.org and eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| SDA org ID
| OrgMastID from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| SDA entity ID
| OMEntity from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| Church name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 2-letter ISO-3166 country code
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Ethnic group
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sector
| Our own sector value, set by the conference organizers
| 
|-
| 
| Latitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Longitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Parent SDA AdmFieldID
|
ID of parent conference.

(I believe we always have this one)

|-
| 
| Parent SDA OrgMastID
|
ID of parent conference.

(this one we don't yet have for the churches we've retrieved through the webpages) CAN WE JUST DROP THIS FIELD BECAUSE IT SEEMS TO THE CHURCH'S SDAORGID REPLACED WITH "11" ON THE END?!

|-
| 
| Parent is not a conference?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Inactive?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| Date added to our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Date modifed
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| 
|}

== Workers / Officers ==

List of officers (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB) or other Adventist services/fields

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| Conference the pastor is in.
Not used for NAD conferences, since Officer ID (from eAdventist) is used. If we change use assign_pastor_to_church() must be reviewed.

| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| ID originates from SDA-DB
This is the same ID as main_people. sda_membershipID. Used only for records coming from eAdventist.net.

| cond. 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| The local conference's own ID for the person
| 
|-
| 
| First name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Last name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Suffix
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing country
| 2-letter country name (ISO-3166)
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative e-mail addresses
| Comma-separated list (with space between comma and next address)
| opt.
|-
| 
| Cell phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Allow SMS?
| Is ShareHim allowed to send the pastor an SMS to notify him about new applicants from his church?
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Link to this person's record in our main people table if present.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Default password
| Password that will be used to auto-create a login when this pastors tries to login
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| req.
|}

== Church offices ==

List of church offices (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church office ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Church SDA org ID
| OrgMastID of church
| 
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| From main_officers table
| 
|-
| 
| Office name
| Name of office the person holds.
NOTE!! If this is expanded to be anything else than pastors we need to change the method in assign_campaign_site() we use to determine if speaker is pastor as well in get_pastors_churches() and probably other functions as well (since they only check for the existence of a church office record and not the office name value) ||

|-
| 
| Is evangelistic decision-maker?
| yes/no
In case a church has multiple pastors this can indicate which pastor is responsible for evangelistic decisions. Used to know which pastor we can ask to recommend a speaker. ||

|-
| 
| Date modified
| Last date this record was modified in our own database.
| 
|}

== Campaign site statistics ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Statistical data
| serialize PHP array with statistics on attendance, Bible class attendance, and baptisms
(only used for international)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the speakers. (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Adjusted baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Projected baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the speakers (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Actual baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Did campaign with OLT?
| yes/no
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of meetings
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of visitors
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Planning another campaign?
|
Possible values: 0 : no 1 : yes 2 : maybe

| Homeland only 
|}

== Campaign site statistics per conference ==

This data "overrides" data entered for each individual campaign site.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference date block statistics ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Total baptisms during campaign in this conference
| number
| 
|-
| 
| Baptisms within 6 months after the campaign in this conference (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
| 
|}

== People ==

Guest speakers, support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA membership ID
| ID from eAdventist of OLT members and pastors.
(This ID is the same as main_officers.officerID. Brian: "Yes, the PersonID is the same Officer ID that we use for Pastors web service.")

| 
|-
| 
| Active person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Legal firstname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Legal lastname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Title
| dropdown
Prefered to be set as the option "Pastor" is sometimes used to identify pastors.

|-
| 
| Birth date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Gender
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marital status
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street address
| this is also their shipping address
| req.
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| req.
Required for different reasons (and more I haven't written here): These people go in to the regular table of people where we have speakers and so on, and that field has always been required. Besides having a name without connected to a country can be pretty ambigious. The more information we have about a person the better. It also helps us to know which division they are in which is required in case they apply for a campaign.

|-
| 
| E-mail
| also their username
Sometimes noemail@noemail.com or none@none.com has been put in if we don't know the address. 

| req. (except for special cases, eg. speakers assigned to past homeland campaigns, or check donations where we don't know the e-mail) 
|-
| 
| E-mail invalid
| date
If the e-mail address is not working register here the date it was discovered. Reminders, news letters etc. will not be sent to this person then.

|-
| 
| Home phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Office phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Cell phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Residence division
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Residence union
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence conference
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence church
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Application date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Remmendation status
|
Possible values: (by sending fields/recommenders) - NULL (when not recom. processed) - waiting - recommended - unrecommended

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender
|
Pastor/layman/academy in NAD: - stores the ID of the recommender to which an e-mail was sent at time of application 

College students: - college date block ID

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sermon notes language
|
dropdown

VALIDATION: - check if this from-language is available within the desired date block. If not, give option to select another language. 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Preferred CD format
|
Possible values: - DVD (means using a DVD player) - DVD-R (means using a computer) 

(old values: CD, DVD-Combo)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Done boot camp?
|
Has person taken the ShareHim boot camp training program?

Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : is an ordained/licensed pastor - 3 : is a retired pastor 

(Being any type of pastor resolves to the same effect as saying yes)

| 
|-
| 
| Done a campaign?
| yes/no
Determined automatically by the system, cannot be manually set (as of today at least). No means only that we '''do not know if''' they have done a campaign. NOTE: now this does not only include international campaigns, even though the field name indicates that. Also having done a homeland campaign will now result in this being set to yes.

| 
|-
| 
| First campaign
| text
First ShareHim campaign that this person participated in as a speaker. Used for people applying for homeland campaigns.

| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary
Lay applicants: pastor Academy students: academy & contact 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference home phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy & contact

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference office phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary 

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference cell phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference e-mail
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receive newsletter?
|
Is person signed up for the Evangeliving newsletter? 

NULL: has not been set 0: no 1: yes, in e-mail format 2: yes, in hardcopy format 

| opt. 
|-
| 
| Received mentorship material
| yes/no
Did we send them the mentorship material? ||

|
|-
| 
| Portrait filename
| File for thumbnail image used in stories.
| 
|-
| 
| Portrait is authorized?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team of master site ID
| The church with this master site ID that this person is an OLT member of
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team special status
|
number

0 = ordinary OLT member (default) 1 = is OLT leader 2 = is OLT secretary

NOTE: cannot move this field to main_olts because we have people set as leaders/secretaries who are not member of any particular OLT.

|
|-
| 
| Is editor?
|
Possible values: - executive (edit text/graphics, approve, add/delete stories) - associate (edit text/graphics) - text - graphics - advreview (Adventist Review editor)

|
|-
| 
| Do not contact
|
date

When person should not receive any correspondence or be contacted, register the date this was set.

|
|-
| 
| Reason for not contacting
| text
(eg. do not want info from us, is deceased etc.)

| req. if "Do not contact" is set 
|-
| 
| Hide person from public?
|
number

0 = no 1 = yes 2 = yes and also hide from any logged in users not part of the same campaign 3 = yes and also hide from any logged in users except admins

'''NOTE!! CURRENTLY''' 1, 2 and 3 makes no difference on the website. All cause a behaviour equal to 3.

Should the person name and critical personal details (name, address, and phone numbers) be hidden from public/non-logged in users (or from logged in users except those participating in the same date block, or even everybody but admins and co-admins)? If yes: - hidden on mainly the campaign overview - if they are organizers they are currently NOT hidden - hidden in get_dateblock_people() - hidden in get_people_availability() - hidden in get_person_info() - skip showing personal portrait on stories - hidden in other functions too...

| req.
|-
| 
| Person requested check for duplicate
| Person indicated that they might already exist in our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Source
|
Indication of how this person originally got into the database. Possible values (also defined in main_peopleedit.php): 1 : applied internationally 2 : applied homeland acceptance 3 : homeland pastor 4 : made a donation/pledge 5 : conference organizer/sector leader 6 : OLT member 7 : signed up for newsletter 8 : order received from GoodSalt.com 9 : is translator for homeland system 10 : homeland speaker (assigned to past campaign => not accepted in conf) 11 : non-ShareHim related homeland speaker 12 : given a ShareSynch serial number (version C sermons) 99 : other manually added record

| 
|}

== Person events (main_personevents) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| personeventID 
| Person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| personID 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| dateblockID 
| Date block ID
| Only for non-college/university applicants
| 
|-
| eff_dateblockID 
| Effective date block ID
| Updated to always hold the effective date block ID for this event (also when event has been deleted)
| 
|-
| categorymoved 
| Category
|
Possible values: - pastor - layman - college - academy - stm - organizer

|
|-
| collegedateblockIDmoved 
| College date block ID
| Only for college/university applicants
| 
|-
| is_standby 
| Is standby
|
yes/no

Is this a standby event?

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| clusterID 
| Cluster ID
| Only for speakers
(the link to groups must of course match this link.)

|-
| groupID 
| Group ID
| Only for speakers
| 
|-
| teamID 
| Team ID
| Only for STMs - linking them to their speaker (Team ID in main_teams)
| 
|-
| rankingID 
| Ranking ID
| 
| 
|-
| cospeaker 
| Associate speaker
| yes/no
(we know the main speaker by the team the associate speaker is member of) ||

|-
| 
| Preferred hub city (date block hotel ID)
| The hub city the person him/herself wishes to go to
| 
|-
| 
| Site-funding required
| yes/no
CURRENTLY NOT USED (use 'funding_required' instead) MAY NEED TO USE IT THOUGH, INSTEAD OF CALCULATING IT WITH A JOIN TO main_groups ALL THE TIME! Is currently only set a group level and must be determine through field table main_groups. grp_funding_source

|-
| 
| Site-funding fulfilled
| If fulfilled, it has the ID of the belonging log entry from sharehim_log.system_operations.operationID
| 
|-
| 
| Need housing?
| yes/no
Only used for homeland date blocks: Does the speaker need the host church to provide housing if the meeting is outside his area? ||

|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: (by host fields) - NULL - accepted - rejected

(Currently only used for homeland campaigns. Automatically accepted for international campaigns.)

|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival date
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival time
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, airline
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight no.
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Self-arranged travel to orientation
| yes/no
If yes none of the four fields above must be filled out ||

|-
| 
| Hotel city, arrival airport
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, airline
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Last deposit reminder
| Days after application date that this reminder was last sent
| 
|-
| 
| Last site-funding reminder
| Days before opening date that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last hotel reservation reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last flight arrival reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last generic reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last equipment rental reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Consent form for minors
|
NULL = not a minor 1 = pending receiving the consent form 2 = consent form received 3 = is minor, parent/guardian is coming too

|-
| 
| No sermon notes
|
yes/no

Whether or not the person should receive sermon notes/graphics for this event. Used with the "missing notes" report. This value is basically only informational. Extended to this use:

0 : nothing skipped 1 : skip sermon notes 2 : skip Jesus video 3 : skip both sermon notes and Jesus video

(3 is automatically set when setting a speaker for past homeland campaign or when setting a non-ShareHim-related speaker for a homeland campaign)

|-
| 
| Reported on the first insurance/service requests report that we sent out?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Is deleted?
| yes/no
Is set to yes when we delete an event but keep the database record because material has been shipped concerning this event, and because we want to keep a historical record.

|-
| 
| Is event request?
| yes/no (when person does not fill out the main application form, value is not changed but kept forever event if event is deleted)
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deposit received
|
datetime

Date we have received the deposit for the direct campaign cost (international only). The field Site-funding required will determine if this is necessary. If it is, only after that point we initiate the application process.

Set to 2000-01-01 when bypassed by admins (when auto-approved was requested when event was added)

Set to 2000-01-02 for events before we implemented this procedure

Set to 2000-01-03 when event is in an individually funded group (where leader has already paid the deposit)

|-
| 
| Date approved
| datetime (by administration)
Must have a value for the event to be considered approved, no matter what the category is.

Set to 2000-01-01 when it is unknown.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date standby expire
| date
The date the standby event will expire.

|-
| 
| Date activated
| datetime
The date a standby event was activated.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deleted
| datetime
| 
|}

== Person comments ==

Internal comments only visible for administrators

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Comment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Possible to reference a comment to a person's event
| opt.
|-
| 
| Comment
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Comment type
|
Possible values: - 'phonecall'

| opt.
|-
| 
| Flag
|
dropdown

Possible values: - 1 : encourage mentorship - 2 : block all future participation - 3 : block future intl. participation - 4 : block future homeland participation

| opt.
|-
| 
| Date and time entered
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Submitter
| Local ID of user from table below
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| Origin table of this user
| 
|}

== Personal salutations ==

Table with personal salutations for each user in the system

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| The person the salutation is for
| req.
|-
| 
| From table
| The table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
Same format as $_SESSION['user_fromtable']

| req.
|-
| 
| From local ID
| The ID from the table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
| req.
|-
| 
| Salutation
| The salutation itself. Must be the full line.
| req.
|}

== Colleges ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Initials
| Abbreviation of name
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| For shipping equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Contact person
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| Use this to login and recommend students
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Colleges' date blocks ==

Bob Sr, 2008-07: College date-block information must remain read-only for all except for the administrative few.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Dateblock ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| opt.
|-
| 
| Student sites to reserve equip. for
| numeric
| req.
|-
| 
| Funding source
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date site-funding received
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Total site-funding amount received
| number
In USD.

|-
| 
| Date travel funds requested
| The date we requested Quiet Hour Ministries to send the travel funds to the college/students.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Last status reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| opt.
|}

== Recommenders ==

Only for North-American division

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Recommender ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marker for last applicant
| a marker so we can cycle through these recommenders
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Translations ==

Per campaign site

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| From language
| dropdown acc. to available sermon notes language
| 
|}

== Campaign material ==

Shipments that are due (or waiting for payment before they are due)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Shipment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Personevent ID
| 
| req. to be a speaker
|-
| 
| Shipper
| A main_ext_logins.loginID reference
| 
|-
| 
| Paid
| date
Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a ||

|-
| 
| Postpone date
| date
This item will not shown on the shipping list until this date ||

|-
| 
| Shipped date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped method
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped tracking no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty billed
| date
Only used for graphics CDs, reporting to It Is Written ||

|}

== Clusters ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Clusters are a larger scope compared to groups. Groups can be linked to clusters. Only speakers can be members of clusters.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster name
| For homeland date blocks this is not used for anything really - other than it shows up on the campaign overview.
| 
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|}

== Cluster leaders ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster leader ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Speakers or organizers
| 
|}

== Groups ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Only speakers can be members of groups

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Group ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| 
|-
| 
| Group name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Recommender personID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reserved sites
| Will effectively always be filled out.
| 
|-
| 
| Funding source (site-funding)
|
Possible values: - 'sharehim': ShareHim is responsible - 'individually': each group member is responsible, but deposit for ALL must be received before any can apply - ' indiv_owndep': each group member is responsible, all applicants must pay their own deposit at time of application - 'collectively': group is responsible collectively

| req.
|-
| 
| Deposit received?
| yes/no
No one excepts organizers can apply before deposit has been received if funding source is 'individually'.

|-
| 
| Partial payment date
| date
Has no effect if amount is not set or 0.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Partial payment amount
| number
Has no effect if date is not set.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Last site-fund reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show group on availability report?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Max subdivide
| Max number of hotel cities the group is allowed to span across. Default one.
| req.
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled?
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Teams ==

Speaker linked with support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Team ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (speaker)
| 
| 
|}

== Orientation sites ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - no (0) - yes (1) - not necessary (2)

| req.
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting to the orientation site
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment booking ==

Booking of equipment Time frame of booking is decided by the period of the date block

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Booking ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| req. if no person ID
|-
| 
| Speaker ID (= Person ID)
| 
| req. if no college date block ID
|-
| 
| Case ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Booking date
| The date the booking was made (just for the information)
| 
|-
| 
| Paid amount
| Only for non-student related
| 
|-
| 
| Paid date
| Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound tracking no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance
| text (100)
E-mail of person received the insurance information ||

|-
| 
| Return date
| Date it was sent from the renter
| 
|-
| 
| Return method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Return tracking no.
| text (30)
If filled out it's a call tag, otherwise not

|-
| 
| Return received date
| Date it was received by ShareHim
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked by initials
| text (10)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, cases ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Case ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Case purchase date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the case is under repair or for another reason is not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| Down status
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Discharged
| date
When the case has been sold and we no longer have anything to do with it ||

|-
| 
| Discharged status
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, laptops ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment base ID
| ID of the equipment base where we administrate a set of graphics equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| OS product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Office product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Service Tag
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Express service code
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop value
| numeric
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty type
|
dropdown: - Next day service - Next day service + complete care

|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Quote no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the laptop is under repair or has been sold and hence not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| AC adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
Remote control for mouse ||

|-
| 
| Floppy drive
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, projectors ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Projector value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Power cord
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VGA cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VCR cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| International adapters
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Ground adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Extension cord
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Material stock ==

Sermon notes/graphics, Life of Christ videos, etc. Note: The Life of Christ videos that are active and have no format were previously those records that were the PAL version. The inactive NTSC versions are kept for historic purposes.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material group
|
Current list: - Notes/graphics CD - Graphics CD - Life of Christ video - Hardcopy (language must correspond exactly with sermon languages)

Must '''not''' be changed without considering consequences for rest of the system. Some of these values are used hard-coded in the script code

|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Code
| Short easy-to-read code identifying this product to use it when printing labels
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Format
|
NTSC/PAL/SECAM

CD/(DVD/VCD)

|-
| 
| Qty in stock
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Minimum qty in stock
| Espacially for Life of Christ videos
| 
|-
| 
| Available from
| Date from which this material will be available
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty organization
|
Current list: - It Is Written - Present Solutions

If royalties must be paid when issueing this item select here which organization it must be reported to.

|-
| 
| Shipper
| ID of shipper (from external logins) (blank/null if internal)
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Stories ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story type
|
dropdown

Possible values: - sitereport (report about campaign site) - testimonial (personal testimony)

| req.
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of the person who created this story, speaker or STMs
| 
|-
| 
| Purpose
|
dropdown:

- public (for publishing on website)

- internal (raw material for internal use)

| req.
|-
| 
| Headline
| self made headline/title on story
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Copy of Narrative
| Copy of narrative before people changes an authorized story.
| 
|-
| 
| Keywords
| Optional additional keywords used when searching
| 
|-
| 
| Author name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Author notes
| Scratch-board for author and/or editors. Not shown publicly.
| 
|-
| 
| Internal notes
| Scratch-board for editors.
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Pictures authorized
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Content authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Authorized for display on Adventist Review website?
| yes/no (set by ShareHim)
| 
|-
| 
| Approved for display on Adventist Review website?
| null/yes/no (set by Adventist Review)
Labels: Approved/Disabled/Not reviewed ||

|-
| 
| Show thumbnail? (for testimonies)
| yes/no
Show thumbnail of person (of course only effective if thumbnail is uploaded) ||

|-
| 
| Is news item?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Show from (only news items)
| date (from now if blank)
Date is inclusive.

|-
| 
| Show to (only news items)
| date (indefinitely if blank)
Date is exclusive.

|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| req.
|-
| 
| Date last modified
| datetime
| req.
|}

== Story pictures ==

Attached to the stories

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Picture ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Caption
| long text
| req.
|-
| 
| Filename (given by the system)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Original filename
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is retouched?
| yes/no
Set to yes when original picture was retouched, either manually or cropped - as intermediate stage between original and final picture

| req.
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| For rearranging the order of pictures
| 
|-
| 
| Upload date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Surveys ==

Evaluation forms filled out by the speakers and STMs.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Survey ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| No. of campaigns participated in
| Number of campaigns the person has participated in to date.
| req.
|-
| 
| [questions] x13
| 1-5 or null
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| date
| req.
|-
| 
| Is reviewed?
| yes/no
| req.
|}

== Donations ==

Received donations

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Donation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date received
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation amount
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation type
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Pledge ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ...many more fields
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receipt sent
| Date receipt was sent.
If we don't know the date it is set to 2001-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent method
| Possible values:
- letter - email - authorize.net ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent
| Date letter was sent.
If no letter was sent date is set to 2000-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Follow-Up done?
| yes/no
Used for non-sitefunding donations only ||

|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|}

== External logins ==

E.g. Caroline Conference, Quiet Hour, shippers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Login ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 1
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 2
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone
| An alternative phone number to campaign managers, mainly for entering local phone numbers that they use when they supervise campaigns.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone until
| The last date that the phone number is scheduled to be usable.
| req. if phone number is specified
|-
| 
| Access level
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Superadmin
|
0 / 1 / 2

1 = is superadmin 2 = is associate admin (lower than regular admin).

Only superadmin can see password, change information, add and delete users in external logins.

Only superadmin can emulate and set password (set_pw.php) for admin and coadmin.

Associate admins

|-
| 
| Fulltime
| yes/no
If coadmins are full-time or part-time managers ||

|-
| 
| Approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Password questions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Table
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Question
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Answer
| 
| 
|}

== Field descriptions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Description ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Table name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Field name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Public description
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Internal description
| 
| 
|}

== News ==

Information shown on the main page of the website

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| News ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Headline
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| ShowFrom
| date
| 
|-
| 
| ShowTo
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show all on home?
| yes/no
Show entire news item on the front page? (normally there is a max length for items shown there) || req.

|}

== ShareSynch Serial Numbers ==

Created serial numbers for the ShareSynch software

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Serial Number ID
| Internal ID
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| GS)-XXXX-XXXX
| req.
|-
| 
| Expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person this serial number is connected to
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Event this serial number is connected to (and that usually causes an expiration date)
| 
|-
| 
| Owner name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Owner e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Activations allowed
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is printed?
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Date created
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== ShareSynch activations ==

Activations that have been done for the different ShareSynch serial numbers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Activation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation Code
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation date
| timestamp
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation IP
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware Operating System
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ShareSynch software version
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reactivation dates
| The dates this activation code was resent or reactivated
| 
|-
| 
| Is withdrawn?
|
Possible values: 0 = is not withdrawn (default) 1 = withdrawn, allow re-activation 2 = withdrawn, disallow re-activation

Activation code can be withdrawn, either by the user deactivating the computer (1) or ShareHim revoking it (2).

In case of 2, the software needs to register that this activation code is now invalid, so that later attempts to use the same activation code we fail (but what if they format the hardware?!). But, if the code is then regranted, we can only reactivation the software through online activation, otherwise we can't be sure that the revoked code is now active again! Well, for a solid solution the hardware should actually be encrypted together with a date, so that the activation code would be different when the computer was reactivated, and then this whole matter woudn't be an issue. (Or we could also just issue a completely new serial number...)

| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== System settings ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| System administrator name
| General
| 
|-
| 
| System administrator e-mail
| General
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender name
| Name that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender e-mail
| E-mail that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| Days to resend unprocessed applicant
| Days after application date to resend recommendation e-mails for unprocessed applicants
| 
|-
| 
| Days to mark unproccessed applicant
| Number of days until applicant will be highlighted as 'not processed' in the unapproved applicants list
| 
|-
| 
| Days before orientation to ship Life of Christ video
| Days before orientation date that we issue the shipment
| 
|-
| 
| Days after date block closing date to remind about entering experience
| Only used for those who have received sponsorship
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding insurance coverage
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding service requests
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (name) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (e-mail) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance information e-mail recipient
| E-mail to which we send insurance information on shipped equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Case lock combination
| numeric (3)
Case lock on equipment cases ||

|-
| 
| Min. days to opening date to allow person use key for bypassing closing date (because of insurance and service requests reports/reminders, so should therefore always be before we send out the last insurance/serv. req. reminder)
| 
| 
|}

== E-mail templates ==

E-mail templates for e-mails that are sent out automatically

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| E-mail template ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| identification name for this template
| 
|-
| 
| Subject
| Subject for the e-mail
| 
|-
| 
| Body
| Body for the e-mail
| 
|}

== Email log, group e-mails ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mail reference
| reference to the mail sent (an ID or a file reference)
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|}

== Email log, service requests reports ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| CC
| Carbon Copy recipients
| 
|-
| 
| Attached files
| )
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Target
| "host" or "sending" organization (division/union/conference)
| 
|-
| 
| Batch
| "first" or "second" batch of reports to this organization
| 
|}

== Mail queue ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Mail queue ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| By local ID
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| By from table
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| Sender name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sender e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Query ID
| Query ID that this queue is based upon.
In case we want to make queues that are special and not based on a query this can just be left empty.

|
|-
| 
| Custom subject
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Attach files
| Serialized PHP array with documents to attach to the e-mails in this queue.
| 
|-
| 
| Use personal salutations?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| 
|-
| 
| Date completed
| datetime
Is set when all e-mails in this queue have been sent.

|
|}

== System translations ==

Pieces of text used in the interface and which can be translated into other languages

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Category
| Not really used
| 
|-
| 
| Tag
| The tag use in the PHP code
| 
|-
| 
| Langugage [en|es|da|...]
| The text for this tag in the given language
| 
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| Not used
| 
|-
| 
| Explanation
| Any useful instructions for the translator about this piece of text
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Timestamp for when the text or tag for the primary language (English) was last modified
| 
|}

== System translators ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translator ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| Two-letter abbreviation for the language
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
|
Person ID from main_people of the person who is the translator for this language.

Set to 0 if we currently have no translator.

|
|-
| 
| Last notified
| Last time translator was notified about new or changed text to be translated
| 
|}

== System log ==

Table is placed in a separate database.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Operation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| By name
| Name of user who caused this operation
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By local ID
| ...his local ID
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By from table
| ...originates from this table
Note: Because of programming mistake this field has incorrect values until 2006-08-22 after a user has emulated somebody. Unsure when problem started (maybe 2006-06-08 or 2006-03-27). || Req. if avail.

|-
| 
| Visit ID
| VisitID from WebStory statistics
| 
|-
| 
| IP
| User's IP address at time of logging
| 
|-
| 
| Emulated by
| Full name of person who was emulating
| 
|-
| 
| Action
| Main name for for this action
| Req.
|-
| 
| Subaction
| Subname for this action
| 
|-
| 
| For name
| Name of user/record this action was executed upon
NOTE: This can be either firstname lastname or lastname, firstname ||

|-
| 
| For local ID
| ...caused upon this ID in the table below
| 
|-
| 
| For from table
| ...caused upon a record in this table
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of person it was caused upon (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| DateblockID that this action is related to (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Parameters
| Any extra parameters to log. Default format: field=value¤field=value...
| 
|}

If a field is fit for having a value but we don't have it readily available when making the logentry then we set the value to "N/A" (or "0" for number fields) so that we later can run some queries to easily replace all these "missing" information pieces.

=== List tables ===

== Venue types ==

- eg.: Church, open field etc. - 'venueno' only added and sorted by for the sake of Tamara entering the data

== Countries ==

- connected to which division it's in - including the ISO-3166 two-letter codes (where codes starting with underscore (_) is self-made in order to not have empty field) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain country names are used hard-coded in the script code (eg. ship_material.php) - as of 2006-09-21 used in: - main_divisions - main_unions - main_conferences - main_orientations - main_hotels - main_colleges - main_people - the divisionID is taken from Jon Brauer's XML file "2006-08 OMCountries (Jon Brauer).xml".

== Currencies ==

- code, name, rate, date of rate, and source of rate

== Sponsors ==

- eg.: Quiet Hour Ministries, and later on maybe The Voice of Prophecy

== Material groups ==

- eg.: Sermon notes, Graphics CD, Life of Christ video - make no possibility to edit records, only add (and maybe delete) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain material groups are used hard-coded in the script code (ship_material.php)

== Equipment bases ==

- the different locations at which we administrate a set of graphics equipment, eg. North Carolina

== Shipping methods ==

- eg.: UPS, FedEx

== US states ==

== Titles ==

- eg.: Mr., Mrs. etc.

== Access levels ==

- eg.: admin etc.

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Send newsletter

2012-01-04T16:54:13Z

Allan Jensen:

= Send a newsletter =

===== The Process & People Involved =====

#Lora receives the stories from X for review and puts them into WordPress.
#Kathi then reviews them.
#Lora generates the final draft.
#Lora, Kathi, Jeremiah and Bob reviews the final draft (by sending a test mail to each one).
#Allan sends it.

 

== Prepare the content ==

*Under Posts create a '''new category''' under the Newsletters category. Name it using this format: "Newsletter YYYY-MM"
*Write each story into a separate '''posts''' in WordPress and save them as '''drafts'''.
**Tag them with both the '''Article''' category and the '''new category''' you created above.
**Write an excerpt in the '''Excerpt''' section. This will be the text written in the actual e-mail newsletter. If you don't see the Excerpt section anywhere on the screen, click on '''Screen Options''' in the top-right corner and put a checkmark next to '''Excerpt'''.
**Normally you don't want to cross-post them to Facebook/Twitter at this time. We will write a news item that automatically will be posted to Facebook/Twitter.
**The stories will be ordered by publishing date, the newest will be listed first (be careful not to set a future publishing date, then people won't be able to see the story!).
*Find an '''image''' for each story and upload it in WordPress (under the Media menu).
**Attach the image to the '''category''' with correct '''year/month''' name under the Newsletter category. You might need to add the year/month category first.
**Edit each post to both place the image where you want it within the story as well as setting as the featured image (usually lower right corner of screen).

 

== Generate the newsletter ==

*'''Publish''' each of the posts in WordPress.
*Generate the actual e-mail content ("mail content") by running the '''Generate newsletter''' script (Main menu -> Mail content -> Generate newsletter).
*Go lookup the mail content and verify that it '''looks as desired'''.
**If the excerpts contain '''special characters''' they will look strange. For now we have not been able to automatically get them converted correctly, so until we find a fix for that you will need to correct those characters manually. It is usually quotes that are the problem.
*You can send a '''test mailing''' from under Mail Contents to see how the actual newsletter e-mail will look like.

 

== Send the newsletter ==

*Use the mass mailing system to select the query, the mailing content, and then '''send the newsletter'''.
*Make a '''news post''' telling about the new newsletters that has been published.
**Ensure you cross-post the news item to Facebook/Twitter.

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Send newsletter

2012-01-04T16:12:18Z

Allan Jensen:

= Send a newsletter =

===== The Process & People Involved =====

#Lora receives the stories from X for review and puts them into WordPress.
#Kathi then reviews them.
#Allan generates the final draft.
#Lora, Kathi, Jeremiah and Bob reviews the final draft.
#Allan sends it.

 

== Prepare the content ==

*Under Posts create a '''new category''' under the Newsletters category. Name it using this format: "Newsletter YYYY-MM"
*Write each story into a separate '''posts''' in WordPress and save them as '''drafts'''.
**Tag them with both the '''Article''' category and the '''new category''' you created above.
**Write an excerpt in the '''Excerpt''' section. This will be the text written in the actual e-mail newsletter. If you don't see the Excerpt section anywhere on the screen, click on '''Screen Options''' in the top-right corner and put a checkmark next to '''Excerpt'''.
**Normally you don't want to cross-post them to Facebook/Twitter at this time. We will write a news item that automatically will be posted to Facebook/Twitter.
**The stories will be ordered by publishing date, the newest will be listed first (be careful not to set a future publishing date, then people won't be able to see the story!).
*Find an '''image''' for each story and upload it in WordPress (under the Media menu).
**Attach the image to the '''category''' with correct '''year/month''' name under the Newsletter category. You might need to add the year/month category first.
**Edit each post to both place the image where you want it within the story as well as setting as the featured image (usually lower right corner of screen).

 

== Send the newsletter ==

*'''Publish''' each of the posts in WordPress
*Generate the actual e-mail content ("mail content") by running the '''Generate newsletter''' script (Main menu -> Mail content -> Generate newsletter).
*Go lookup the mail content and verify that it '''looks as desired'''.
**If the excerpts contain '''special characters''' they will look strange. For now we have not been able to automatically get them converted correctly, so until we find a fix for that you will need to correct those characters manually. It is usually quotes that are the problem.
*You can send a '''test mailing''' from under Mail Contents to see how the actual newsletter e-mail will look like.
*Use the mass mailing system to select the query, the mailing content, and then '''send the newsletter'''.
*Make a '''news post''' telling about the new newsletters that has been published.
**Ensure you cross-post the news item to Facebook/Twitter.

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Send newsletter

2012-01-04T15:24:59Z

Allan Jensen:

= Send a newsletter =

===== The Process & People Involved =====

#Lora receives the stories from X for review and puts them into WordPress.
#Kathi then reviews them.
#Allan generates the final draft.
#Lora, Kathi, Jeremiah and Bob reviews the final draft.
#Allan sends it.

 

== Prepare the content ==

*Under Posts create a '''new category''' under the Newsletters category. Name it using this format: "Newsletter YYYY-MM"
*Write each story into a separate '''posts''' in WordPress and save them as '''drafts'''.
**Tag them with both the '''Article''' category and the '''new category''' you created above.
**Write an excerpt in the '''Excerpt''' section. This will be the text written in the actual e-mail newsletter. If you don't see the Excerpt section anywhere on the screen, click on '''Screen Options''' in the top-right corner and put a checkmark next to '''Excerpt'''.
**Normally you don't want to cross-post them to Facebook/Twitter at this time. We will write a news item that automatically will be posted to Facebook/Twitter.
**The stories will be ordered by publishing date, the newest will be listed first (be careful not to set a future publishing date, then people won't be able to see the story!).
*Find an '''image''' for each story and upload it in WordPress (under the Media menu).
**Attach the image to the '''category''' with correct '''year/month''' name under the Newsletter category. You might need to add the year/month category first.
**Edit each post to both place the image where you want it within the story as well as setting as the featured image (usually lower right corner of screen).

 

== Send the newsletter ==

*'''Publish''' each of the posts in WordPress
*Generate the actual e-mail content ("mail content") by running the '''Generate newsletter''' script (Main menu -> Mail content -> Generate newsletter).
*Go lookup the mail content and verify that it '''looks as desired'''.
*Use the mass mailing system to select the query, the mailing content, and then '''send the newsletter'''.
*Make a '''news post''' telling about the new newsletters that has been published.
**Ensure you cross-post the news item to Facebook/Twitter.

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Database Tables-Fields, sharehim main

2012-01-02T10:54:36Z

Allan Jensen: Removed fields in people table

= Database Tables/Fields - sharehim_main =

== Divisions (main_divisions) ==

Containing the 13 SDA divisions in the world

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| 
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| req.
|-
| initials 
| Initials
| 3-letter abbreviation
| req.
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| division_secretaries 
| Division officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Unions (main_unions) ==

List of all the unions within the 13 world divisions. Occasionally we pull the data from AdventistDirectory to update our list of unions. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| Division this union belongs to 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Union officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Is participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
Not really used because all participating organizations will have a record in the conference table, even though it might be fake. ||

|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Conferences or missions (main_conferences) ==

List of SDA conferences/missions/fields. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA organisation ID (AdmFieldID)
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| 
| SDA OrgMastID
| 6-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org. This is the master ID from eadventist.com.
| 
|-
| 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name contracted
| Short name for the conference. Used in homeland system.
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Conference e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Conference officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Churches & pastors synchronization setting
|
'''Churches:''' 1 : pull from eAdventist.net all others : pull from AdventistDirectory

'''Pastors:''' 0 : entered manually 1 : authorized to pull from eAdventist

((Can add more values for each different synchronization scheme we encounter with different conferences))

| 
|-
| 
| Allow pastor to do final acceptance of new applicants?
|
yes/no

1 : pastoral approval 0 : pastor's recommendation, conference-staff final approval 

(fieldname should have been allow_pastors_approve_speakers!)

| 
|-
| 
| Last updated via eAdventist
| For non-NAD conferences this indicates last time we updated the '''church''' list from AdventistDirectory.org
| 
|-
| 
| Internal comments
| ONLY coadmin and admin may see/edit this.
| 
|-
| 
| Public comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| World map, X-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| 
| World map, Y-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Conferences' Wire Information ==

Information used for wiring money to the different conferences.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| Bank account no.
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Name of account holder/owner
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Address of account holder
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank location
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Use correspondent/intermediary bank?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank location
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Account no. of beneficiary's bank (the bank above) at the correspondent bank
| 
| 
|}

== Conference accepted people ==

People's acceptance or rejection to preach in a specific conference. Only applicable to homeland date blocks.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference acceptance ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: - waiting - accepted - rejected

| req. 
|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| Values set by the system: 
- "Done campaign" (when accepted) (value also used to unset it in case an qualifying event(s) are deleted, so it should not be modified) - "Int'l recommended" (when accepted) - "Auto-accepted eA pastor" (when automatically set to accepted by the Obtain Pastor Login procedure in login_link_pastor.php)

Values set AND used by the system (only when status=waiting): - "Pastor: ?": pending pastor response - "Pastor: yes": pastor consented - "Pastor: caution: [a reason]": pastor cautioned

| req. if rejected 
|}

== Hub cities - Previously Hotel cities (main_hotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| Only used for homeland (some hub cities for international campaigns also contain a conference because ALL records were assigned the ID when we created this field)
| req. for homeland
|-
| 
| City
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : not necessary

| req. 
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting from orientation to hotel city
| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Is non-hotel?
| yes/no
For homeland date blocks the hotel info is not required and this field should be set to yes (but not mandatory)

| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Date blocks' hotels (main_dateblockhotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID (= hub city)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| Optional and ONLY used for linking a specific orientation to this hotel city in case the date block has multiple orientation sites.
| 
|}

== Date blocks ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Opening date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Closing date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Applications closing date
| Should be the final cut-off date for new applicants.
Date is inclusive, so after this date no new applications are accepted. When converted to a Unix timestamp we add one day minus one second, so that the calculation is correct AND if converted back to only a date it is still the same date.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Data lock date
| After this date only administrators and co-administrators will be allowed to change all data concerning a date block: 
- teams - groups - site info (incl. translations) - hotel info - orientation hotel info - rank sites - rank speakers

This date MUST be after applications closed date.

As of 2007-12-05 the detailed definition was: - people cannot remove themselves from campaigns after this date, but all other accesslevels can (eventdelete.php). - conference coordinators for international campaigns (not conference organizers) cannot do these things after this date (but admin and coadmin can always do all of these things): * add campaign sites * edit campaign sites * add hub cities to a date block * edit orientation hotel info - people cannot themselves re-arrange their team and group membership after this date. - ranking of sites and speakers can only be changed by admin and coadmin after this date.

(PS. Hotel reservation is locked on date block opening date)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Campaign title (Homeland: Additional label)
| Usually the country wherein the campaigns will be held.
Homeland: optional additional label like "SWAU"

| req. for international opt. for homeland 
|-
| 
| Total sites
| Total number of campaign sites in this date block - must ALWAYS be kept up-to-date as available sites are calculated from this.
For homeland campaigns this is currently kept updated to equal the number sites that have been set up for this date. Would be more useful to only count the sites where a speaker had been matched...

| 
|-
| 
| Questions recipient
| LoginID of the person from External logins who will receive questions about this date block. This person will also be the lead date block manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Pre-campaign manager
| LoginID of a coadmin person from External logins who will be the pre-campaign manager if different from the lead manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 2nd
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 2nd
| Just before the campaign
| 
|-
| 
| Last incomplete notification
| The date we last sent a notification to unions/conferences/campaign manager about incomplete information entered for this date block (if any)
| 
|-
| 
| Default sermon notes language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Divide homeland dateblocks into different languages on sign-up sheet for some conferences.) || req. for international

|-
| 
| Default sermon graphics language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Displayed in the popup box for approving and selecting material for an applicant.) || req. for international opt. for homeland

|-
| 
| Division secretaries
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses for one or more division secretaries. Eg. they receive e-mail reminding about insurance.
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| Extended public description of the date block
| 
|-
| 
| Note for applicants
| Special information for potential applicants before applying
| 
|-
| 
| Application monitors
| List of e-mail addresses (comma-seperated) to which an e-mail is sent everytime an application to this date block is submitted. Added because of problems in India where the division wants to monitor all applications, espacially STMs.
| 
|-
| 
| Hide date block details for the public?
| yes/no
Because of problems in India where the public should not be allowed seeing the information about the date block. ||

|-
| 
| Media folder
| Base folder for uploading media files (pictures, video etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Show predefined unions only
| yes/no
Only show predefined organizations down to the union level (= excl. conferences) In connection with the table Date blocks' predefined conferences. ||

|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Date blocks' orientations ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| 
|}

== Date blocks' predefined conferences ==

This is used primarily before sites are added to the date block. After that we'll automatically know the conferences based on where the hotels are located. For homeland date blocks, though, we retain this information in order to have a quick way of determining the date blocks of a conference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block predefined conference ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|}

== Campaign sites (main_sites) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| siteID 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master campaign site ID
| Record ID in master sites table that this site originates from
| 
|-
| dateblockhotelID 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| req.
|-
| campaign_date 
| Campaign date
|
- Homeland: the date from the matching record in main_dateblocks - International: null 

'''This field can currently be used to determine if the campaign site is homeland or international.''' 

| req. for homeland. currently prohibited for intl. 
|-
| campaign_type 
| Campaign type
|
Possible options: - NULL : regular campaign - 'spk-init' : speaker-initiated campaign

Homeland only.

| 
|-
| name 
| Site name
|
- International: full site name (req.) - Homeland: only an optional additional label (req. for Speaker-Initiated Events though) that is added to the date (and the church name, which we get from the site's master site).

Tried to name variable 'campaign_label' when used in the homeland context.

| see description
|-
| campaign_begin_time 
| Beginning time
| time (hh:mm:ss)
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_end_date 
| Ending date
| date
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_weekdays 
| Weekdays
| Comma-separated list of 3-letter abbreviation of the weekdays the campaign will be held.
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| city 
| Town/city
| 
| req.
|-
| site_addr 
| Address
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_state 
| State
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_zip 
| Zip
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_phone 
| Phone
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_email 
| E-mail
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_website 
| Website
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| venue_type 
| Venue type
| church/rented hall/open field/stadium etc. according to table list_venue_types
| Intl:
always req. Homeland: req. for spk-init events

|-
| personeventID 
| Personevent ID
| Link to the speaker
| 
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Sermon graphics language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| lifeochrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| video_format 
| Desired video format
| NOT USED ANYMORE. No longer applicable because we now use DVDs instead of VHS tapes.
dropdown

| 
|-
| congregations 
| Congregations
| number of congr. supp. this site
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| membership 
| Membership
| total members in supp. congr.
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| est_attendance 
| Est. attendance
| incl. SDA & non-SDA
| req.
|-
| baptismal_goal 
| Baptismal goal
| conservative number
| req.
|-
| km_from_hotel 
| Km from hotel
| 
| req.
|-
| pastor_workerIDs 
| Pastor Officer IDs
| Comma-separated list of officerIDs.
The pastors of this church (master site) from eAdventist at the time the site was set up or when a speaker was assigned. Automatically set by the system. ||

|-
| ranking 
| Ranking
| 
| req.
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| planned_precamp_acts 
| Planned pre-campaign activities
| text
Homeland only.

|-
| campaign_status 
| Campaign status
|
Possible options: - NULL - 'await_approv' 

Homeland only.

|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| copyof 
| Copy of site ID
| If this is a copy of another site the original site's ID is saved here
| 
|-
| date_added
| Date added
|
|
|}

 

== Outreach Teams - Previous: Master Campaign sites (main_master_sites) ==

List of Outreach Teams 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master site ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organization ID
| Reference to the church this OLT belongs to
| req. for all new records
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference ID
| Conference this OLT is in
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
|
Name of the OLT, usually the church name.

Usually renamed to 'olt_name' or 'church_name2' in SQL output. Also named 'church_name' occasionally but that is deprecated.

|
|-
| ms_personID 
| Person ID
| In case a personal team is created this holds the link to the person (used for speaker-initiated campaigns)
| 
|-
| hotelID 
| Hotel ID
| 2009-11-16: deleted all values since homeland do not use hub cities anymore - field can be deleted entirely, once SQL queries have been checked
- search for "main_master_sites" and "'tblname' => 'master_sites'" and edit acl_add_master_site() and i_master_sites.php/php_functions_i_master_sites.php

|
|-
| city 
| City
| 2010-11-01: Is officially no longer used but I didn't dare deleted it in the database yet. Delete it later.
Search for "main_master_sites" to try to find location where it might still be used.

|
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Graphics language
| Default graphics language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| lifeofchrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| Default video language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| pw 
| Password
| Password OLT members can use to access information for this OLT. Not really used at the moment.
| 
|-
| date_added 
| Date added
| 
| 
|}

== Outreach Leadership Team members ==

Table with all memberships for the Outreach Leadership Teams (main_olts)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| OLT member ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person who is the member
| req.
|-
| 
| Master site ID
| Team person is a member of
| req.
|-
| 
| Is OLT clerk?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| 
| req. for all new records
|-
| 
| Date removed
| Once this field has a value the member is considered removed.
| 
|}

== Churches ==

List of churches we have retrieved from AdventistDirectory.org and eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| SDA org ID
| OrgMastID from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| SDA entity ID
| OMEntity from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| Church name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 2-letter ISO-3166 country code
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Ethnic group
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sector
| Our own sector value, set by the conference organizers
| 
|-
| 
| Latitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Longitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Parent SDA AdmFieldID
|
ID of parent conference.

(I believe we always have this one)

|-
| 
| Parent SDA OrgMastID
|
ID of parent conference.

(this one we don't yet have for the churches we've retrieved through the webpages) CAN WE JUST DROP THIS FIELD BECAUSE IT SEEMS TO THE CHURCH'S SDAORGID REPLACED WITH "11" ON THE END?!

|-
| 
| Parent is not a conference?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Inactive?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| Date added to our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Date modifed
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| 
|}

== Workers / Officers ==

List of officers (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB) or other Adventist services/fields

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| Conference the pastor is in.
Not used for NAD conferences, since Officer ID (from eAdventist) is used. If we change use assign_pastor_to_church() must be reviewed.

| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| ID originates from SDA-DB
This is the same ID as main_people. sda_membershipID. Used only for records coming from eAdventist.net.

| cond. 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| The local conference's own ID for the person
| 
|-
| 
| First name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Last name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Suffix
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing country
| 2-letter country name (ISO-3166)
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative e-mail addresses
| Comma-separated list (with space between comma and next address)
| opt.
|-
| 
| Cell phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Allow SMS?
| Is ShareHim allowed to send the pastor an SMS to notify him about new applicants from his church?
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Link to this person's record in our main people table if present.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Default password
| Password that will be used to auto-create a login when this pastors tries to login
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| req.
|}

== Church offices ==

List of church offices (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church office ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Church SDA org ID
| OrgMastID of church
| 
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| From main_officers table
| 
|-
| 
| Office name
| Name of office the person holds.
NOTE!! If this is expanded to be anything else than pastors we need to change the method in assign_campaign_site() we use to determine if speaker is pastor as well in get_pastors_churches() and probably other functions as well (since they only check for the existence of a church office record and not the office name value) ||

|-
| 
| Is evangelistic decision-maker?
| yes/no
In case a church has multiple pastors this can indicate which pastor is responsible for evangelistic decisions. Used to know which pastor we can ask to recommend a speaker. ||

|-
| 
| Date modified
| Last date this record was modified in our own database.
| 
|}

== Campaign site statistics ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Statistical data
| serialize PHP array with statistics on attendance, Bible class attendance, and baptisms
(only used for international)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the speakers. (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Adjusted baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Projected baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the speakers (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Actual baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Did campaign with OLT?
| yes/no
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of meetings
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of visitors
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Planning another campaign?
|
Possible values: 0 : no 1 : yes 2 : maybe

| Homeland only 
|}

== Campaign site statistics per conference ==

This data "overrides" data entered for each individual campaign site.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference date block statistics ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Total baptisms during campaign in this conference
| number
| 
|-
| 
| Baptisms within 6 months after the campaign in this conference (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
| 
|}

== People ==

Guest speakers, support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA membership ID
| ID from eAdventist of OLT members and pastors.
(This ID is the same as main_officers.officerID. Brian: "Yes, the PersonID is the same Officer ID that we use for Pastors web service.")

| 
|-
| 
| Active person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Legal firstname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Legal lastname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Title
| dropdown
Prefered to be set as the option "Pastor" is sometimes used to identify pastors.

|-
| 
| Birth date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Gender
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marital status
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street address
| this is also their shipping address
| req.
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| req.
Required for different reasons (and more I haven't written here): These people go in to the regular table of people where we have speakers and so on, and that field has always been required. Besides having a name without connected to a country can be pretty ambigious. The more information we have about a person the better. It also helps us to know which division they are in which is required in case they apply for a campaign.

|-
| 
| E-mail
| also their username
Sometimes noemail@noemail.com or none@none.com has been put in if we don't know the address. 

| req. (except for special cases, eg. speakers assigned to past homeland campaigns, or check donations where we don't know the e-mail) 
|-
| 
| E-mail invalid
| date
If the e-mail address is not working register here the date it was discovered. Reminders, news letters etc. will not be sent to this person then.

|-
| 
| Home phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Office phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Cell phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Residence division
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Residence union
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence conference
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence church
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Application date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Remmendation status
|
Possible values: (by sending fields/recommenders) - NULL (when not recom. processed) - waiting - recommended - unrecommended

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender
|
Pastor/layman/academy in NAD: - stores the ID of the recommender to which an e-mail was sent at time of application 

College students: - college date block ID

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sermon notes language
|
dropdown

VALIDATION: - check if this from-language is available within the desired date block. If not, give option to select another language. 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Preferred CD format
|
Possible values: - DVD (means using a DVD player) - DVD-R (means using a computer) 

(old values: CD, DVD-Combo)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Done boot camp?
|
Has person taken the ShareHim boot camp training program?

Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : is an ordained/licensed pastor - 3 : is a retired pastor 

(Being any type of pastor resolves to the same effect as saying yes)

| 
|-
| 
| Done a campaign?
| yes/no
Determined automatically by the system, cannot be manually set (as of today at least). No means only that we '''do not know if''' they have done a campaign. NOTE: now this does not only include international campaigns, even though the field name indicates that. Also having done a homeland campaign will now result in this being set to yes.

| 
|-
| 
| First campaign
| text
First ShareHim campaign that this person participated in as a speaker. Used for people applying for homeland campaigns.

| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary
Lay applicants: pastor Academy students: academy & contact 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference home phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy & contact

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference office phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary 

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference cell phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference e-mail
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receive newsletter?
|
Is person signed up for the Evangeliving newsletter? 

NULL: has not been set 0: no 1: yes, in e-mail format 2: yes, in hardcopy format 

| opt. 
|-
| 
| Received mentorship material
| yes/no
Did we send them the mentorship material? ||

|
|-
| 
| Portrait filename
| File for thumbnail image used in stories.
| 
|-
| 
| Portrait is authorized?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team of master site ID
| The church with this master site ID that this person is an OLT member of
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team special status
|
number

0 = ordinary OLT member (default) 1 = is OLT leader 2 = is OLT secretary

NOTE: cannot move this field to main_olts because we have people set as leaders/secretaries who are not member of any particular OLT.

|
|-
| 
| Is editor?
|
Possible values: - executive (edit text/graphics, approve, add/delete stories) - associate (edit text/graphics) - text - graphics - advreview (Adventist Review editor)

|
|-
| 
| Do not contact
|
date

When person should not receive any correspondence or be contacted, register the date this was set.

|
|-
| 
| Reason for not contacting
| text
(eg. do not want info from us, is deceased etc.)

| req. if "Do not contact" is set 
|-
| 
| Hide person from public?
|
number

0 = no 1 = yes 2 = yes and also hide from any logged in users not part of the same campaign 3 = yes and also hide from any logged in users except admins

'''NOTE!! CURRENTLY''' 1, 2 and 3 makes no difference on the website. All cause a behaviour equal to 3.

Should the person name and critical personal details (name, address, and phone numbers) be hidden from public/non-logged in users (or from logged in users except those participating in the same date block, or even everybody but admins and co-admins)? If yes: - hidden on mainly the campaign overview - if they are organizers they are currently NOT hidden - hidden in get_dateblock_people() - hidden in get_people_availability() - hidden in get_person_info() - skip showing personal portrait on stories - hidden in other functions too...

| req.
|-
| 
| Person requested check for duplicate
| Person indicated that they might already exist in our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Source
|
Indication of how this person originally got into the database. Possible values (also defined in main_peopleedit.php): 1 : applied internationally 2 : applied homeland acceptance 3 : homeland pastor 4 : made a donation/pledge 5 : conference organizer/sector leader 6 : OLT member 7 : signed up for newsletter 8 : order received from GoodSalt.com 9 : is translator for homeland system 10 : homeland speaker (assigned to past campaign => not accepted in conf) 11 : non-ShareHim related homeland speaker 12 : given a ShareSynch serial number (version C sermons) 99 : other manually added record

| 
|}

== Person events (main_personevents) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| personeventID 
| Person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| personID 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| dateblockID 
| Date block ID
| Only for non-college/university applicants
| 
|-
| eff_dateblockID 
| Effective date block ID
| Updated to always hold the effective date block ID for this event (also when event has been deleted)
| 
|-
| categorymoved 
| Category
|
Possible values: - pastor - layman - college - academy - stm - organizer

|
|-
| collegedateblockIDmoved 
| College date block ID
| Only for college/university applicants
| 
|-
| is_standby 
| Is standby
|
yes/no

Is this a standby event?

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| clusterID 
| Cluster ID
| Only for speakers
(the link to groups must of course match this link.)

|-
| groupID 
| Group ID
| Only for speakers
| 
|-
| teamID 
| Team ID
| Only for STMs - linking them to their speaker (Team ID in main_teams)
| 
|-
| rankingID 
| Ranking ID
| 
| 
|-
| cospeaker 
| Associate speaker
| yes/no
(we know the main speaker by the team the associate speaker is member of) ||

|-
| 
| Preferred hub city (date block hotel ID)
| The hub city the person him/herself wishes to go to
| 
|-
| 
| Site-funding required
| yes/no
CURRENTLY NOT USED (use 'funding_required' instead) MAY NEED TO USE IT THOUGH, INSTEAD OF CALCULATING IT WITH A JOIN TO main_groups ALL THE TIME! Is currently only set a group level and must be determine through field table main_groups. grp_funding_source

|-
| 
| Site-funding fulfilled
| If fulfilled, it has the ID of the belonging log entry from sharehim_log.system_operations.operationID
| 
|-
| 
| Need housing?
| yes/no
Only used for homeland date blocks: Does the speaker need the host church to provide housing if the meeting is outside his area? ||

|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: (by host fields) - NULL - accepted - rejected

(Currently only used for homeland campaigns. Automatically accepted for international campaigns.)

|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival date
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival time
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, airline
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight no.
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Self-arranged travel to orientation
| yes/no
If yes none of the four fields above must be filled out ||

|-
| 
| Hotel city, arrival airport
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, airline
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Last deposit reminder
| Days after application date that this reminder was last sent
| 
|-
| 
| Last site-funding reminder
| Days before opening date that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last hotel reservation reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last flight arrival reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last generic reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last equipment rental reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Consent form for minors
|
NULL = not a minor 1 = pending receiving the consent form 2 = consent form received 3 = is minor, parent/guardian is coming too

|-
| 
| No sermon notes
|
yes/no

Whether or not the person should receive sermon notes/graphics for this event. Used with the "missing notes" report. This value is basically only informational. Extended to this use:

0 : nothing skipped 1 : skip sermon notes 2 : skip Jesus video 3 : skip both sermon notes and Jesus video

(3 is automatically set when setting a speaker for past homeland campaign or when setting a non-ShareHim-related speaker for a homeland campaign)

|-
| 
| Reported on the first insurance/service requests report that we sent out?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Is deleted?
| yes/no
Is set to yes when we delete an event but keep the database record because material has been shipped concerning this event, and because we want to keep a historical record.

|-
| 
| Is event request?
| yes/no (when person does not fill out the main application form, value is not changed but kept forever event if event is deleted)
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deposit received
|
datetime

Date we have received the deposit for the direct campaign cost (international only). The field Site-funding required will determine if this is necessary. If it is, only after that point we initiate the application process.

Set to 2000-01-01 when bypassed by admins (when auto-approved was requested when event was added)

Set to 2000-01-02 for events before we implemented this procedure

Set to 2000-01-03 when event is in an individually funded group (where leader has already paid the deposit)

|-
| 
| Date approved
| datetime (by administration)
Must have a value for the event to be considered approved, no matter what the category is.

Set to 2000-01-01 when it is unknown.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date standby expire
| date
The date the standby event will expire.

|-
| 
| Date activated
| datetime
The date a standby event was activated.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deleted
| datetime
| 
|}

== Person comments ==

Internal comments only visible for administrators

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Comment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Possible to reference a comment to a person's event
| opt.
|-
| 
| Comment
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Comment type
|
Possible values: - 'phonecall'

| opt.
|-
| 
| Flag
|
dropdown

Possible values: - 1 : encourage mentorship - 2 : block all future participation - 3 : block future intl. participation - 4 : block future homeland participation

| opt.
|-
| 
| Date and time entered
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Submitter
| Local ID of user from table below
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| Origin table of this user
| 
|}

== Personal salutations ==

Table with personal salutations for each user in the system

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| The person the salutation is for
| req.
|-
| 
| From table
| The table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
Same format as $_SESSION['user_fromtable']

| req.
|-
| 
| From local ID
| The ID from the table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
| req.
|-
| 
| Salutation
| The salutation itself. Must be the full line.
| req.
|}

== Colleges ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Initials
| Abbreviation of name
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| For shipping equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Contact person
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| Use this to login and recommend students
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Colleges' date blocks ==

Bob Sr, 2008-07: College date-block information must remain read-only for all except for the administrative few.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Dateblock ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| opt.
|-
| 
| Student sites to reserve equip. for
| numeric
| req.
|-
| 
| Funding source
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date site-funding received
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Total site-funding amount received
| number
In USD.

|-
| 
| Date travel funds requested
| The date we requested Quiet Hour Ministries to send the travel funds to the college/students.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Last status reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| opt.
|}

== Recommenders ==

Only for North-American division

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Recommender ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marker for last applicant
| a marker so we can cycle through these recommenders
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Translations ==

Per campaign site

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| From language
| dropdown acc. to available sermon notes language
| 
|}

== Campaign material ==

Shipments that are due (or waiting for payment before they are due)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Shipment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Personevent ID
| 
| req. to be a speaker
|-
| 
| Shipper
| A main_ext_logins.loginID reference
| 
|-
| 
| Paid
| date
Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a ||

|-
| 
| Postpone date
| date
This item will not shown on the shipping list until this date ||

|-
| 
| Shipped date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped method
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped tracking no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty billed
| date
Only used for graphics CDs, reporting to It Is Written ||

|}

== Clusters ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Clusters are a larger scope compared to groups. Groups can be linked to clusters. Only speakers can be members of clusters.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster name
| For homeland date blocks this is not used for anything really - other than it shows up on the campaign overview.
| 
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|}

== Cluster leaders ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster leader ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Speakers or organizers
| 
|}

== Groups ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Only speakers can be members of groups

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Group ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| 
|-
| 
| Group name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Recommender personID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reserved sites
| Will effectively always be filled out.
| 
|-
| 
| Funding source (site-funding)
|
Possible values: - 'sharehim': ShareHim is responsible - 'individually': each group member is responsible, but deposit for ALL must be received before any can apply - ' indiv_owndep': each group member is responsible, all applicants must pay their own deposit at time of application - 'collectively': group is responsible collectively

| req.
|-
| 
| Deposit received?
| yes/no
No one excepts organizers can apply before deposit has been received if funding source is 'individually'.

|-
| 
| Partial payment date
| date
Has no effect if amount is not set or 0.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Partial payment amount
| number
Has no effect if date is not set.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Last site-fund reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show group on availability report?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Max subdivide
| Max number of hotel cities the group is allowed to span across. Default one.
| req.
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled?
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Teams ==

Speaker linked with support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Team ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (speaker)
| 
| 
|}

== Orientation sites ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - no (0) - yes (1) - not necessary (2)

| req.
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting to the orientation site
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment booking ==

Booking of equipment Time frame of booking is decided by the period of the date block

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Booking ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| req. if no person ID
|-
| 
| Speaker ID (= Person ID)
| 
| req. if no college date block ID
|-
| 
| Case ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Booking date
| The date the booking was made (just for the information)
| 
|-
| 
| Paid amount
| Only for non-student related
| 
|-
| 
| Paid date
| Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound tracking no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance
| text (100)
E-mail of person received the insurance information ||

|-
| 
| Return date
| Date it was sent from the renter
| 
|-
| 
| Return method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Return tracking no.
| text (30)
If filled out it's a call tag, otherwise not

|-
| 
| Return received date
| Date it was received by ShareHim
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked by initials
| text (10)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, cases ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Case ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Case purchase date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the case is under repair or for another reason is not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| Down status
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Discharged
| date
When the case has been sold and we no longer have anything to do with it ||

|-
| 
| Discharged status
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, laptops ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment base ID
| ID of the equipment base where we administrate a set of graphics equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| OS product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Office product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Service Tag
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Express service code
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop value
| numeric
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty type
|
dropdown: - Next day service - Next day service + complete care

|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Quote no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the laptop is under repair or has been sold and hence not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| AC adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
Remote control for mouse ||

|-
| 
| Floppy drive
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, projectors ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Projector value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Power cord
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VGA cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VCR cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| International adapters
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Ground adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Extension cord
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Material stock ==

Sermon notes/graphics, Life of Christ videos, etc. Note: The Life of Christ videos that are active and have no format were previously those records that were the PAL version. The inactive NTSC versions are kept for historic purposes.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material group
|
Current list: - Notes/graphics CD - Graphics CD - Life of Christ video - Hardcopy (language must correspond exactly with sermon languages)

Must '''not''' be changed without considering consequences for rest of the system. Some of these values are used hard-coded in the script code

|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Code
| Short easy-to-read code identifying this product to use it when printing labels
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Format
|
NTSC/PAL/SECAM

CD/(DVD/VCD)

|-
| 
| Qty in stock
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Minimum qty in stock
| Espacially for Life of Christ videos
| 
|-
| 
| Available from
| Date from which this material will be available
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty organization
|
Current list: - It Is Written - Present Solutions

If royalties must be paid when issueing this item select here which organization it must be reported to.

|-
| 
| Shipper
| ID of shipper (from external logins) (blank/null if internal)
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Stories ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story type
|
dropdown

Possible values: - sitereport (report about campaign site) - testimonial (personal testimony)

| req.
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of the person who created this story, speaker or STMs
| 
|-
| 
| Purpose
|
dropdown:

- public (for publishing on website)

- internal (raw material for internal use)

| req.
|-
| 
| Headline
| self made headline/title on story
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Copy of Narrative
| Copy of narrative before people changes an authorized story.
| 
|-
| 
| Keywords
| Optional additional keywords used when searching
| 
|-
| 
| Author name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Author notes
| Scratch-board for author and/or editors. Not shown publicly.
| 
|-
| 
| Internal notes
| Scratch-board for editors.
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Pictures authorized
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Content authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Authorized for display on Adventist Review website?
| yes/no (set by ShareHim)
| 
|-
| 
| Approved for display on Adventist Review website?
| null/yes/no (set by Adventist Review)
Labels: Approved/Disabled/Not reviewed ||

|-
| 
| Show thumbnail? (for testimonies)
| yes/no
Show thumbnail of person (of course only effective if thumbnail is uploaded) ||

|-
| 
| Is news item?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Show from (only news items)
| date (from now if blank)
Date is inclusive.

|-
| 
| Show to (only news items)
| date (indefinitely if blank)
Date is exclusive.

|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| req.
|-
| 
| Date last modified
| datetime
| req.
|}

== Story pictures ==

Attached to the stories

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Picture ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Caption
| long text
| req.
|-
| 
| Filename (given by the system)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Original filename
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is retouched?
| yes/no
Set to yes when original picture was retouched, either manually or cropped - as intermediate stage between original and final picture

| req.
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| For rearranging the order of pictures
| 
|-
| 
| Upload date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Surveys ==

Evaluation forms filled out by the speakers and STMs.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Survey ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| No. of campaigns participated in
| Number of campaigns the person has participated in to date.
| req.
|-
| 
| [questions] x13
| 1-5 or null
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| date
| req.
|-
| 
| Is reviewed?
| yes/no
| req.
|}

== Donations ==

Received donations

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Donation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date received
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation amount
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation type
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Pledge ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ...many more fields
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receipt sent
| Date receipt was sent.
If we don't know the date it is set to 2001-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent method
| Possible values:
- letter - email - authorize.net ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent
| Date letter was sent.
If no letter was sent date is set to 2000-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Follow-Up done?
| yes/no
Used for non-sitefunding donations only ||

|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|}

== External logins ==

E.g. Caroline Conference, Quiet Hour, shippers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Login ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 1
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 2
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone
| An alternative phone number to campaign managers, mainly for entering local phone numbers that they use when they supervise campaigns.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone until
| The last date that the phone number is scheduled to be usable.
| req. if phone number is specified
|-
| 
| Access level
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Superadmin
|
0 / 1 / 2

1 = is superadmin 2 = is associate admin (lower than regular admin).

Only superadmin can see password, change information, add and delete users in external logins.

Only superadmin can emulate and set password (set_pw.php) for admin and coadmin.

Associate admins

|-
| 
| Fulltime
| yes/no
If coadmins are full-time or part-time managers ||

|-
| 
| Approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Password questions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Table
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Question
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Answer
| 
| 
|}

== Field descriptions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Description ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Table name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Field name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Public description
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Internal description
| 
| 
|}

== News ==

Information shown on the main page of the website

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| News ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Headline
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| ShowFrom
| date
| 
|-
| 
| ShowTo
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show all on home?
| yes/no
Show entire news item on the front page? (normally there is a max length for items shown there) || req.

|}

== ShareSynch Serial Numbers ==

Created serial numbers for the ShareSynch software

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Serial Number ID
| Internal ID
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| GS)-XXXX-XXXX
| req.
|-
| 
| Expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person this serial number is connected to
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Event this serial number is connected to (and that usually causes an expiration date)
| 
|-
| 
| Owner name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Owner e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Activations allowed
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is printed?
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Date created
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== ShareSynch activations ==

Activations that have been done for the different ShareSynch serial numbers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Activation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation Code
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation date
| timestamp
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation IP
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware Operating System
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ShareSynch software version
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reactivation dates
| The dates this activation code was resent or reactivated
| 
|-
| 
| Is withdrawn?
|
Possible values: 0 = is not withdrawn (default) 1 = withdrawn, allow re-activation 2 = withdrawn, disallow re-activation

Activation code can be withdrawn, either by the user deactivating the computer (1) or ShareHim revoking it (2).

In case of 2, the software needs to register that this activation code is now invalid, so that later attempts to use the same activation code we fail (but what if they format the hardware?!). But, if the code is then regranted, we can only reactivation the software through online activation, otherwise we can't be sure that the revoked code is now active again! Well, for a solid solution the hardware should actually be encrypted together with a date, so that the activation code would be different when the computer was reactivated, and then this whole matter woudn't be an issue. (Or we could also just issue a completely new serial number...)

| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== System settings ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| System administrator name
| General
| 
|-
| 
| System administrator e-mail
| General
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender name
| Name that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender e-mail
| E-mail that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| Days to resend unprocessed applicant
| Days after application date to resend recommendation e-mails for unprocessed applicants
| 
|-
| 
| Days to mark unproccessed applicant
| Number of days until applicant will be highlighted as 'not processed' in the unapproved applicants list
| 
|-
| 
| Days before orientation to ship Life of Christ video
| Days before orientation date that we issue the shipment
| 
|-
| 
| Days after date block closing date to remind about entering experience
| Only used for those who have received sponsorship
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding insurance coverage
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding service requests
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (name) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (e-mail) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance information e-mail recipient
| E-mail to which we send insurance information on shipped equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Case lock combination
| numeric (3)
Case lock on equipment cases ||

|-
| 
| Min. days to opening date to allow person use key for bypassing closing date (because of insurance and service requests reports/reminders, so should therefore always be before we send out the last insurance/serv. req. reminder)
| 
| 
|}

== E-mail templates ==

E-mail templates for e-mails that are sent out automatically

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| E-mail template ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| identification name for this template
| 
|-
| 
| Subject
| Subject for the e-mail
| 
|-
| 
| Body
| Body for the e-mail
| 
|}

== Email log, group e-mails ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mail reference
| reference to the mail sent (an ID or a file reference)
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|}

== Email log, service requests reports ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| CC
| Carbon Copy recipients
| 
|-
| 
| Attached files
| )
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Target
| "host" or "sending" organization (division/union/conference)
| 
|-
| 
| Batch
| "first" or "second" batch of reports to this organization
| 
|}

== Mail queue ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Mail queue ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| By local ID
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| By from table
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| Sender name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sender e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Query ID
| Query ID that this queue is based upon.
In case we want to make queues that are special and not based on a query this can just be left empty.

|
|-
| 
| Custom subject
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Attach files
| Serialized PHP array with documents to attach to the e-mails in this queue.
| 
|-
| 
| Use personal salutations?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| 
|-
| 
| Date completed
| datetime
Is set when all e-mails in this queue have been sent.

|
|}

== System translations ==

Pieces of text used in the interface and which can be translated into other languages

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Category
| Not really used
| 
|-
| 
| Tag
| The tag use in the PHP code
| 
|-
| 
| Langugage [en|es|da|...]
| The text for this tag in the given language
| 
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| Not used
| 
|-
| 
| Explanation
| Any useful instructions for the translator about this piece of text
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Timestamp for when the text or tag for the primary language (English) was last modified
| 
|}

== System translators ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translator ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| Two-letter abbreviation for the language
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
|
Person ID from main_people of the person who is the translator for this language.

Set to 0 if we currently have no translator.

|
|-
| 
| Last notified
| Last time translator was notified about new or changed text to be translated
| 
|}

== System log ==

Table is placed in a separate database.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Operation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| By name
| Name of user who caused this operation
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By local ID
| ...his local ID
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By from table
| ...originates from this table
Note: Because of programming mistake this field has incorrect values until 2006-08-22 after a user has emulated somebody. Unsure when problem started (maybe 2006-06-08 or 2006-03-27). || Req. if avail.

|-
| 
| Visit ID
| VisitID from WebStory statistics
| 
|-
| 
| IP
| User's IP address at time of logging
| 
|-
| 
| Emulated by
| Full name of person who was emulating
| 
|-
| 
| Action
| Main name for for this action
| Req.
|-
| 
| Subaction
| Subname for this action
| 
|-
| 
| For name
| Name of user/record this action was executed upon
NOTE: This can be either firstname lastname or lastname, firstname ||

|-
| 
| For local ID
| ...caused upon this ID in the table below
| 
|-
| 
| For from table
| ...caused upon a record in this table
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of person it was caused upon (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| DateblockID that this action is related to (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Parameters
| Any extra parameters to log. Default format: field=value¤field=value...
| 
|}

If a field is fit for having a value but we don't have it readily available when making the logentry then we set the value to "N/A" (or "0" for number fields) so that we later can run some queries to easily replace all these "missing" information pieces.

=== List tables ===

== Venue types ==

- eg.: Church, open field etc. - 'venueno' only added and sorted by for the sake of Tamara entering the data

== Countries ==

- connected to which division it's in - including the ISO-3166 two-letter codes (where codes starting with underscore (_) is self-made in order to not have empty field) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain country names are used hard-coded in the script code (eg. ship_material.php) - as of 2006-09-21 used in: - main_divisions - main_unions - main_conferences - main_orientations - main_hotels - main_colleges - main_people - the divisionID is taken from Jon Brauer's XML file "2006-08 OMCountries (Jon Brauer).xml".

== Currencies ==

- code, name, rate, date of rate, and source of rate

== Sponsors ==

- eg.: Quiet Hour Ministries, and later on maybe The Voice of Prophecy

== Material groups ==

- eg.: Sermon notes, Graphics CD, Life of Christ video - make no possibility to edit records, only add (and maybe delete) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain material groups are used hard-coded in the script code (ship_material.php)

== Equipment bases ==

- the different locations at which we administrate a set of graphics equipment, eg. North Carolina

== Shipping methods ==

- eg.: UPS, FedEx

== US states ==

== Titles ==

- eg.: Mr., Mrs. etc.

== Access levels ==

- eg.: admin etc.

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Send newsletter

2011-12-28T15:09:46Z

Allan Jensen:

= Send a newsletter =

===== The Process & People Involved =====

#Lora receives the stories from X for review and puts them into WordPress.
#Kathi then reviews them.
#Allan generates the final draft.
#Lora, Kathi, Jeremiah and Bob reviews the final draft.
#Allan sends it.

 

== Prepare the content ==

*Under Posts create a '''new category''' under the Newsletters category. Name it using this format: "Newsletter YYYY-MM"
*Write each story into a separate '''posts''' in WordPress and save them as '''drafts'''.
**Tag them with both the '''Article''' category and the '''new category''' you created above.
**Write an excerpt in the '''Excerpt''' section. This will be the text written in the actual e-mail newsletter. If you don't see the Excerpt section anywhere on the screen, click on '''Screen Options''' in the top-right corner and put a checkmark next to '''Excerpt'''.
**Normally you don't want to cross-post them to Facebook/Twitter at this time. We will write a news item that automatically will be posted to Facebook/Twitter.
**The stories will be ordered by publishing date, the newest will be listed first (be careful not to set a future publishing date, then people won't be able to see the story!).
*Find an '''image''' for each story and upload it in WordPress (under the Media menu).
**Attach the image to the '''category''' with correct '''year/month''' name under the Newsletter category. You might need to add the year/month category first.
**Edit each post to both place the image where you want it within the story as well as setting as the featured image (usually lower right corner of screen).

 

== Send the newsletter ==

*'''Publish''' each of the posts in WordPress
*Generate the actual e-mail content ("mail content") by running the '''Generate newsletter''' script.
*Go lookup the mail content and verify that it '''looks as desired'''.
*Use the mass mailing system to select the query, the mailing content, and then '''send the newsletter'''.
*Make a '''news post''' telling about the new newsletters that has been published.
**Ensure you cross-post the news item to Facebook/Twitter.

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Send newsletter

2011-12-27T16:41:17Z

Allan Jensen:

= Send a newsletter =

===== The Process & People Involved =====

#Lora receives the stories from X for review and puts them into WordPress.
#Kathi then reviews them.
#Allan generates the final draft.
#Lora, Kathi, Jeremiah and Bob reviews the final draft.
#Allan sends it.

 

== Prepare the content ==

*Under Posts create a '''new category''' under the Newsletters category. Name it using this format: "Newsletter YYYY-MM"
*Write each story into a separate '''posts''' in WordPress and save them as '''drafts'''.
**Tag them with both the '''Article''' category and the '''new category''' you created above.
**Write an excerpt in the '''Excerpt''' section. This will be the text written in the actual e-mail newsletter.
**Normally you don't want to cross-post them to Facebook/Twitter at this time. We will write a news item that automatically will be posted to Facebook/Twitter.
**The stories will be ordered by publishing date, the newest will be listed first (be careful not to set a future publishing date, then people won't be able to see the story!).
*Find an '''image''' for each story and upload it in WordPress (under the Media menu).
**Attach the image to the '''category''' with correct '''year/month''' name under the Newsletter category. You might need to add the year/month category first.
**Edit each post to set the corresponding image as the featured image.

 

== Send the newsletter ==

*'''Publish''' each of the posts in WordPress
*Generate the actual e-mail content ("mail content") by running the '''Generate newsletter''' script.
*Go lookup the mail content and verify that it '''looks as desired'''.
*Use the mass mailing system to select the query, the mailing content, and then '''send the newsletter'''.
*Make a '''news post''' telling about the new newsletters that has been published.
**Ensure you cross-post the news item to Facebook/Twitter.

Userlevel:Admin:Procedures:Send newsletter

2011-12-27T16:32:44Z

Allan Jensen:

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Database Tables-Fields, sharehim main

2011-12-26T15:57:05Z

Allan Jensen: Added value 2 for Receive newsletter field

= Database Tables/Fields - sharehim_main =

== Divisions (main_divisions) ==

Containing the 13 SDA divisions in the world

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| 
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| req.
|-
| initials 
| Initials
| 3-letter abbreviation
| req.
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| division_secretaries 
| Division officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Unions (main_unions) ==

List of all the unions within the 13 world divisions. Occasionally we pull the data from AdventistDirectory to update our list of unions. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| Division this union belongs to 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Union officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Is participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
Not really used because all participating organizations will have a record in the conference table, even though it might be fake. ||

|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Conferences or missions (main_conferences) ==

List of SDA conferences/missions/fields. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA organisation ID (AdmFieldID)
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| 
| SDA OrgMastID
| 6-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org. This is the master ID from eadventist.com.
| 
|-
| 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name contracted
| Short name for the conference. Used in homeland system.
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Conference e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Conference officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Churches & pastors synchronization setting
|
'''Churches:''' 1 : pull from eAdventist.net all others : pull from AdventistDirectory

'''Pastors:''' 0 : entered manually 1 : authorized to pull from eAdventist

((Can add more values for each different synchronization scheme we encounter with different conferences))

| 
|-
| 
| Allow pastor to do final acceptance of new applicants?
|
yes/no

1 : pastoral approval 0 : pastor's recommendation, conference-staff final approval 

(fieldname should have been allow_pastors_approve_speakers!)

| 
|-
| 
| Last updated via eAdventist
| For non-NAD conferences this indicates last time we updated the '''church''' list from AdventistDirectory.org
| 
|-
| 
| Internal comments
| ONLY coadmin and admin may see/edit this.
| 
|-
| 
| Public comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| World map, X-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| 
| World map, Y-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Conferences' Wire Information ==

Information used for wiring money to the different conferences.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| Bank account no.
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Name of account holder/owner
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Address of account holder
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank location
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Use correspondent/intermediary bank?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank location
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Account no. of beneficiary's bank (the bank above) at the correspondent bank
| 
| 
|}

== Conference accepted people ==

People's acceptance or rejection to preach in a specific conference. Only applicable to homeland date blocks.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference acceptance ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: - waiting - accepted - rejected

| req. 
|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| Values set by the system: 
- "Done campaign" (when accepted) (value also used to unset it in case an qualifying event(s) are deleted, so it should not be modified) - "Int'l recommended" (when accepted) - "Auto-accepted eA pastor" (when automatically set to accepted by the Obtain Pastor Login procedure in login_link_pastor.php)

Values set AND used by the system (only when status=waiting): - "Pastor: ?": pending pastor response - "Pastor: yes": pastor consented - "Pastor: caution: [a reason]": pastor cautioned

| req. if rejected 
|}

== Hub cities - Previously Hotel cities (main_hotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| Only used for homeland (some hub cities for international campaigns also contain a conference because ALL records were assigned the ID when we created this field)
| req. for homeland
|-
| 
| City
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : not necessary

| req. 
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting from orientation to hotel city
| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Is non-hotel?
| yes/no
For homeland date blocks the hotel info is not required and this field should be set to yes (but not mandatory)

| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Date blocks' hotels (main_dateblockhotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID (= hub city)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| Optional and ONLY used for linking a specific orientation to this hotel city in case the date block has multiple orientation sites.
| 
|}

== Date blocks ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Opening date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Closing date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Applications closing date
| Should be the final cut-off date for new applicants.
Date is inclusive, so after this date no new applications are accepted. When converted to a Unix timestamp we add one day minus one second, so that the calculation is correct AND if converted back to only a date it is still the same date.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Data lock date
| After this date only administrators and co-administrators will be allowed to change all data concerning a date block: 
- teams - groups - site info (incl. translations) - hotel info - orientation hotel info - rank sites - rank speakers

This date MUST be after applications closed date.

As of 2007-12-05 the detailed definition was: - people cannot remove themselves from campaigns after this date, but all other accesslevels can (eventdelete.php). - conference coordinators for international campaigns (not conference organizers) cannot do these things after this date (but admin and coadmin can always do all of these things): * add campaign sites * edit campaign sites * add hub cities to a date block * edit orientation hotel info - people cannot themselves re-arrange their team and group membership after this date. - ranking of sites and speakers can only be changed by admin and coadmin after this date.

(PS. Hotel reservation is locked on date block opening date)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Campaign title (Homeland: Additional label)
| Usually the country wherein the campaigns will be held.
Homeland: optional additional label like "SWAU"

| req. for international opt. for homeland 
|-
| 
| Total sites
| Total number of campaign sites in this date block - must ALWAYS be kept up-to-date as available sites are calculated from this.
For homeland campaigns this is currently kept updated to equal the number sites that have been set up for this date. Would be more useful to only count the sites where a speaker had been matched...

| 
|-
| 
| Questions recipient
| LoginID of the person from External logins who will receive questions about this date block. This person will also be the lead date block manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Pre-campaign manager
| LoginID of a coadmin person from External logins who will be the pre-campaign manager if different from the lead manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 2nd
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 2nd
| Just before the campaign
| 
|-
| 
| Last incomplete notification
| The date we last sent a notification to unions/conferences/campaign manager about incomplete information entered for this date block (if any)
| 
|-
| 
| Default sermon notes language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Divide homeland dateblocks into different languages on sign-up sheet for some conferences.) || req. for international

|-
| 
| Default sermon graphics language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Displayed in the popup box for approving and selecting material for an applicant.) || req. for international opt. for homeland

|-
| 
| Division secretaries
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses for one or more division secretaries. Eg. they receive e-mail reminding about insurance.
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| Extended public description of the date block
| 
|-
| 
| Note for applicants
| Special information for potential applicants before applying
| 
|-
| 
| Application monitors
| List of e-mail addresses (comma-seperated) to which an e-mail is sent everytime an application to this date block is submitted. Added because of problems in India where the division wants to monitor all applications, espacially STMs.
| 
|-
| 
| Hide date block details for the public?
| yes/no
Because of problems in India where the public should not be allowed seeing the information about the date block. ||

|-
| 
| Media folder
| Base folder for uploading media files (pictures, video etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Show predefined unions only
| yes/no
Only show predefined organizations down to the union level (= excl. conferences) In connection with the table Date blocks' predefined conferences. ||

|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Date blocks' orientations ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| 
|}

== Date blocks' predefined conferences ==

This is used primarily before sites are added to the date block. After that we'll automatically know the conferences based on where the hotels are located. For homeland date blocks, though, we retain this information in order to have a quick way of determining the date blocks of a conference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block predefined conference ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|}

== Campaign sites (main_sites) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| siteID 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master campaign site ID
| Record ID in master sites table that this site originates from
| 
|-
| dateblockhotelID 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| req.
|-
| campaign_date 
| Campaign date
|
- Homeland: the date from the matching record in main_dateblocks - International: null 

'''This field can currently be used to determine if the campaign site is homeland or international.''' 

| req. for homeland. currently prohibited for intl. 
|-
| campaign_type 
| Campaign type
|
Possible options: - NULL : regular campaign - 'spk-init' : speaker-initiated campaign

Homeland only.

| 
|-
| name 
| Site name
|
- International: full site name (req.) - Homeland: only an optional additional label (req. for Speaker-Initiated Events though) that is added to the date (and the church name, which we get from the site's master site).

Tried to name variable 'campaign_label' when used in the homeland context.

| see description
|-
| campaign_begin_time 
| Beginning time
| time (hh:mm:ss)
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_end_date 
| Ending date
| date
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_weekdays 
| Weekdays
| Comma-separated list of 3-letter abbreviation of the weekdays the campaign will be held.
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| city 
| Town/city
| 
| req.
|-
| site_addr 
| Address
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_state 
| State
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_zip 
| Zip
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_phone 
| Phone
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_email 
| E-mail
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_website 
| Website
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| venue_type 
| Venue type
| church/rented hall/open field/stadium etc. according to table list_venue_types
| Intl:
always req. Homeland: req. for spk-init events

|-
| personeventID 
| Personevent ID
| Link to the speaker
| 
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Sermon graphics language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| lifeochrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| video_format 
| Desired video format
| NOT USED ANYMORE. No longer applicable because we now use DVDs instead of VHS tapes.
dropdown

| 
|-
| congregations 
| Congregations
| number of congr. supp. this site
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| membership 
| Membership
| total members in supp. congr.
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| est_attendance 
| Est. attendance
| incl. SDA & non-SDA
| req.
|-
| baptismal_goal 
| Baptismal goal
| conservative number
| req.
|-
| km_from_hotel 
| Km from hotel
| 
| req.
|-
| pastor_workerIDs 
| Pastor Officer IDs
| Comma-separated list of officerIDs.
The pastors of this church (master site) from eAdventist at the time the site was set up or when a speaker was assigned. Automatically set by the system. ||

|-
| ranking 
| Ranking
| 
| req.
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| planned_precamp_acts 
| Planned pre-campaign activities
| text
Homeland only.

|-
| campaign_status 
| Campaign status
|
Possible options: - NULL - 'await_approv' 

Homeland only.

|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| copyof 
| Copy of site ID
| If this is a copy of another site the original site's ID is saved here
| 
|-
| date_added
| Date added
|
|
|}

 

== Outreach Teams - Previous: Master Campaign sites (main_master_sites) ==

List of Outreach Teams 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master site ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organization ID
| Reference to the church this OLT belongs to
| req. for all new records
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference ID
| Conference this OLT is in
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
|
Name of the OLT, usually the church name.

Usually renamed to 'olt_name' or 'church_name2' in SQL output. Also named 'church_name' occasionally but that is deprecated.

|
|-
| ms_personID 
| Person ID
| In case a personal team is created this holds the link to the person (used for speaker-initiated campaigns)
| 
|-
| hotelID 
| Hotel ID
| 2009-11-16: deleted all values since homeland do not use hub cities anymore - field can be deleted entirely, once SQL queries have been checked
- search for "main_master_sites" and "'tblname' => 'master_sites'" and edit acl_add_master_site() and i_master_sites.php/php_functions_i_master_sites.php

|
|-
| city 
| City
| 2010-11-01: Is officially no longer used but I didn't dare deleted it in the database yet. Delete it later.
Search for "main_master_sites" to try to find location where it might still be used.

|
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Graphics language
| Default graphics language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| lifeofchrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| Default video language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| pw 
| Password
| Password OLT members can use to access information for this OLT. Not really used at the moment.
| 
|-
| date_added 
| Date added
| 
| 
|}

== Outreach Leadership Team members ==

Table with all memberships for the Outreach Leadership Teams (main_olts)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| OLT member ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person who is the member
| req.
|-
| 
| Master site ID
| Team person is a member of
| req.
|-
| 
| Is OLT clerk?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| 
| req. for all new records
|-
| 
| Date removed
| Once this field has a value the member is considered removed.
| 
|}

== Churches ==

List of churches we have retrieved from AdventistDirectory.org and eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| SDA org ID
| OrgMastID from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| SDA entity ID
| OMEntity from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| Church name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 2-letter ISO-3166 country code
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Ethnic group
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sector
| Our own sector value, set by the conference organizers
| 
|-
| 
| Latitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Longitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Parent SDA AdmFieldID
|
ID of parent conference.

(I believe we always have this one)

|-
| 
| Parent SDA OrgMastID
|
ID of parent conference.

(this one we don't yet have for the churches we've retrieved through the webpages) CAN WE JUST DROP THIS FIELD BECAUSE IT SEEMS TO THE CHURCH'S SDAORGID REPLACED WITH "11" ON THE END?!

|-
| 
| Parent is not a conference?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Inactive?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| Date added to our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Date modifed
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| 
|}

== Workers / Officers ==

List of officers (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB) or other Adventist services/fields

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| Conference the pastor is in.
Not used for NAD conferences, since Officer ID (from eAdventist) is used. If we change use assign_pastor_to_church() must be reviewed.

| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| ID originates from SDA-DB
This is the same ID as main_people. sda_membershipID. Used only for records coming from eAdventist.net.

| cond. 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| The local conference's own ID for the person
| 
|-
| 
| First name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Last name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Suffix
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing country
| 2-letter country name (ISO-3166)
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative e-mail addresses
| Comma-separated list (with space between comma and next address)
| opt.
|-
| 
| Cell phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Allow SMS?
| Is ShareHim allowed to send the pastor an SMS to notify him about new applicants from his church?
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Link to this person's record in our main people table if present.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Default password
| Password that will be used to auto-create a login when this pastors tries to login
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| req.
|}

== Church offices ==

List of church offices (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church office ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Church SDA org ID
| OrgMastID of church
| 
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| From main_officers table
| 
|-
| 
| Office name
| Name of office the person holds.
NOTE!! If this is expanded to be anything else than pastors we need to change the method in assign_campaign_site() we use to determine if speaker is pastor as well in get_pastors_churches() and probably other functions as well (since they only check for the existence of a church office record and not the office name value) ||

|-
| 
| Is evangelistic decision-maker?
| yes/no
In case a church has multiple pastors this can indicate which pastor is responsible for evangelistic decisions. Used to know which pastor we can ask to recommend a speaker. ||

|-
| 
| Date modified
| Last date this record was modified in our own database.
| 
|}

== Campaign site statistics ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Statistical data
| serialize PHP array with statistics on attendance, Bible class attendance, and baptisms
(only used for international)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the speakers. (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Adjusted baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Projected baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the speakers (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Actual baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Did campaign with OLT?
| yes/no
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of meetings
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of visitors
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Planning another campaign?
|
Possible values: 0 : no 1 : yes 2 : maybe

| Homeland only 
|}

== Campaign site statistics per conference ==

This data "overrides" data entered for each individual campaign site.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference date block statistics ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Total baptisms during campaign in this conference
| number
| 
|-
| 
| Baptisms within 6 months after the campaign in this conference (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
| 
|}

== People ==

Guest speakers, support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA membership ID
| ID from eAdventist of OLT members and pastors.
(This ID is the same as main_officers.officerID. Brian: "Yes, the PersonID is the same Officer ID that we use for Pastors web service.")

| 
|-
| 
| Active person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Legal firstname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Legal lastname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Title
| dropdown
Prefered to be set as the option "Pastor" is sometimes used to identify pastors.

|-
| 
| Birth date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Gender
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marital status
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street address
| this is also their shipping address
| req.
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| req.
Required for different reasons (and more I haven't written here): These people go in to the regular table of people where we have speakers and so on, and that field has always been required. Besides having a name without connected to a country can be pretty ambigious. The more information we have about a person the better. It also helps us to know which division they are in which is required in case they apply for a campaign.

|-
| 
| E-mail
| also their username
Sometimes noemail@noemail.com or none@none.com has been put in if we don't know the address. 

| req. (except for special cases, eg. speakers assigned to past homeland campaigns, or check donations where we don't know the e-mail) 
|-
| 
| E-mail invalid
| date
If the e-mail address is not working register here the date it was discovered. Reminders, news letters etc. will not be sent to this person then.

|-
| 
| Home phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Office phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Cell phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Residence division
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Residence union
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence conference
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence church
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Application date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Remmendation status
|
Possible values: (by sending fields/recommenders) - NULL (when not recom. processed) - waiting - recommended - unrecommended

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender
|
Pastor/layman/academy in NAD: - stores the ID of the recommender to which an e-mail was sent at time of application 

College students: - college date block ID

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Graphics equipment request
|
Possible values: - not requested (0) - requested (1) - approved (2) - not available (3)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Sponsorship
|
dropdown: Quiet Hour Ministries|(Voice of Prophecy)

| req. for speakers
|-
| 
| Sponsorship commitment form approved
| when approved, show them on website
| 
|-
| 
| Sponsorship check sent date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sermon notes language
|
dropdown

VALIDATION: - check if this from-language is available within the desired date block. If not, give option to select another language. 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Request hard copy notes
|
(this will effectively only be for their first event)

Possible values: - not requested (0) - requested (1) - processed (2)

|-
| 
| Preferred CD format
|
Possible values: - DVD (means using a DVD player) - DVD-R (means using a computer) 

(old values: CD, DVD-Combo)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Done boot camp?
|
Has person taken the ShareHim boot camp training program?

Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : is an ordained/licensed pastor - 3 : is a retired pastor 

(Being any type of pastor resolves to the same effect as saying yes)

| 
|-
| 
| Done a campaign?
| yes/no
Determined automatically by the system, cannot be manually set (as of today at least). No means only that we '''do not know if''' they have done a campaign. NOTE: now this does not only include international campaigns, even though the field name indicates that. Also having done a homeland campaign will now result in this being set to yes.

| 
|-
| 
| First campaign
| text
First ShareHim campaign that this person participated in as a speaker. Used for people applying for homeland campaigns.

| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary
Lay applicants: pastor Academy students: academy & contact 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference home phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy & contact

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference office phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary 

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference cell phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|
|-
| 
| Reference e-mail
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receive newsletter?
|
Is person signed up for the Evangeliving newsletter? 

NULL: has not been set 0: no 1: yes, in e-mail format 2: yes, in hardcopy format 

| opt. 
|-
| 
| Received mentorship material
| yes/no
Did we send them the mentorship material? ||

|
|-
| 
| Portrait filename
| File for thumbnail image used in stories.
| 
|-
| 
| Portrait is authorized?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team of master site ID
| The church with this master site ID that this person is an OLT member of
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team special status
|
number

0 = ordinary OLT member (default) 1 = is OLT leader 2 = is OLT secretary

NOTE: cannot move this field to main_olts because we have people set as leaders/secretaries who are not member of any particular OLT.

|
|-
| 
| Is editor?
|
Possible values: - executive (edit text/graphics, approve, add/delete stories) - associate (edit text/graphics) - text - graphics - advreview (Adventist Review editor)

|
|-
| 
| Do not contact
|
date

When person should not receive any correspondence or be contacted, register the date this was set.

|
|-
| 
| Reason for not contacting
| text
(eg. do not want info from us, is deceased etc.)

| req. if "Do not contact" is set 
|-
| 
| Hide person from public?
|
number

0 = no 1 = yes 2 = yes and also hide from any logged in users not part of the same campaign 3 = yes and also hide from any logged in users except admins

'''NOTE!! CURRENTLY''' 1, 2 and 3 makes no difference on the website. All cause a behaviour equal to 3.

Should the person name and critical personal details (name, address, and phone numbers) be hidden from public/non-logged in users (or from logged in users except those participating in the same date block, or even everybody but admins and co-admins)? If yes: - hidden on mainly the campaign overview - if they are organizers they are currently NOT hidden - hidden in get_dateblock_people() - hidden in get_people_availability() - hidden in get_person_info() - skip showing personal portrait on stories - hidden in other functions too...

| req.
|-
| 
| Person requested check for duplicate
| Person indicated that they might already exist in our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Source
|
Indication of how this person originally got into the database. Possible values (also defined in main_peopleedit.php): 1 : applied internationally 2 : applied homeland acceptance 3 : homeland pastor 4 : made a donation/pledge 5 : conference organizer/sector leader 6 : OLT member 7 : signed up for newsletter 8 : order received from GoodSalt.com 9 : is translator for homeland system 10 : homeland speaker (assigned to past campaign => not accepted in conf) 11 : non-ShareHim related homeland speaker 12 : given a ShareSynch serial number (version C sermons) 99 : other manually added record

| 
|}

== Person events (main_personevents) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| personeventID 
| Person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| personID 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| dateblockID 
| Date block ID
| Only for non-college/university applicants
| 
|-
| eff_dateblockID 
| Effective date block ID
| Updated to always hold the effective date block ID for this event (also when event has been deleted)
| 
|-
| categorymoved 
| Category
|
Possible values: - pastor - layman - college - academy - stm - organizer

|
|-
| collegedateblockIDmoved 
| College date block ID
| Only for college/university applicants
| 
|-
| is_standby 
| Is standby
|
yes/no

Is this a standby event?

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| clusterID 
| Cluster ID
| Only for speakers
(the link to groups must of course match this link.)

|-
| groupID 
| Group ID
| Only for speakers
| 
|-
| teamID 
| Team ID
| Only for STMs - linking them to their speaker (Team ID in main_teams)
| 
|-
| rankingID 
| Ranking ID
| 
| 
|-
| cospeaker 
| Associate speaker
| yes/no
(we know the main speaker by the team the associate speaker is member of) ||

|-
| 
| Preferred hub city (date block hotel ID)
| The hub city the person him/herself wishes to go to
| 
|-
| 
| Site-funding required
| yes/no
CURRENTLY NOT USED (use 'funding_required' instead) MAY NEED TO USE IT THOUGH, INSTEAD OF CALCULATING IT WITH A JOIN TO main_groups ALL THE TIME! Is currently only set a group level and must be determine through field table main_groups. grp_funding_source

|-
| 
| Site-funding fulfilled
| If fulfilled, it has the ID of the belonging log entry from sharehim_log.system_operations.operationID
| 
|-
| 
| Need housing?
| yes/no
Only used for homeland date blocks: Does the speaker need the host church to provide housing if the meeting is outside his area? ||

|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: (by host fields) - NULL - accepted - rejected

(Currently only used for homeland campaigns. Automatically accepted for international campaigns.)

|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival date
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival time
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, airline
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight no.
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Self-arranged travel to orientation
| yes/no
If yes none of the four fields above must be filled out ||

|-
| 
| Hotel city, arrival airport
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, airline
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Last deposit reminder
| Days after application date that this reminder was last sent
| 
|-
| 
| Last site-funding reminder
| Days before opening date that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last hotel reservation reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last flight arrival reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last generic reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last equipment rental reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Consent form for minors
|
NULL = not a minor 1 = pending receiving the consent form 2 = consent form received 3 = is minor, parent/guardian is coming too

|-
| 
| No sermon notes
|
yes/no

Whether or not the person should receive sermon notes/graphics for this event. Used with the "missing notes" report. This value is basically only informational. Extended to this use:

0 : nothing skipped 1 : skip sermon notes 2 : skip Jesus video 3 : skip both sermon notes and Jesus video

(3 is automatically set when setting a speaker for past homeland campaign or when setting a non-ShareHim-related speaker for a homeland campaign)

|-
| 
| Reported on the first insurance/service requests report that we sent out?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Is deleted?
| yes/no
Is set to yes when we delete an event but keep the database record because material has been shipped concerning this event, and because we want to keep a historical record.

|-
| 
| Is event request?
| yes/no (when person does not fill out the main application form, value is not changed but kept forever event if event is deleted)
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deposit received
|
datetime

Date we have received the deposit for the direct campaign cost (international only). The field Site-funding required will determine if this is necessary. If it is, only after that point we initiate the application process.

Set to 2000-01-01 when bypassed by admins (when auto-approved was requested when event was added)

Set to 2000-01-02 for events before we implemented this procedure

Set to 2000-01-03 when event is in an individually funded group (where leader has already paid the deposit)

|-
| 
| Date approved
| datetime (by administration)
Must have a value for the event to be considered approved, no matter what the category is.

Set to 2000-01-01 when it is unknown.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date standby expire
| date
The date the standby event will expire.

|-
| 
| Date activated
| datetime
The date a standby event was activated.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deleted
| datetime
| 
|}

== Person comments ==

Internal comments only visible for administrators

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Comment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Possible to reference a comment to a person's event
| opt.
|-
| 
| Comment
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Comment type
|
Possible values: - 'phonecall'

| opt.
|-
| 
| Flag
|
dropdown

Possible values: - 1 : encourage mentorship - 2 : block all future participation - 3 : block future intl. participation - 4 : block future homeland participation

| opt.
|-
| 
| Date and time entered
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Submitter
| Local ID of user from table below
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| Origin table of this user
| 
|}

== Personal salutations ==

Table with personal salutations for each user in the system

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| The person the salutation is for
| req.
|-
| 
| From table
| The table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
Same format as $_SESSION['user_fromtable']

| req.
|-
| 
| From local ID
| The ID from the table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
| req.
|-
| 
| Salutation
| The salutation itself. Must be the full line.
| req.
|}

== Colleges ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Initials
| Abbreviation of name
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| For shipping equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Contact person
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| Use this to login and recommend students
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Colleges' date blocks ==

Bob Sr, 2008-07: College date-block information must remain read-only for all except for the administrative few.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Dateblock ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| opt.
|-
| 
| Student sites to reserve equip. for
| numeric
| req.
|-
| 
| Funding source
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date site-funding received
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Total site-funding amount received
| number
In USD.

|-
| 
| Date travel funds requested
| The date we requested Quiet Hour Ministries to send the travel funds to the college/students.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Last status reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| opt.
|}

== Recommenders ==

Only for North-American division

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Recommender ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marker for last applicant
| a marker so we can cycle through these recommenders
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Translations ==

Per campaign site

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| From language
| dropdown acc. to available sermon notes language
| 
|}

== Campaign material ==

Shipments that are due (or waiting for payment before they are due)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Shipment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Personevent ID
| 
| req. to be a speaker
|-
| 
| Shipper
| A main_ext_logins.loginID reference
| 
|-
| 
| Paid
| date
Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a ||

|-
| 
| Postpone date
| date
This item will not shown on the shipping list until this date ||

|-
| 
| Shipped date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped method
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped tracking no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty billed
| date
Only used for graphics CDs, reporting to It Is Written ||

|}

== Clusters ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Clusters are a larger scope compared to groups. Groups can be linked to clusters. Only speakers can be members of clusters.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster name
| For homeland date blocks this is not used for anything really - other than it shows up on the campaign overview.
| 
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|}

== Cluster leaders ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster leader ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Speakers or organizers
| 
|}

== Groups ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Only speakers can be members of groups

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Group ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| 
|-
| 
| Group name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Recommender personID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reserved sites
| Will effectively always be filled out.
| 
|-
| 
| Funding source (site-funding)
|
Possible values: - 'sharehim': ShareHim is responsible - 'individually': each group member is responsible, but deposit for ALL must be received before any can apply - ' indiv_owndep': each group member is responsible, all applicants must pay their own deposit at time of application - 'collectively': group is responsible collectively

| req.
|-
| 
| Deposit received?
| yes/no
No one excepts organizers can apply before deposit has been received if funding source is 'individually'.

|-
| 
| Partial payment date
| date
Has no effect if amount is not set or 0.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Partial payment amount
| number
Has no effect if date is not set.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Last site-fund reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show group on availability report?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Max subdivide
| Max number of hotel cities the group is allowed to span across. Default one.
| req.
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled?
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Teams ==

Speaker linked with support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Team ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (speaker)
| 
| 
|}

== Orientation sites ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - no (0) - yes (1) - not necessary (2)

| req.
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting to the orientation site
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment booking ==

Booking of equipment Time frame of booking is decided by the period of the date block

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Booking ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| req. if no person ID
|-
| 
| Speaker ID (= Person ID)
| 
| req. if no college date block ID
|-
| 
| Case ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Booking date
| The date the booking was made (just for the information)
| 
|-
| 
| Paid amount
| Only for non-student related
| 
|-
| 
| Paid date
| Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound tracking no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance
| text (100)
E-mail of person received the insurance information ||

|-
| 
| Return date
| Date it was sent from the renter
| 
|-
| 
| Return method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Return tracking no.
| text (30)
If filled out it's a call tag, otherwise not

|-
| 
| Return received date
| Date it was received by ShareHim
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked by initials
| text (10)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, cases ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Case ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Case purchase date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the case is under repair or for another reason is not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| Down status
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Discharged
| date
When the case has been sold and we no longer have anything to do with it ||

|-
| 
| Discharged status
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, laptops ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment base ID
| ID of the equipment base where we administrate a set of graphics equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| OS product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Office product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Service Tag
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Express service code
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop value
| numeric
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty type
|
dropdown: - Next day service - Next day service + complete care

|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Quote no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the laptop is under repair or has been sold and hence not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| AC adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
Remote control for mouse ||

|-
| 
| Floppy drive
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, projectors ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Projector value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Power cord
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VGA cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VCR cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| International adapters
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Ground adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Extension cord
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Material stock ==

Sermon notes/graphics, Life of Christ videos, etc. Note: The Life of Christ videos that are active and have no format were previously those records that were the PAL version. The inactive NTSC versions are kept for historic purposes.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material group
|
Current list: - Notes/graphics CD - Graphics CD - Life of Christ video - Hardcopy (language must correspond exactly with sermon languages)

Must '''not''' be changed without considering consequences for rest of the system. Some of these values are used hard-coded in the script code

|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Code
| Short easy-to-read code identifying this product to use it when printing labels
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Format
|
NTSC/PAL/SECAM

CD/(DVD/VCD)

|-
| 
| Qty in stock
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Minimum qty in stock
| Espacially for Life of Christ videos
| 
|-
| 
| Available from
| Date from which this material will be available
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty organization
|
Current list: - It Is Written - Present Solutions

If royalties must be paid when issueing this item select here which organization it must be reported to.

|-
| 
| Shipper
| ID of shipper (from external logins) (blank/null if internal)
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Stories ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story type
|
dropdown

Possible values: - sitereport (report about campaign site) - testimonial (personal testimony)

| req.
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of the person who created this story, speaker or STMs
| 
|-
| 
| Purpose
|
dropdown:

- public (for publishing on website)

- internal (raw material for internal use)

| req.
|-
| 
| Headline
| self made headline/title on story
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Copy of Narrative
| Copy of narrative before people changes an authorized story.
| 
|-
| 
| Keywords
| Optional additional keywords used when searching
| 
|-
| 
| Author name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Author notes
| Scratch-board for author and/or editors. Not shown publicly.
| 
|-
| 
| Internal notes
| Scratch-board for editors.
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Pictures authorized
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Content authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Authorized for display on Adventist Review website?
| yes/no (set by ShareHim)
| 
|-
| 
| Approved for display on Adventist Review website?
| null/yes/no (set by Adventist Review)
Labels: Approved/Disabled/Not reviewed ||

|-
| 
| Show thumbnail? (for testimonies)
| yes/no
Show thumbnail of person (of course only effective if thumbnail is uploaded) ||

|-
| 
| Is news item?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Show from (only news items)
| date (from now if blank)
Date is inclusive.

|-
| 
| Show to (only news items)
| date (indefinitely if blank)
Date is exclusive.

|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| req.
|-
| 
| Date last modified
| datetime
| req.
|}

== Story pictures ==

Attached to the stories

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Picture ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Caption
| long text
| req.
|-
| 
| Filename (given by the system)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Original filename
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is retouched?
| yes/no
Set to yes when original picture was retouched, either manually or cropped - as intermediate stage between original and final picture

| req.
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| For rearranging the order of pictures
| 
|-
| 
| Upload date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Surveys ==

Evaluation forms filled out by the speakers and STMs.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Survey ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| No. of campaigns participated in
| Number of campaigns the person has participated in to date.
| req.
|-
| 
| [questions] x13
| 1-5 or null
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| date
| req.
|-
| 
| Is reviewed?
| yes/no
| req.
|}

== Donations ==

Received donations

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Donation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date received
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation amount
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation type
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Pledge ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ...many more fields
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receipt sent
| Date receipt was sent.
If we don't know the date it is set to 2001-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent method
| Possible values:
- letter - email - authorize.net ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent
| Date letter was sent.
If no letter was sent date is set to 2000-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Follow-Up done?
| yes/no
Used for non-sitefunding donations only ||

|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|}

== External logins ==

E.g. Caroline Conference, Quiet Hour, shippers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Login ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 1
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 2
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone
| An alternative phone number to campaign managers, mainly for entering local phone numbers that they use when they supervise campaigns.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone until
| The last date that the phone number is scheduled to be usable.
| req. if phone number is specified
|-
| 
| Access level
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Superadmin
|
0 / 1 / 2

1 = is superadmin 2 = is associate admin (lower than regular admin).

Only superadmin can see password, change information, add and delete users in external logins.

Only superadmin can emulate and set password (set_pw.php) for admin and coadmin.

Associate admins

|-
| 
| Fulltime
| yes/no
If coadmins are full-time or part-time managers ||

|-
| 
| Approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Password questions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Table
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Question
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Answer
| 
| 
|}

== Field descriptions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Description ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Table name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Field name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Public description
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Internal description
| 
| 
|}

== News ==

Information shown on the main page of the website

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| News ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Headline
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| ShowFrom
| date
| 
|-
| 
| ShowTo
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show all on home?
| yes/no
Show entire news item on the front page? (normally there is a max length for items shown there) || req.

|}

== ShareSynch Serial Numbers ==

Created serial numbers for the ShareSynch software

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Serial Number ID
| Internal ID
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| GS)-XXXX-XXXX
| req.
|-
| 
| Expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person this serial number is connected to
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Event this serial number is connected to (and that usually causes an expiration date)
| 
|-
| 
| Owner name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Owner e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Activations allowed
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is printed?
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Date created
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== ShareSynch activations ==

Activations that have been done for the different ShareSynch serial numbers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Activation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation Code
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation date
| timestamp
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation IP
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware Operating System
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ShareSynch software version
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reactivation dates
| The dates this activation code was resent or reactivated
| 
|-
| 
| Is withdrawn?
|
Possible values: 0 = is not withdrawn (default) 1 = withdrawn, allow re-activation 2 = withdrawn, disallow re-activation

Activation code can be withdrawn, either by the user deactivating the computer (1) or ShareHim revoking it (2).

In case of 2, the software needs to register that this activation code is now invalid, so that later attempts to use the same activation code we fail (but what if they format the hardware?!). But, if the code is then regranted, we can only reactivation the software through online activation, otherwise we can't be sure that the revoked code is now active again! Well, for a solid solution the hardware should actually be encrypted together with a date, so that the activation code would be different when the computer was reactivated, and then this whole matter woudn't be an issue. (Or we could also just issue a completely new serial number...)

| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== System settings ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| System administrator name
| General
| 
|-
| 
| System administrator e-mail
| General
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender name
| Name that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender e-mail
| E-mail that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| Days to resend unprocessed applicant
| Days after application date to resend recommendation e-mails for unprocessed applicants
| 
|-
| 
| Days to mark unproccessed applicant
| Number of days until applicant will be highlighted as 'not processed' in the unapproved applicants list
| 
|-
| 
| Days before orientation to ship Life of Christ video
| Days before orientation date that we issue the shipment
| 
|-
| 
| Days after date block closing date to remind about entering experience
| Only used for those who have received sponsorship
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding insurance coverage
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding service requests
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (name) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (e-mail) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance information e-mail recipient
| E-mail to which we send insurance information on shipped equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Case lock combination
| numeric (3)
Case lock on equipment cases ||

|-
| 
| Min. days to opening date to allow person use key for bypassing closing date (because of insurance and service requests reports/reminders, so should therefore always be before we send out the last insurance/serv. req. reminder)
| 
| 
|}

== E-mail templates ==

E-mail templates for e-mails that are sent out automatically

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| E-mail template ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| identification name for this template
| 
|-
| 
| Subject
| Subject for the e-mail
| 
|-
| 
| Body
| Body for the e-mail
| 
|}

== Email log, group e-mails ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mail reference
| reference to the mail sent (an ID or a file reference)
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|}

== Email log, service requests reports ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| CC
| Carbon Copy recipients
| 
|-
| 
| Attached files
| )
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Target
| "host" or "sending" organization (division/union/conference)
| 
|-
| 
| Batch
| "first" or "second" batch of reports to this organization
| 
|}

== Mail queue ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Mail queue ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| By local ID
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| By from table
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| Sender name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sender e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Query ID
| Query ID that this queue is based upon.
In case we want to make queues that are special and not based on a query this can just be left empty.

|
|-
| 
| Custom subject
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Attach files
| Serialized PHP array with documents to attach to the e-mails in this queue.
| 
|-
| 
| Use personal salutations?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| 
|-
| 
| Date completed
| datetime
Is set when all e-mails in this queue have been sent.

|
|}

== System translations ==

Pieces of text used in the interface and which can be translated into other languages

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Category
| Not really used
| 
|-
| 
| Tag
| The tag use in the PHP code
| 
|-
| 
| Langugage [en|es|da|...]
| The text for this tag in the given language
| 
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| Not used
| 
|-
| 
| Explanation
| Any useful instructions for the translator about this piece of text
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Timestamp for when the text or tag for the primary language (English) was last modified
| 
|}

== System translators ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translator ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| Two-letter abbreviation for the language
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
|
Person ID from main_people of the person who is the translator for this language.

Set to 0 if we currently have no translator.

|
|-
| 
| Last notified
| Last time translator was notified about new or changed text to be translated
| 
|}

== System log ==

Table is placed in a separate database.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Operation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| By name
| Name of user who caused this operation
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By local ID
| ...his local ID
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By from table
| ...originates from this table
Note: Because of programming mistake this field has incorrect values until 2006-08-22 after a user has emulated somebody. Unsure when problem started (maybe 2006-06-08 or 2006-03-27). || Req. if avail.

|-
| 
| Visit ID
| VisitID from WebStory statistics
| 
|-
| 
| IP
| User's IP address at time of logging
| 
|-
| 
| Emulated by
| Full name of person who was emulating
| 
|-
| 
| Action
| Main name for for this action
| Req.
|-
| 
| Subaction
| Subname for this action
| 
|-
| 
| For name
| Name of user/record this action was executed upon
NOTE: This can be either firstname lastname or lastname, firstname ||

|-
| 
| For local ID
| ...caused upon this ID in the table below
| 
|-
| 
| For from table
| ...caused upon a record in this table
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of person it was caused upon (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| DateblockID that this action is related to (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Parameters
| Any extra parameters to log. Default format: field=value¤field=value...
| 
|}

If a field is fit for having a value but we don't have it readily available when making the logentry then we set the value to "N/A" (or "0" for number fields) so that we later can run some queries to easily replace all these "missing" information pieces.

=== List tables ===

== Venue types ==

- eg.: Church, open field etc. - 'venueno' only added and sorted by for the sake of Tamara entering the data

== Countries ==

- connected to which division it's in - including the ISO-3166 two-letter codes (where codes starting with underscore (_) is self-made in order to not have empty field) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain country names are used hard-coded in the script code (eg. ship_material.php) - as of 2006-09-21 used in: - main_divisions - main_unions - main_conferences - main_orientations - main_hotels - main_colleges - main_people - the divisionID is taken from Jon Brauer's XML file "2006-08 OMCountries (Jon Brauer).xml".

== Currencies ==

- code, name, rate, date of rate, and source of rate

== Sponsors ==

- eg.: Quiet Hour Ministries, and later on maybe The Voice of Prophecy

== Material groups ==

- eg.: Sermon notes, Graphics CD, Life of Christ video - make no possibility to edit records, only add (and maybe delete) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain material groups are used hard-coded in the script code (ship_material.php)

== Equipment bases ==

- the different locations at which we administrate a set of graphics equipment, eg. North Carolina

== Shipping methods ==

- eg.: UPS, FedEx

== US states ==

== Titles ==

- eg.: Mr., Mrs. etc.

== Access levels ==

- eg.: admin etc.

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Misc documentation

2011-12-11T16:52:22Z

Allan Jensen: Added external links and consumers

<pre>The conversion of this information from the Word document Structure.doc has not yet been quality checked.
</pre>
 

 

== Security ==

==== Login session variables ====

REMEMBER that these variables also needs to be set (or at least managed) when emulating and unemulating.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Username (e-mail)
| user_login
|-
| Password
| user_password
|-
| Person/div./un./conf. ID
(Local ID) || user_localID (MUST correspond to $accesslevel in order to identify the user on his own level - certain users from ext_logins has to be "mapped" to an existing record in the table for his level, so that it will actually just be an alias. We cannot transfer the localID field from ext_logins to localID field in temp_users, because we would not have the reverse identification of that user in temp_users then, so we have to manually check the session variable to see if the user comes from ext_logins table and lookup the localID manually. If we are only concerned about the current user the localID can be found in "user_eff_localID" though.)

|-
| Ext. logins loginID
| user_ext_logins_loginID
(only made for logins in main_ext_logins. Saves the loginID as the localID will only contain the mapped localID - if any)

|-
| Effective local ID
| user_eff_localID
(holds the effective local ID for the current user. For ext. logins that means the value of "user_ext_logins_loginID" and for all other user the value of "user_localID")

|-
| Access level (number)
| user_accesslevel_num
|-
| Access level (text)
| user_accesslevel
|-
| From table
| user_fromtable
(values are as MySQL table names except without the "main_" part)

|-
| Full name
| user_fullname
|-
| If admin is superadmin
| user_is_superadmin
|-
| If admin is associate admin
| user_is_assoc_admin
|-
| Is conference organizer
| false)
If user is a conference organizer for homeland campaigns

|-
| Is conference organizer for sectors
| user_is_conf_organizer_for_sectors
Array of sectors a conference organizer is limited to. Non-existing if no limits.

|-
| Is pastor
| false)
|-
| Is editor
| user_is_editor
('executive','associative','text','graphics', or false)

|-
| User's active event
| user_active_personeventID
|-
| Emulating mode
| user_login_emulated (true or not set)
(whether the current login is being emulated)

|-
| Responsible date blocks
| user_resp_dateblocks
(array of dateblockIDs that this coadmin is responsible for/has access to maintain. Only used for 'coadmin' access level, otherwise it's an empty array)

|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID
| verified_openid
|-
| Verfied/authenticated OpenID short version
| verified_openid_short
|}

==== Other session variables generally used ====

Only lasting during the page execution for all pages that goes through the security check.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| Dateblock ID
| $dateblockID
(the date block that an administrator is currently working in)

|}

==== Access levels ====

Each usergroup must also have a numeric value because of the login system's way of behaviour.

Access levels from 70-79 and 0-10 should on the pages be set specifically (in $requiredUserLevel) to avoid unwanted inherited permissions.

 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| '''Group'''
| '''Abbrev.'''
| '''Range'''
| '''General'''
'''(if range)'''

|-
| System
| system
| 
| 899
|-
| Administrators
| admin
| 70+
90+ || 100

|-
| Campaign managers *
Equipment managers || coadmin

equip || 70-89 || 80 79

|-
| Divisions
| div
| 60-69
| 65
|-
| Unions
| un
| 50-59
| 55
|-
| Conferences/missions
| conf
| 40-49
| 45
|-
| People (clusters, groups, college leaders)
| people
| 26-39
| 30
|-
| Recommenders
| recom
| 15
| 
|-
| Colleges
| college
| 14
| 
|-
| Material shippers
(OBS! Probably not fully configured in set_pw.php...!) || shipper || 10 ||

|-
| ShareSynch Technical Supporter
(OBS! Probably not fully configured in set_pw.php...!) || ssynch || 9 ||

|-
| **(Quiet Hour Ministries) (communic?)
| qhmsponsor
| 8
| 
|-
| **Travel agents
| travelag
| 7
| 
|-
| Insurance agents
| insuragent
| 6
| 
|}

*mostly same as administrators but only within selected date blocks, and no access to certain system wide features
**planned access levels

When creating new access levels use this checklist: - try to make unique abbreviations/access level names so they can be searched for - add to table list_accesslevels - add to login/checklogin.php - add to js_functions_phpmaker.js (syncLocalToAccesslevel() function) - add to main_ext_loginslist.php (in section "Show mappings/localID") - add to temp_userslist.php (add to switch() making the $emulate_qstr variable) - add to php_functions_login.php => format_accesslevel() - add permission and setup in set_pw.php to emulate and set user/password (if emulation should be possible)

==== Table permissions ====

Important notes: No records must be deleted if it has attached records in underlying levels ''Divisions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Date blocks'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Unions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Conferences/missions'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Orientations sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| 
| 
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

Note: Only admin can edit orientation date and city ''Hotel cities'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

''Campaign sites'' From divisions and down these permissions are only allowable within their dateblock, and only themselves on the same level

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''View'''
| '''Edit'''
| '''Add'''
| '''Delete'''
|-
| Admin
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Divisions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Unions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| Conferences/missions
| x
| x
| x
| x
|-
| People
| x
| 
| 
| 
|-
| External logins
| x
| 
| 
| 
|}

==== Field permissions ====

- only admin is allowed to change Active-fields - password field may never be entered/changed manually

==== Information locks ====

== Scheduler ==

- checking if we have all necessary information in time before campaigns begin - sending reminders to people

== Page layouts ==

==== General guidelines ====

- if information is missing write something like "Awaiting information..." - hide all e-mail addresses for public users and also for logged in users where they don't need to know the address

== Rules, standards, notes, etc. ==

==== Abbreviations & definitions (terminology/glossary) ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| STM
| support team member
|-
| OLT
| Outreach Leadership Team
|-
| div (not the tag<div>)</div>
| division
|-
| un
| union
|-
| conf
| conference/mission
|-
| lang
| language
|-
| local ID
| ID from div, un, conf etc.
|-
| equipment
| = 1 case
|-
| co-speaker
| associate speaker
|-
| conf org / conforg
| conference organizer
|-
| n/a
| not applicable
|-
| shcfg
| name of global variable that is an array with hardcoded configuration/settings for the entire project
|-
| shrun
| name of global variable that is an array with values that have been set at runtime, usually in ini.php
|-
| acl
| Access Control Layer (permissions)
|-
| NAD
| North-American Division
|-
| number of open sites for a dateblock
| number of sites minus applicants that has been approved by admin but not necessarily assigned to a site yet
|-
| event request
| when a person requests to go to another campaign (paraphrased: "applying a second time at Global Evangelism" or technically "applying using eventrequest.php instead of apply.php)
|-
| date block
| one series of mettings in a specific geographical area, with an opening date and a closing date
|-
| campaign
| same as date block
|-
| NWM
| Not Worth Mentioning
|-
| curr
| current
|-
| valerr
valerrHTML || used in naming convention for variables holding validation error message for a field/piece of information - in plain text and HTML

|-
| hub city
| exactly the same as a hotel city. We renamed the term hotel city to hub city.
|-
| ccard
| credit card
|-
| authnet
| Authorize.net
|-
| Centralizer
| a system developed by Allan Jensen to easily set up webpages for maintaining data in database tables
|-
| pid
| Person ID
|-
| offid
| Officer ID
|-
| wrkid
| Worker ID
|-
| choffid
| Church office ID
|-
| cid / confid
| Conference ID
|-
| chid
| Church ID
|-
| insttid
| Institution ID
|-
| evbdgid
| Event budget ID
|-
| pavid
| Person availability ID
|-
| pcacid
| Person/conference acceptance ID
|-
| pceid
| Pre-campaign event ID
|-
| stid
| Story ID
|-
| teid
| Training Entity ID
|-
| taid
| Training Accept ID
|-
| conforgid
| Conference organizer ID
|-
| pressynch
| Presentaion Synchronizer/Sermon Synchronizer (software)
|-
| ws
| webservice
|-
| cspd
| correspondent
|-
| site-fund
| people or groups who needs to contribute financially to their own campaigns (1,200 $/site).
REMEMBER! Instead of using the word "pay" we must always phrase it as "contributing" (or "donating") for tax-deductible reasons (see note in format_sitefund_indicatorHTML() ).

|-
| pre-funded
| sites that are being funded by ShareHim or somebody else with the $1,200, that is, the speaker is not responsible for providing the funds
|-
| normal deadline
| the latest date we will accept site-funding (the $1,200) before a campaign without adding the $100 rush processing fee. The date is fixed at 3 months before. The date is inclusive so that payments on this date does not enforce the extra fee.
|-
| TQH
| The Quiet Hour / Quiet Hour Ministries
|-
| ARM
| Adventist Risk Management
|}

==== Applicant categories ====

A description of the different categories of applicants (IMPORTANT: '''Remember''' to consider co-speaker option, too).

Notation in brackets means is for a '''co-speaker''' in that category. Only used where applicable and where there is a difference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''pastor'''
| '''layman'''
| '''academy'''
| '''college'''
| '''stm'''
'''(support team member)''' || '''organizer'''

|-
| Table containing date block reference field
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
| main_collegedateblocks
| main_personevents
| main_personevents
|-
| Can be co-speaker?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Can be team leader?
(record in main_teams) || Yes [No] || Yes [No] || Yes [No] || Yes [No] || No || No

|-
| Can be team member? (use teamID field)
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| No [Yes]
| Yes
| No
|-
| Can be group member (and group leader)?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| Yes
|-
| Facilitator value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Needs recommendation for international campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Needs acceptance for homeland campaigns?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Not applicable
| No
| No
|-
| Allow standby event?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Recommender value?
| If NAD division:
RecommenderID || If NAD division: RecommenderID || If NAD division: RecommenderID || CollegedateblockID || No || No

|-
| Recommender comments value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Reference
| Ministerial secretary
| Pastor
| Academy
| -none-
| -none-
| -none-
|-
| Reference value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| No
|-
| Ranking value?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Flight information?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Room sharing value?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Possible
|-
| Subject to cluster, group, and date block size limitations?
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| Yes [No]
| No
| No
|-
| Can have graphics equipment booking?
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| Yes
| No
| Yes???
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| Table with possible related records
| main_teams [no]
main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions || main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions || main_teams [no] main_groups [no] main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions || main_teams [no] - main_sites [no] main_equip_booking [no] main_campaign_material main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions || - - - - - main_report main_experiences main_pwquestions || - - - - - - - main_pwquestions

|}

Common for all: - a record in main_personevents

==== Operations allowed at the different stages in the application process ====

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''Waiting for recommendation'''
| '''Waiting for acceptance'''
| '''Waiting for approval'''
| '''Waiting on standby'''
|-
| Select as active event
(eventchange.php) || No || No || No || No

|-
| Enter flight arrival info
(menupeople.php) || Yes || Yes || Yes || Yes

|-
| Select room sharing preferences
(menupeople.php) || Yes || Yes || Yes || Yes

|-
| People themselves delete the event
(eventdelete.php) || No || No || Yes || Yes

|}

==== Possible combinations of 'category' and 'cospeaker' and their allowed selection of dateblocks ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:''' - we have 3 different definitions of allowed dateblock selections: - dateblocks within a college - dateblocks that still has open sites (see definition above under 'Abbreviation & definitions') - dateblocks that has not passed their closing date, and therefore still accepts applications - a cospeaker from a college, can only select date blocks defined for that same college (similar to a def. in next analyses) - of course stm & organizers cannot be cospeakers ''Complete definition table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| '''cospeaker = 0'''
| '''cospeaker = 1'''
| 
|-
| '''pastor'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''layman'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''college'''
| college defined
| college defined
| 
|-
| '''academy'''
| open sites
| unclosed
| 
|-
| '''stm'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|-
| '''organizer'''
| unclosed
| -
| 
|}

''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table''

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| category = college &
cospeaker = 0|1 || Only dateblocks defined for that college || Note: Since cospeaker doesn't matter, we don't consider that when dealing with a category=college.

|-
| category = pastor|layman|academy &
cospeaker = 0 || Only dateblocks that still has open sites ||

|-
| category = pastor|layman|academy &
cospeaker = 1 || All unclosed dateblocks ||

|-
| category = stm|organizer &
cospeaker = 0 || All unclosed dateblocks ||

|-
| category = stm|organizer &
cospeaker = 1 || ''-invalid combination-'' || Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with stm & organizers

|}

==== Possible combinations of speaker's support team members and their dateblock link (for when selecting members) ====

This analyses is done to make sure that we have encompassed all possible combinations and their differences and validity.

'''Some general definitions of which the following analyses is based on:''' - a cospeaker from a college, can only be a cospeaker to a speaker from that same college (similar to a def. in former analyses) - a speaker can have 2 types of support team members: - stm (normal) - pastor|layman|academy (but not college) cospeakers - of course a non-cospeaker cannot be a support team member - of course stm & organizers cannot be cospeakers - the dateblock link of college students is, contrary to the other types, stored in collegedateblocks ''Complete definition table'' '''Speaker''' '''Possible support team members''' '''Speaker dateblock link table''' '''STM dateblock link table''' pastor - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm personevents personevents layman - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm personevents personevents college - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm collegedateblocks personevents - college & cospeaker collegedateblocks collegedateblocks academy - pastor|layman|academy & cospeaker - stm personevents personevents ''Definitions encompassing all derived conclusions from the above table'' Note: keeping the dateblockID link in collegedateblocks makes it possible to move all college students from one college to another dateblock with a simple change (considering strict normalization of databases this is the correct way to do it). On the other hand it complicates when dealing with dateblockID for speakers. (At the point of time of writing this the question is whether to do one or the other - whether I already have figured out the ways to go about this difference - which I ''think'' I have... since I have made SQL queries for both finding all speakers within a dateblock and finding all stm within a dateblock) speaker category = pastor|layman|academy All has the same possible dateblock link tables speaker category = college & stm category <> college & cospeaker = 1 Speaker dateblock link is in 'collegedateblocks', stm dateblock link is in either 'personevents' or 'collegedateblocks' speaker category = college & stm category = college & cospeaker = 1 speaker category = [any] & stm category = [any] & cospeaker = 0 ''-invalid combination-'' Note: Since this is an invalid combination, we don't consider cospeaker when dealing with category=college

Update: To simplify the SQL statement the field eff_dateblockID (effective dateblockID)

==== Organizer's responsibility group/scope ====

'''NOTE: This is our goal but it doesn't mean that the system is working exactly like this yet! Some development probably needed in this area.''' An organizer can be responsible for the following groups of people depending on his setup: '''Setting''' '''Responsibility group''' Not in any group or cluster All people in date block Member of a group All people in the same group Member of a cluster All people in the same cluster For his group of people the areas he can work in include (but is not limited to): - maintaining their personal record - entering flight information - making hotel room reservation - booking or unbooking graphics equipment - probably also assigning/unassigning team members???

==== Multiple events ====

- on the people's own menu they work with one event at a time - they select themselves which one they want to work with

==== Website Layout & Coding Format ====

- generally aim at a minimum screen resolution of 1024x768 pixels - most website users use IE so it's must be compatible with the newest versions - but most browsers can be expected (because of a large user group) - a menu area and a main area - light background color/texture - use default font sizes/families and styles unless something needs to be emphasized or de-emphasized - use '''to emphasize - use or the CSS class "dimmed" for less important text - don't follow coding structure of main_*.php and list_*.php (generated by PHPMaker) but rather story_menu_admin.php - complexity of search and sorting features needs to be considered for every case (sometimes needed, otherwise just simple) - standard date format: mm/dd/yyyy - started writing LOCAL-DATE places where we eventually will localize the date format for user's country - consider if strftime() (or strftime_new() in adventsangerne.no) can be used for something - standard number format: ##,###,###.## - always use require_function() for defining functions to use. Never include file directly. - when validating date use $err_occurs_on_page to count how many errors occur. The validation functions also uses this variable. - recommended to use query string variable "act" when requesting a page with a command to do some operation - see additional coding format specifications in "Programming principles - Allan.txt"'''

 

==== E-mails ====

- e-mail addresses must never be shown to the public. They must be presented with a form to be filled out instead. - general e-mails should bounce to bounce@sharehim.org, while all other e-mails should bounce to the sender address - format of the unique Mailer ID that can be used in e-mails: X-Mailer-ID: #SRCID#MAIL#FEST07-2#PID686#

==== Check queries ====

- IMPORTANT: check that all speakers in a college within a cluster have personevents.clusterID filled out accordingly - check that all homeland date blocks have at least one conference defined in main_dateblockconfs - SELECT main_dateblocks.* FROM main_dateblocks LEFT JOIN main_dateblockconfs USING (dateblockID) WHERE homeland = 1 AND main_dateblockconfs.conferenceID IS NULL ORDER BY title - conferences, unions etc. have their upper level record - orphaned group members - speakers both being group leader and group member - check that group date block matches the members date blocks - speaker who haven't been issued any material (use code from _db-query.php) - check that STMs that are member of teams are also member of that date block - check that no delete-marked events are found in main_people.active_personeventID - delete active_personeventIDs that do not exist in main_personevents (maybe obsolete now) _db-query.php: "CLEAR ACTIVE_PERSONEVENTIDs THAT ARE NOT EXISTING IN PERSONEVENTS" - check that all people in homeland campaigns are members of clusters - check date block dates: SELECT dateblockID, title, opening_date, appl_closed_date, data_lock_date, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) AS days_duration, TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) AS days_before_appl_close, TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) AS days_lock_date_before_closingdate FROM main_dateblocks WHERE TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(opening_date) <> 15 /* days_duration */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) < 0 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(opening_date) - TO_DAYS(appl_closed_date) > 90 /* days_before_appl_close */ OR TO_DAYS(closing_date) - TO_DAYS(data_lock_date) < -10 /* days_lock_date_before_closingdate */ ORDER BY opening_date - check if we have any visits with any of the user agents currently listed in class webstory -> $skip_useragent_keywords - occasionally removed unused queries: delete_query(false, array('queryID' => 0, 'queryID_compare' => '>=')); //it will auto probibit deleting used queries - check that pastor e-mail addresses match e-mail address in our records (system should prohibit it though so any records shown here might be a result of a problem in the system. Also see e-mails with subject "E-mail changed" of 2010-09-06 and 2011-03-10): SELECT main_people.personID, legal_firstname, legal_lastname, main_people.email, main_officers.email AS conf_email, pw FROM main_people INNER JOIN main_officers ON main_people.personID = main_officers.personID WHERE main_people.email <> main_officers.email

==== Dropdowns ====

- dropdowns binding a record to it's upper level must only show the upper level values within that branch of the tree

==== Boolean fields ====

All boolean fields (yes/no) have the field type TINYINT. 1 = yes / true 0 = no / false This makes it easier to determine false and true in PHP. Some fields also have additional special values like -1 or 2. Use the label "- not set -" if the boolean value has not been set.

==== Adding/removing fields for, or links to, person record in main_people ====

- when deleting a person (main_persondelete.php and delete_person() ) consider this new field - when merging a person (merge_person() ) consider this new field - for foreign keys linking to main_people.personID, add a reference in person_alldata.php - consider necessary changes to ShareHim Satellite

==== Deleting applicants ====

Deleting an applicant (meaning that he doesn't want to participate in the program anyway or he has been denied) does not result in an actual removal of the person from the database. We only delete the personevent record.

==== Deactivating records ====

To deactivate a record would be a very rare occurrence, only for example if a division re-organizes it's unions. In that case we deactive the unions that are no longer existing and by that we also cancel all current activities for those unions, like equipment booking and scheduled material shipments. This must/can then be re-booked and re-scheduled for the new unions created in stead. This is an example of the principle of deactivating records and theirs effects on the system.

==== User menus ====

Procedures (= links) that aren't applicable at present should be grayed out e.g.: only make active link to match speakers if there are any speakers that need to be matched This will make an easy todo-list overview for the user Group these kind of procedures together on the menu

==== External links and webservice consumers ====

The following describes which external places are linking into our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /add-new-campaign 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for people to apply for a homeland Speaker-Initiated Campaign)

|-
| /sharesynch 
|
ShareSynch software (for manual activation)

|-
| /hiswayofhope-order-new-disc 
|
NOT YET IMPLEMENTED ShareSynch software (for upgrade to newer version where they need new disc)

|}

 

The following system are calling webservices on our website:

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" border="1"
|-
| /php/sharesynch_activate_online.php 
| ShareSynch software (automatic activation) 
|-
| /php/ws.php?ws=add_goodsalt_order&f=json 
| GoodSalt order system 
|}

==== Address formats ====

3 different formats (currently not differencing USA/Canada): - USA - Street/PO - City, State, Zip - Country - Canada - Street/PO - City, Province, X#X-#X# - Country - Other - Street/PO - Postal information - Country

==== Telephone formats ====

On forms where people enter their phone number they need to enter the number WITHOUT country code and WITH area number. On forms where people edit their phone number we will show a plus (+) and the country code in front of that number. We can do that since we have the country code for all countries in the table list_countries.

==== Log actions ====

Used in `sharehim_log` database in table `system_operations`, fields `action` and `subaction` person added deleted updated merged name corrected changed recommendation status acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent to the conference) accepted (by receiving field => homeland conference) rejected (by receiving field => homeland conference) acceptance reverted acceptance request cancelled person event updated activated (standby event was activated) downgrade to standby (actual event was downgraded to standby event) changed main speaker site-funding fulfilled revoked event added standby added deleted standby deleted undeleted moved (so far only used in move_college_group() ) email sent [blank] site-funding reminder pastor passwords category changed application new recommendation requested (= e-mail requesting recommendation has been sent) recommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) unrecommended (by sending field => specified recommendators) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': acceptance requested (= e-mail requesting acceptance has been sent) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': accepted (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) ''NO LONGER ISSUED'': rejected (by receiving field => homeland cluster leader) approved (by ShareHim administrator) denied (= event denied) (by ShareHim administrator) status reverted availability added deleted moved people search login success failed emulated logout password generated/changed group created deleted (not yet implemented as of 8/4-05) leader changed cluster leader changed college dateblock leader changed campaign site added (type=speaker-init comes under this as well) moved approved (used for speaker-init events) declined (used for speaker-init events) dateblock added modified deleted hub city/sites moved story deleted donation deleted equipment caseID replaced equipment booking created deleted changed Table might not yet be complete. (use SQL from file "Code pieces/SQL statements.txt" to make it complete)

'''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' - to minimize number of records the following log actions are deleted once in a while (after taking a local backup of the whole database so we have the information just in case we need it): DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'campaign site' AND subaction = 'added'; /* date added is registered in main_sites anyway */ DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'success'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'failed'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'login' AND subaction = 'emulated'; DELETE FROM system_operations WHERE `action` = 'logout' AND subaction IS NULL;

==== Change Log prefixes ====

The following prefixes are used when entering comments in the CVS repository (see notes below the table):

ADD When features/functional behaviours are added CHG When features/functional behaviours are changed FIX When a bug has been fixed IMPROV When features/functional behaviours have been improved (and it's neither a decided FIX, CHG, or ADD) REMOVE When a functional behaviour or out-dated code has been removed UNDO Undo a previous commit (usually the previous one of that file)

Any prefix can have " NWM" appended when it is a change that is "Not Worth Mentioning". For example: Any prefix can have " MAJOR" appended when it involves a major functionality change or upgrade. The prefix is following by a colon, a space, and then the description. Examples:

'''ADD: link to change password'''

'''FIX NWM: corrected spelling'''

'''ADD MAJOR: donation management system'''

In very rare cases a prefix is not applicable and therefore not used.

If '''only''' functions have been changed we write a comma-seperated list of their names with "()" appended. For example:

'''ADD: get_dateblocks(), get_dateblock_info(): also return mediafolder field'''

If '''both''' functions '''and''' code in other places have been changed, we write the description normaly, but in the end list the functions that have been changed and/or added. For example:

'''ADD: interface for the new date block field mediafolder. Functions modified: get_dateblocks(), set_dateblock(). Functions added: get_mediafolder()'''

The same applies for JavaScript functions, but then we write "JS" with the parenthesis, for example: '''get_field_value(JS)'''

For PHP classes we write like this: ''''''class webservice_server''''''

The point here is to always add the names of functions and classes that are changed, so that it's possible to search CVS for all changes regarding those functions/classes.

Possible improvement (=not yet used): there should actually also be a keyword for deciding whether or not the entry should be seen for the general users of the website, so they know which changes have been made to the website that affect their work. Eg. "technical modification" or "functional modification".

==== Code-related tags ====

Codes that are put different places in the source code to link together different pieces of code that are related - to make it easier to maintain it and remember other places where we are dealing with the same thing. It's important that these tags are unique through ALL text files in the project so that they are easy to search for. Always write them in upper case. KOREAN-EXCEPTION Code dealing with the Korean Council customization in NAD division. SHOW-CURRENT-DATES-FOR-MASTER-SITE The places that we show current existing campaign dates for a master site. TERMS-FOR-ASSIGNING-HOMELAND-SPEAKER Places where we write the terms for assigning a speaker to a homeland campaign date DIALOGBOX-LIKE-MESSAGE LIST-CHURCH-PASTORS CHECK-STORIES-LINKED-TO-SITE CHECK-STATS-LINKED-TO-SITE SEND_EMAIL_WHEN_ACCEPTED DETERMINE-SENIOR-PASTOR Places where we determine who is the senior pastor for a church BLOCK-SAME-DIVISION-APPLICANTS Block applicants from applying to date blocks in their own residence division NOTIFY-NON-EUD-HOMELAND-APPLICANTS Code for notifying non-EUD applicants about homeland campaigns in EUD OPENID-ENTRY-CODE Places with code for OpenID that public users see. Can hide these pieces in case we want to disable it. SKIPPED-TRANSL Places in homeland system where I have skipped translating something QUEST or QUEST-EXPERT Questions I have for other (expert) programmers about issues I'm unsure about. WATCHFUTURE Things we need to keep an eye on in the future as project develops TODO Places in the code where I need to do something.

==== System entry points ====

Places where user will enter this system (might not be a complete list - check also with login.php) - index.php - login.php - menu*.php - recommend.php (recommenders go directly to here)

==== Customized changes in generated PHPMaker pages ====

Security code

In top of all pages <?php //security $minUserLevel = 70; $cfgProgDir = 'login/'; include($cfgProgDir . "secure.php"); ?> Extra SQL for limiting users on their own level to ONLY maintain their own record

*edit.php for applicable tables //A user is only allowed to edit his own record on his own level

//This is only for extra security in case someone tries to change the URL if ($accesslevel == 'div') { //customization by Allan Jensen $ownlevelSQL = ' AND divisionID = ' . $ID; } else { $ownlevelSQL = '';'' }

$strsql = "SELECT * FROM `main_divisions` WHERE `divisionID`=".$tkey.$ownlevelSQL;

==== SQL sentences ====

''Relationships up through the main line:'' main_translations INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_translations.siteID = main_sites.sideID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_sites.hotelID = main_hotels.hotelID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_hotels.conferenceID = main_conferences.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_conferences.unionID = main_unions.unionID INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_unions.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_divisions ON main_dateblocks.divisionID = main_divisions.divisionID ''Return all sites for a orientation/dateblock (the opposite direction of above):'' SELECT main_sites.* FROM main_orientations INNER JOIN main_dateblocks ON main_orientations.dateblockID = main_dateblocks.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_unions ON main_dateblocks.dateblockID = main_unions.dateblockID INNER JOIN main_conferences ON main_unions.unionID = main_conferences.unionID INNER JOIN main_hotels ON main_conferences.conferenceID = main_hotels.conferenceID INNER JOIN main_sites ON main_hotels.hotelID = main_sites.hotelID ''UNION query to obtain all users:'' SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'div' AS accesslevel FROM main_divisions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION ALL SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'un' AS accesslevel FROM main_unions WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT coord_email AS email, coord_pw AS pw, 'conf' AS accesslevel FROM main_conferences WHERE coord_email is not null AND coord_pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, 'people' AS accesslevel FROM main_people WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null UNION SELECT email, pw, accesslevel FROM main_ext_logins WHERE email is not null AND pw is not null

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Database Tables-Fields, sharehim main

2011-12-09T17:12:43Z

Allan Jensen: Added table and field names

= Database Tables/Fields - sharehim_main =

== Divisions (main_divisions) ==

Containing the 13 SDA divisions in the world

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| 
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| req.
|-
| initials 
| Initials
| 3-letter abbreviation
| req.
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| division_secretaries 
| Division officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Unions (main_unions) ==

List of all the unions within the 13 world divisions. Occasionally we pull the data from AdventistDirectory to update our list of unions. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| Division this union belongs to 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Union officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Is participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
Not really used because all participating organizations will have a record in the conference table, even though it might be fake. ||

|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Conferences or missions (main_conferences) ==

List of SDA conferences/missions/fields. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA organisation ID (AdmFieldID)
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| 
| SDA OrgMastID
| 6-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org. This is the master ID from eadventist.com.
| 
|-
| 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name contracted
| Short name for the conference. Used in homeland system.
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Conference e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Conference officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Churches & pastors synchronization setting
|
'''Churches:''' 1 : pull from eAdventist.net all others : pull from AdventistDirectory

'''Pastors:''' 0 : entered manually 1 : authorized to pull from eAdventist

((Can add more values for each different synchronization scheme we encounter with different conferences))

| 
|-
| 
| Allow pastor to do final acceptance of new applicants?
|
yes/no

1 : pastoral approval 0 : pastor's recommendation, conference-staff final approval 

(fieldname should have been allow_pastors_approve_speakers!)

| 
|-
| 
| Last updated via eAdventist
| For non-NAD conferences this indicates last time we updated the '''church''' list from AdventistDirectory.org
| 
|-
| 
| Internal comments
| ONLY coadmin and admin may see/edit this.
| 
|-
| 
| Public comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| World map, X-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| 
| World map, Y-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Conferences' Wire Information ==

Information used for wiring money to the different conferences.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| Bank account no.
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Name of account holder/owner
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Address of account holder
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank location
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Use correspondent/intermediary bank?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank location
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Account no. of beneficiary's bank (the bank above) at the correspondent bank
| 
| 
|}

== Conference accepted people ==

People's acceptance or rejection to preach in a specific conference. Only applicable to homeland date blocks.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference acceptance ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: - waiting - accepted - rejected

| req. 
|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| Values set by the system: 
- "Done campaign" (when accepted) (value also used to unset it in case an qualifying event(s) are deleted, so it should not be modified) - "Int'l recommended" (when accepted) - "Auto-accepted eA pastor" (when automatically set to accepted by the Obtain Pastor Login procedure in login_link_pastor.php)

Values set AND used by the system (only when status=waiting): - "Pastor: ?": pending pastor response - "Pastor: yes": pastor consented - "Pastor: caution: [a reason]": pastor cautioned

| req. if rejected 
|}

== Hub cities - Previously Hotel cities (main_hotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| Only used for homeland (some hub cities for international campaigns also contain a conference because ALL records were assigned the ID when we created this field)
| req. for homeland
|-
| 
| City
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : not necessary

| req. 
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting from orientation to hotel city
| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Is non-hotel?
| yes/no
For homeland date blocks the hotel info is not required and this field should be set to yes (but not mandatory)

| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Date blocks' hotels (main_dateblockhotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID (= hub city)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| Optional and ONLY used for linking a specific orientation to this hotel city in case the date block has multiple orientation sites.
| 
|}

== Date blocks ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Opening date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Closing date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Applications closing date
| Should be the final cut-off date for new applicants.
Date is inclusive, so after this date no new applications are accepted. When converted to a Unix timestamp we add one day minus one second, so that the calculation is correct AND if converted back to only a date it is still the same date.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Data lock date
| After this date only administrators and co-administrators will be allowed to change all data concerning a date block: 
- teams - groups - site info (incl. translations) - hotel info - orientation hotel info - rank sites - rank speakers

This date MUST be after applications closed date.

As of 2007-12-05 the detailed definition was: - people cannot remove themselves from campaigns after this date, but all other accesslevels can (eventdelete.php). - conference coordinators for international campaigns (not conference organizers) cannot do these things after this date (but admin and coadmin can always do all of these things): * add campaign sites * edit campaign sites * add hub cities to a date block * edit orientation hotel info - people cannot themselves re-arrange their team and group membership after this date. - ranking of sites and speakers can only be changed by admin and coadmin after this date.

(PS. Hotel reservation is locked on date block opening date)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Campaign title (Homeland: Additional label)
| Usually the country wherein the campaigns will be held.
Homeland: optional additional label like "SWAU"

| req. for international opt. for homeland 
|-
| 
| Total sites
| Total number of campaign sites in this date block - must ALWAYS be kept up-to-date as available sites are calculated from this.
For homeland campaigns this is currently kept updated to equal the number sites that have been set up for this date. Would be more useful to only count the sites where a speaker had been matched...

| 
|-
| 
| Questions recipient
| LoginID of the person from External logins who will receive questions about this date block. This person will also be the lead date block manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Pre-campaign manager
| LoginID of a coadmin person from External logins who will be the pre-campaign manager if different from the lead manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 2nd
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 2nd
| Just before the campaign
| 
|-
| 
| Last incomplete notification
| The date we last sent a notification to unions/conferences/campaign manager about incomplete information entered for this date block (if any)
| 
|-
| 
| Default sermon notes language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Divide homeland dateblocks into different languages on sign-up sheet for some conferences.) || req. for international

|-
| 
| Default sermon graphics language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Displayed in the popup box for approving and selecting material for an applicant.) || req. for international opt. for homeland

|-
| 
| Division secretaries
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses for one or more division secretaries. Eg. they receive e-mail reminding about insurance.
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| Extended public description of the date block
| 
|-
| 
| Note for applicants
| Special information for potential applicants before applying
| 
|-
| 
| Application monitors
| List of e-mail addresses (comma-seperated) to which an e-mail is sent everytime an application to this date block is submitted. Added because of problems in India where the division wants to monitor all applications, espacially STMs.
| 
|-
| 
| Hide date block details for the public?
| yes/no
Because of problems in India where the public should not be allowed seeing the information about the date block. ||

|-
| 
| Media folder
| Base folder for uploading media files (pictures, video etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Show predefined unions only
| yes/no
Only show predefined organizations down to the union level (= excl. conferences) In connection with the table Date blocks' predefined conferences. ||

|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Date blocks' orientations ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| 
|}

== Date blocks' predefined conferences ==

This is used primarily before sites are added to the date block. After that we'll automatically know the conferences based on where the hotels are located. For homeland date blocks, though, we retain this information in order to have a quick way of determining the date blocks of a conference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block predefined conference ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|}

== Campaign sites (main_sites) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| siteID 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master campaign site ID
| Record ID in master sites table that this site originates from
| 
|-
| dateblockhotelID 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| req.
|-
| campaign_date 
| Campaign date
|
- Homeland: the date from the matching record in main_dateblocks - International: null 

'''This field can currently be used to determine if the campaign site is homeland or international.''' 

| req. for homeland. currently prohibited for intl. 
|-
| campaign_type 
| Campaign type
|
Possible options: - NULL : regular campaign - 'spk-init' : speaker-initiated campaign

Homeland only.

| 
|-
| name 
| Site name
|
- International: full site name (req.) - Homeland: only an optional additional label (req. for Speaker-Initiated Events though) that is added to the date (and the church name, which we get from the site's master site).

Tried to name variable 'campaign_label' when used in the homeland context.

| see description
|-
| campaign_begin_time 
| Beginning time
| time (hh:mm:ss)
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_end_date 
| Ending date
| date
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_weekdays 
| Weekdays
| Comma-separated list of 3-letter abbreviation of the weekdays the campaign will be held.
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| city 
| Town/city
| 
| req.
|-
| site_addr 
| Address
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_state 
| State
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_zip 
| Zip
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_phone 
| Phone
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_email 
| E-mail
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_website 
| Website
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| venue_type 
| Venue type
| church/rented hall/open field/stadium etc. according to table list_venue_types
| Intl:
always req. Homeland: req. for spk-init events

|-
| personeventID 
| Personevent ID
| Link to the speaker
| 
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Sermon graphics language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| lifeochrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| video_format 
| Desired video format
| NOT USED ANYMORE. No longer applicable because we now use DVDs instead of VHS tapes.
dropdown

| 
|-
| congregations 
| Congregations
| number of congr. supp. this site
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| membership 
| Membership
| total members in supp. congr.
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| est_attendance 
| Est. attendance
| incl. SDA & non-SDA
| req.
|-
| baptismal_goal 
| Baptismal goal
| conservative number
| req.
|-
| km_from_hotel 
| Km from hotel
| 
| req.
|-
| pastor_workerIDs 
| Pastor Officer IDs
| Comma-separated list of officerIDs.
The pastors of this church (master site) from eAdventist at the time the site was set up or when a speaker was assigned. Automatically set by the system. ||

|-
| ranking 
| Ranking
| 
| req.
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| planned_precamp_acts 
| Planned pre-campaign activities
| text
Homeland only.

|-
| campaign_status 
| Campaign status
|
Possible options: - NULL - 'await_approv' 

Homeland only.

|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| copyof 
| Copy of site ID
| If this is a copy of another site the original site's ID is saved here
| 
|-
| date_added
| Date added
|
|
|}

 

== Outreach Teams - Previous: Master Campaign sites (main_master_sites) ==

List of Outreach Teams 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master site ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organization ID
| Reference to the church this OLT belongs to
| req. for all new records
|-
| conferenceID 
| Conference ID
| Conference this OLT is in
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
|
Name of the OLT, usually the church name.

Usually renamed to 'olt_name' or 'church_name2' in SQL output. Also named 'church_name' occasionally but that is deprecated.

|
|-
| ms_personID 
| Person ID
| In case a personal team is created this holds the link to the person (used for speaker-initiated campaigns)
| 
|-
| hotelID 
| Hotel ID
| 2009-11-16: deleted all values since homeland do not use hub cities anymore - field can be deleted entirely, once SQL queries have been checked
- search for "main_master_sites" and "'tblname' => 'master_sites'" and edit acl_add_master_site() and i_master_sites.php/php_functions_i_master_sites.php

|
|-
| city 
| City
| 2010-11-01: Is officially no longer used but I didn't dare deleted it in the database yet. Delete it later.
Search for "main_master_sites" to try to find location where it might still be used.

|
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Graphics language
| Default graphics language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| lifeofchrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| Default video language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| pw 
| Password
| Password OLT members can use to access information for this OLT. Not really used at the moment.
| 
|-
| date_added 
| Date added
| 
| 
|}

== Outreach Leadership Team members ==

Table with all memberships for the Outreach Leadership Teams (main_olts)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| OLT member ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person who is the member
| req.
|-
| 
| Master site ID
| Team person is a member of
| req.
|-
| 
| Is OLT clerk?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| 
| req. for all new records
|-
| 
| Date removed
| Once this field has a value the member is considered removed.
| 
|}

== Churches ==

List of churches we have retrieved from AdventistDirectory.org and eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| SDA org ID
| OrgMastID from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| SDA entity ID
| OMEntity from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| Church name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 2-letter ISO-3166 country code
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Ethnic group
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sector
| Our own sector value, set by the conference organizers
| 
|-
| 
| Latitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Longitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Parent SDA AdmFieldID
|
ID of parent conference.

(I believe we always have this one)

|-
| 
| Parent SDA OrgMastID
|
ID of parent conference.

(this one we don't yet have for the churches we've retrieved through the webpages) CAN WE JUST DROP THIS FIELD BECAUSE IT SEEMS TO THE CHURCH'S SDAORGID REPLACED WITH "11" ON THE END?!

|-
| 
| Parent is not a conference?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Inactive?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| Date added to our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Date modifed
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| 
|}

== Workers / Officers ==

List of officers (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB) or other Adventist services/fields

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| Conference the pastor is in.
Not used for NAD conferences, since Officer ID (from eAdventist) is used. If we change use assign_pastor_to_church() must be reviewed.

| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| ID originates from SDA-DB
This is the same ID as main_people. sda_membershipID. Used only for records coming from eAdventist.net.

| cond. 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| The local conference's own ID for the person
| 
|-
| 
| First name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Last name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Suffix
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing country
| 2-letter country name (ISO-3166)
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative e-mail addresses
| Comma-separated list (with space between comma and next address)
| opt.
|-
| 
| Cell phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Allow SMS?
| Is ShareHim allowed to send the pastor an SMS to notify him about new applicants from his church?
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Link to this person's record in our main people table if present.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Default password
| Password that will be used to auto-create a login when this pastors tries to login
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| req.
|}

== Church offices ==

List of church offices (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church office ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Church SDA org ID
| OrgMastID of church
| 
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| From main_officers table
| 
|-
| 
| Office name
| Name of office the person holds.
NOTE!! If this is expanded to be anything else than pastors we need to change the method in assign_campaign_site() we use to determine if speaker is pastor as well in get_pastors_churches() and probably other functions as well (since they only check for the existence of a church office record and not the office name value) ||

|-
| 
| Is evangelistic decision-maker?
| yes/no
In case a church has multiple pastors this can indicate which pastor is responsible for evangelistic decisions. Used to know which pastor we can ask to recommend a speaker. ||

|-
| 
| Date modified
| Last date this record was modified in our own database.
| 
|}

== Campaign site statistics ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Statistical data
| serialize PHP array with statistics on attendance, Bible class attendance, and baptisms
(only used for international)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the speakers. (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Adjusted baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Projected baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the speakers (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Actual baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Did campaign with OLT?
| yes/no
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of meetings
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of visitors
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Planning another campaign?
|
Possible values: 0 : no 1 : yes 2 : maybe

| Homeland only 
|}

== Campaign site statistics per conference ==

This data "overrides" data entered for each individual campaign site.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference date block statistics ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Total baptisms during campaign in this conference
| number
| 
|-
| 
| Baptisms within 6 months after the campaign in this conference (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
| 
|}

== People ==

Guest speakers, support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA membership ID
| ID from eAdventist of OLT members and pastors.
(This ID is the same as main_officers.officerID. Brian: "Yes, the PersonID is the same Officer ID that we use for Pastors web service.")

| 
|-
| 
| Active person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Legal firstname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Legal lastname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Title
| dropdown
Prefered to be set as the option "Pastor" is sometimes used to identify pastors.

|-
| 
| Birth date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Gender
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marital status
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street address
| this is also their shipping address
| req.
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| req.
Required for different reasons (and more I haven't written here): These people go in to the regular table of people where we have speakers and so on, and that field has always been required. Besides having a name without connected to a country can be pretty ambigious. The more information we have about a person the better. It also helps us to know which division they are in which is required in case they apply for a campaign.

|-
| 
| E-mail
| also their username
Sometimes noemail@noemail.com or none@none.com has been put in if we don't know the address. 

| req. (except for special cases, eg. speakers assigned to past homeland campaigns, or check donations where we don't know the e-mail) 
|-
| 
| E-mail invalid
| date
If the e-mail address is not working register here the date it was discovered. Reminders, news letters etc. will not be sent to this person then.

|-
| 
| Home phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Office phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Cell phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Residence division
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Residence union
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence conference
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence church
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Application date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Remmendation status
|
Possible values: (by sending fields/recommenders) - NULL (when not recom. processed) - waiting - recommended - unrecommended

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender
|
Pastor/layman/academy in NAD: - stores the ID of the recommender to which an e-mail was sent at time of application 

College students: - college date block ID

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Graphics equipment request
|
Possible values: - not requested (0) - requested (1) - approved (2) - not available (3)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Sponsorship
|
dropdown: Quiet Hour Ministries|(Voice of Prophecy)

| req. for speakers
|-
| 
| Sponsorship commitment form approved
| when approved, show them on website
| 
|-
| 
| Sponsorship check sent date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sermon notes language
|
dropdown

VALIDATION: - check if this from-language is available within the desired date block. If not, give option to select another language. 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Request hard copy notes
|
(this will effectively only be for their first event)

Possible values: - not requested (0) - requested (1) - processed (2)

|-
| 
| Preferred CD format
|
Possible values: - DVD (means using a DVD player) - DVD-R (means using a computer) 

(old values: CD, DVD-Combo)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Done boot camp?
|
Has person taken the ShareHim boot camp training program?

Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : is an ordained/licensed pastor - 3 : is a retired pastor 

(Being any type of pastor resolves to the same effect as saying yes)

| 
|-
| 
| Done a campaign?
| yes/no
Determined automatically by the system, cannot be manually set (as of today at least). No means only that we '''do not know if''' they have done a campaign. NOTE: now this does not only include international campaigns, even though the field name indicates that. Also having done a homeland campaign will now result in this being set to yes.

| 
|-
| 
| First campaign
| text
First ShareHim campaign that this person participated in as a speaker. Used for people applying for homeland campaigns.

| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary
Lay applicants: pastor Academy students: academy & contact 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference home phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy & contact

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference office phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary 

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|-
| 
| Reference cell phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|-
| 
| Reference e-mail
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receive newsletter?
| yes/no/null
Is person signed up for the Evangeliving newsletter? NULL: setting has not been set

| opt. 
|-
| 
| Received mentorship material
| yes/no
Did we send them the mentorship material? ||

|-
| 
| Portrait filename
| File for thumbnail image used in stories.
| 
|-
| 
| Portrait is authorized?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team of master site ID
| The church with this master site ID that this person is an OLT member of
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team special status
|
number

0 = ordinary OLT member (default) 1 = is OLT leader 2 = is OLT secretary

NOTE: cannot move this field to main_olts because we have people set as leaders/secretaries who are not member of any particular OLT.

|-
| 
| Is editor?
|
Possible values: - executive (edit text/graphics, approve, add/delete stories) - associate (edit text/graphics) - text - graphics - advreview (Adventist Review editor)

|-
| 
| Do not contact
|
date

When person should not receive any correspondence or be contacted, register the date this was set.

|-
| 
| Reason for not contacting
| text
(eg. do not want info from us, is deceased etc.)

| req. if "Do not contact" is set 
|-
| 
| Hide person from public?
|
number

0 = no 1 = yes 2 = yes and also hide from any logged in users not part of the same campaign 3 = yes and also hide from any logged in users except admins

'''NOTE!! CURRENTLY''' 1, 2 and 3 makes no difference on the website. All cause a behaviour equal to 3.

Should the person name and critical personal details (name, address, and phone numbers) be hidden from public/non-logged in users (or from logged in users except those participating in the same date block, or even everybody but admins and co-admins)? If yes: - hidden on mainly the campaign overview - if they are organizers they are currently NOT hidden - hidden in get_dateblock_people() - hidden in get_people_availability() - hidden in get_person_info() - skip showing personal portrait on stories - hidden in other functions too...

| req.
|-
| 
| Person requested check for duplicate
| Person indicated that they might already exist in our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Source
|
Indication of how this person originally got into the database. Possible values (also defined in main_peopleedit.php): 1 : applied internationally 2 : applied homeland acceptance 3 : homeland pastor 4 : made a donation/pledge 5 : conference organizer/sector leader 6 : OLT member 7 : signed up for newsletter 8 : order received from GoodSalt.com 9 : is translator for homeland system 10 : homeland speaker (assigned to past campaign => not accepted in conf) 11 : non-ShareHim related homeland speaker 12 : given a ShareSynch serial number (version C sermons) 99 : other manually added record

| 
|}

== Person events (main_personevents) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| personeventID 
| Person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| personID 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| dateblockID 
| Date block ID
| Only for non-college/university applicants
| 
|-
| eff_dateblockID 
| Effective date block ID
| Updated to always hold the effective date block ID for this event (also when event has been deleted)
| 
|-
| categorymoved 
| Category
|
Possible values: - pastor - layman - college - academy - stm - organizer

|
|-
| collegedateblockIDmoved 
| College date block ID
| Only for college/university applicants
| 
|-
| is_standby 
| Is standby
|
yes/no

Is this a standby event?

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| clusterID 
| Cluster ID
| Only for speakers
(the link to groups must of course match this link.)

|-
| groupID 
| Group ID
| Only for speakers
| 
|-
| teamID 
| Team ID
| Only for STMs - linking them to their speaker (Team ID in main_teams)
| 
|-
| rankingID 
| Ranking ID
| 
| 
|-
| cospeaker 
| Associate speaker
| yes/no
(we know the main speaker by the team the associate speaker is member of) ||

|-
| 
| Preferred hub city (date block hotel ID)
| The hub city the person him/herself wishes to go to
| 
|-
| 
| Site-funding required
| yes/no
CURRENTLY NOT USED (use 'funding_required' instead) MAY NEED TO USE IT THOUGH, INSTEAD OF CALCULATING IT WITH A JOIN TO main_groups ALL THE TIME! Is currently only set a group level and must be determine through field table main_groups. grp_funding_source

|-
| 
| Site-funding fulfilled
| If fulfilled, it has the ID of the belonging log entry from sharehim_log.system_operations.operationID
| 
|-
| 
| Need housing?
| yes/no
Only used for homeland date blocks: Does the speaker need the host church to provide housing if the meeting is outside his area? ||

|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: (by host fields) - NULL - accepted - rejected

(Currently only used for homeland campaigns. Automatically accepted for international campaigns.)

|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival date
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival time
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, airline
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight no.
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Self-arranged travel to orientation
| yes/no
If yes none of the four fields above must be filled out ||

|-
| 
| Hotel city, arrival airport
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, airline
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Last deposit reminder
| Days after application date that this reminder was last sent
| 
|-
| 
| Last site-funding reminder
| Days before opening date that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last hotel reservation reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last flight arrival reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last generic reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last equipment rental reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Consent form for minors
|
NULL = not a minor 1 = pending receiving the consent form 2 = consent form received 3 = is minor, parent/guardian is coming too

|-
| 
| No sermon notes
|
yes/no

Whether or not the person should receive sermon notes/graphics for this event. Used with the "missing notes" report. This value is basically only informational. Extended to this use:

0 : nothing skipped 1 : skip sermon notes 2 : skip Jesus video 3 : skip both sermon notes and Jesus video

(3 is automatically set when setting a speaker for past homeland campaign or when setting a non-ShareHim-related speaker for a homeland campaign)

|-
| 
| Reported on the first insurance/service requests report that we sent out?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Is deleted?
| yes/no
Is set to yes when we delete an event but keep the database record because material has been shipped concerning this event, and because we want to keep a historical record.

|-
| 
| Is event request?
| yes/no (when person does not fill out the main application form, value is not changed but kept forever event if event is deleted)
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deposit received
|
datetime

Date we have received the deposit for the direct campaign cost (international only). The field Site-funding required will determine if this is necessary. If it is, only after that point we initiate the application process.

Set to 2000-01-01 when bypassed by admins (when auto-approved was requested when event was added)

Set to 2000-01-02 for events before we implemented this procedure

Set to 2000-01-03 when event is in an individually funded group (where leader has already paid the deposit)

|-
| 
| Date approved
| datetime (by administration)
Must have a value for the event to be considered approved, no matter what the category is.

Set to 2000-01-01 when it is unknown.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date standby expire
| date
The date the standby event will expire.

|-
| 
| Date activated
| datetime
The date a standby event was activated.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deleted
| datetime
| 
|}

== Person comments ==

Internal comments only visible for administrators

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Comment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Possible to reference a comment to a person's event
| opt.
|-
| 
| Comment
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Comment type
|
Possible values: - 'phonecall'

| opt.
|-
| 
| Flag
|
dropdown

Possible values: - 1 : encourage mentorship - 2 : block all future participation - 3 : block future intl. participation - 4 : block future homeland participation

| opt.
|-
| 
| Date and time entered
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Submitter
| Local ID of user from table below
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| Origin table of this user
| 
|}

== Personal salutations ==

Table with personal salutations for each user in the system

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| The person the salutation is for
| req.
|-
| 
| From table
| The table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
Same format as $_SESSION['user_fromtable']

| req.
|-
| 
| From local ID
| The ID from the table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
| req.
|-
| 
| Salutation
| The salutation itself. Must be the full line.
| req.
|}

== Colleges ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Initials
| Abbreviation of name
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| For shipping equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Contact person
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| Use this to login and recommend students
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Colleges' date blocks ==

Bob Sr, 2008-07: College date-block information must remain read-only for all except for the administrative few.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Dateblock ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| opt.
|-
| 
| Student sites to reserve equip. for
| numeric
| req.
|-
| 
| Funding source
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date site-funding received
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Total site-funding amount received
| number
In USD.

|-
| 
| Date travel funds requested
| The date we requested Quiet Hour Ministries to send the travel funds to the college/students.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Last status reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| opt.
|}

== Recommenders ==

Only for North-American division

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Recommender ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marker for last applicant
| a marker so we can cycle through these recommenders
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Translations ==

Per campaign site

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| From language
| dropdown acc. to available sermon notes language
| 
|}

== Campaign material ==

Shipments that are due (or waiting for payment before they are due)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Shipment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Personevent ID
| 
| req. to be a speaker
|-
| 
| Shipper
| A main_ext_logins.loginID reference
| 
|-
| 
| Paid
| date
Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a ||

|-
| 
| Postpone date
| date
This item will not shown on the shipping list until this date ||

|-
| 
| Shipped date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped method
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped tracking no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty billed
| date
Only used for graphics CDs, reporting to It Is Written ||

|}

== Clusters ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Clusters are a larger scope compared to groups. Groups can be linked to clusters. Only speakers can be members of clusters.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster name
| For homeland date blocks this is not used for anything really - other than it shows up on the campaign overview.
| 
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|}

== Cluster leaders ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster leader ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Speakers or organizers
| 
|}

== Groups ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Only speakers can be members of groups

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Group ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| 
|-
| 
| Group name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Recommender personID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reserved sites
| Will effectively always be filled out.
| 
|-
| 
| Funding source (site-funding)
|
Possible values: - 'sharehim': ShareHim is responsible - 'individually': each group member is responsible, but deposit for ALL must be received before any can apply - ' indiv_owndep': each group member is responsible, all applicants must pay their own deposit at time of application - 'collectively': group is responsible collectively

| req.
|-
| 
| Deposit received?
| yes/no
No one excepts organizers can apply before deposit has been received if funding source is 'individually'.

|-
| 
| Partial payment date
| date
Has no effect if amount is not set or 0.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Partial payment amount
| number
Has no effect if date is not set.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Last site-fund reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show group on availability report?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Max subdivide
| Max number of hotel cities the group is allowed to span across. Default one.
| req.
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled?
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Teams ==

Speaker linked with support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Team ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (speaker)
| 
| 
|}

== Orientation sites ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - no (0) - yes (1) - not necessary (2)

| req.
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting to the orientation site
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment booking ==

Booking of equipment Time frame of booking is decided by the period of the date block

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Booking ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| req. if no person ID
|-
| 
| Speaker ID (= Person ID)
| 
| req. if no college date block ID
|-
| 
| Case ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Booking date
| The date the booking was made (just for the information)
| 
|-
| 
| Paid amount
| Only for non-student related
| 
|-
| 
| Paid date
| Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound tracking no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance
| text (100)
E-mail of person received the insurance information ||

|-
| 
| Return date
| Date it was sent from the renter
| 
|-
| 
| Return method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Return tracking no.
| text (30)
If filled out it's a call tag, otherwise not

|-
| 
| Return received date
| Date it was received by ShareHim
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked by initials
| text (10)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, cases ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Case ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Case purchase date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the case is under repair or for another reason is not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| Down status
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Discharged
| date
When the case has been sold and we no longer have anything to do with it ||

|-
| 
| Discharged status
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, laptops ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment base ID
| ID of the equipment base where we administrate a set of graphics equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| OS product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Office product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Service Tag
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Express service code
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop value
| numeric
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty type
|
dropdown: - Next day service - Next day service + complete care

|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Quote no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the laptop is under repair or has been sold and hence not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| AC adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
Remote control for mouse ||

|-
| 
| Floppy drive
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, projectors ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Projector value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Power cord
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VGA cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VCR cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| International adapters
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Ground adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Extension cord
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Material stock ==

Sermon notes/graphics, Life of Christ videos, etc. Note: The Life of Christ videos that are active and have no format were previously those records that were the PAL version. The inactive NTSC versions are kept for historic purposes.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material group
|
Current list: - Notes/graphics CD - Graphics CD - Life of Christ video - Hardcopy (language must correspond exactly with sermon languages)

Must '''not''' be changed without considering consequences for rest of the system. Some of these values are used hard-coded in the script code

|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Code
| Short easy-to-read code identifying this product to use it when printing labels
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Format
|
NTSC/PAL/SECAM

CD/(DVD/VCD)

|-
| 
| Qty in stock
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Minimum qty in stock
| Espacially for Life of Christ videos
| 
|-
| 
| Available from
| Date from which this material will be available
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty organization
|
Current list: - It Is Written - Present Solutions

If royalties must be paid when issueing this item select here which organization it must be reported to.

|-
| 
| Shipper
| ID of shipper (from external logins) (blank/null if internal)
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Stories ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story type
|
dropdown

Possible values: - sitereport (report about campaign site) - testimonial (personal testimony)

| req.
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of the person who created this story, speaker or STMs
| 
|-
| 
| Purpose
|
dropdown:

- public (for publishing on website)

- internal (raw material for internal use)

| req.
|-
| 
| Headline
| self made headline/title on story
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Copy of Narrative
| Copy of narrative before people changes an authorized story.
| 
|-
| 
| Keywords
| Optional additional keywords used when searching
| 
|-
| 
| Author name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Author notes
| Scratch-board for author and/or editors. Not shown publicly.
| 
|-
| 
| Internal notes
| Scratch-board for editors.
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Pictures authorized
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Content authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Authorized for display on Adventist Review website?
| yes/no (set by ShareHim)
| 
|-
| 
| Approved for display on Adventist Review website?
| null/yes/no (set by Adventist Review)
Labels: Approved/Disabled/Not reviewed ||

|-
| 
| Show thumbnail? (for testimonies)
| yes/no
Show thumbnail of person (of course only effective if thumbnail is uploaded) ||

|-
| 
| Is news item?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Show from (only news items)
| date (from now if blank)
Date is inclusive.

|-
| 
| Show to (only news items)
| date (indefinitely if blank)
Date is exclusive.

|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| req.
|-
| 
| Date last modified
| datetime
| req.
|}

== Story pictures ==

Attached to the stories

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Picture ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Caption
| long text
| req.
|-
| 
| Filename (given by the system)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Original filename
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is retouched?
| yes/no
Set to yes when original picture was retouched, either manually or cropped - as intermediate stage between original and final picture

| req.
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| For rearranging the order of pictures
| 
|-
| 
| Upload date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Surveys ==

Evaluation forms filled out by the speakers and STMs.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Survey ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| No. of campaigns participated in
| Number of campaigns the person has participated in to date.
| req.
|-
| 
| [questions] x13
| 1-5 or null
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| date
| req.
|-
| 
| Is reviewed?
| yes/no
| req.
|}

== Donations ==

Received donations

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Donation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date received
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation amount
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation type
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Pledge ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ...many more fields
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receipt sent
| Date receipt was sent.
If we don't know the date it is set to 2001-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent method
| Possible values:
- letter - email - authorize.net ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent
| Date letter was sent.
If no letter was sent date is set to 2000-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Follow-Up done?
| yes/no
Used for non-sitefunding donations only ||

|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|}

== External logins ==

E.g. Caroline Conference, Quiet Hour, shippers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Login ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 1
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 2
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone
| An alternative phone number to campaign managers, mainly for entering local phone numbers that they use when they supervise campaigns.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone until
| The last date that the phone number is scheduled to be usable.
| req. if phone number is specified
|-
| 
| Access level
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Superadmin
|
0 / 1 / 2

1 = is superadmin 2 = is associate admin (lower than regular admin).

Only superadmin can see password, change information, add and delete users in external logins.

Only superadmin can emulate and set password (set_pw.php) for admin and coadmin.

Associate admins

|-
| 
| Fulltime
| yes/no
If coadmins are full-time or part-time managers ||

|-
| 
| Approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Password questions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Table
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Question
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Answer
| 
| 
|}

== Field descriptions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Description ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Table name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Field name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Public description
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Internal description
| 
| 
|}

== News ==

Information shown on the main page of the website

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| News ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Headline
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| ShowFrom
| date
| 
|-
| 
| ShowTo
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show all on home?
| yes/no
Show entire news item on the front page? (normally there is a max length for items shown there) || req.

|}

== ShareSynch Serial Numbers ==

Created serial numbers for the ShareSynch software

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Serial Number ID
| Internal ID
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| GS)-XXXX-XXXX
| req.
|-
| 
| Expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person this serial number is connected to
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Event this serial number is connected to (and that usually causes an expiration date)
| 
|-
| 
| Owner name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Owner e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Activations allowed
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is printed?
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Date created
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== ShareSynch activations ==

Activations that have been done for the different ShareSynch serial numbers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Activation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation Code
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation date
| timestamp
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation IP
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware Operating System
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ShareSynch software version
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reactivation dates
| The dates this activation code was resent or reactivated
| 
|-
| 
| Is withdrawn?
|
Possible values: 0 = is not withdrawn (default) 1 = withdrawn, allow re-activation 2 = withdrawn, disallow re-activation

Activation code can be withdrawn, either by the user deactivating the computer (1) or ShareHim revoking it (2).

In case of 2, the software needs to register that this activation code is now invalid, so that later attempts to use the same activation code we fail (but what if they format the hardware?!). But, if the code is then regranted, we can only reactivation the software through online activation, otherwise we can't be sure that the revoked code is now active again! Well, for a solid solution the hardware should actually be encrypted together with a date, so that the activation code would be different when the computer was reactivated, and then this whole matter woudn't be an issue. (Or we could also just issue a completely new serial number...)

| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== System settings ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| System administrator name
| General
| 
|-
| 
| System administrator e-mail
| General
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender name
| Name that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender e-mail
| E-mail that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| Days to resend unprocessed applicant
| Days after application date to resend recommendation e-mails for unprocessed applicants
| 
|-
| 
| Days to mark unproccessed applicant
| Number of days until applicant will be highlighted as 'not processed' in the unapproved applicants list
| 
|-
| 
| Days before orientation to ship Life of Christ video
| Days before orientation date that we issue the shipment
| 
|-
| 
| Days after date block closing date to remind about entering experience
| Only used for those who have received sponsorship
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding insurance coverage
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding service requests
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (name) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (e-mail) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance information e-mail recipient
| E-mail to which we send insurance information on shipped equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Case lock combination
| numeric (3)
Case lock on equipment cases ||

|-
| 
| Min. days to opening date to allow person use key for bypassing closing date (because of insurance and service requests reports/reminders, so should therefore always be before we send out the last insurance/serv. req. reminder)
| 
| 
|}

== E-mail templates ==

E-mail templates for e-mails that are sent out automatically

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| E-mail template ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| identification name for this template
| 
|-
| 
| Subject
| Subject for the e-mail
| 
|-
| 
| Body
| Body for the e-mail
| 
|}

== Email log, group e-mails ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mail reference
| reference to the mail sent (an ID or a file reference)
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|}

== Email log, service requests reports ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| CC
| Carbon Copy recipients
| 
|-
| 
| Attached files
| )
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Target
| "host" or "sending" organization (division/union/conference)
| 
|-
| 
| Batch
| "first" or "second" batch of reports to this organization
| 
|}

== Mail queue ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Mail queue ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| By local ID
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| By from table
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| Sender name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sender e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Query ID
| Query ID that this queue is based upon.
In case we want to make queues that are special and not based on a query this can just be left empty.

|
|-
| 
| Custom subject
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Attach files
| Serialized PHP array with documents to attach to the e-mails in this queue.
| 
|-
| 
| Use personal salutations?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| 
|-
| 
| Date completed
| datetime
Is set when all e-mails in this queue have been sent.

|
|}

== System translations ==

Pieces of text used in the interface and which can be translated into other languages

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Category
| Not really used
| 
|-
| 
| Tag
| The tag use in the PHP code
| 
|-
| 
| Langugage [en|es|da|...]
| The text for this tag in the given language
| 
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| Not used
| 
|-
| 
| Explanation
| Any useful instructions for the translator about this piece of text
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Timestamp for when the text or tag for the primary language (English) was last modified
| 
|}

== System translators ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translator ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| Two-letter abbreviation for the language
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
|
Person ID from main_people of the person who is the translator for this language.

Set to 0 if we currently have no translator.

|
|-
| 
| Last notified
| Last time translator was notified about new or changed text to be translated
| 
|}

== System log ==

Table is placed in a separate database.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Operation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| By name
| Name of user who caused this operation
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By local ID
| ...his local ID
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By from table
| ...originates from this table
Note: Because of programming mistake this field has incorrect values until 2006-08-22 after a user has emulated somebody. Unsure when problem started (maybe 2006-06-08 or 2006-03-27). || Req. if avail.

|-
| 
| Visit ID
| VisitID from WebStory statistics
| 
|-
| 
| IP
| User's IP address at time of logging
| 
|-
| 
| Emulated by
| Full name of person who was emulating
| 
|-
| 
| Action
| Main name for for this action
| Req.
|-
| 
| Subaction
| Subname for this action
| 
|-
| 
| For name
| Name of user/record this action was executed upon
NOTE: This can be either firstname lastname or lastname, firstname ||

|-
| 
| For local ID
| ...caused upon this ID in the table below
| 
|-
| 
| For from table
| ...caused upon a record in this table
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of person it was caused upon (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| DateblockID that this action is related to (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Parameters
| Any extra parameters to log. Default format: field=value¤field=value...
| 
|}

If a field is fit for having a value but we don't have it readily available when making the logentry then we set the value to "N/A" (or "0" for number fields) so that we later can run some queries to easily replace all these "missing" information pieces.

=== List tables ===

== Venue types ==

- eg.: Church, open field etc. - 'venueno' only added and sorted by for the sake of Tamara entering the data

== Countries ==

- connected to which division it's in - including the ISO-3166 two-letter codes (where codes starting with underscore (_) is self-made in order to not have empty field) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain country names are used hard-coded in the script code (eg. ship_material.php) - as of 2006-09-21 used in: - main_divisions - main_unions - main_conferences - main_orientations - main_hotels - main_colleges - main_people - the divisionID is taken from Jon Brauer's XML file "2006-08 OMCountries (Jon Brauer).xml".

== Currencies ==

- code, name, rate, date of rate, and source of rate

== Sponsors ==

- eg.: Quiet Hour Ministries, and later on maybe The Voice of Prophecy

== Material groups ==

- eg.: Sermon notes, Graphics CD, Life of Christ video - make no possibility to edit records, only add (and maybe delete) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain material groups are used hard-coded in the script code (ship_material.php)

== Equipment bases ==

- the different locations at which we administrate a set of graphics equipment, eg. North Carolina

== Shipping methods ==

- eg.: UPS, FedEx

== US states ==

== Titles ==

- eg.: Mr., Mrs. etc.

== Access levels ==

- eg.: admin etc.

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Database Tables-Fields, sharehim main

2011-12-09T17:07:02Z

Allan Jensen: Added table and field names

= Database Tables/Fields - sharehim_main =

== Divisions (main_divisions) ==

Containing the 13 SDA divisions in the world

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| 
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| req.
|-
| initials 
| Initials
| 3-letter abbreviation
| req.
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| division_secretaries 
| Division officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Unions (main_unions) ==

List of all the unions within the 13 world divisions. Occasionally we pull the data from AdventistDirectory to update our list of unions. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| Division this union belongs to 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Union officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Is participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
Not really used because all participating organizations will have a record in the conference table, even though it might be fake. ||

|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Conferences or missions (main_conferences) ==

List of SDA conferences/missions/fields. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA organisation ID (AdmFieldID)
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| 
| SDA OrgMastID
| 6-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org. This is the master ID from eadventist.com.
| 
|-
| 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name contracted
| Short name for the conference. Used in homeland system.
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Conference e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Conference officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Churches & pastors synchronization setting
|
'''Churches:''' 1 : pull from eAdventist.net all others : pull from AdventistDirectory

'''Pastors:''' 0 : entered manually 1 : authorized to pull from eAdventist

((Can add more values for each different synchronization scheme we encounter with different conferences))

| 
|-
| 
| Allow pastor to do final acceptance of new applicants?
|
yes/no

1 : pastoral approval 0 : pastor's recommendation, conference-staff final approval 

(fieldname should have been allow_pastors_approve_speakers!)

| 
|-
| 
| Last updated via eAdventist
| For non-NAD conferences this indicates last time we updated the '''church''' list from AdventistDirectory.org
| 
|-
| 
| Internal comments
| ONLY coadmin and admin may see/edit this.
| 
|-
| 
| Public comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| World map, X-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| 
| World map, Y-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Conferences' Wire Information ==

Information used for wiring money to the different conferences.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| Bank account no.
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Name of account holder/owner
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Address of account holder
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank location
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Use correspondent/intermediary bank?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank location
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Account no. of beneficiary's bank (the bank above) at the correspondent bank
| 
| 
|}

== Conference accepted people ==

People's acceptance or rejection to preach in a specific conference. Only applicable to homeland date blocks.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference acceptance ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: - waiting - accepted - rejected

| req. 
|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| Values set by the system: 
- "Done campaign" (when accepted) (value also used to unset it in case an qualifying event(s) are deleted, so it should not be modified) - "Int'l recommended" (when accepted) - "Auto-accepted eA pastor" (when automatically set to accepted by the Obtain Pastor Login procedure in login_link_pastor.php)

Values set AND used by the system (only when status=waiting): - "Pastor: ?": pending pastor response - "Pastor: yes": pastor consented - "Pastor: caution: [a reason]": pastor cautioned

| req. if rejected 
|}

== Hub cities - Previously Hotel cities (main_hotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| Only used for homeland (some hub cities for international campaigns also contain a conference because ALL records were assigned the ID when we created this field)
| req. for homeland
|-
| 
| City
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : not necessary

| req. 
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting from orientation to hotel city
| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Is non-hotel?
| yes/no
For homeland date blocks the hotel info is not required and this field should be set to yes (but not mandatory)

| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Date blocks' hotels (main_dateblockhotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID (= hub city)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| Optional and ONLY used for linking a specific orientation to this hotel city in case the date block has multiple orientation sites.
| 
|}

== Date blocks ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Opening date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Closing date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Applications closing date
| Should be the final cut-off date for new applicants.
Date is inclusive, so after this date no new applications are accepted. When converted to a Unix timestamp we add one day minus one second, so that the calculation is correct AND if converted back to only a date it is still the same date.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Data lock date
| After this date only administrators and co-administrators will be allowed to change all data concerning a date block: 
- teams - groups - site info (incl. translations) - hotel info - orientation hotel info - rank sites - rank speakers

This date MUST be after applications closed date.

As of 2007-12-05 the detailed definition was: - people cannot remove themselves from campaigns after this date, but all other accesslevels can (eventdelete.php). - conference coordinators for international campaigns (not conference organizers) cannot do these things after this date (but admin and coadmin can always do all of these things): * add campaign sites * edit campaign sites * add hub cities to a date block * edit orientation hotel info - people cannot themselves re-arrange their team and group membership after this date. - ranking of sites and speakers can only be changed by admin and coadmin after this date.

(PS. Hotel reservation is locked on date block opening date)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Campaign title (Homeland: Additional label)
| Usually the country wherein the campaigns will be held.
Homeland: optional additional label like "SWAU"

| req. for international opt. for homeland 
|-
| 
| Total sites
| Total number of campaign sites in this date block - must ALWAYS be kept up-to-date as available sites are calculated from this.
For homeland campaigns this is currently kept updated to equal the number sites that have been set up for this date. Would be more useful to only count the sites where a speaker had been matched...

| 
|-
| 
| Questions recipient
| LoginID of the person from External logins who will receive questions about this date block. This person will also be the lead date block manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Pre-campaign manager
| LoginID of a coadmin person from External logins who will be the pre-campaign manager if different from the lead manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 2nd
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 2nd
| Just before the campaign
| 
|-
| 
| Last incomplete notification
| The date we last sent a notification to unions/conferences/campaign manager about incomplete information entered for this date block (if any)
| 
|-
| 
| Default sermon notes language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Divide homeland dateblocks into different languages on sign-up sheet for some conferences.) || req. for international

|-
| 
| Default sermon graphics language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Displayed in the popup box for approving and selecting material for an applicant.) || req. for international opt. for homeland

|-
| 
| Division secretaries
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses for one or more division secretaries. Eg. they receive e-mail reminding about insurance.
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| Extended public description of the date block
| 
|-
| 
| Note for applicants
| Special information for potential applicants before applying
| 
|-
| 
| Application monitors
| List of e-mail addresses (comma-seperated) to which an e-mail is sent everytime an application to this date block is submitted. Added because of problems in India where the division wants to monitor all applications, espacially STMs.
| 
|-
| 
| Hide date block details for the public?
| yes/no
Because of problems in India where the public should not be allowed seeing the information about the date block. ||

|-
| 
| Media folder
| Base folder for uploading media files (pictures, video etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Show predefined unions only
| yes/no
Only show predefined organizations down to the union level (= excl. conferences) In connection with the table Date blocks' predefined conferences. ||

|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Date blocks' orientations ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| 
|}

== Date blocks' predefined conferences ==

This is used primarily before sites are added to the date block. After that we'll automatically know the conferences based on where the hotels are located. For homeland date blocks, though, we retain this information in order to have a quick way of determining the date blocks of a conference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block predefined conference ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|}

== Campaign sites (main_sites) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| siteID 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| master_siteID 
| Master campaign site ID
| Record ID in master sites table that this site originates from
| 
|-
| dateblockhotelID 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| req.
|-
| campaign_date 
| Campaign date
|
- Homeland: the date from the matching record in main_dateblocks - International: null 

'''This field can currently be used to determine if the campaign site is homeland or international.''' 

| req. for homeland. currently prohibited for intl. 
|-
| campaign_type 
| Campaign type
|
Possible options: - NULL : regular campaign - 'spk-init' : speaker-initiated campaign

Homeland only.

| 
|-
| name 
| Site name
|
- International: full site name (req.) - Homeland: only an optional additional label (req. for Speaker-Initiated Events though) that is added to the date (and the church name, which we get from the site's master site).

Tried to name variable 'campaign_label' when used in the homeland context.

| see description
|-
| campaign_begin_time 
| Beginning time
| time (hh:mm:ss)
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_end_date 
| Ending date
| date
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| campaign_weekdays 
| Weekdays
| Comma-separated list of 3-letter abbreviation of the weekdays the campaign will be held.
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| city 
| Town/city
| 
| req.
|-
| site_addr 
| Address
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_state 
| State
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_zip 
| Zip
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| site_phone 
| Phone
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_email 
| E-mail
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| site_website 
| Website
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| venue_type 
| Venue type
| church/rented hall/open field/stadium etc. according to table list_venue_types
| Intl:
always req. Homeland: req. for spk-init events

|-
| personeventID 
| Personevent ID
| Link to the speaker
| 
|-
| graphics_lang 
| Sermon graphics language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| lifeochrist_lang 
| Life of Christ video language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| video_format 
| Desired video format
| NOT USED ANYMORE. No longer applicable because we now use DVDs instead of VHS tapes.
dropdown

| 
|-
| congregations 
| Congregations
| number of congr. supp. this site
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| membership 
| Membership
| total members in supp. congr.
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| est_attendance 
| Est. attendance
| incl. SDA & non-SDA
| req.
|-
| baptismal_goal 
| Baptismal goal
| conservative number
| req.
|-
| km_from_hotel 
| Km from hotel
| 
| req.
|-
| pastor_workerIDs 
| Pastor Officer IDs
| Comma-separated list of officerIDs.
The pastors of this church (master site) from eAdventist at the time the site was set up or when a speaker was assigned. Automatically set by the system. ||

|-
| ranking 
| Ranking
| 
| req.
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| planned_precamp_acts 
| Planned pre-campaign activities
| text
Homeland only.

|-
| campaign_status 
| Campaign status
|
Possible options: - NULL - 'await_approv' 

Homeland only.

|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| copyof 
| Copy of site ID
| If this is a copy of another site the original site's ID is saved here
| 
|-
| date_added
| Date added
|
|
|}

 

== Outreach Teams - Previous: Master Campaign sites (main_master_sites) ==

List of Outreach Teams 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Master site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA organization ID
| Reference to the church this OLT belongs to
| req. for all new records
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| Conference this OLT is in
| req.
|-
| 
| Name
|
Name of the OLT, usually the church name.

Usually renamed to 'olt_name' or 'church_name2' in SQL output.

|-
| 
| Person ID
| In case a personal team is created this holds the link to the person (used for speaker-initiated campaigns)
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel ID
| 2009-11-16: deleted all values since homeland do not use hub cities anymore - field can be deleted entirely, once SQL queries have been checked
- search for "main_master_sites" and "'tblname' => 'master_sites'" and edit acl_add_master_site() and i_master_sites.php/php_functions_i_master_sites.php ||

|-
| 
| City
| 2010-11-01: Is officially no longer used but I didn't dare deleted it in the database yet. Delete it later.
Search for "main_master_sites" to try to find location where it might still be used. ||

|-
| 
| Graphics language
| Default graphics language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| 
| Life of Christ video language
| Default video language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| Password OLT members can use to access information for this OLT. Not really used at the moment.
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| 
| 
|}

== Outreach Leadership Team members ==

Table with all memberships for the Outreach Leadership Teams (main_olts)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| OLT member ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person who is the member
| req.
|-
| 
| Master site ID
| Team person is a member of
| req.
|-
| 
| Is OLT clerk?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| 
| req. for all new records
|-
| 
| Date removed
| Once this field has a value the member is considered removed.
| 
|}

== Churches ==

List of churches we have retrieved from AdventistDirectory.org and eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| SDA org ID
| OrgMastID from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| SDA entity ID
| OMEntity from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| Church name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 2-letter ISO-3166 country code
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Ethnic group
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sector
| Our own sector value, set by the conference organizers
| 
|-
| 
| Latitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Longitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Parent SDA AdmFieldID
|
ID of parent conference.

(I believe we always have this one)

|-
| 
| Parent SDA OrgMastID
|
ID of parent conference.

(this one we don't yet have for the churches we've retrieved through the webpages) CAN WE JUST DROP THIS FIELD BECAUSE IT SEEMS TO THE CHURCH'S SDAORGID REPLACED WITH "11" ON THE END?!

|-
| 
| Parent is not a conference?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Inactive?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| Date added to our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Date modifed
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| 
|}

== Workers / Officers ==

List of officers (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB) or other Adventist services/fields

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| Conference the pastor is in.
Not used for NAD conferences, since Officer ID (from eAdventist) is used. If we change use assign_pastor_to_church() must be reviewed.

| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| ID originates from SDA-DB
This is the same ID as main_people. sda_membershipID. Used only for records coming from eAdventist.net.

| cond. 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| The local conference's own ID for the person
| 
|-
| 
| First name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Last name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Suffix
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing country
| 2-letter country name (ISO-3166)
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative e-mail addresses
| Comma-separated list (with space between comma and next address)
| opt.
|-
| 
| Cell phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Allow SMS?
| Is ShareHim allowed to send the pastor an SMS to notify him about new applicants from his church?
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Link to this person's record in our main people table if present.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Default password
| Password that will be used to auto-create a login when this pastors tries to login
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| req.
|}

== Church offices ==

List of church offices (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church office ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Church SDA org ID
| OrgMastID of church
| 
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| From main_officers table
| 
|-
| 
| Office name
| Name of office the person holds.
NOTE!! If this is expanded to be anything else than pastors we need to change the method in assign_campaign_site() we use to determine if speaker is pastor as well in get_pastors_churches() and probably other functions as well (since they only check for the existence of a church office record and not the office name value) ||

|-
| 
| Is evangelistic decision-maker?
| yes/no
In case a church has multiple pastors this can indicate which pastor is responsible for evangelistic decisions. Used to know which pastor we can ask to recommend a speaker. ||

|-
| 
| Date modified
| Last date this record was modified in our own database.
| 
|}

== Campaign site statistics ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Statistical data
| serialize PHP array with statistics on attendance, Bible class attendance, and baptisms
(only used for international)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the speakers. (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Adjusted baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Projected baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the speakers (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Actual baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Did campaign with OLT?
| yes/no
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of meetings
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of visitors
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Planning another campaign?
|
Possible values: 0 : no 1 : yes 2 : maybe

| Homeland only 
|}

== Campaign site statistics per conference ==

This data "overrides" data entered for each individual campaign site.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference date block statistics ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Total baptisms during campaign in this conference
| number
| 
|-
| 
| Baptisms within 6 months after the campaign in this conference (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
| 
|}

== People ==

Guest speakers, support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA membership ID
| ID from eAdventist of OLT members and pastors.
(This ID is the same as main_officers.officerID. Brian: "Yes, the PersonID is the same Officer ID that we use for Pastors web service.")

| 
|-
| 
| Active person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Legal firstname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Legal lastname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Title
| dropdown
Prefered to be set as the option "Pastor" is sometimes used to identify pastors.

|-
| 
| Birth date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Gender
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marital status
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street address
| this is also their shipping address
| req.
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| req.
Required for different reasons (and more I haven't written here): These people go in to the regular table of people where we have speakers and so on, and that field has always been required. Besides having a name without connected to a country can be pretty ambigious. The more information we have about a person the better. It also helps us to know which division they are in which is required in case they apply for a campaign.

|-
| 
| E-mail
| also their username
Sometimes noemail@noemail.com or none@none.com has been put in if we don't know the address. 

| req. (except for special cases, eg. speakers assigned to past homeland campaigns, or check donations where we don't know the e-mail) 
|-
| 
| E-mail invalid
| date
If the e-mail address is not working register here the date it was discovered. Reminders, news letters etc. will not be sent to this person then.

|-
| 
| Home phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Office phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Cell phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Residence division
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Residence union
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence conference
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence church
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Application date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Remmendation status
|
Possible values: (by sending fields/recommenders) - NULL (when not recom. processed) - waiting - recommended - unrecommended

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender
|
Pastor/layman/academy in NAD: - stores the ID of the recommender to which an e-mail was sent at time of application 

College students: - college date block ID

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Graphics equipment request
|
Possible values: - not requested (0) - requested (1) - approved (2) - not available (3)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Sponsorship
|
dropdown: Quiet Hour Ministries|(Voice of Prophecy)

| req. for speakers
|-
| 
| Sponsorship commitment form approved
| when approved, show them on website
| 
|-
| 
| Sponsorship check sent date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sermon notes language
|
dropdown

VALIDATION: - check if this from-language is available within the desired date block. If not, give option to select another language. 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Request hard copy notes
|
(this will effectively only be for their first event)

Possible values: - not requested (0) - requested (1) - processed (2)

|-
| 
| Preferred CD format
|
Possible values: - DVD (means using a DVD player) - DVD-R (means using a computer) 

(old values: CD, DVD-Combo)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Done boot camp?
|
Has person taken the ShareHim boot camp training program?

Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : is an ordained/licensed pastor - 3 : is a retired pastor 

(Being any type of pastor resolves to the same effect as saying yes)

| 
|-
| 
| Done a campaign?
| yes/no
Determined automatically by the system, cannot be manually set (as of today at least). No means only that we '''do not know if''' they have done a campaign. NOTE: now this does not only include international campaigns, even though the field name indicates that. Also having done a homeland campaign will now result in this being set to yes.

| 
|-
| 
| First campaign
| text
First ShareHim campaign that this person participated in as a speaker. Used for people applying for homeland campaigns.

| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary
Lay applicants: pastor Academy students: academy & contact 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference home phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy & contact

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference office phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary 

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|-
| 
| Reference cell phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|-
| 
| Reference e-mail
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receive newsletter?
| yes/no/null
Is person signed up for the Evangeliving newsletter? NULL: setting has not been set

| opt. 
|-
| 
| Received mentorship material
| yes/no
Did we send them the mentorship material? ||

|-
| 
| Portrait filename
| File for thumbnail image used in stories.
| 
|-
| 
| Portrait is authorized?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team of master site ID
| The church with this master site ID that this person is an OLT member of
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team special status
|
number

0 = ordinary OLT member (default) 1 = is OLT leader 2 = is OLT secretary

NOTE: cannot move this field to main_olts because we have people set as leaders/secretaries who are not member of any particular OLT.

|-
| 
| Is editor?
|
Possible values: - executive (edit text/graphics, approve, add/delete stories) - associate (edit text/graphics) - text - graphics - advreview (Adventist Review editor)

|-
| 
| Do not contact
|
date

When person should not receive any correspondence or be contacted, register the date this was set.

|-
| 
| Reason for not contacting
| text
(eg. do not want info from us, is deceased etc.)

| req. if "Do not contact" is set 
|-
| 
| Hide person from public?
|
number

0 = no 1 = yes 2 = yes and also hide from any logged in users not part of the same campaign 3 = yes and also hide from any logged in users except admins

'''NOTE!! CURRENTLY''' 1, 2 and 3 makes no difference on the website. All cause a behaviour equal to 3.

Should the person name and critical personal details (name, address, and phone numbers) be hidden from public/non-logged in users (or from logged in users except those participating in the same date block, or even everybody but admins and co-admins)? If yes: - hidden on mainly the campaign overview - if they are organizers they are currently NOT hidden - hidden in get_dateblock_people() - hidden in get_people_availability() - hidden in get_person_info() - skip showing personal portrait on stories - hidden in other functions too...

| req.
|-
| 
| Person requested check for duplicate
| Person indicated that they might already exist in our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Source
|
Indication of how this person originally got into the database. Possible values (also defined in main_peopleedit.php): 1 : applied internationally 2 : applied homeland acceptance 3 : homeland pastor 4 : made a donation/pledge 5 : conference organizer/sector leader 6 : OLT member 7 : signed up for newsletter 8 : order received from GoodSalt.com 9 : is translator for homeland system 10 : homeland speaker (assigned to past campaign => not accepted in conf) 11 : non-ShareHim related homeland speaker 12 : given a ShareSynch serial number (version C sermons) 99 : other manually added record

| 
|}

== Person events (main_personevents) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| personeventID 
| Person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| personID 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| dateblockID 
| Date block ID
| Only for non-college/university applicants
| 
|-
| eff_dateblockID 
| Effective date block ID
| Updated to always hold the effective date block ID for this event (also when event has been deleted)
| 
|-
| categorymoved 
| Category
|
Possible values: - pastor - layman - college - academy - stm - organizer

|
|-
| collegedateblockIDmoved 
| College date block ID
| Only for college/university applicants
| 
|-
| is_standby 
| Is standby
|
yes/no

Is this a standby event?

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| clusterID 
| Cluster ID
| Only for speakers
(the link to groups must of course match this link.)

|-
| groupID 
| Group ID
| Only for speakers
| 
|-
| teamID 
| Team ID
| Only for STMs - linking them to their speaker (Team ID in main_teams)
| 
|-
| rankingID 
| Ranking ID
| 
| 
|-
| cospeaker 
| Associate speaker
| yes/no
(we know the main speaker by the team the associate speaker is member of) ||

|-
| 
| Preferred hub city (date block hotel ID)
| The hub city the person him/herself wishes to go to
| 
|-
| 
| Site-funding required
| yes/no
CURRENTLY NOT USED (use 'funding_required' instead) MAY NEED TO USE IT THOUGH, INSTEAD OF CALCULATING IT WITH A JOIN TO main_groups ALL THE TIME! Is currently only set a group level and must be determine through field table main_groups. grp_funding_source

|-
| 
| Site-funding fulfilled
| If fulfilled, it has the ID of the belonging log entry from sharehim_log.system_operations.operationID
| 
|-
| 
| Need housing?
| yes/no
Only used for homeland date blocks: Does the speaker need the host church to provide housing if the meeting is outside his area? ||

|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: (by host fields) - NULL - accepted - rejected

(Currently only used for homeland campaigns. Automatically accepted for international campaigns.)

|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival date
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival time
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, airline
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight no.
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Self-arranged travel to orientation
| yes/no
If yes none of the four fields above must be filled out ||

|-
| 
| Hotel city, arrival airport
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, airline
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Last deposit reminder
| Days after application date that this reminder was last sent
| 
|-
| 
| Last site-funding reminder
| Days before opening date that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last hotel reservation reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last flight arrival reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last generic reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last equipment rental reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Consent form for minors
|
NULL = not a minor 1 = pending receiving the consent form 2 = consent form received 3 = is minor, parent/guardian is coming too

|-
| 
| No sermon notes
|
yes/no

Whether or not the person should receive sermon notes/graphics for this event. Used with the "missing notes" report. This value is basically only informational. Extended to this use:

0 : nothing skipped 1 : skip sermon notes 2 : skip Jesus video 3 : skip both sermon notes and Jesus video

(3 is automatically set when setting a speaker for past homeland campaign or when setting a non-ShareHim-related speaker for a homeland campaign)

|-
| 
| Reported on the first insurance/service requests report that we sent out?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Is deleted?
| yes/no
Is set to yes when we delete an event but keep the database record because material has been shipped concerning this event, and because we want to keep a historical record.

|-
| 
| Is event request?
| yes/no (when person does not fill out the main application form, value is not changed but kept forever event if event is deleted)
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deposit received
|
datetime

Date we have received the deposit for the direct campaign cost (international only). The field Site-funding required will determine if this is necessary. If it is, only after that point we initiate the application process.

Set to 2000-01-01 when bypassed by admins (when auto-approved was requested when event was added)

Set to 2000-01-02 for events before we implemented this procedure

Set to 2000-01-03 when event is in an individually funded group (where leader has already paid the deposit)

|-
| 
| Date approved
| datetime (by administration)
Must have a value for the event to be considered approved, no matter what the category is.

Set to 2000-01-01 when it is unknown.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date standby expire
| date
The date the standby event will expire.

|-
| 
| Date activated
| datetime
The date a standby event was activated.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deleted
| datetime
| 
|}

== Person comments ==

Internal comments only visible for administrators

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Comment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Possible to reference a comment to a person's event
| opt.
|-
| 
| Comment
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Comment type
|
Possible values: - 'phonecall'

| opt.
|-
| 
| Flag
|
dropdown

Possible values: - 1 : encourage mentorship - 2 : block all future participation - 3 : block future intl. participation - 4 : block future homeland participation

| opt.
|-
| 
| Date and time entered
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Submitter
| Local ID of user from table below
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| Origin table of this user
| 
|}

== Personal salutations ==

Table with personal salutations for each user in the system

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| The person the salutation is for
| req.
|-
| 
| From table
| The table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
Same format as $_SESSION['user_fromtable']

| req.
|-
| 
| From local ID
| The ID from the table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
| req.
|-
| 
| Salutation
| The salutation itself. Must be the full line.
| req.
|}

== Colleges ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Initials
| Abbreviation of name
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| For shipping equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Contact person
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| Use this to login and recommend students
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Colleges' date blocks ==

Bob Sr, 2008-07: College date-block information must remain read-only for all except for the administrative few.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Dateblock ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| opt.
|-
| 
| Student sites to reserve equip. for
| numeric
| req.
|-
| 
| Funding source
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date site-funding received
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Total site-funding amount received
| number
In USD.

|-
| 
| Date travel funds requested
| The date we requested Quiet Hour Ministries to send the travel funds to the college/students.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Last status reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| opt.
|}

== Recommenders ==

Only for North-American division

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Recommender ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marker for last applicant
| a marker so we can cycle through these recommenders
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Translations ==

Per campaign site

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| From language
| dropdown acc. to available sermon notes language
| 
|}

== Campaign material ==

Shipments that are due (or waiting for payment before they are due)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Shipment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Personevent ID
| 
| req. to be a speaker
|-
| 
| Shipper
| A main_ext_logins.loginID reference
| 
|-
| 
| Paid
| date
Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a ||

|-
| 
| Postpone date
| date
This item will not shown on the shipping list until this date ||

|-
| 
| Shipped date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped method
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped tracking no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty billed
| date
Only used for graphics CDs, reporting to It Is Written ||

|}

== Clusters ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Clusters are a larger scope compared to groups. Groups can be linked to clusters. Only speakers can be members of clusters.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster name
| For homeland date blocks this is not used for anything really - other than it shows up on the campaign overview.
| 
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|}

== Cluster leaders ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster leader ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Speakers or organizers
| 
|}

== Groups ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Only speakers can be members of groups

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Group ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| 
|-
| 
| Group name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Recommender personID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reserved sites
| Will effectively always be filled out.
| 
|-
| 
| Funding source (site-funding)
|
Possible values: - 'sharehim': ShareHim is responsible - 'individually': each group member is responsible, but deposit for ALL must be received before any can apply - ' indiv_owndep': each group member is responsible, all applicants must pay their own deposit at time of application - 'collectively': group is responsible collectively

| req.
|-
| 
| Deposit received?
| yes/no
No one excepts organizers can apply before deposit has been received if funding source is 'individually'.

|-
| 
| Partial payment date
| date
Has no effect if amount is not set or 0.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Partial payment amount
| number
Has no effect if date is not set.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Last site-fund reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show group on availability report?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Max subdivide
| Max number of hotel cities the group is allowed to span across. Default one.
| req.
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled?
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Teams ==

Speaker linked with support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Team ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (speaker)
| 
| 
|}

== Orientation sites ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - no (0) - yes (1) - not necessary (2)

| req.
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting to the orientation site
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment booking ==

Booking of equipment Time frame of booking is decided by the period of the date block

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Booking ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| req. if no person ID
|-
| 
| Speaker ID (= Person ID)
| 
| req. if no college date block ID
|-
| 
| Case ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Booking date
| The date the booking was made (just for the information)
| 
|-
| 
| Paid amount
| Only for non-student related
| 
|-
| 
| Paid date
| Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound tracking no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance
| text (100)
E-mail of person received the insurance information ||

|-
| 
| Return date
| Date it was sent from the renter
| 
|-
| 
| Return method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Return tracking no.
| text (30)
If filled out it's a call tag, otherwise not

|-
| 
| Return received date
| Date it was received by ShareHim
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked by initials
| text (10)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, cases ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Case ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Case purchase date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the case is under repair or for another reason is not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| Down status
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Discharged
| date
When the case has been sold and we no longer have anything to do with it ||

|-
| 
| Discharged status
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, laptops ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment base ID
| ID of the equipment base where we administrate a set of graphics equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| OS product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Office product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Service Tag
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Express service code
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop value
| numeric
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty type
|
dropdown: - Next day service - Next day service + complete care

|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Quote no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the laptop is under repair or has been sold and hence not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| AC adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
Remote control for mouse ||

|-
| 
| Floppy drive
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, projectors ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Projector value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Power cord
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VGA cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VCR cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| International adapters
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Ground adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Extension cord
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Material stock ==

Sermon notes/graphics, Life of Christ videos, etc. Note: The Life of Christ videos that are active and have no format were previously those records that were the PAL version. The inactive NTSC versions are kept for historic purposes.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material group
|
Current list: - Notes/graphics CD - Graphics CD - Life of Christ video - Hardcopy (language must correspond exactly with sermon languages)

Must '''not''' be changed without considering consequences for rest of the system. Some of these values are used hard-coded in the script code

|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Code
| Short easy-to-read code identifying this product to use it when printing labels
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Format
|
NTSC/PAL/SECAM

CD/(DVD/VCD)

|-
| 
| Qty in stock
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Minimum qty in stock
| Espacially for Life of Christ videos
| 
|-
| 
| Available from
| Date from which this material will be available
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty organization
|
Current list: - It Is Written - Present Solutions

If royalties must be paid when issueing this item select here which organization it must be reported to.

|-
| 
| Shipper
| ID of shipper (from external logins) (blank/null if internal)
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Stories ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story type
|
dropdown

Possible values: - sitereport (report about campaign site) - testimonial (personal testimony)

| req.
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of the person who created this story, speaker or STMs
| 
|-
| 
| Purpose
|
dropdown:

- public (for publishing on website)

- internal (raw material for internal use)

| req.
|-
| 
| Headline
| self made headline/title on story
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Copy of Narrative
| Copy of narrative before people changes an authorized story.
| 
|-
| 
| Keywords
| Optional additional keywords used when searching
| 
|-
| 
| Author name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Author notes
| Scratch-board for author and/or editors. Not shown publicly.
| 
|-
| 
| Internal notes
| Scratch-board for editors.
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Pictures authorized
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Content authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Authorized for display on Adventist Review website?
| yes/no (set by ShareHim)
| 
|-
| 
| Approved for display on Adventist Review website?
| null/yes/no (set by Adventist Review)
Labels: Approved/Disabled/Not reviewed ||

|-
| 
| Show thumbnail? (for testimonies)
| yes/no
Show thumbnail of person (of course only effective if thumbnail is uploaded) ||

|-
| 
| Is news item?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Show from (only news items)
| date (from now if blank)
Date is inclusive.

|-
| 
| Show to (only news items)
| date (indefinitely if blank)
Date is exclusive.

|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| req.
|-
| 
| Date last modified
| datetime
| req.
|}

== Story pictures ==

Attached to the stories

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Picture ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Caption
| long text
| req.
|-
| 
| Filename (given by the system)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Original filename
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is retouched?
| yes/no
Set to yes when original picture was retouched, either manually or cropped - as intermediate stage between original and final picture

| req.
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| For rearranging the order of pictures
| 
|-
| 
| Upload date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Surveys ==

Evaluation forms filled out by the speakers and STMs.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Survey ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| No. of campaigns participated in
| Number of campaigns the person has participated in to date.
| req.
|-
| 
| [questions] x13
| 1-5 or null
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| date
| req.
|-
| 
| Is reviewed?
| yes/no
| req.
|}

== Donations ==

Received donations

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Donation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date received
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation amount
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation type
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Pledge ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ...many more fields
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receipt sent
| Date receipt was sent.
If we don't know the date it is set to 2001-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent method
| Possible values:
- letter - email - authorize.net ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent
| Date letter was sent.
If no letter was sent date is set to 2000-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Follow-Up done?
| yes/no
Used for non-sitefunding donations only ||

|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|}

== External logins ==

E.g. Caroline Conference, Quiet Hour, shippers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Login ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 1
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 2
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone
| An alternative phone number to campaign managers, mainly for entering local phone numbers that they use when they supervise campaigns.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone until
| The last date that the phone number is scheduled to be usable.
| req. if phone number is specified
|-
| 
| Access level
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Superadmin
|
0 / 1 / 2

1 = is superadmin 2 = is associate admin (lower than regular admin).

Only superadmin can see password, change information, add and delete users in external logins.

Only superadmin can emulate and set password (set_pw.php) for admin and coadmin.

Associate admins

|-
| 
| Fulltime
| yes/no
If coadmins are full-time or part-time managers ||

|-
| 
| Approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Password questions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Table
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Question
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Answer
| 
| 
|}

== Field descriptions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Description ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Table name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Field name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Public description
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Internal description
| 
| 
|}

== News ==

Information shown on the main page of the website

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| News ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Headline
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| ShowFrom
| date
| 
|-
| 
| ShowTo
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show all on home?
| yes/no
Show entire news item on the front page? (normally there is a max length for items shown there) || req.

|}

== ShareSynch Serial Numbers ==

Created serial numbers for the ShareSynch software

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Serial Number ID
| Internal ID
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| GS)-XXXX-XXXX
| req.
|-
| 
| Expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person this serial number is connected to
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Event this serial number is connected to (and that usually causes an expiration date)
| 
|-
| 
| Owner name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Owner e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Activations allowed
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is printed?
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Date created
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== ShareSynch activations ==

Activations that have been done for the different ShareSynch serial numbers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Activation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation Code
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation date
| timestamp
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation IP
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware Operating System
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ShareSynch software version
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reactivation dates
| The dates this activation code was resent or reactivated
| 
|-
| 
| Is withdrawn?
|
Possible values: 0 = is not withdrawn (default) 1 = withdrawn, allow re-activation 2 = withdrawn, disallow re-activation

Activation code can be withdrawn, either by the user deactivating the computer (1) or ShareHim revoking it (2).

In case of 2, the software needs to register that this activation code is now invalid, so that later attempts to use the same activation code we fail (but what if they format the hardware?!). But, if the code is then regranted, we can only reactivation the software through online activation, otherwise we can't be sure that the revoked code is now active again! Well, for a solid solution the hardware should actually be encrypted together with a date, so that the activation code would be different when the computer was reactivated, and then this whole matter woudn't be an issue. (Or we could also just issue a completely new serial number...)

| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== System settings ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| System administrator name
| General
| 
|-
| 
| System administrator e-mail
| General
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender name
| Name that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender e-mail
| E-mail that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| Days to resend unprocessed applicant
| Days after application date to resend recommendation e-mails for unprocessed applicants
| 
|-
| 
| Days to mark unproccessed applicant
| Number of days until applicant will be highlighted as 'not processed' in the unapproved applicants list
| 
|-
| 
| Days before orientation to ship Life of Christ video
| Days before orientation date that we issue the shipment
| 
|-
| 
| Days after date block closing date to remind about entering experience
| Only used for those who have received sponsorship
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding insurance coverage
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding service requests
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (name) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (e-mail) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance information e-mail recipient
| E-mail to which we send insurance information on shipped equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Case lock combination
| numeric (3)
Case lock on equipment cases ||

|-
| 
| Min. days to opening date to allow person use key for bypassing closing date (because of insurance and service requests reports/reminders, so should therefore always be before we send out the last insurance/serv. req. reminder)
| 
| 
|}

== E-mail templates ==

E-mail templates for e-mails that are sent out automatically

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| E-mail template ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| identification name for this template
| 
|-
| 
| Subject
| Subject for the e-mail
| 
|-
| 
| Body
| Body for the e-mail
| 
|}

== Email log, group e-mails ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mail reference
| reference to the mail sent (an ID or a file reference)
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|}

== Email log, service requests reports ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| CC
| Carbon Copy recipients
| 
|-
| 
| Attached files
| )
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Target
| "host" or "sending" organization (division/union/conference)
| 
|-
| 
| Batch
| "first" or "second" batch of reports to this organization
| 
|}

== Mail queue ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Mail queue ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| By local ID
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| By from table
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| Sender name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sender e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Query ID
| Query ID that this queue is based upon.
In case we want to make queues that are special and not based on a query this can just be left empty.

|
|-
| 
| Custom subject
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Attach files
| Serialized PHP array with documents to attach to the e-mails in this queue.
| 
|-
| 
| Use personal salutations?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| 
|-
| 
| Date completed
| datetime
Is set when all e-mails in this queue have been sent.

|
|}

== System translations ==

Pieces of text used in the interface and which can be translated into other languages

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Category
| Not really used
| 
|-
| 
| Tag
| The tag use in the PHP code
| 
|-
| 
| Langugage [en|es|da|...]
| The text for this tag in the given language
| 
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| Not used
| 
|-
| 
| Explanation
| Any useful instructions for the translator about this piece of text
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Timestamp for when the text or tag for the primary language (English) was last modified
| 
|}

== System translators ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translator ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| Two-letter abbreviation for the language
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
|
Person ID from main_people of the person who is the translator for this language.

Set to 0 if we currently have no translator.

|
|-
| 
| Last notified
| Last time translator was notified about new or changed text to be translated
| 
|}

== System log ==

Table is placed in a separate database.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Operation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| By name
| Name of user who caused this operation
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By local ID
| ...his local ID
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By from table
| ...originates from this table
Note: Because of programming mistake this field has incorrect values until 2006-08-22 after a user has emulated somebody. Unsure when problem started (maybe 2006-06-08 or 2006-03-27). || Req. if avail.

|-
| 
| Visit ID
| VisitID from WebStory statistics
| 
|-
| 
| IP
| User's IP address at time of logging
| 
|-
| 
| Emulated by
| Full name of person who was emulating
| 
|-
| 
| Action
| Main name for for this action
| Req.
|-
| 
| Subaction
| Subname for this action
| 
|-
| 
| For name
| Name of user/record this action was executed upon
NOTE: This can be either firstname lastname or lastname, firstname ||

|-
| 
| For local ID
| ...caused upon this ID in the table below
| 
|-
| 
| For from table
| ...caused upon a record in this table
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of person it was caused upon (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| DateblockID that this action is related to (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Parameters
| Any extra parameters to log. Default format: field=value¤field=value...
| 
|}

If a field is fit for having a value but we don't have it readily available when making the logentry then we set the value to "N/A" (or "0" for number fields) so that we later can run some queries to easily replace all these "missing" information pieces.

=== List tables ===

== Venue types ==

- eg.: Church, open field etc. - 'venueno' only added and sorted by for the sake of Tamara entering the data

== Countries ==

- connected to which division it's in - including the ISO-3166 two-letter codes (where codes starting with underscore (_) is self-made in order to not have empty field) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain country names are used hard-coded in the script code (eg. ship_material.php) - as of 2006-09-21 used in: - main_divisions - main_unions - main_conferences - main_orientations - main_hotels - main_colleges - main_people - the divisionID is taken from Jon Brauer's XML file "2006-08 OMCountries (Jon Brauer).xml".

== Currencies ==

- code, name, rate, date of rate, and source of rate

== Sponsors ==

- eg.: Quiet Hour Ministries, and later on maybe The Voice of Prophecy

== Material groups ==

- eg.: Sermon notes, Graphics CD, Life of Christ video - make no possibility to edit records, only add (and maybe delete) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain material groups are used hard-coded in the script code (ship_material.php)

== Equipment bases ==

- the different locations at which we administrate a set of graphics equipment, eg. North Carolina

== Shipping methods ==

- eg.: UPS, FedEx

== US states ==

== Titles ==

- eg.: Mr., Mrs. etc.

== Access levels ==

- eg.: admin etc.

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Database Tables-Fields, sharehim main

2011-12-09T17:02:35Z

Allan Jensen: Remove 'homeland_label' as alias for site name field

= Database Tables/Fields - sharehim_main =

== Divisions (main_divisions) ==

Containing the 13 SDA divisions in the world

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| 
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| req.
|-
| initials 
| Initials
| 3-letter abbreviation
| req.
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| division_secretaries 
| Division officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Unions (main_unions) ==

List of all the unions within the 13 world divisions. Occasionally we pull the data from AdventistDirectory to update our list of unions. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| Division this union belongs to 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Union officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Is participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
Not really used because all participating organizations will have a record in the conference table, even though it might be fake. ||

|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Conferences or missions (main_conferences) ==

List of SDA conferences/missions/fields. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA organisation ID (AdmFieldID)
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| 
| SDA OrgMastID
| 6-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org. This is the master ID from eadventist.com.
| 
|-
| 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name contracted
| Short name for the conference. Used in homeland system.
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Conference e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Conference officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Churches & pastors synchronization setting
|
'''Churches:''' 1 : pull from eAdventist.net all others : pull from AdventistDirectory

'''Pastors:''' 0 : entered manually 1 : authorized to pull from eAdventist

((Can add more values for each different synchronization scheme we encounter with different conferences))

| 
|-
| 
| Allow pastor to do final acceptance of new applicants?
|
yes/no

1 : pastoral approval 0 : pastor's recommendation, conference-staff final approval 

(fieldname should have been allow_pastors_approve_speakers!)

| 
|-
| 
| Last updated via eAdventist
| For non-NAD conferences this indicates last time we updated the '''church''' list from AdventistDirectory.org
| 
|-
| 
| Internal comments
| ONLY coadmin and admin may see/edit this.
| 
|-
| 
| Public comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| World map, X-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| 
| World map, Y-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Conferences' Wire Information ==

Information used for wiring money to the different conferences.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| Bank account no.
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Name of account holder/owner
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Address of account holder
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank location
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Use correspondent/intermediary bank?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank location
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Account no. of beneficiary's bank (the bank above) at the correspondent bank
| 
| 
|}

== Conference accepted people ==

People's acceptance or rejection to preach in a specific conference. Only applicable to homeland date blocks.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference acceptance ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: - waiting - accepted - rejected

| req. 
|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| Values set by the system: 
- "Done campaign" (when accepted) (value also used to unset it in case an qualifying event(s) are deleted, so it should not be modified) - "Int'l recommended" (when accepted) - "Auto-accepted eA pastor" (when automatically set to accepted by the Obtain Pastor Login procedure in login_link_pastor.php)

Values set AND used by the system (only when status=waiting): - "Pastor: ?": pending pastor response - "Pastor: yes": pastor consented - "Pastor: caution: [a reason]": pastor cautioned

| req. if rejected 
|}

== Hub cities - Previously Hotel cities (main_hotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| Only used for homeland (some hub cities for international campaigns also contain a conference because ALL records were assigned the ID when we created this field)
| req. for homeland
|-
| 
| City
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : not necessary

| req. 
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting from orientation to hotel city
| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Is non-hotel?
| yes/no
For homeland date blocks the hotel info is not required and this field should be set to yes (but not mandatory)

| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Date blocks' hotels (main_dateblockhotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID (= hub city)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| Optional and ONLY used for linking a specific orientation to this hotel city in case the date block has multiple orientation sites.
| 
|}

== Date blocks ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Opening date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Closing date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Applications closing date
| Should be the final cut-off date for new applicants.
Date is inclusive, so after this date no new applications are accepted. When converted to a Unix timestamp we add one day minus one second, so that the calculation is correct AND if converted back to only a date it is still the same date.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Data lock date
| After this date only administrators and co-administrators will be allowed to change all data concerning a date block: 
- teams - groups - site info (incl. translations) - hotel info - orientation hotel info - rank sites - rank speakers

This date MUST be after applications closed date.

As of 2007-12-05 the detailed definition was: - people cannot remove themselves from campaigns after this date, but all other accesslevels can (eventdelete.php). - conference coordinators for international campaigns (not conference organizers) cannot do these things after this date (but admin and coadmin can always do all of these things): * add campaign sites * edit campaign sites * add hub cities to a date block * edit orientation hotel info - people cannot themselves re-arrange their team and group membership after this date. - ranking of sites and speakers can only be changed by admin and coadmin after this date.

(PS. Hotel reservation is locked on date block opening date)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Campaign title (Homeland: Additional label)
| Usually the country wherein the campaigns will be held.
Homeland: optional additional label like "SWAU"

| req. for international opt. for homeland 
|-
| 
| Total sites
| Total number of campaign sites in this date block - must ALWAYS be kept up-to-date as available sites are calculated from this.
For homeland campaigns this is currently kept updated to equal the number sites that have been set up for this date. Would be more useful to only count the sites where a speaker had been matched...

| 
|-
| 
| Questions recipient
| LoginID of the person from External logins who will receive questions about this date block. This person will also be the lead date block manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Pre-campaign manager
| LoginID of a coadmin person from External logins who will be the pre-campaign manager if different from the lead manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 2nd
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 2nd
| Just before the campaign
| 
|-
| 
| Last incomplete notification
| The date we last sent a notification to unions/conferences/campaign manager about incomplete information entered for this date block (if any)
| 
|-
| 
| Default sermon notes language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Divide homeland dateblocks into different languages on sign-up sheet for some conferences.) || req. for international

|-
| 
| Default sermon graphics language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Displayed in the popup box for approving and selecting material for an applicant.) || req. for international opt. for homeland

|-
| 
| Division secretaries
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses for one or more division secretaries. Eg. they receive e-mail reminding about insurance.
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| Extended public description of the date block
| 
|-
| 
| Note for applicants
| Special information for potential applicants before applying
| 
|-
| 
| Application monitors
| List of e-mail addresses (comma-seperated) to which an e-mail is sent everytime an application to this date block is submitted. Added because of problems in India where the division wants to monitor all applications, espacially STMs.
| 
|-
| 
| Hide date block details for the public?
| yes/no
Because of problems in India where the public should not be allowed seeing the information about the date block. ||

|-
| 
| Media folder
| Base folder for uploading media files (pictures, video etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Show predefined unions only
| yes/no
Only show predefined organizations down to the union level (= excl. conferences) In connection with the table Date blocks' predefined conferences. ||

|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Date blocks' orientations ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| 
|}

== Date blocks' predefined conferences ==

This is used primarily before sites are added to the date block. After that we'll automatically know the conferences based on where the hotels are located. For homeland date blocks, though, we retain this information in order to have a quick way of determining the date blocks of a conference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block predefined conference ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|}

== Campaign sites ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Master campaign site ID
| Record ID in master sites table that this site originates from
| 
|-
| 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Campaign date
|
- Homeland: the date from the matching record in main_dateblocks - International: null 

'''This field can currently be used to determine if the campaign site is homeland or international.''' 

| req. for homeland. currently prohibited for intl. 
|-
| 
| Campaign type
|
Possible options: - NULL : regular campaign - 'spk-init' : speaker-initiated campaign

Homeland only.

|
|-
| 
| Site name
|
- International: full site name (req.) - Homeland: only an optional additional label (req. for Speaker-Initiated Events though) that is added to the date (and the church name, which we get from the site's master site).

Tried to name variable 'campaign_label' when used in the homeland context.

| see description
|-
| 
| Beginning time
| time (hh:mm:ss)
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| 
| Ending date
| date
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| 
| Weekdays
| Comma-separated list of 3-letter abbreviation of the weekdays the campaign will be held.
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| 
| Town/city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Sector
| NOT USED. We use the sector from the master site instead.
| 
|-
| 
| Address
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| 
| State
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| 
| Zip
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| 
| Phone
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| 
| Website
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| 
| Venue type
| church/rented hall/open field/stadium etc. according to table list_venue_types
| Intl:
always req. Homeland: req. for spk-init events

|-
| 
| Personevent ID
| Link to the speaker
| 
|-
| 
| Sermon graphics language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Life of Christ video language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Desired video format
| NOT USED ANYMORE. No longer applicable because we now use DVDs instead of VHS tapes.
dropdown

| 
|-
| 
| Congregations
| number of congr. supp. this site
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Membership
| total members in supp. congr.
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Est. attendance
| incl. SDA & non-SDA
| req.
|-
| 
| Baptismal goal
| conservative number
| req.
|-
| 
| Km from hotel
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Pastor Officer IDs
| Comma-separated list of officerIDs.
The pastors of this church (master site) from eAdventist at the time the site was set up or when a speaker was assigned. Automatically set by the system. ||

|-
| 
| Ranking
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Planned pre-campaign activities
| text
Homeland only.

|-
| 
| Campaign status
|
Possible options: - NULL - 'await_approv' 

Homeland only.

|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Copy of site ID
| If this is a copy of another site the original site's ID is saved here
| 
|}

 

== Outreach Teams - Previous: Master Campaign sites (main_master_sites) ==

List of Outreach Teams 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Master site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA organization ID
| Reference to the church this OLT belongs to
| req. for all new records
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| Conference this OLT is in
| req.
|-
| 
| Name
|
Name of the OLT, usually the church name.

Usually renamed to 'olt_name' or 'church_name2' in SQL output.

|-
| 
| Person ID
| In case a personal team is created this holds the link to the person (used for speaker-initiated campaigns)
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel ID
| 2009-11-16: deleted all values since homeland do not use hub cities anymore - field can be deleted entirely, once SQL queries have been checked
- search for "main_master_sites" and "'tblname' => 'master_sites'" and edit acl_add_master_site() and i_master_sites.php/php_functions_i_master_sites.php ||

|-
| 
| City
| 2010-11-01: Is officially no longer used but I didn't dare deleted it in the database yet. Delete it later.
Search for "main_master_sites" to try to find location where it might still be used. ||

|-
| 
| Graphics language
| Default graphics language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| 
| Life of Christ video language
| Default video language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| Password OLT members can use to access information for this OLT. Not really used at the moment.
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| 
| 
|}

== Outreach Leadership Team members ==

Table with all memberships for the Outreach Leadership Teams (main_olts)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| OLT member ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person who is the member
| req.
|-
| 
| Master site ID
| Team person is a member of
| req.
|-
| 
| Is OLT clerk?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| 
| req. for all new records
|-
| 
| Date removed
| Once this field has a value the member is considered removed.
| 
|}

== Churches ==

List of churches we have retrieved from AdventistDirectory.org and eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| SDA org ID
| OrgMastID from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| SDA entity ID
| OMEntity from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| Church name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 2-letter ISO-3166 country code
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Ethnic group
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sector
| Our own sector value, set by the conference organizers
| 
|-
| 
| Latitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Longitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Parent SDA AdmFieldID
|
ID of parent conference.

(I believe we always have this one)

|-
| 
| Parent SDA OrgMastID
|
ID of parent conference.

(this one we don't yet have for the churches we've retrieved through the webpages) CAN WE JUST DROP THIS FIELD BECAUSE IT SEEMS TO THE CHURCH'S SDAORGID REPLACED WITH "11" ON THE END?!

|-
| 
| Parent is not a conference?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Inactive?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| Date added to our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Date modifed
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| 
|}

== Workers / Officers ==

List of officers (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB) or other Adventist services/fields

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| Conference the pastor is in.
Not used for NAD conferences, since Officer ID (from eAdventist) is used. If we change use assign_pastor_to_church() must be reviewed.

| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| ID originates from SDA-DB
This is the same ID as main_people. sda_membershipID. Used only for records coming from eAdventist.net.

| cond. 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| The local conference's own ID for the person
| 
|-
| 
| First name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Last name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Suffix
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing country
| 2-letter country name (ISO-3166)
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative e-mail addresses
| Comma-separated list (with space between comma and next address)
| opt.
|-
| 
| Cell phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Allow SMS?
| Is ShareHim allowed to send the pastor an SMS to notify him about new applicants from his church?
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Link to this person's record in our main people table if present.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Default password
| Password that will be used to auto-create a login when this pastors tries to login
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| req.
|}

== Church offices ==

List of church offices (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church office ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Church SDA org ID
| OrgMastID of church
| 
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| From main_officers table
| 
|-
| 
| Office name
| Name of office the person holds.
NOTE!! If this is expanded to be anything else than pastors we need to change the method in assign_campaign_site() we use to determine if speaker is pastor as well in get_pastors_churches() and probably other functions as well (since they only check for the existence of a church office record and not the office name value) ||

|-
| 
| Is evangelistic decision-maker?
| yes/no
In case a church has multiple pastors this can indicate which pastor is responsible for evangelistic decisions. Used to know which pastor we can ask to recommend a speaker. ||

|-
| 
| Date modified
| Last date this record was modified in our own database.
| 
|}

== Campaign site statistics ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Statistical data
| serialize PHP array with statistics on attendance, Bible class attendance, and baptisms
(only used for international)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the speakers. (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Adjusted baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Projected baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the speakers (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Actual baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Did campaign with OLT?
| yes/no
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of meetings
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of visitors
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Planning another campaign?
|
Possible values: 0 : no 1 : yes 2 : maybe

| Homeland only 
|}

== Campaign site statistics per conference ==

This data "overrides" data entered for each individual campaign site.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference date block statistics ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Total baptisms during campaign in this conference
| number
| 
|-
| 
| Baptisms within 6 months after the campaign in this conference (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
| 
|}

== People ==

Guest speakers, support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA membership ID
| ID from eAdventist of OLT members and pastors.
(This ID is the same as main_officers.officerID. Brian: "Yes, the PersonID is the same Officer ID that we use for Pastors web service.")

| 
|-
| 
| Active person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Legal firstname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Legal lastname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Title
| dropdown
Prefered to be set as the option "Pastor" is sometimes used to identify pastors.

|-
| 
| Birth date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Gender
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marital status
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street address
| this is also their shipping address
| req.
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| req.
Required for different reasons (and more I haven't written here): These people go in to the regular table of people where we have speakers and so on, and that field has always been required. Besides having a name without connected to a country can be pretty ambigious. The more information we have about a person the better. It also helps us to know which division they are in which is required in case they apply for a campaign.

|-
| 
| E-mail
| also their username
Sometimes noemail@noemail.com or none@none.com has been put in if we don't know the address. 

| req. (except for special cases, eg. speakers assigned to past homeland campaigns, or check donations where we don't know the e-mail) 
|-
| 
| E-mail invalid
| date
If the e-mail address is not working register here the date it was discovered. Reminders, news letters etc. will not be sent to this person then.

|-
| 
| Home phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Office phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Cell phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Residence division
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Residence union
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence conference
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence church
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Application date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Remmendation status
|
Possible values: (by sending fields/recommenders) - NULL (when not recom. processed) - waiting - recommended - unrecommended

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender
|
Pastor/layman/academy in NAD: - stores the ID of the recommender to which an e-mail was sent at time of application 

College students: - college date block ID

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Graphics equipment request
|
Possible values: - not requested (0) - requested (1) - approved (2) - not available (3)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Sponsorship
|
dropdown: Quiet Hour Ministries|(Voice of Prophecy)

| req. for speakers
|-
| 
| Sponsorship commitment form approved
| when approved, show them on website
| 
|-
| 
| Sponsorship check sent date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sermon notes language
|
dropdown

VALIDATION: - check if this from-language is available within the desired date block. If not, give option to select another language. 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Request hard copy notes
|
(this will effectively only be for their first event)

Possible values: - not requested (0) - requested (1) - processed (2)

|-
| 
| Preferred CD format
|
Possible values: - DVD (means using a DVD player) - DVD-R (means using a computer) 

(old values: CD, DVD-Combo)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Done boot camp?
|
Has person taken the ShareHim boot camp training program?

Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : is an ordained/licensed pastor - 3 : is a retired pastor 

(Being any type of pastor resolves to the same effect as saying yes)

| 
|-
| 
| Done a campaign?
| yes/no
Determined automatically by the system, cannot be manually set (as of today at least). No means only that we '''do not know if''' they have done a campaign. NOTE: now this does not only include international campaigns, even though the field name indicates that. Also having done a homeland campaign will now result in this being set to yes.

| 
|-
| 
| First campaign
| text
First ShareHim campaign that this person participated in as a speaker. Used for people applying for homeland campaigns.

| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary
Lay applicants: pastor Academy students: academy & contact 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference home phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy & contact

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference office phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary 

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|-
| 
| Reference cell phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|-
| 
| Reference e-mail
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receive newsletter?
| yes/no/null
Is person signed up for the Evangeliving newsletter? NULL: setting has not been set

| opt. 
|-
| 
| Received mentorship material
| yes/no
Did we send them the mentorship material? ||

|-
| 
| Portrait filename
| File for thumbnail image used in stories.
| 
|-
| 
| Portrait is authorized?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team of master site ID
| The church with this master site ID that this person is an OLT member of
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team special status
|
number

0 = ordinary OLT member (default) 1 = is OLT leader 2 = is OLT secretary

NOTE: cannot move this field to main_olts because we have people set as leaders/secretaries who are not member of any particular OLT.

|-
| 
| Is editor?
|
Possible values: - executive (edit text/graphics, approve, add/delete stories) - associate (edit text/graphics) - text - graphics - advreview (Adventist Review editor)

|-
| 
| Do not contact
|
date

When person should not receive any correspondence or be contacted, register the date this was set.

|-
| 
| Reason for not contacting
| text
(eg. do not want info from us, is deceased etc.)

| req. if "Do not contact" is set 
|-
| 
| Hide person from public?
|
number

0 = no 1 = yes 2 = yes and also hide from any logged in users not part of the same campaign 3 = yes and also hide from any logged in users except admins

'''NOTE!! CURRENTLY''' 1, 2 and 3 makes no difference on the website. All cause a behaviour equal to 3.

Should the person name and critical personal details (name, address, and phone numbers) be hidden from public/non-logged in users (or from logged in users except those participating in the same date block, or even everybody but admins and co-admins)? If yes: - hidden on mainly the campaign overview - if they are organizers they are currently NOT hidden - hidden in get_dateblock_people() - hidden in get_people_availability() - hidden in get_person_info() - skip showing personal portrait on stories - hidden in other functions too...

| req.
|-
| 
| Person requested check for duplicate
| Person indicated that they might already exist in our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Source
|
Indication of how this person originally got into the database. Possible values (also defined in main_peopleedit.php): 1 : applied internationally 2 : applied homeland acceptance 3 : homeland pastor 4 : made a donation/pledge 5 : conference organizer/sector leader 6 : OLT member 7 : signed up for newsletter 8 : order received from GoodSalt.com 9 : is translator for homeland system 10 : homeland speaker (assigned to past campaign => not accepted in conf) 11 : non-ShareHim related homeland speaker 12 : given a ShareSynch serial number (version C sermons) 99 : other manually added record

| 
|}

== Person events (main_personevents) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| personeventID 
| Person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| personID 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| dateblockID 
| Date block ID
| Only for non-college/university applicants
| 
|-
| eff_dateblockID 
| Effective date block ID
| Updated to always hold the effective date block ID for this event (also when event has been deleted)
| 
|-
| categorymoved 
| Category
|
Possible values: - pastor - layman - college - academy - stm - organizer

|
|-
| collegedateblockIDmoved 
| College date block ID
| Only for college/university applicants
| 
|-
| is_standby 
| Is standby
|
yes/no

Is this a standby event?

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| clusterID 
| Cluster ID
| Only for speakers
(the link to groups must of course match this link.)

|-
| groupID 
| Group ID
| Only for speakers
| 
|-
| teamID 
| Team ID
| Only for STMs - linking them to their speaker (Team ID in main_teams)
| 
|-
| rankingID 
| Ranking ID
| 
| 
|-
| cospeaker 
| Associate speaker
| yes/no
(we know the main speaker by the team the associate speaker is member of) ||

|-
| 
| Preferred hub city (date block hotel ID)
| The hub city the person him/herself wishes to go to
| 
|-
| 
| Site-funding required
| yes/no
CURRENTLY NOT USED (use 'funding_required' instead) MAY NEED TO USE IT THOUGH, INSTEAD OF CALCULATING IT WITH A JOIN TO main_groups ALL THE TIME! Is currently only set a group level and must be determine through field table main_groups. grp_funding_source

|-
| 
| Site-funding fulfilled
| If fulfilled, it has the ID of the belonging log entry from sharehim_log.system_operations.operationID
| 
|-
| 
| Need housing?
| yes/no
Only used for homeland date blocks: Does the speaker need the host church to provide housing if the meeting is outside his area? ||

|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: (by host fields) - NULL - accepted - rejected

(Currently only used for homeland campaigns. Automatically accepted for international campaigns.)

|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival date
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival time
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, airline
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight no.
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Self-arranged travel to orientation
| yes/no
If yes none of the four fields above must be filled out ||

|-
| 
| Hotel city, arrival airport
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, airline
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Last deposit reminder
| Days after application date that this reminder was last sent
| 
|-
| 
| Last site-funding reminder
| Days before opening date that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last hotel reservation reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last flight arrival reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last generic reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last equipment rental reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Consent form for minors
|
NULL = not a minor 1 = pending receiving the consent form 2 = consent form received 3 = is minor, parent/guardian is coming too

|-
| 
| No sermon notes
|
yes/no

Whether or not the person should receive sermon notes/graphics for this event. Used with the "missing notes" report. This value is basically only informational. Extended to this use:

0 : nothing skipped 1 : skip sermon notes 2 : skip Jesus video 3 : skip both sermon notes and Jesus video

(3 is automatically set when setting a speaker for past homeland campaign or when setting a non-ShareHim-related speaker for a homeland campaign)

|-
| 
| Reported on the first insurance/service requests report that we sent out?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Is deleted?
| yes/no
Is set to yes when we delete an event but keep the database record because material has been shipped concerning this event, and because we want to keep a historical record.

|-
| 
| Is event request?
| yes/no (when person does not fill out the main application form, value is not changed but kept forever event if event is deleted)
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deposit received
|
datetime

Date we have received the deposit for the direct campaign cost (international only). The field Site-funding required will determine if this is necessary. If it is, only after that point we initiate the application process.

Set to 2000-01-01 when bypassed by admins (when auto-approved was requested when event was added)

Set to 2000-01-02 for events before we implemented this procedure

Set to 2000-01-03 when event is in an individually funded group (where leader has already paid the deposit)

|-
| 
| Date approved
| datetime (by administration)
Must have a value for the event to be considered approved, no matter what the category is.

Set to 2000-01-01 when it is unknown.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date standby expire
| date
The date the standby event will expire.

|-
| 
| Date activated
| datetime
The date a standby event was activated.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deleted
| datetime
| 
|}

== Person comments ==

Internal comments only visible for administrators

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Comment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Possible to reference a comment to a person's event
| opt.
|-
| 
| Comment
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Comment type
|
Possible values: - 'phonecall'

| opt.
|-
| 
| Flag
|
dropdown

Possible values: - 1 : encourage mentorship - 2 : block all future participation - 3 : block future intl. participation - 4 : block future homeland participation

| opt.
|-
| 
| Date and time entered
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Submitter
| Local ID of user from table below
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| Origin table of this user
| 
|}

== Personal salutations ==

Table with personal salutations for each user in the system

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| The person the salutation is for
| req.
|-
| 
| From table
| The table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
Same format as $_SESSION['user_fromtable']

| req.
|-
| 
| From local ID
| The ID from the table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
| req.
|-
| 
| Salutation
| The salutation itself. Must be the full line.
| req.
|}

== Colleges ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Initials
| Abbreviation of name
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| For shipping equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Contact person
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| Use this to login and recommend students
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Colleges' date blocks ==

Bob Sr, 2008-07: College date-block information must remain read-only for all except for the administrative few.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Dateblock ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| opt.
|-
| 
| Student sites to reserve equip. for
| numeric
| req.
|-
| 
| Funding source
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date site-funding received
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Total site-funding amount received
| number
In USD.

|-
| 
| Date travel funds requested
| The date we requested Quiet Hour Ministries to send the travel funds to the college/students.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Last status reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| opt.
|}

== Recommenders ==

Only for North-American division

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Recommender ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marker for last applicant
| a marker so we can cycle through these recommenders
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Translations ==

Per campaign site

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| From language
| dropdown acc. to available sermon notes language
| 
|}

== Campaign material ==

Shipments that are due (or waiting for payment before they are due)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Shipment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Personevent ID
| 
| req. to be a speaker
|-
| 
| Shipper
| A main_ext_logins.loginID reference
| 
|-
| 
| Paid
| date
Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a ||

|-
| 
| Postpone date
| date
This item will not shown on the shipping list until this date ||

|-
| 
| Shipped date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped method
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped tracking no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty billed
| date
Only used for graphics CDs, reporting to It Is Written ||

|}

== Clusters ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Clusters are a larger scope compared to groups. Groups can be linked to clusters. Only speakers can be members of clusters.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster name
| For homeland date blocks this is not used for anything really - other than it shows up on the campaign overview.
| 
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|}

== Cluster leaders ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster leader ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Speakers or organizers
| 
|}

== Groups ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Only speakers can be members of groups

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Group ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| 
|-
| 
| Group name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Recommender personID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reserved sites
| Will effectively always be filled out.
| 
|-
| 
| Funding source (site-funding)
|
Possible values: - 'sharehim': ShareHim is responsible - 'individually': each group member is responsible, but deposit for ALL must be received before any can apply - ' indiv_owndep': each group member is responsible, all applicants must pay their own deposit at time of application - 'collectively': group is responsible collectively

| req.
|-
| 
| Deposit received?
| yes/no
No one excepts organizers can apply before deposit has been received if funding source is 'individually'.

|-
| 
| Partial payment date
| date
Has no effect if amount is not set or 0.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Partial payment amount
| number
Has no effect if date is not set.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Last site-fund reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show group on availability report?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Max subdivide
| Max number of hotel cities the group is allowed to span across. Default one.
| req.
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled?
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Teams ==

Speaker linked with support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Team ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (speaker)
| 
| 
|}

== Orientation sites ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - no (0) - yes (1) - not necessary (2)

| req.
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting to the orientation site
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment booking ==

Booking of equipment Time frame of booking is decided by the period of the date block

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Booking ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| req. if no person ID
|-
| 
| Speaker ID (= Person ID)
| 
| req. if no college date block ID
|-
| 
| Case ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Booking date
| The date the booking was made (just for the information)
| 
|-
| 
| Paid amount
| Only for non-student related
| 
|-
| 
| Paid date
| Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound tracking no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance
| text (100)
E-mail of person received the insurance information ||

|-
| 
| Return date
| Date it was sent from the renter
| 
|-
| 
| Return method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Return tracking no.
| text (30)
If filled out it's a call tag, otherwise not

|-
| 
| Return received date
| Date it was received by ShareHim
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked by initials
| text (10)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, cases ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Case ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Case purchase date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the case is under repair or for another reason is not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| Down status
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Discharged
| date
When the case has been sold and we no longer have anything to do with it ||

|-
| 
| Discharged status
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, laptops ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment base ID
| ID of the equipment base where we administrate a set of graphics equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| OS product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Office product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Service Tag
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Express service code
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop value
| numeric
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty type
|
dropdown: - Next day service - Next day service + complete care

|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Quote no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the laptop is under repair or has been sold and hence not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| AC adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
Remote control for mouse ||

|-
| 
| Floppy drive
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, projectors ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Projector value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Power cord
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VGA cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VCR cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| International adapters
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Ground adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Extension cord
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Material stock ==

Sermon notes/graphics, Life of Christ videos, etc. Note: The Life of Christ videos that are active and have no format were previously those records that were the PAL version. The inactive NTSC versions are kept for historic purposes.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material group
|
Current list: - Notes/graphics CD - Graphics CD - Life of Christ video - Hardcopy (language must correspond exactly with sermon languages)

Must '''not''' be changed without considering consequences for rest of the system. Some of these values are used hard-coded in the script code

|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Code
| Short easy-to-read code identifying this product to use it when printing labels
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Format
|
NTSC/PAL/SECAM

CD/(DVD/VCD)

|-
| 
| Qty in stock
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Minimum qty in stock
| Espacially for Life of Christ videos
| 
|-
| 
| Available from
| Date from which this material will be available
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty organization
|
Current list: - It Is Written - Present Solutions

If royalties must be paid when issueing this item select here which organization it must be reported to.

|-
| 
| Shipper
| ID of shipper (from external logins) (blank/null if internal)
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Stories ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story type
|
dropdown

Possible values: - sitereport (report about campaign site) - testimonial (personal testimony)

| req.
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of the person who created this story, speaker or STMs
| 
|-
| 
| Purpose
|
dropdown:

- public (for publishing on website)

- internal (raw material for internal use)

| req.
|-
| 
| Headline
| self made headline/title on story
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Copy of Narrative
| Copy of narrative before people changes an authorized story.
| 
|-
| 
| Keywords
| Optional additional keywords used when searching
| 
|-
| 
| Author name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Author notes
| Scratch-board for author and/or editors. Not shown publicly.
| 
|-
| 
| Internal notes
| Scratch-board for editors.
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Pictures authorized
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Content authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Authorized for display on Adventist Review website?
| yes/no (set by ShareHim)
| 
|-
| 
| Approved for display on Adventist Review website?
| null/yes/no (set by Adventist Review)
Labels: Approved/Disabled/Not reviewed ||

|-
| 
| Show thumbnail? (for testimonies)
| yes/no
Show thumbnail of person (of course only effective if thumbnail is uploaded) ||

|-
| 
| Is news item?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Show from (only news items)
| date (from now if blank)
Date is inclusive.

|-
| 
| Show to (only news items)
| date (indefinitely if blank)
Date is exclusive.

|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| req.
|-
| 
| Date last modified
| datetime
| req.
|}

== Story pictures ==

Attached to the stories

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Picture ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Caption
| long text
| req.
|-
| 
| Filename (given by the system)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Original filename
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is retouched?
| yes/no
Set to yes when original picture was retouched, either manually or cropped - as intermediate stage between original and final picture

| req.
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| For rearranging the order of pictures
| 
|-
| 
| Upload date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Surveys ==

Evaluation forms filled out by the speakers and STMs.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Survey ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| No. of campaigns participated in
| Number of campaigns the person has participated in to date.
| req.
|-
| 
| [questions] x13
| 1-5 or null
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| date
| req.
|-
| 
| Is reviewed?
| yes/no
| req.
|}

== Donations ==

Received donations

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Donation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date received
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation amount
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation type
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Pledge ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ...many more fields
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receipt sent
| Date receipt was sent.
If we don't know the date it is set to 2001-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent method
| Possible values:
- letter - email - authorize.net ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent
| Date letter was sent.
If no letter was sent date is set to 2000-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Follow-Up done?
| yes/no
Used for non-sitefunding donations only ||

|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|}

== External logins ==

E.g. Caroline Conference, Quiet Hour, shippers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Login ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 1
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 2
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone
| An alternative phone number to campaign managers, mainly for entering local phone numbers that they use when they supervise campaigns.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone until
| The last date that the phone number is scheduled to be usable.
| req. if phone number is specified
|-
| 
| Access level
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Superadmin
|
0 / 1 / 2

1 = is superadmin 2 = is associate admin (lower than regular admin).

Only superadmin can see password, change information, add and delete users in external logins.

Only superadmin can emulate and set password (set_pw.php) for admin and coadmin.

Associate admins

|-
| 
| Fulltime
| yes/no
If coadmins are full-time or part-time managers ||

|-
| 
| Approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Password questions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Table
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Question
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Answer
| 
| 
|}

== Field descriptions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Description ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Table name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Field name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Public description
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Internal description
| 
| 
|}

== News ==

Information shown on the main page of the website

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| News ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Headline
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| ShowFrom
| date
| 
|-
| 
| ShowTo
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show all on home?
| yes/no
Show entire news item on the front page? (normally there is a max length for items shown there) || req.

|}

== ShareSynch Serial Numbers ==

Created serial numbers for the ShareSynch software

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Serial Number ID
| Internal ID
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| GS)-XXXX-XXXX
| req.
|-
| 
| Expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person this serial number is connected to
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Event this serial number is connected to (and that usually causes an expiration date)
| 
|-
| 
| Owner name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Owner e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Activations allowed
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is printed?
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Date created
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== ShareSynch activations ==

Activations that have been done for the different ShareSynch serial numbers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Activation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation Code
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation date
| timestamp
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation IP
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware Operating System
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ShareSynch software version
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reactivation dates
| The dates this activation code was resent or reactivated
| 
|-
| 
| Is withdrawn?
|
Possible values: 0 = is not withdrawn (default) 1 = withdrawn, allow re-activation 2 = withdrawn, disallow re-activation

Activation code can be withdrawn, either by the user deactivating the computer (1) or ShareHim revoking it (2).

In case of 2, the software needs to register that this activation code is now invalid, so that later attempts to use the same activation code we fail (but what if they format the hardware?!). But, if the code is then regranted, we can only reactivation the software through online activation, otherwise we can't be sure that the revoked code is now active again! Well, for a solid solution the hardware should actually be encrypted together with a date, so that the activation code would be different when the computer was reactivated, and then this whole matter woudn't be an issue. (Or we could also just issue a completely new serial number...)

| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== System settings ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| System administrator name
| General
| 
|-
| 
| System administrator e-mail
| General
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender name
| Name that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender e-mail
| E-mail that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| Days to resend unprocessed applicant
| Days after application date to resend recommendation e-mails for unprocessed applicants
| 
|-
| 
| Days to mark unproccessed applicant
| Number of days until applicant will be highlighted as 'not processed' in the unapproved applicants list
| 
|-
| 
| Days before orientation to ship Life of Christ video
| Days before orientation date that we issue the shipment
| 
|-
| 
| Days after date block closing date to remind about entering experience
| Only used for those who have received sponsorship
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding insurance coverage
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding service requests
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (name) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (e-mail) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance information e-mail recipient
| E-mail to which we send insurance information on shipped equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Case lock combination
| numeric (3)
Case lock on equipment cases ||

|-
| 
| Min. days to opening date to allow person use key for bypassing closing date (because of insurance and service requests reports/reminders, so should therefore always be before we send out the last insurance/serv. req. reminder)
| 
| 
|}

== E-mail templates ==

E-mail templates for e-mails that are sent out automatically

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| E-mail template ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| identification name for this template
| 
|-
| 
| Subject
| Subject for the e-mail
| 
|-
| 
| Body
| Body for the e-mail
| 
|}

== Email log, group e-mails ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mail reference
| reference to the mail sent (an ID or a file reference)
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|}

== Email log, service requests reports ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| CC
| Carbon Copy recipients
| 
|-
| 
| Attached files
| )
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Target
| "host" or "sending" organization (division/union/conference)
| 
|-
| 
| Batch
| "first" or "second" batch of reports to this organization
| 
|}

== Mail queue ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Mail queue ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| By local ID
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| By from table
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| Sender name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sender e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Query ID
| Query ID that this queue is based upon.
In case we want to make queues that are special and not based on a query this can just be left empty.

|
|-
| 
| Custom subject
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Attach files
| Serialized PHP array with documents to attach to the e-mails in this queue.
| 
|-
| 
| Use personal salutations?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| 
|-
| 
| Date completed
| datetime
Is set when all e-mails in this queue have been sent.

|
|}

== System translations ==

Pieces of text used in the interface and which can be translated into other languages

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Category
| Not really used
| 
|-
| 
| Tag
| The tag use in the PHP code
| 
|-
| 
| Langugage [en|es|da|...]
| The text for this tag in the given language
| 
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| Not used
| 
|-
| 
| Explanation
| Any useful instructions for the translator about this piece of text
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Timestamp for when the text or tag for the primary language (English) was last modified
| 
|}

== System translators ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translator ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| Two-letter abbreviation for the language
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
|
Person ID from main_people of the person who is the translator for this language.

Set to 0 if we currently have no translator.

|
|-
| 
| Last notified
| Last time translator was notified about new or changed text to be translated
| 
|}

== System log ==

Table is placed in a separate database.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Operation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| By name
| Name of user who caused this operation
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By local ID
| ...his local ID
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By from table
| ...originates from this table
Note: Because of programming mistake this field has incorrect values until 2006-08-22 after a user has emulated somebody. Unsure when problem started (maybe 2006-06-08 or 2006-03-27). || Req. if avail.

|-
| 
| Visit ID
| VisitID from WebStory statistics
| 
|-
| 
| IP
| User's IP address at time of logging
| 
|-
| 
| Emulated by
| Full name of person who was emulating
| 
|-
| 
| Action
| Main name for for this action
| Req.
|-
| 
| Subaction
| Subname for this action
| 
|-
| 
| For name
| Name of user/record this action was executed upon
NOTE: This can be either firstname lastname or lastname, firstname ||

|-
| 
| For local ID
| ...caused upon this ID in the table below
| 
|-
| 
| For from table
| ...caused upon a record in this table
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of person it was caused upon (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| DateblockID that this action is related to (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Parameters
| Any extra parameters to log. Default format: field=value¤field=value...
| 
|}

If a field is fit for having a value but we don't have it readily available when making the logentry then we set the value to "N/A" (or "0" for number fields) so that we later can run some queries to easily replace all these "missing" information pieces.

=== List tables ===

== Venue types ==

- eg.: Church, open field etc. - 'venueno' only added and sorted by for the sake of Tamara entering the data

== Countries ==

- connected to which division it's in - including the ISO-3166 two-letter codes (where codes starting with underscore (_) is self-made in order to not have empty field) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain country names are used hard-coded in the script code (eg. ship_material.php) - as of 2006-09-21 used in: - main_divisions - main_unions - main_conferences - main_orientations - main_hotels - main_colleges - main_people - the divisionID is taken from Jon Brauer's XML file "2006-08 OMCountries (Jon Brauer).xml".

== Currencies ==

- code, name, rate, date of rate, and source of rate

== Sponsors ==

- eg.: Quiet Hour Ministries, and later on maybe The Voice of Prophecy

== Material groups ==

- eg.: Sermon notes, Graphics CD, Life of Christ video - make no possibility to edit records, only add (and maybe delete) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain material groups are used hard-coded in the script code (ship_material.php)

== Equipment bases ==

- the different locations at which we administrate a set of graphics equipment, eg. North Carolina

== Shipping methods ==

- eg.: UPS, FedEx

== US states ==

== Titles ==

- eg.: Mr., Mrs. etc.

== Access levels ==

- eg.: admin etc.

Userlevel:Admin:Technical Documentation - Websites:Database Tables-Fields, sharehim main

2011-12-07T21:31:19Z

Allan Jensen:

= Database Tables/Fields - sharehim_main =

== Divisions (main_divisions) ==

Containing the 13 SDA divisions in the world

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| 
| req.
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| req.
|-
| initials 
| Initials
| 3-letter abbreviation
| req.
|-
| mailing_addr 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_city 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_state 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| mailing_zip 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| street_addr 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| street_city 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| street_state 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| street_zip 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| country 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| phone 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| fax 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_name 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| coord_office_phone 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_home_phone 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_cell_phone 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| coord_email 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| coord_pw 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| coord_approved 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| division_secretaries 
| Division officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| comments 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| active 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Unions (main_unions) ==

List of all the unions within the 13 world divisions. Occasionally we pull the data from AdventistDirectory to update our list of unions. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| unionID 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| sda_orgID 
| SDA organisation ID
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| divisionID 
| Division ID
| Division this union belongs to 
| 
|-
| name 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Union officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Is participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
Not really used because all participating organizations will have a record in the conference table, even though it might be fake. ||

|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Conferences or missions (main_conferences) ==

List of SDA conferences/missions/fields. 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA organisation ID (AdmFieldID)
| 4-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org
| 
|-
| 
| SDA OrgMastID
| 6-letter abbreviation originating from adventistdirectory.org. This is the master ID from eadventist.com.
| 
|-
| 
| Union ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name contracted
| Short name for the conference. Used in homeland system.
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone number
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Conference e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign coordinator
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. office phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. home phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. cell phone
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Coord. approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Conference officers
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses to which the service requests reminder will also be sent to.
| 
|-
| 
| Participant in homeland program?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Churches & pastors synchronization setting
|
'''Churches:''' 1 : pull from eAdventist.net all others : pull from AdventistDirectory

'''Pastors:''' 0 : entered manually 1 : authorized to pull from eAdventist

((Can add more values for each different synchronization scheme we encounter with different conferences))

| 
|-
| 
| Allow pastor to do final acceptance of new applicants?
|
yes/no

1 : pastoral approval 0 : pastor's recommendation, conference-staff final approval 

(fieldname should have been allow_pastors_approve_speakers!)

| 
|-
| 
| Last updated via eAdventist
| For non-NAD conferences this indicates last time we updated the '''church''' list from AdventistDirectory.org
| 
|-
| 
| Internal comments
| ONLY coadmin and admin may see/edit this.
| 
|-
| 
| Public comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| World map, X-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| 
| World map, Y-coordinate
| For the Flash world map
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Conferences' Wire Information ==

Information used for wiring money to the different conferences.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| cond.
|-
| 
| Bank account no.
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Name of account holder/owner
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Address of account holder
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Bank location
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Use correspondent/intermediary bank?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent bank location
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent SWIFT code
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Correspondent ABA number
| Only SWIFT or ABA can be filled.
| 
|-
| 
| Account no. of beneficiary's bank (the bank above) at the correspondent bank
| 
| 
|}

== Conference accepted people ==

People's acceptance or rejection to preach in a specific conference. Only applicable to homeland date blocks.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference acceptance ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: - waiting - accepted - rejected

| req. 
|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| Values set by the system: 
- "Done campaign" (when accepted) (value also used to unset it in case an qualifying event(s) are deleted, so it should not be modified) - "Int'l recommended" (when accepted) - "Auto-accepted eA pastor" (when automatically set to accepted by the Obtain Pastor Login procedure in login_link_pastor.php)

Values set AND used by the system (only when status=waiting): - "Pastor: ?": pending pastor response - "Pastor: yes": pastor consented - "Pastor: caution: [a reason]": pastor cautioned

| req. if rejected 
|}

== Hub cities - Previously Hotel cities (main_hotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Conference/mission ID
| Only used for homeland (some hub cities for international campaigns also contain a conference because ALL records were assigned the ID when we created this field)
| req. for homeland
|-
| 
| City
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : not necessary

| req. 
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting from orientation to hotel city
| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Is non-hotel?
| yes/no
For homeland date blocks the hotel info is not required and this field should be set to yes (but not mandatory)

| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

 

== Date blocks' hotels (main_dateblockhotels) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel city ID (= hub city)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| Optional and ONLY used for linking a specific orientation to this hotel city in case the date block has multiple orientation sites.
| 
|}

== Date blocks ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Opening date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Closing date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Applications closing date
| Should be the final cut-off date for new applicants.
Date is inclusive, so after this date no new applications are accepted. When converted to a Unix timestamp we add one day minus one second, so that the calculation is correct AND if converted back to only a date it is still the same date.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Data lock date
| After this date only administrators and co-administrators will be allowed to change all data concerning a date block: 
- teams - groups - site info (incl. translations) - hotel info - orientation hotel info - rank sites - rank speakers

This date MUST be after applications closed date.

As of 2007-12-05 the detailed definition was: - people cannot remove themselves from campaigns after this date, but all other accesslevels can (eventdelete.php). - conference coordinators for international campaigns (not conference organizers) cannot do these things after this date (but admin and coadmin can always do all of these things): * add campaign sites * edit campaign sites * add hub cities to a date block * edit orientation hotel info - people cannot themselves re-arrange their team and group membership after this date. - ranking of sites and speakers can only be changed by admin and coadmin after this date.

(PS. Hotel reservation is locked on date block opening date)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Campaign title (Homeland: Additional label)
| Usually the country wherein the campaigns will be held.
Homeland: optional additional label like "SWAU"

| req. for international opt. for homeland 
|-
| 
| Total sites
| Total number of campaign sites in this date block - must ALWAYS be kept up-to-date as available sites are calculated from this.
For homeland campaigns this is currently kept updated to equal the number sites that have been set up for this date. Would be more useful to only count the sites where a speaker had been matched...

| 
|-
| 
| Questions recipient
| LoginID of the person from External logins who will receive questions about this date block. This person will also be the lead date block manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Pre-campaign manager
| LoginID of a coadmin person from External logins who will be the pre-campaign manager if different from the lead manager.
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance reminder sent date, 2nd
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 1st
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Service requests reminder sent date, 2nd
| Just before the campaign
| 
|-
| 
| Last incomplete notification
| The date we last sent a notification to unions/conferences/campaign manager about incomplete information entered for this date block (if any)
| 
|-
| 
| Default sermon notes language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Divide homeland dateblocks into different languages on sign-up sheet for some conferences.) || req. for international

|-
| 
| Default sermon graphics language (Material ID)
| dropdown; must be a CD set
Irrelevant for homeland campaigns. (Previously only used for in homeland: Displayed in the popup box for approving and selecting material for an applicant.) || req. for international opt. for homeland

|-
| 
| Division secretaries
| Comma-seperated list of e-mail addresses for one or more division secretaries. Eg. they receive e-mail reminding about insurance.
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| Extended public description of the date block
| 
|-
| 
| Note for applicants
| Special information for potential applicants before applying
| 
|-
| 
| Application monitors
| List of e-mail addresses (comma-seperated) to which an e-mail is sent everytime an application to this date block is submitted. Added because of problems in India where the division wants to monitor all applications, espacially STMs.
| 
|-
| 
| Hide date block details for the public?
| yes/no
Because of problems in India where the public should not be allowed seeing the information about the date block. ||

|-
| 
| Media folder
| Base folder for uploading media files (pictures, video etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Show predefined unions only
| yes/no
Only show predefined organizations down to the union level (= excl. conferences) In connection with the table Date blocks' predefined conferences. ||

|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Date blocks' orientations ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| 
|}

== Date blocks' predefined conferences ==

This is used primarily before sites are added to the date block. After that we'll automatically know the conferences based on where the hotels are located. For homeland date blocks, though, we retain this information in order to have a quick way of determining the date blocks of a conference.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Date block predefined conference ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|}

== Campaign sites ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Master campaign site ID
| Record ID in master sites table that this site originates from
| 
|-
| 
| Date block hotel city ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Campaign date
|
- Homeland: the date from the matching record in main_dateblocks - International: null 

'''This field can currently be used to determine if the campaign site is homeland or international.''' 

| req. for homeland. currently prohibited for intl. 
|-
| 
| Campaign type
|
Possible options: - NULL : regular campaign - 'spk-init' : speaker-initiated campaign

Homeland only.

|-
| 
| Site name
|
- International: full site name (req.) - Homeland: only an optional additional label (req. for Speaker-Initiated Events though) that is added to the date (and the church name, which we get from the site's master site).

Tried to name variable 'campaign_label' or 'homeland_label' when used in the homeland context.

| see description
|-
| 
| Beginning time
| time (hh:mm:ss)
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| 
| Ending date
| date
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| 
| Weekdays
| Comma-separated list of 3-letter abbreviation of the weekdays the campaign will be held.
Homeland only.

| req. for spk-init events
|-
| 
| Town/city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Sector
| NOT USED. We use the sector from the master site instead.
| 
|-
| 
| Address
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| 
| State
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| 
| Zip
| 
| Homeland:
req. for spk-init events

|-
| 
| Phone
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| 
| Website
| Only used in intl. system
| 
|-
| 
| Venue type
| church/rented hall/open field/stadium etc. according to table list_venue_types
| Intl:
always req. Homeland: req. for spk-init events

|-
| 
| Personevent ID
| Link to the speaker
| 
|-
| 
| Sermon graphics language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Life of Christ video language
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Desired video format
| NOT USED ANYMORE. No longer applicable because we now use DVDs instead of VHS tapes.
dropdown

| 
|-
| 
| Congregations
| number of congr. supp. this site
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Membership
| total members in supp. congr.
Only used in intl. system.

| req. 
|-
| 
| Est. attendance
| incl. SDA & non-SDA
| req.
|-
| 
| Baptismal goal
| conservative number
| req.
|-
| 
| Km from hotel
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Pastor Officer IDs
| Comma-separated list of officerIDs.
The pastors of this church (master site) from eAdventist at the time the site was set up or when a speaker was assigned. Automatically set by the system. ||

|-
| 
| Ranking
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Planned pre-campaign activities
| text
Homeland only.

|-
| 
| Campaign status
|
Possible options: - NULL - 'await_approv' 

Homeland only.

|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Copy of site ID
| If this is a copy of another site the original site's ID is saved here
| 
|}

 

== Outreach Teams - Previous: Master Campaign sites (main_master_sites) ==

List of Outreach Teams 

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Master site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA organization ID
| Reference to the church this OLT belongs to
| req. for all new records
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| Conference this OLT is in
| req.
|-
| 
| Name
|
Name of the OLT, usually the church name.

Usually renamed to 'olt_name' or 'church_name2' in SQL output.

|-
| 
| Person ID
| In case a personal team is created this holds the link to the person (used for speaker-initiated campaigns)
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel ID
| 2009-11-16: deleted all values since homeland do not use hub cities anymore - field can be deleted entirely, once SQL queries have been checked
- search for "main_master_sites" and "'tblname' => 'master_sites'" and edit acl_add_master_site() and i_master_sites.php/php_functions_i_master_sites.php ||

|-
| 
| City
| 2010-11-01: Is officially no longer used but I didn't dare deleted it in the database yet. Delete it later.
Search for "main_master_sites" to try to find location where it might still be used. ||

|-
| 
| Graphics language
| Default graphics language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| 
| Life of Christ video language
| Default video language used within this OLT. Actually language is always decided by the site record.
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| Password OLT members can use to access information for this OLT. Not really used at the moment.
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| 
| 
|}

== Outreach Leadership Team members ==

Table with all memberships for the Outreach Leadership Teams (main_olts)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| OLT member ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person who is the member
| req.
|-
| 
| Master site ID
| Team person is a member of
| req.
|-
| 
| Is OLT clerk?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| 
| req. for all new records
|-
| 
| Date removed
| Once this field has a value the member is considered removed.
| 
|}

== Churches ==

List of churches we have retrieved from AdventistDirectory.org and eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| SDA org ID
| OrgMastID from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| SDA entity ID
| OMEntity from SDA-DB
| 
|-
| 
| Church name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| 2-letter ISO-3166 country code
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Ethnic group
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sector
| Our own sector value, set by the conference organizers
| 
|-
| 
| Latitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Longitude
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Parent SDA AdmFieldID
|
ID of parent conference.

(I believe we always have this one)

|-
| 
| Parent SDA OrgMastID
|
ID of parent conference.

(this one we don't yet have for the churches we've retrieved through the webpages) CAN WE JUST DROP THIS FIELD BECAUSE IT SEEMS TO THE CHURCH'S SDAORGID REPLACED WITH "11" ON THE END?!

|-
| 
| Parent is not a conference?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Inactive?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| Date added to our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Date modifed
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| 
|}

== Workers / Officers ==

List of officers (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB) or other Adventist services/fields

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| Conference the pastor is in.
Not used for NAD conferences, since Officer ID (from eAdventist) is used. If we change use assign_pastor_to_church() must be reviewed.

| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| ID originates from SDA-DB
This is the same ID as main_people. sda_membershipID. Used only for records coming from eAdventist.net.

| cond. 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| The local conference's own ID for the person
| 
|-
| 
| First name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Last name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Suffix
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing country
| 2-letter country name (ISO-3166)
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative e-mail addresses
| Comma-separated list (with space between comma and next address)
| opt.
|-
| 
| Cell phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Allow SMS?
| Is ShareHim allowed to send the pastor an SMS to notify him about new applicants from his church?
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Link to this person's record in our main people table if present.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Default password
| Password that will be used to auto-create a login when this pastors tries to login
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Date last modified in SDA-DB. Controls when we need to update this record.
| req.
|}

== Church offices ==

List of church offices (currently only pastors) we have retrieved from eAdventist.net (= SDA-DB)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Church office ID
| Our own auto-generated ID
| 
|-
| 
| Church SDA org ID
| OrgMastID of church
| 
|-
| 
| Worker ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Officer ID
| From main_officers table
| 
|-
| 
| Office name
| Name of office the person holds.
NOTE!! If this is expanded to be anything else than pastors we need to change the method in assign_campaign_site() we use to determine if speaker is pastor as well in get_pastors_churches() and probably other functions as well (since they only check for the existence of a church office record and not the office name value) ||

|-
| 
| Is evangelistic decision-maker?
| yes/no
In case a church has multiple pastors this can indicate which pastor is responsible for evangelistic decisions. Used to know which pastor we can ask to recommend a speaker. ||

|-
| 
| Date modified
| Last date this record was modified in our own database.
| 
|}

== Campaign site statistics ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Statistical data
| serialize PHP array with statistics on attendance, Bible class attendance, and baptisms
(only used for international)

| req. 
|-
| 
| Baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the speakers. (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Adjusted baptisms during campaign
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Projected baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the speakers (only used for international)

| 
|-
| 
| Actual baptisms within 6 months after the campaign (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
Entered by the coordinators.

| 
|-
| 
| Did campaign with OLT?
| yes/no
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of meetings
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Number of visitors
| number
| Homeland only
|-
| 
| Planning another campaign?
|
Possible values: 0 : no 1 : yes 2 : maybe

| Homeland only 
|}

== Campaign site statistics per conference ==

This data "overrides" data entered for each individual campaign site.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Conference date block statistics ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Conference ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Total baptisms during campaign in this conference
| number
| 
|-
| 
| Baptisms within 6 months after the campaign in this conference (EXCL. those during campaign)
| number
| 
|}

== People ==

Guest speakers, support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| SDA membership ID
| ID from eAdventist of OLT members and pastors.
(This ID is the same as main_officers.officerID. Brian: "Yes, the PersonID is the same Officer ID that we use for Pastors web service.")

| 
|-
| 
| Active person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Legal firstname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Legal lastname
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Title
| dropdown
Prefered to be set as the option "Pastor" is sometimes used to identify pastors.

|-
| 
| Birth date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Gender
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marital status
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Mailing address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Mailing zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street address
| this is also their shipping address
| req.
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street state/province
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Street zipcode
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Country
| 
| req.
Required for different reasons (and more I haven't written here): These people go in to the regular table of people where we have speakers and so on, and that field has always been required. Besides having a name without connected to a country can be pretty ambigious. The more information we have about a person the better. It also helps us to know which division they are in which is required in case they apply for a campaign.

|-
| 
| E-mail
| also their username
Sometimes noemail@noemail.com or none@none.com has been put in if we don't know the address. 

| req. (except for special cases, eg. speakers assigned to past homeland campaigns, or check donations where we don't know the e-mail) 
|-
| 
| E-mail invalid
| date
If the e-mail address is not working register here the date it was discovered. Reminders, news letters etc. will not be sent to this person then.

|-
| 
| Home phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Office phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Cell phone
| multiple formats
Can have the value "Do not have" if person simply does not have this kind of number. || At least one phone number is required.

|-
| 
| Residence division
| dropdown
| req.
|-
| 
| Residence union
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence conference
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Residence church
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Application date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Remmendation status
|
Possible values: (by sending fields/recommenders) - NULL (when not recom. processed) - waiting - recommended - unrecommended

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender
|
Pastor/layman/academy in NAD: - stores the ID of the recommender to which an e-mail was sent at time of application 

College students: - college date block ID

| 
|-
| 
| Recommender comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Graphics equipment request
|
Possible values: - not requested (0) - requested (1) - approved (2) - not available (3)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Sponsorship
|
dropdown: Quiet Hour Ministries|(Voice of Prophecy)

| req. for speakers
|-
| 
| Sponsorship commitment form approved
| when approved, show them on website
| 
|-
| 
| Sponsorship check sent date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sermon notes language
|
dropdown

VALIDATION: - check if this from-language is available within the desired date block. If not, give option to select another language. 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Request hard copy notes
|
(this will effectively only be for their first event)

Possible values: - not requested (0) - requested (1) - processed (2)

|-
| 
| Preferred CD format
|
Possible values: - DVD (means using a DVD player) - DVD-R (means using a computer) 

(old values: CD, DVD-Combo)

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Done boot camp?
|
Has person taken the ShareHim boot camp training program?

Possible values: - 0 : no - 1 : yes - 2 : is an ordained/licensed pastor - 3 : is a retired pastor 

(Being any type of pastor resolves to the same effect as saying yes)

| 
|-
| 
| Done a campaign?
| yes/no
Determined automatically by the system, cannot be manually set (as of today at least). No means only that we '''do not know if''' they have done a campaign. NOTE: now this does not only include international campaigns, even though the field name indicates that. Also having done a homeland campaign will now result in this being set to yes.

| 
|-
| 
| First campaign
| text
First ShareHim campaign that this person participated in as a speaker. Used for people applying for homeland campaigns.

| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary
Lay applicants: pastor Academy students: academy & contact 

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference home phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy & contact

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Reference office phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary 

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|-
| 
| Reference cell phone
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

|-
| 
| Reference e-mail
|
Pastoral applicants: ministerial sectary

Lay applicants: pastor 

Academy students: academy

| req. for speakers 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receive newsletter?
| yes/no/null
Is person signed up for the Evangeliving newsletter? NULL: setting has not been set

| opt. 
|-
| 
| Received mentorship material
| yes/no
Did we send them the mentorship material? ||

|-
| 
| Portrait filename
| File for thumbnail image used in stories.
| 
|-
| 
| Portrait is authorized?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team of master site ID
| The church with this master site ID that this person is an OLT member of
| 
|-
| 
| Outreach Leadership Team special status
|
number

0 = ordinary OLT member (default) 1 = is OLT leader 2 = is OLT secretary

NOTE: cannot move this field to main_olts because we have people set as leaders/secretaries who are not member of any particular OLT.

|-
| 
| Is editor?
|
Possible values: - executive (edit text/graphics, approve, add/delete stories) - associate (edit text/graphics) - text - graphics - advreview (Adventist Review editor)

|-
| 
| Do not contact
|
date

When person should not receive any correspondence or be contacted, register the date this was set.

|-
| 
| Reason for not contacting
| text
(eg. do not want info from us, is deceased etc.)

| req. if "Do not contact" is set 
|-
| 
| Hide person from public?
|
number

0 = no 1 = yes 2 = yes and also hide from any logged in users not part of the same campaign 3 = yes and also hide from any logged in users except admins

'''NOTE!! CURRENTLY''' 1, 2 and 3 makes no difference on the website. All cause a behaviour equal to 3.

Should the person name and critical personal details (name, address, and phone numbers) be hidden from public/non-logged in users (or from logged in users except those participating in the same date block, or even everybody but admins and co-admins)? If yes: - hidden on mainly the campaign overview - if they are organizers they are currently NOT hidden - hidden in get_dateblock_people() - hidden in get_people_availability() - hidden in get_person_info() - skip showing personal portrait on stories - hidden in other functions too...

| req.
|-
| 
| Person requested check for duplicate
| Person indicated that they might already exist in our database.
| 
|-
| 
| Source
|
Indication of how this person originally got into the database. Possible values (also defined in main_peopleedit.php): 1 : applied internationally 2 : applied homeland acceptance 3 : homeland pastor 4 : made a donation/pledge 5 : conference organizer/sector leader 6 : OLT member 7 : signed up for newsletter 8 : order received from GoodSalt.com 9 : is translator for homeland system 10 : homeland speaker (assigned to past campaign => not accepted in conf) 11 : non-ShareHim related homeland speaker 12 : given a ShareSynch serial number (version C sermons) 99 : other manually added record

| 
|}

== Person events (main_personevents) ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| personeventID 
| Person event ID
| 
| 
|-
| personID 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| dateblockID 
| Date block ID
| Only for non-college/university applicants
| 
|-
| eff_dateblockID 
| Effective date block ID
| Updated to always hold the effective date block ID for this event (also when event has been deleted)
| 
|-
| categorymoved 
| Category
|
Possible values: - pastor - layman - college - academy - stm - organizer

|
|-
| collegedateblockIDmoved 
| College date block ID
| Only for college/university applicants
| 
|-
| is_standby 
| Is standby
|
yes/no

Is this a standby event?

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| clusterID 
| Cluster ID
| Only for speakers
(the link to groups must of course match this link.)

|-
| groupID 
| Group ID
| Only for speakers
| 
|-
| teamID 
| Team ID
| Only for STMs - linking them to their speaker (Team ID in main_teams)
| 
|-
| rankingID 
| Ranking ID
| 
| 
|-
| cospeaker 
| Associate speaker
| yes/no
(we know the main speaker by the team the associate speaker is member of) ||

|-
| 
| Preferred hub city (date block hotel ID)
| The hub city the person him/herself wishes to go to
| 
|-
| 
| Site-funding required
| yes/no
CURRENTLY NOT USED (use 'funding_required' instead) MAY NEED TO USE IT THOUGH, INSTEAD OF CALCULATING IT WITH A JOIN TO main_groups ALL THE TIME! Is currently only set a group level and must be determine through field table main_groups. grp_funding_source

|-
| 
| Site-funding fulfilled
| If fulfilled, it has the ID of the belonging log entry from sharehim_log.system_operations.operationID
| 
|-
| 
| Need housing?
| yes/no
Only used for homeland date blocks: Does the speaker need the host church to provide housing if the meeting is outside his area? ||

|-
| 
| Acceptance status
|
Possible values: (by host fields) - NULL - accepted - rejected

(Currently only used for homeland campaigns. Automatically accepted for international campaigns.)

|-
| 
| Acceptance comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, room ID
| Other people having the same number will be staying in the same room
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, private accommodation
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival date
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight arrival time
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, airline
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Orientation city, flight no.
| 
| req. for suppl.
|-
| 
| Self-arranged travel to orientation
| yes/no
If yes none of the four fields above must be filled out ||

|-
| 
| Hotel city, arrival airport
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight arrival time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, airline
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel city, flight no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Last deposit reminder
| Days after application date that this reminder was last sent
| 
|-
| 
| Last site-funding reminder
| Days before opening date that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last hotel reservation reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last flight arrival reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last generic reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Last equipment rental reminder
| Days before orientation that this reminder was last sent (not necessarily the actual day, but the day according to the schedule (xday))
| 
|-
| 
| Consent form for minors
|
NULL = not a minor 1 = pending receiving the consent form 2 = consent form received 3 = is minor, parent/guardian is coming too

|-
| 
| No sermon notes
|
yes/no

Whether or not the person should receive sermon notes/graphics for this event. Used with the "missing notes" report. This value is basically only informational. Extended to this use:

0 : nothing skipped 1 : skip sermon notes 2 : skip Jesus video 3 : skip both sermon notes and Jesus video

(3 is automatically set when setting a speaker for past homeland campaign or when setting a non-ShareHim-related speaker for a homeland campaign)

|-
| 
| Reported on the first insurance/service requests report that we sent out?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Is deleted?
| yes/no
Is set to yes when we delete an event but keep the database record because material has been shipped concerning this event, and because we want to keep a historical record.

|-
| 
| Is event request?
| yes/no (when person does not fill out the main application form, value is not changed but kept forever event if event is deleted)
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deposit received
|
datetime

Date we have received the deposit for the direct campaign cost (international only). The field Site-funding required will determine if this is necessary. If it is, only after that point we initiate the application process.

Set to 2000-01-01 when bypassed by admins (when auto-approved was requested when event was added)

Set to 2000-01-02 for events before we implemented this procedure

Set to 2000-01-03 when event is in an individually funded group (where leader has already paid the deposit)

|-
| 
| Date approved
| datetime (by administration)
Must have a value for the event to be considered approved, no matter what the category is.

Set to 2000-01-01 when it is unknown.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date standby expire
| date
The date the standby event will expire.

|-
| 
| Date activated
| datetime
The date a standby event was activated.

(Retained even though event is deleted)

|-
| 
| Date deleted
| datetime
| 
|}

== Person comments ==

Internal comments only visible for administrators

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Comment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Possible to reference a comment to a person's event
| opt.
|-
| 
| Comment
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Comment type
|
Possible values: - 'phonecall'

| opt.
|-
| 
| Flag
|
dropdown

Possible values: - 1 : encourage mentorship - 2 : block all future participation - 3 : block future intl. participation - 4 : block future homeland participation

| opt.
|-
| 
| Date and time entered
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Submitter
| Local ID of user from table below
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| Origin table of this user
| 
|}

== Personal salutations ==

Table with personal salutations for each user in the system

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Person ID
| The person the salutation is for
| req.
|-
| 
| From table
| The table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
Same format as $_SESSION['user_fromtable']

| req.
|-
| 
| From local ID
| The ID from the table the "owner" of this salutation is from.
| req.
|-
| 
| Salutation
| The salutation itself. Must be the full line.
| req.
|}

== Colleges ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Initials
| Abbreviation of name
| 
|-
| 
| Street address
| For shipping equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Street city
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street state
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Street zip
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Country
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Contact person
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| Use this to login and recommend students
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Colleges' date blocks ==

Bob Sr, 2008-07: College date-block information must remain read-only for all except for the administrative few.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Dateblock ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| opt.
|-
| 
| Student sites to reserve equip. for
| numeric
| req.
|-
| 
| Funding source
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date site-funding received
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Total site-funding amount received
| number
In USD.

|-
| 
| Date travel funds requested
| The date we requested Quiet Hour Ministries to send the travel funds to the college/students.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Last status reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| opt.
|}

== Recommenders ==

Only for North-American division

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Recommender ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Marker for last applicant
| a marker so we can cycle through these recommenders
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Translations ==

Per campaign site

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| From language
| dropdown acc. to available sermon notes language
| 
|}

== Campaign material ==

Shipments that are due (or waiting for payment before they are due)

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Shipment ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Personevent ID
| 
| req. to be a speaker
|-
| 
| Shipper
| A main_ext_logins.loginID reference
| 
|-
| 
| Paid
| date
Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a ||

|-
| 
| Postpone date
| date
This item will not shown on the shipping list until this date ||

|-
| 
| Shipped date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped method
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Shipped tracking no.
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty billed
| date
Only used for graphics CDs, reporting to It Is Written ||

|}

== Clusters ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Clusters are a larger scope compared to groups. Groups can be linked to clusters. Only speakers can be members of clusters.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster name
| For homeland date blocks this is not used for anything really - other than it shows up on the campaign overview.
| 
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|}

== Cluster leaders ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Cluster leader ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Speakers or organizers
| 
|}

== Groups ==

Spanning over the whole date block. Only speakers can be members of groups

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Group ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Cluster ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (leader)
| Only speakers
| 
|-
| 
| Group name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Recommender personID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reserved sites
| Will effectively always be filled out.
| 
|-
| 
| Funding source (site-funding)
|
Possible values: - 'sharehim': ShareHim is responsible - 'individually': each group member is responsible, but deposit for ALL must be received before any can apply - ' indiv_owndep': each group member is responsible, all applicants must pay their own deposit at time of application - 'collectively': group is responsible collectively

| req.
|-
| 
| Deposit received?
| yes/no
No one excepts organizers can apply before deposit has been received if funding source is 'individually'.

|-
| 
| Partial payment date
| date
Has no effect if amount is not set or 0.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Partial payment amount
| number
Has no effect if date is not set.

| opt.
|-
| 
| Last site-fund reminder sent
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show group on availability report?
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Max subdivide
| Max number of hotel cities the group is allowed to span across. Default one.
| req.
|-
| 
| Ranking enabled?
| yes/no (for ranking people)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Teams ==

Speaker linked with support team members

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Team ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID (speaker)
| 
| 
|}

== Orientation sites ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Orientation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Orientation date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel name
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel address (line 2)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel country
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel phone
| multiple formats
| req.
|-
| 
| Hotel fax
| multiple formats
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Hotel website
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Price single room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price double room
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Price additional person
| amount or n/a
| req.
|-
| 
| Breakfast included
| yes/no (note next field)
| req.
|-
| 
| All meals included
| yes/no
| req.
|-
| 
| Est. price additional meals
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Recomm. budget for meals outside hotel per day
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Aircondition
|
Possible values: - no (0) - yes (1) - not necessary (2)

| req.
|-
| 
| Transportation
| Info regarding getting to the orientation site
| req.
|-
| 
| Orientation comments
| Public
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment booking ==

Booking of equipment Time frame of booking is decided by the period of the date block

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Booking ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| College date block ID
| 
| req. if no person ID
|-
| 
| Speaker ID (= Person ID)
| 
| req. if no college date block ID
|-
| 
| Case ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Booking date
| The date the booking was made (just for the information)
| 
|-
| 
| Paid amount
| Only for non-student related
| 
|-
| 
| Paid date
| Set to 2000-01-01 if payment is n/a
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Outbound tracking no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance
| text (100)
E-mail of person received the insurance information ||

|-
| 
| Return date
| Date it was sent from the renter
| 
|-
| 
| Return method
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Return tracking no.
| text (30)
If filled out it's a call tag, otherwise not

|-
| 
| Return received date
| Date it was received by ShareHim
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment checked by initials
| text (10)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, cases ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Case ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Case purchase date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Case value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the case is under repair or for another reason is not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| Down status
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Discharged
| date
When the case has been sold and we no longer have anything to do with it ||

|-
| 
| Discharged status
| 
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, laptops ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Laptop ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Equipment base ID
| ID of the equipment base where we administrate a set of graphics equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| OS product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Office product key
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Service Tag
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Express service code
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Laptop value
| numeric
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty type
|
dropdown: - Next day service - Next day service + complete care

|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Quote no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| text
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
When the laptop is under repair or has been sold and hence not available for booking ||

|-
| 
| AC adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
Remote control for mouse ||

|-
| 
| Floppy drive
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Equipment stock, projectors ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Projector ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Inventory ID
| Manually entered and unique ID from inventory labels
| 
|-
| 
| Model no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Description
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Serial no.
| text (30)
| 
|-
| 
| Warranty expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Purchase date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Projector value
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Invoice no.
| text (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Check no.
| numeric (15)
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Down
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Power cord
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Remote control
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VGA cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| VCR cable
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| International adapters
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Ground adapter
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Extension cord
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Material stock ==

Sermon notes/graphics, Life of Christ videos, etc. Note: The Life of Christ videos that are active and have no format were previously those records that were the PAL version. The inactive NTSC versions are kept for historic purposes.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Material ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Material group
|
Current list: - Notes/graphics CD - Graphics CD - Life of Christ video - Hardcopy (language must correspond exactly with sermon languages)

Must '''not''' be changed without considering consequences for rest of the system. Some of these values are used hard-coded in the script code

|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Code
| Short easy-to-read code identifying this product to use it when printing labels
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Format
|
NTSC/PAL/SECAM

CD/(DVD/VCD)

|-
| 
| Qty in stock
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Minimum qty in stock
| Espacially for Life of Christ videos
| 
|-
| 
| Available from
| Date from which this material will be available
| 
|-
| 
| Royalty organization
|
Current list: - It Is Written - Present Solutions

If royalties must be paid when issueing this item select here which organization it must be reported to.

|-
| 
| Shipper
| ID of shipper (from external logins) (blank/null if internal)
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Stories ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story type
|
dropdown

Possible values: - sitereport (report about campaign site) - testimonial (personal testimony)

| req.
|-
| 
| Campaign site ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of the person who created this story, speaker or STMs
| 
|-
| 
| Purpose
|
dropdown:

- public (for publishing on website)

- internal (raw material for internal use)

| req.
|-
| 
| Headline
| self made headline/title on story
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Copy of Narrative
| Copy of narrative before people changes an authorized story.
| 
|-
| 
| Keywords
| Optional additional keywords used when searching
| 
|-
| 
| Author name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Contact name
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact phone
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Contact e-mail
| Person to contact for further information about this story.
| 
|-
| 
| Author notes
| Scratch-board for author and/or editors. Not shown publicly.
| 
|-
| 
| Internal notes
| Scratch-board for editors.
| 
|-
| 
| Narrative authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Pictures authorized
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Content authorized
| date
Don't display the story in public before it's authorized ||

|-
| 
| Authorized for display on Adventist Review website?
| yes/no (set by ShareHim)
| 
|-
| 
| Approved for display on Adventist Review website?
| null/yes/no (set by Adventist Review)
Labels: Approved/Disabled/Not reviewed ||

|-
| 
| Show thumbnail? (for testimonies)
| yes/no
Show thumbnail of person (of course only effective if thumbnail is uploaded) ||

|-
| 
| Is news item?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Show from (only news items)
| date (from now if blank)
Date is inclusive.

|-
| 
| Show to (only news items)
| date (indefinitely if blank)
Date is exclusive.

|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| req.
|-
| 
| Date last modified
| datetime
| req.
|}

== Story pictures ==

Attached to the stories

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Picture ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Story ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Caption
| long text
| req.
|-
| 
| Filename (given by the system)
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Original filename
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is retouched?
| yes/no
Set to yes when original picture was retouched, either manually or cropped - as intermediate stage between original and final picture

| req.
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| For rearranging the order of pictures
| 
|-
| 
| Upload date
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Active
| yes/no
| 
|}

== Surveys ==

Evaluation forms filled out by the speakers and STMs.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Survey ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| No. of campaigns participated in
| Number of campaigns the person has participated in to date.
| req.
|-
| 
| [questions] x13
| 1-5 or null
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| date
| req.
|-
| 
| Is reviewed?
| yes/no
| req.
|}

== Donations ==

Received donations

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Donation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date received
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation amount
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Donation type
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Pledge ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ...many more fields
| 
| 
|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Receipt sent
| Date receipt was sent.
If we don't know the date it is set to 2001-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent method
| Possible values:
- letter - email - authorize.net ||

|-
| 
| Thank-you letter sent
| Date letter was sent.
If no letter was sent date is set to 2000-01-01. ||

|-
| 
| Follow-Up done?
| yes/no
Used for non-sitefunding donations only ||

|-
| 
| 
| 
| 
|}

== External logins ==

E.g. Caroline Conference, Quiet Hour, shippers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Login ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| Firstname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Lastname
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Password
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 1
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Address 2
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Phone
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone
| An alternative phone number to campaign managers, mainly for entering local phone numbers that they use when they supervise campaigns.
| opt.
|-
| 
| Alternative/local phone until
| The last date that the phone number is scheduled to be usable.
| req. if phone number is specified
|-
| 
| Access level
| dropdown
| 
|-
| 
| Superadmin
|
0 / 1 / 2

1 = is superadmin 2 = is associate admin (lower than regular admin).

Only superadmin can see password, change information, add and delete users in external logins.

Only superadmin can emulate and set password (set_pw.php) for admin and coadmin.

Associate admins

|-
| 
| Fulltime
| yes/no
If coadmins are full-time or part-time managers ||

|-
| 
| Approved
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Active
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== Password questions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Table
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Question
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Answer
| 
| 
|}

== Field descriptions ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Description ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Table name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Field name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Public description
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Internal description
| 
| 
|}

== News ==

Information shown on the main page of the website

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| News ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Headline
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Story
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| ShowFrom
| date
| 
|-
| 
| ShowTo
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Show all on home?
| yes/no
Show entire news item on the front page? (normally there is a max length for items shown there) || req.

|}

== ShareSynch Serial Numbers ==

Created serial numbers for the ShareSynch software

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Serial Number ID
| Internal ID
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| GS)-XXXX-XXXX
| req.
|-
| 
| Expiration date
| date
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
| Person this serial number is connected to
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| Event this serial number is connected to (and that usually causes an expiration date)
| 
|-
| 
| Owner name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Owner e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Activations allowed
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Is printed?
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Date created
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== ShareSynch activations ==

Activations that have been done for the different ShareSynch serial numbers

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Activation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Serial Number
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware ID
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation Code
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation date
| timestamp
| req.
|-
| 
| Activation IP
| 
| req.
|-
| 
| Hardware Operating System
| 
| 
|-
| 
| ShareSynch software version
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reactivation dates
| The dates this activation code was resent or reactivated
| 
|-
| 
| Is withdrawn?
|
Possible values: 0 = is not withdrawn (default) 1 = withdrawn, allow re-activation 2 = withdrawn, disallow re-activation

Activation code can be withdrawn, either by the user deactivating the computer (1) or ShareHim revoking it (2).

In case of 2, the software needs to register that this activation code is now invalid, so that later attempts to use the same activation code we fail (but what if they format the hardware?!). But, if the code is then regranted, we can only reactivation the software through online activation, otherwise we can't be sure that the revoked code is now active again! Well, for a solid solution the hardware should actually be encrypted together with a date, so that the activation code would be different when the computer was reactivated, and then this whole matter woudn't be an issue. (Or we could also just issue a completely new serial number...)

| req.
|-
| 
| Comments
| 
| 
|}

== System settings ==

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| System administrator name
| General
| 
|-
| 
| System administrator e-mail
| General
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender name
| Name that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail sender e-mail
| E-mail that will appear as sender on all e-mail automatically sent by the system
| 
|-
| 
| Days to resend unprocessed applicant
| Days after application date to resend recommendation e-mails for unprocessed applicants
| 
|-
| 
| Days to mark unproccessed applicant
| Number of days until applicant will be highlighted as 'not processed' in the unapproved applicants list
| 
|-
| 
| Days before orientation to ship Life of Christ video
| Days before orientation date that we issue the shipment
| 
|-
| 
| Days after date block closing date to remind about entering experience
| Only used for those who have received sponsorship
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding insurance coverage
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Days before opening date to send out e-mail reminding service requests
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (name) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail recipient (e-mail) of info on insurance coverage for participants
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Insurance information e-mail recipient
| E-mail to which we send insurance information on shipped equipment
| 
|-
| 
| Case lock combination
| numeric (3)
Case lock on equipment cases ||

|-
| 
| Min. days to opening date to allow person use key for bypassing closing date (because of insurance and service requests reports/reminders, so should therefore always be before we send out the last insurance/serv. req. reminder)
| 
| 
|}

== E-mail templates ==

E-mail templates for e-mails that are sent out automatically

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| E-mail template ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Reference name
| identification name for this template
| 
|-
| 
| Subject
| Subject for the e-mail
| 
|-
| 
| Body
| Body for the e-mail
| 
|}

== Email log, group e-mails ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Mail reference
| reference to the mail sent (an ID or a file reference)
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|}

== Email log, service requests reports ==

E-mails sent to group will be logged here

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Log ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Local ID
| numeric (ID from div, un, conf etc.)
| 
|-
| 
| From table
| the table the user originates from
| 
|-
| 
| E-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| CC
| Carbon Copy recipients
| 
|-
| 
| Attached files
| )
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Target
| "host" or "sending" organization (division/union/conference)
| 
|-
| 
| Batch
| "first" or "second" batch of reports to this organization
| 
|}

== Mail queue ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Mail queue ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| By local ID
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| By from table
| User who made the queue
| 
|-
| 
| Sender name
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Sender e-mail
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Query ID
| Query ID that this queue is based upon.
In case we want to make queues that are special and not based on a query this can just be left empty.

|
|-
| 
| Custom subject
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Attach files
| Serialized PHP array with documents to attach to the e-mails in this queue.
| 
|-
| 
| Use personal salutations?
| yes/no
| 
|-
| 
| Date added
| datetime
| 
|-
| 
| Date completed
| datetime
Is set when all e-mails in this queue have been sent.

|
|}

== System translations ==

Pieces of text used in the interface and which can be translated into other languages

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Category
| Not really used
| 
|-
| 
| Tag
| The tag use in the PHP code
| 
|-
| 
| Langugage [en|es|da|...]
| The text for this tag in the given language
| 
|-
| 
| Sorting ID
| Not used
| 
|-
| 
| Explanation
| Any useful instructions for the translator about this piece of text
| 
|-
| 
| Date modified
| Timestamp for when the text or tag for the primary language (English) was last modified
| 
|}

== System translators ==

Queues of e-mails that have been or are being sent

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Translator ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Language
| Two-letter abbreviation for the language
| 
|-
| 
| Person ID
|
Person ID from main_people of the person who is the translator for this language.

Set to 0 if we currently have no translator.

|
|-
| 
| Last notified
| Last time translator was notified about new or changed text to be translated
| 
|}

== System log ==

Table is placed in a separate database.

{| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="8" border="1"
|-
| 
| Operation ID
| 
| 
|-
| 
| Date
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| Time
| 
| Req.
|-
| 
| By name
| Name of user who caused this operation
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By local ID
| ...his local ID
| Req. if avail.
|-
| 
| By from table
| ...originates from this table
Note: Because of programming mistake this field has incorrect values until 2006-08-22 after a user has emulated somebody. Unsure when problem started (maybe 2006-06-08 or 2006-03-27). || Req. if avail.

|-
| 
| Visit ID
| VisitID from WebStory statistics
| 
|-
| 
| IP
| User's IP address at time of logging
| 
|-
| 
| Emulated by
| Full name of person who was emulating
| 
|-
| 
| Action
| Main name for for this action
| Req.
|-
| 
| Subaction
| Subname for this action
| 
|-
| 
| For name
| Name of user/record this action was executed upon
NOTE: This can be either firstname lastname or lastname, firstname ||

|-
| 
| For local ID
| ...caused upon this ID in the table below
| 
|-
| 
| For from table
| ...caused upon a record in this table
| 
|-
| 
| Person event ID
| PersoneventID of person it was caused upon (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Date block ID
| DateblockID that this action is related to (if applicable)
| 
|-
| 
| Parameters
| Any extra parameters to log. Default format: field=value¤field=value...
| 
|}

If a field is fit for having a value but we don't have it readily available when making the logentry then we set the value to "N/A" (or "0" for number fields) so that we later can run some queries to easily replace all these "missing" information pieces.

=== List tables ===

== Venue types ==

- eg.: Church, open field etc. - 'venueno' only added and sorted by for the sake of Tamara entering the data

== Countries ==

- connected to which division it's in - including the ISO-3166 two-letter codes (where codes starting with underscore (_) is self-made in order to not have empty field) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain country names are used hard-coded in the script code (eg. ship_material.php) - as of 2006-09-21 used in: - main_divisions - main_unions - main_conferences - main_orientations - main_hotels - main_colleges - main_people - the divisionID is taken from Jon Brauer's XML file "2006-08 OMCountries (Jon Brauer).xml".

== Currencies ==

- code, name, rate, date of rate, and source of rate

== Sponsors ==

- eg.: Quiet Hour Ministries, and later on maybe The Voice of Prophecy

== Material groups ==

- eg.: Sermon notes, Graphics CD, Life of Christ video - make no possibility to edit records, only add (and maybe delete) - do '''NOT''' change values here without thinking of implications to the system - certain material groups are used hard-coded in the script code (ship_material.php)

== Equipment bases ==

- the different locations at which we administrate a set of graphics equipment, eg. North Carolina

== Shipping methods ==

- eg.: UPS, FedEx

== US states ==

== Titles ==

- eg.: Mr., Mrs. etc.

== Access levels ==

- eg.: admin etc.